The

Current Version: draft, 2025-04-18Z
Still in progress – do not quote without permission.

List of Witnesses

  • L1: University Library (UB), Leiden, Lontar, Or. 5022
    • Content:
      • Bhuvanakośa by
    • Colophon:
      • Physical Description: Palm-leaf manuscript, Lombok (Puri Cakranegara) collection, Balinese script. Dated 1800 Śaka (AD 1878).
      • Hand Description: La1H1The only hand of the manuscript, neat Balinese script
      • History: Palm-leaf manuscript belonging to the collection of Puri Cakanegara in Lombok, seized by the Dutch in 1894 and transferred to the library of Leiden University in 1906.
    • B1: Private library of Ida Dewa Gede Catra, Amlapura, Lontar, n.a.
      • Content:
        • Bhuvanakośa by Unknown
      • Colophon:
        • Physical Description: Palm-leaf manuscript. 83 leaves (first leaf missing) in Balinese script. It bears a colophon dated 1547 Śaka (AD 1625).
        • Hand Description: A1H1main hand of the manuscript, Balinese script
        • History: On the wooden board of the manuscript there is a sticker reporting that it was bought on 5/06/2011, and belongs to Dr. H.I.R. Hinzler of Leiden University.
      • B2: Private library of Ida Dewa Gede Catra, Amlapura, Lontar, n.a.
        • Content:
          • Bhuvanakośa by Unknown
        • Colophon:
          • Physical Description: Xeroxes of a palm-leaf manuscript, 91 leaves, Balinese script. Dated 1813 Śaka (AD 1891).
          • Hand Description: A1H1Main hand of the manuscript, Balinese script
          • History: The xeroxes belong to the private library of Ida Dewa Gede Ca\-tra, Amlapura, Bali. The original manuscript belongs to Ida Bagus Anom of Griya Pendem.
        • F: Private library of Ida Dewa Gede Catra, Amlapura, Lontar, S.H. Tatwa Jnana, dll., 84/Ltr-D.G.Catra/Amlapura/2016
          • Content:
            • Saṅ Hyaṅ Tattvajñāna; fragment of Ch. 7 of the Bhuvanakośa, i.e. the Old Javanese portions of dyads 8–15 (with the omission of 14), ff. 54v–55r, as well as two more unidentified short texts by Unknown
          • Colophon:
            • Physical Description: Palm-leaf manuscript. 68 leaves, Balinese script, dated 1763 Śaka (AD 1841).
            • Hand Description: A1H1Main hand of the manuscript, Balinese script
            • History: manuscript belonging to the private library of Ida Dewa Gede Ca\-tra, Amlapura, Bali.

          Metadata of the Edition

          • Title:
          • Text Identifier: DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa
          • Copyright © 2019-2025 by Andrea Acri.

          This project has received funding from the European Research Council (ERC) under the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme (grant agreement no 809994).

          1

          Brahmarahasya, Paṭala 1

          Brahmarahasyaṁ, Prathamaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          praṇamya śirasā devam| vakti munir amanmathaḥ| devadeva mahādeva| parameśvara śaṅkara|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)
            praṇamya śirasā devam
          • = NīSāSam colophon; cf. StSt 670.1a: praṇamya śirasā liṅgaṃ; StSt 676.1a: praṇamya śirasā rudraṁ; StSt 679.1a: praṇamya śirasā sūryaṃ; VŚ 1: praṇamya bhāskaraṁ devaṁ
            devadeva mahādeva
          • ≈ StSt 670.6a: devadevaṃ mahādevaṃ; = DevīR 16.17a, JñĀ 17.1a, JñSĀ 2.1a, KMT 24.1a, ŚaktiSa 14.1a, etc.
            devadeva ... śaṅkara
          • cf. VBh 160ab: deva deva mahādeva paritṛptāsmi śaṅkara

          śūnyaś ca nirbāṇādhikaḥ| śivāṅgatve nirīkṣyate| kutaḥ tadvākyam atulam| śrutvā devo ’vatiṣṭhata || 2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (7)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)

          svaśarīre mahāyogī| paśyate hṛdayāntare| vākyan te parameśānam| sūryāyutasamaprabham|| 3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (13)

          hṛdistham sarvabhūtānām| paśyate jalacakravat| anādimadhyanidhanam| śivāṅgadhyānam amṛtam|| 4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          manasā darśyate svīra| samībhūtena cakṣuṣā| hṛdisthāne lalāṭe vā| mūrdhāntari nirīkṣyate|| 5

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (14)(15)(16)(17)(18)

          yatra yatra samuddīkṣya | tatra tatraiva labhyate| padmakuḍmalasaṁsthānam| trikoṇasya samīraṇam|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (20)(21)(22)
            yatra yatra ... labhyate
          • ≈ JñS 25.4cd: yatra yatra samudīkṣya| tatra tatraiva nirmalam

          adhomukhaṁ kucāntare| hṛdaye sarvadehinām| daśāṇām api nāḍīnām| mūlam etadvilambinām|| 7

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (23)(24)(25)(26)
            hṛdaye sarvadehinām
          • ≈ NKār 30.18a: hṛdaye sarvadehīnāṃ; TUdgh 4.2b: hṛdaye sarvadehinā; cf. MBh app. 4.49 to 13.14.84d: hṛdisthaḥ sarvadehinām

          kucāntare mahānāḍī| kṛśaṅ kṛṣṇaṁ mahāmṛtam| sahṛdantacarā bhinnā| nīlāñjanasamaprabham|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (28)(29)(30)
            nīlāñjanasamaprabham
          • = KMT 16.3b; ≈ KMT 15.69b: nīlāñjanasamaprabhā; cf. RTP 43c: nīlāñjanasamadyutiḥ

          tatra vasati deveśaḥ| śiva-śūnya-nirindriyaḥ| nirvikāro mahātmānam| bhūtānāñ jīva eva ca|| 9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (32)

          acalaś cālayet sarvam| jagatsthāvarajaṅgamam| vyāpī nityaṁbhāvo vīra| durjñeyo jñānavarjitaiḥ|| 10

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (34)(35)

          jñānavidā mahādevaḥ| hṛdayāntari saṁsthitaḥ| nitya-dṛṣṭo mahāśūnyam| dehinām antarikṣavat|| 11

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (36)(37)(38)

          daśanāḍyo ’rkakarās syuḥ | hṛdayād abhiniḥsṛtāḥ| śarīre vitatāḥ sarve| jagaty arkasya raśmivat|| 12

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (41)(42)(43)

          mālatī nāma nāḍī ca| aṣṭaśatañ śiroruhe| tiryagaivottha-nābhy eva| dattvā tuṣṭiṁ maheśvaraḥ|| 13

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (45)(46)(47)

          nālaretakasaṁjñaś ca| nāḍī kṛṣṇahimaprabhā| dvividhātha pramāṇa-syāt| hṛdaye mūrdha-bhinnataḥ|| 14

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (51)

          purastāt sampravakṣyāmi| nāḍīnām iti mūlatām| eteṣāṁ dvijarājendra| tubhyaṁ sarvam aśeṣataḥ|| 15

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (53)(54)(55)

          idānīṁsampravakṣyāmi| hṛdayānte vidhānakam| prayatnaṁ dvijarājendra| śṛṇu garbhaṁ hṛdi sthitam|| 16

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (56)(57)

          hṛdante vivare vīra| pañcavarṇam atiprabham| rakta-trivarṇam āsītam| dīptaṁ sphaṭikasannibham|| 17

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (58)(59)(60)

          svacchaṁ sūkṣmaṁ paraṁ śūnyam| śivaṅ kaivalyam acyutam| anāmayam anidhanam| anādimadhyamāntikam|| 18

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (61)

          nirañjanaṁ nirākāram| nirgātrevaṁ vinisṛtam| aṣṭaśivasya nirmālyam| paran nirbāṇam avyayam|| 19

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (62)

          etat paramanirbāṇam| etat kevalaśāntikam| paramātmā mahādevam| parameśvarasaṁjñakam|| 20

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          śivaṁ paraṁ brahma muniḥ| prototam ākhya-tal labhet| dhyātvā mahāprayatnena| hṛdante ca lalāṭake|| 21

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (63)(64)(65)(66)

          mūrdhini-m-evāpi muniḥ| praviśet śivam uttamam| praṇaṣṭa-kramate vīra| yatnataḥ sampratiṣṭhati|| 22

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vidhmātāruṇatāmrabham| padmarāgasamaprabham| vahnīnāṁ teja-bāhūnām| antare manaso ’ntare|| pradīptādityasaṅkāśaḥ| jyotijvalitapiṅgalam| mānasaiva vijānīyāt| viśvadevaṁ hṛdiṣṭhitam|| 23

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (68)(69)(70)(71)

          tadantari trivarṇa-syāt| mahendradhanusannibham| mātrapañcaka-tadvījam| evan tatpuruṣottamam|| 24

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (72)(73)(74)

          sa evaṁ prāṇa uktaiva| dehināṁ brahmamantrataḥ| asitavarṇa-m-ity uktam| nīlāñjanasamaprabham|| 25

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (76)

          tadante parisaṁsṛṣṭaḥ| viṣṇu-v-avyakta-m-ucyate| tasyāntare prabhāmātram| sūryāyutasamaprabham|| 26

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (78)(79)

          puruṣo vai mahābrahma| mahādyutī-r-anopamaḥ| sphaṭikasya mahāsūkṣmaḥ| īśvaravījasaṁjñakaḥ|| 27

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (80)(81)

          paraṁ brahma mahāsūkṣmam| śāntaṁ paramanirmalam| ’vayavamātra saṁnyasya| aṅguṣṭhaparimāṇataḥ|| 28

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (82)

          tatra śūnyam sadājñeyam| śivanirmalasaṁjñikam| tathākṣarasamārabdham| nirakṣaram anāmayam|| 29

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (84)

          dvividhaś ca mahādevaḥ| jñātavyaḥ munisattamaiḥ| śāntaśūnyam anaupamyam| mokṣaṁ śivapadam brajet|| 30

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (86)(87)(88)(89)

          dine dine mahāyogī| svātmānam upapadyate| sarvapāpāni dehe ’smin| dahet kāṣṭham ivānalaḥ|| 31

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (92)(93)(94)

          yadi pāpasahasrāṇi| kāṣṭham ivāgninā dahet| svadehaiśvaryam āgacchet| vrajen mokṣaṁ śivātmakam|| 32

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (96)

          aiśvaryavṛddhim ādhikyam| sarvabhūtavaśaṅkaram| labhyate munir atyantam| mokṣam paramadurlabham|| 33

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (98)(99)

          2

          Brahmarahasya, Paṭala 2

          Brahmarahasyaṁ, Dvitīyaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ iti tattvam| bhautikaṁ bhuvanatrayam| raktavarṇam aghoran tat| nābhyān nyāset manīṣibhiḥ|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (101)

          brahmāprajāpatisthānam| gāyatrīsaṁsthitam bhavet| trivarṇa-triguṇaṁ jñeyam| jaṭhari saṁnyaset vudhaḥ|| 2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (103)(104)

          pañcaśuddhā vicaryante| vaiṣṇavī vīja-sambhavet| nīlāñjanaprabhātulyam| hṛdisthaṁ saṁnyaset vudhaḥ|| 3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (106)

          naiva jñeyam akartavyam| prabhāmātram atīndriyam| akarmatvān mahāprabham| pauruṣo vakṣasi sthitam|| 4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (108)(109)(110)
            pauruṣo vakṣasi sthitam
          • = BhK 3.16d

          satyalokan tathā rudraḥ| brahma jīvam anādhikam| aiśvaryaṁ svaccha-paramam| kaṇṭhamūle nyased vudhaḥ|| 5

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (111)

          akāran nirmalaṁ śūnyam| śivaṁ param anāmayam| ’vyaktaṁ sarveṣu bhūteṣu| kaṇṭhe śivapuran nyaset|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (112)(113)

          atyantanirmalañ chūnyam| dhruvaṁ śivataran tathā| tālukānte nirānandam| ukāraṁ sannidhāpayet|| 7

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (115)

          paramātyantam atulam āthulam| niścalañ ca nirāmayam| śivatamo makāraś ca| bhrūmadhye sannidhāpayet|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (116)(117)

          acintya-manasāgrāhyam| śivaṅ kaivalyam ādhikam| anādimadhyamāntaś ca| lalāṭānte niyojayet|| 9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (118)(119)
            acintya-manasāgrāhyam
          • cf. BhK 2.17c

          niṣkalañ ca nirapekṣam| kaivalyam paramañ chivam| agarbhajanmamaraṇam| lalāṭopari saṁnyaset|| 10

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (120)(121)

          sūkṣmam atyanta-paramam| padaṁ viśvanyasottamam| śivam anādimadhyāntam| kapālābhyantare sthitam|| 11

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (122)(123)(124)(125)(126)

          śivaṁ nirbāṇa-śuddhan tam| kapālavivare sthitam| kapālāntātivikṣepam| paran nirbāṇam acyutam|| 12

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (128)

          śivaṁ paramanirbāṇam| śūnyāśūnyātiśūnyakam| śivadvāran nyaset vīra| oṁkāraṁ sannidhāpayet|| 13

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (130)(131)

          14

          tathā jñātvā mahādevaḥ| vyāpī sarvaśarīriṣu| akāśam iva kumbheṣu| vrajen mokṣam anāśrayam|| 15

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (199)(200)(201)

          aṣṭadeva-tathā sthāne| ekasthāne ca mānuṣe| pañcasthānam eva tiryak| śiva-m-eko ’dhitiṣṭhati|| 16

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (203)

          śivas sarvagatas sūkṣmaḥ| bhūtānām antarikṣavat| acintyam manasāgrāhyam| naindriyam parigṛhyate|| 17

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (208)(209)
            acintyam manasāgrāhyam
          • cf. BhK 2.9a

          kāṣṭhe kāṣṭhe yathā bahniḥ| sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate| bhūte bhūte mahādevaḥ| sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate || 18

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (210)(211)
            kāṣṭhe kāṣṭhe ... nopalabhyate
          • ≈ SMG 45.2 (mss.): kastre kastre| ya bahni| suksәmatvan vapalabyate; cf. SHH 63.4: kaste kaste yata bahәnniṅ suksmato vipalabyate
            sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate
          • = VākP 1.116b, NKār 31.32d
            sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate
          • = VākP 1.116b, NKār 31.32d

          araṇimanthanopāye| loke bhavati pāvakaḥ| jñānayogas tathopāye| dvayam eko maheśvaraḥ|| 19

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (212)(213)

          jñātvā manasi devañ ca| nirmalaṁ sarvadehiṣu| pratyakṣam iva dīptāgnim| prāpnoti paramaṅ gatim|| 20

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (215)(216)

          3

          Brahmarahasya, Paṭala 3

          Brahmarahasyaṁ, Tṛtīyaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          śivātma-nirmalo rudraḥ| kṣānto jīvo ’tiniṣkalaḥ| tataḥ puruṣa evāsīt| bhārūpo sakalaprabhuḥ|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (219)(220)

            sātmaka
          • cf. Vṛh 30.4: cetananira sātmaka lavan bhaṭāra

          avyaktaṅ kṛṣṇam evāsīt| sūkṣma-nityam atīndriyaḥ| acintya-durlabho jñeyaḥ| tamobhūtam acetanam|| 2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (222)

          avyakta-buddhir evāsīt| gaurī sāttvam ataḥ param| tatas tejas idam āsīt| raktavarṇa-rajomayam|| 3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (225)(226)(227)

          tatas taijasā evāsīt| kṛṣṇavarṇa-tamomayam| saṅkalpātmana evāsīt| cintātmaṅ gaṇasambhavam|| 4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (230)(231)

          tata ākāśam evāsīt| vāhyaṁ śābdam alakṣaṇam| tato bāyur iti spārśam| śabdasparśaguṇātmakam|| 5

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (233)(234)(235)(236)

          bāyor agnis samudbhūtaḥ| śabdasparśavirūpavān| rasarūpaśabdasparśaḥ| tato vā salilātmakaḥ|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (237)(238)(239)(240)

          śabdasparśavirūpākhyā| rasagandhavatī mahī| etad utpattināmedam| dvādaśākhyan tu pañcadhā|| 7

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          eteṣām abhiyogatve| jagaddeho ’bhijāyate| tatra tatrāsīn abhūtaḥ| sa eko śiva-tiṣṭhati|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (242)(243)

          pṛthivyāṁ śarva eko ’yam| salile bhava-saṁsmṛtaḥ| agnau paśupatir jñeyam| bāyau īśāna-m-eva ca|| 9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (244)(245)(246)(247)

          ākāśe bhagavān bhīmaḥ| mahādevo ’pi mānasi| tanmātrasthe ca ugro yaḥ| taijase rudra ucyate|| 10

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          buddhisthaḥ īśvaro jñeyaḥ| dhātāvyakto mahīṣṭhitaḥ| caitanye puruṣo brahma| kāraṇastho maheśvaraḥ|| 11

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (252)(253)

          kaṭhinaḥ sarvato bhūmiḥ| dravatvaṁ sarvato jalam| uṣṇatvaṁ sarvato bahniḥ| calatvaṁ sarvato ’nilaḥ|| 12

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          samīratvan tad ākāśam| saṅkalpam sarvato manaḥ| etat bhūtvā śarīrākhyam| bhautikā nābhir ucyate|| 13

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vījāṅkuran tu tanmātram| tejasthānābhimānataḥ| buddhir adhyavasānatvam| gauṇikā kukṣir ucyate|| 14

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (258)(259)(260)

          upanyāstaṁ tadāvyaktam| vaiṣṇavī hṛdi saṁsthitam| bhārūpam iti vikhyātam| caitanyam mānuṣaṁ padam|| 15

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (264)(265)(266)

          puruṣam atikaivalyam| āditya iva bhāsvaraḥ| asaṅkṛto mahātejaḥ| pauruṣo vakṣasi sthitam|| 16

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          jīvasya kāraṇaṁ śambhuḥ| niṣkalaṁ śivam akṣaram| brahmādiparameśāntam| śuddhaṁ sūkṣmam anāśravam|| 17

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (268)(269)(270)

          etat pañcapadaṁ proktam| bhuvanasya pramāṇataḥ| śarīrasya pramāṇatvam| tattvaṁ śarīriṇām brajet|| 18

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          bhedanyāyan tu vaikṛte| tat tu vāhyeta saṅkīrṇam| viśvavījāṅkuraṁ sūkṣmam| rohate viṭapāṅkuraṁ|| 19

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (273)(274)(275)(276)(277)

          +saptadvīpaṁ samudrañ ca| mahāntaḥ saptaparvatāḥ|+20

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (279)

          antadvīpaṁ samudraś ca| antaparvatasaṅgamaḥ| rasātalagatas saptaḥ| bhūḥlokam iti saṅjñikam|| 21

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sūrya-candro tathā bhomaḥ| vudhaḥ suraguruḥ bhṛguḥ| śanaiścaras tathā rāhuḥ| dhūmaketus tathaiva ca|| 22

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nakṣatramaṇḍalaṁ sarvam| tārāñ ca maṇḍalaṁ dhruvam| ākāśasthe iti sarve| antarikṣaṁ vidur vudhāḥ|| 23

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (281)(282)

          daśendraś ca daśopendraḥ| mahendro daśa eva ca| trividhaṁ śakramaṇḍalam| te trayoktaṁ manīṣiṇā|| 24

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (283)(284)(285)

          śakranāma pravakṣyāmi| saṅkṣepo bhṛgusattama| māyā kūṭāmitaś caiva| rātri nirmalam eva ca|| 25

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (287)(288)

          varavācya-te kaniṣṭham| vṛhaspāla-mahātapaḥ| sudarśanatapaś caiva| ye cānye divyabhoginaḥ|| 26

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          śakramaṇḍalakaṁ sarvam| evamādyo purandaraḥ| tasya sahasrānekasya| nānābhogasamāśritāḥ|| 27

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (290)(291)(292)

          airāvaṇo vimānasthaḥ| sahasrākṣamahārdhikaḥ| yad etat maṇḍalaṁ śakraḥ| bhautikān tu ’bhidhīyate|| 28

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (293)(294)

          ante sāraṁ pravakṣyāmi| prājāpatyaṅ guṇālayam| indralokaṁ parañ corddhvam| sthānaṁ svādhāraṇañ chubham|| 29

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (295)(296)(297)(298)

          mānaso me ’dhidevataḥ | pañcatanmātra-jāyate| iṣṭhāniṣṭhābhisaṅkalpam| viṣayañ ca prati prati|| 30

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (301)(302)

          śabdatanmātrato vyomaḥ| śrotaṁsaukhyam ajījanat| dhīśāstroktaṁ dine vākyam| śrotavyaṁ viṣayam prati|| 31

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (304)

          sparśatanmātrato bāyuḥ| sa tvaksukham ajījanat| spṛṣṭavyam adhibhūtañ ca| ākāśam adhidevatam|| 32

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (305)(306)(307)
            spṛṣṭavyam ... adhidevataṁ
          • cf. MBh 14.42.28cd: spraṣṭavyam adhibhūtaṁ ca vidyut tatrādhidaivatam

          rūpatanmātrato vahniḥ| cakṣuḥsukham ajījanat| tatra sūryādhidevataḥ| dṛṣṭavyābhiharam haret|| 33

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (309)(310)
            tatra sūryādhidevataḥ
          • cf. MBh 12.301.6d: sūryas tatrādhidaivatam even in lieu of odd pada

          rasatanmātrataḥ toyam| jihvāsukham ajījanat| baruṇas tatra devataḥ| bhogam rāsavya-ṣaḍrasaḥ|| 34

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (312)(313)

          gandhatanmātrato bhūmiḥ| ghrāṇasukham utpādayet| pṛthivī devataḥ tasya| ghrātavyam adhibhūtakam|| 35

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (316)(317)

          buddhīndriyāni pañcamyām| proktāni paramarṣiṇā| karmendriyāni pañcaite| pravakṣyāmy anupūrvaśaḥ|| 36

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (319)

          pañcabuddhīndriyāny evam| sāttvikānte vijāyate| tamorajaḥmayo veda| pañcakarmendriyāni vai|| 37

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (322)(323)(324)

          vacanaṅ śabdatanmātram| īśvaro devataḥ smṛtaḥ| vaktavyam adhibhūtañ ca| devadevasya sambhavaḥ|| 38

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (326)(327)
            vaktavyam adhibhūtañ ca| devadevasya sambhavaḥ||
          • cf. MBh 14.42.37cd: vaktavyam adhibhūtaṁ ca vahnis tatrādhidaivatam

          sparśatanmātrato jātaḥ| pāṇir indro ’dhidevataḥ| gṛhyamāno ’dhibhūtaś ca| bāyu devas sanātanaḥ|| 39

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (328)(329)

          rūpatanmātrato pāyuḥ| maitrī devam adhikramam| utsargam adhibhūtañ ca| bahnirūpatvam ācaret|| 40

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (330)(331)

          rasatanmātrato vīra| prajāpatir athocyate| ānandātmā tathopasthaḥ| retamūtravisarjanaḥ|| 41

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (333)(334)(335)

          gandhatanmātrato pādau| gamanāgamanātmataḥ| viṣṇudevas tathobhāye | dhāraṇe pratipadyate || 42

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (338)(339)

          buddhīndriyam pañcabhūtam| mahābhūtasukhaṁ bhavet| etatyuktañ śarīrākhyam| bhautikaṁ tv abhidhīyate|| 43

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (341)(342)(343)

          pṛthivī salilañ cāgniḥ| bāyur ākāśakam manaḥ| daśendriyāni vāhyāni| vikāras te ’pi ṣoḍaśaḥ|| 44

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (346)

          māṁsāsthisnāyupittañ ca| keśaromanakhas tathā| hṛdayādyāś ca vai sarvam| pṛthivī pañcadhā smṛtaḥ|| 45

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (347)
            pṛthivī pañcadhā smṛtaḥ
          • ≈ ŚKJ 54a: pṛthivī pañcadhā bhinnā

          rudhiramūtraretāni| svedaśleṣma āsyāsavaḥ| majjamedhañ ca pittādyāḥ| pañcadhā salilaṁ smṛtam|| 46

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (349)

          mukhe mahād api yo ’gniḥ| gārhaspatyas tathodare| hṛdaye dakṣiṇāgniś ca| sambartaḥ pittake sthitam|| 47

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (351)(352)
            mukhe ... sthitam
          • cf. JñS 25.10: mukhe cāhavanīyāgniḥ gārhaspatyas tathā hṛdi| jaṭhare dakṣināgniś ca saṁvartaḥ pittake sthitaḥ

          pāyūpasthe śuci-r-iti| cākṣuṣāgnir ihocyate| agnis tu pañcadhā jñeyaḥ| śarīreṣu śarīrinām|| 48

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (355)
            agnis ... śarīrinām
          • ≈ ŚKJ 60ab: agnis tu pañcadhā bhinnaḥ śarīreṣu śarīriṇām

          pañcās te bāyavo jñeyāḥ| jñātavyāḥ paṇḍitair api| prāṇo ’pānaḥ samānaś ca| udāna-byāna-m-eva ca|| 49

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (357)(358)(359)
            prāṇo ... eva ca
          • =/≈ STK 10.5cd; ŚKJ 60cd; SvT 7.17ab; Vṛh 39cd; AgPur 214.5cd, etc.

          bāyuḥ sarvaśarīre ’smin| ekātmā pañcadhāgatiḥ| mukhe prāṇo ’py adho ’pānaḥ| samāno hṛdi saṅsthitaḥ|| 50

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (360)(361)

          udāno mastake\ jñeyaḥ| byāna-sarvāṅgasandhiṣu| 51

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (365)(366)

          śrote cakṣuḥ-mukhe tasmin| hṛdaye jaṭhare tathā| pāyūpasthe sthito sarvam| ākāśaḥ pañcadhā smṛtaḥ|| 52

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (367)(368)(369)

          ete pañca viśeṣayet| mahābhūtāni saṅjñakāḥ| ete sarvaśarīrākhyam| sādhibhūtādhidaivatam || 53

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (371)(372)
            sādhibhūtādhidaivatam
          • = IŚGDP 1.7b, AgPur 27.36d ≈ JĀS 18.29d, MBh app. 11.104 to 13.110.137d, 11.139 to 13.110.137d, 13.16.18d, app. 11.85 to 13.110.137d

          eṣām eva vibhāgāni| kathayiṣyāmi tattvataḥ| yatra yatra samutpannam| tatra tatrādhigacchati|| 54

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (375)(376)(377)

          ghrāṇan tṛptyanti gandheṣu| pṛthvī tṛptyanti bhojanam| jihvā rase tu tṛptyanti| baruṇan tṛptyate sadā|| 55

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (378)(379)

          cakṣuḥ tṛptyanti rūpeṣu| sūrya-tṛptiḥ ca nityasaḥ| tvac ca tṛptyanti vai sparśe| mārutaś cābhitṛptyate|| 56

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (381)(382)(383)

          śrotan tṛptyati śabdeṣu| bhīmaḥ tṛptyanti vai diśi| gamanāgamane pādaḥ| viṣṇur icchānti tṛptyate|| 57

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ānandaviṣaye tṛptiḥ| tatropasthaḥ prajāpatiḥ| utsargaviṣaye pāyuḥ| maitri-devo ’bhitṛptyati|| 58

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          grahaṇe viṣaye caiva| pāṇīndrāpy abhitṛptyate| vāk tṛptyanti svaviṣaye| vākye vaiśvānaro ’pi ca|| 59

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (387)

          vāhyendriyāni sarvāṇi| mano tṛptyaṅ kathayāmi| saṅkalpaṇaiḥ mano vīra| somaṁ tṛptyanti nityaśaḥ|| 60

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (389)

          vibhāgatveva tanmātram| ugradevo ’bhitṛptyate| abhimāne ’py ahaṅkāraḥ| rudro tṛptyanti tadguṇam|| 61

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (394)(395)(396)(397)

          buddhir adhyavasāyatve| īśvaro brahmasaṁjñakaḥ| abyaktan tadupādāne| viṣṇuḥ tṛptyadhiko bhavet|| 62

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (399)(400)(401)

          cetanācetanaṁ tṛptyaḥ| puruṣo vā nigadyate| adhidevo mahādevaḥ| kāraṇatve ’bhitṛptyate|| 63

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (404)(405)

          sve sve viṣayasannidhau| tāpayanti svadevatāḥ| viṣayeṣv api sarveṣu| svaśuddhe vāpi sarvataḥ|| 64

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (406)(407)

          he deva mahāsūkṣma ca| uktas tatrādhidevataḥ| sarvatattve svaviṣayam| śivadevo ’dhigacchati|| 65

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (409)(410)(411)

          romāni ṛṣayaś caiva| rudhirāṇi mahārṇavāḥ| maṅsāni pṛthivī jñeyā| sanadī snāyavaḥ smṛtaḥ|| 66

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (413)(414)

          asthīni parvato jñeyaḥ| vṛkkādya-himavān smṛtaḥ| antra-nāgas tu vijñeyaḥ| saptadvīpaśca māṅsakaḥ|| 67

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (415)(416)

          pārśvadvayos tathā devaḥ| proktaḥ parvatasaṅgamaḥ| evaṁ pañcavidhā sarve| mahābhūtamayaṁ smṛtam|| 68

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          teṣu sarveṣu sattveṣu| śiva eko ’dhitiṣṭhati| yadā tṛptyanti te sarve| śiva eko ’bhitṛptyate|| 69

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (417)(418)

          sarvasattve śarīrīṇām| śiva-jñātvādi-sarvataḥ| teṣu teṣu samiśraikam| tatkāraṇam iti smṛtam|| 70

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (419)

          tattvaṁ tiṣṭhanti te sarve| tattvaṁ vāhyanti te punaḥ| yāvad utpatti-bhagavān| tattvaṁ tiṣṭhanti nityaśaḥ|| 71

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (420)(421)

          tattvāni saṅharet bhūyaḥ| līyante tattvake punaḥ| salilād ekatatsarve| dṛṣṭo ’pi vudvudaḥ yathā|| 72

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (423)

          tattvaṁ tiṣṭhanti te sarve| tattvaṁ līyati te punaḥ| evam aṣṭaguṇaiḥ rudraḥ| śivas sarvagato vibhuḥ|| 73

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (424)(425)(426)(427)

          yāvad rakṣati tatsarvam| tāvat tiṣṭhati nityaśaḥ| paścāt saṅharate bhūyaḥ| sarvatattve ’vagacchati|| 74

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (428)

          na jānāti yathā saṅgaḥ| svasthamūrtiḥ prakampitam| nṛtārthaṅ kurute rudraḥ| dṛṣṭo ’pīndrajalaṁ mayam|| 75

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (429)(430)(431)

          evam aṣṭaguṇam ātmā| trayo kṛtvā na varjanam| brahmāviṣṇvīśvaraiḥ saha| eko eva trayībhavet|| 76

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ātmā vā so ’ntarātmā ca| paramātma-nirātmakaḥ| ātmā caturvidhaḥ loke| eko eva caturthibhiḥ|| 77

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (435)
            ātmā ... nirātmakaḥ
          • ≈ StSt 103.1ab

          ātmā viṣṇur iti jñeyaḥ| antarātma-pitāmahāḥ| paramātmā mahādevo| nirātmā śiva ucyate|| 78

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          brahmāsṛg jāyate lokam| viṣṇave pālako sthitam| rudratve saṅharaś caivam| trimūrtiḥ nāma eva ca|| 79

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (439)

          sarveṣām eva bhūtānām| viṣṇur ātmā manaḥsthitam| sarvadevamanosthānam| antarātma-pitāmahāḥ|| 80

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          paramātmastho sūkṣmeṣu| paraṁstho parameśvaraḥ| durvijñeyas tu śūnyasthe| śiva-m-eva nirātmakaḥ|| 81

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (441)(442)

          māyāmātram idaṁ rūpam| jagatsthāvarajaṅgamam| śivātmā bhavate sarve| śivatattve pralīyate|| 82

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (443)

          yathotthaṁ mad iti sarvam| jagat tathā pralīyate| yathā sambhavate sarvam| tathā bhavati līyate|| 83

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (444)(445)(446)

          4

          Brahmarahasya, Paṭala 4

          Brahmarahasyaṁ, Caturthaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          bhū-līnaṁ salilaṅ gacchet| salilo vahnim āviśet| saḥ bahnir vāyau līyate| bāyur ākāśam āviśet|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (447)(448)(449)

          ākāśan tu mano gacchet| bhautivījābhidhānakam| etat bhūtaśarīrākhyam| śarīraniṣṭha-r-ucyate|| 2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (451)(452)

          manas tanmātram āyatvam| tanmātran taijasaṅ gatam| taijasaḥ buddhim āyatvam| gauṇikaṁ sūkṣmadehakam|| 3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (453)

          etan devaśarīrānām| sadasadātmalakṣaṇam| buddhir abyaktam āyatvam| tamodhikam atīndriyam|| 4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (454)(455)

          acintyam atidurjñeyam| vaiṣṇavīvījam ucyate| abyaktaṁ puruṣaṅ gacchet| vyomanirmalasannibham|| 5

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            vyomanirmalasannibham
          • = JñS 8.5d

          bhārūpaṁ śūnyam atyantam| brahma puruṣa-r-ucyate| puruṣa-paramaṅ gatvā| niṣkalaḥ prabhur ucyate|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (456)

          sajjīva-nirmalañ chūnyam| brahmeśānī nigadyate| etad uktam mayā vījam| jagatpralayakāraṇam|| 7

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (457)(458)(459)

          etat jñātvā mahāyogī| prayāti paramaṁ padam| bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ iti khyātam| pradhānādi-nigadyate|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (460)(461)

          naiva saṁjñaṁ paraṁ sthānam| pauruṣan vakṣam ucyate| nirmitaṁ paramānandam| brahmākṣaran nigadyate|| 9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (465)(466)(467)

          oṁkāram atyantapadam| ūrdhvātyūrdhvākṣaram param| teṣām ekācalaṁ śūnyam| śṛṇu sarvaṁ viśeṣataḥ|| 10

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (469)(470)(471)

          bhūḥloke mānuṣo jñeyaḥ| bhuvaḥlokāntarīkṣakam| svaḥlokaṁ śakramaṇḍalam| trailokyam iti saṁjñikam|| 11

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (472)

          prājāpatyaṁ mahālokam| janalokan tu vaiṣṇavam| tapolokam brahmapadam| satyalokan tu śaṅkaram|| 12

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (473)(474)(475)

          aṣṭaśivañ ca paramam| tad ekatattvam ācalam| śivam vā kāraṇacyutam| śūnyaṁ satyam anāśravam|| 13

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (477)(478)(479)

          śrutvā manasi yatnena| dhārayitvāpi te manaḥ| pṛthivy āpaḥ tathā vahniḥ| bāyur ākāśaka-m-manaḥ|| 14

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (481)(482)

          trailokyam evaikaprāṇaḥ| nānyakramāt samudbhavaḥ| bhūmyapo bhūr iti jñeyaḥ| bahnir bāyuḥ bhuvaḥ smṛtaḥ|| 15

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (485)(486)(487)

          ākāśaṁ manas evedam| svarlokam iti saṅjñikam| saptadvīpaṁ samudrañ ca| mahāntaḥ saptaparvatāḥ|| 16

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (488)(489)(490)
            saptadvīpaṁ ... saptaparvatāḥ||
          • cf. apparatus on 3.20

          evam abyaktakaṁ sūkṣmam| yathā cintyan na vidyate| tato bhūtam idaṁ sarve| jagat sthāvarajaṅgamam|| 17

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (492)

          candrakānto yathā vīra| candrajyotsnā ’bhisaṅgamet| tato ’ntaḥnisṛtaḥ toyam| vitatvānekabhogadā|| 18

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (493)(494)(495)

          tadvad avyaktam atyantam| puruṣenābhisaṅgamet| māyā buddhyādipṛthvyantam| sūkṣmam bhavati tattvadā|| 19

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (497)

          sattvaṁ rajas tamaś caiva| traiguṇyam iti saṅjñakam| teṣān tu viparītena| jagad abyaktako bhavet|| 20

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (499)(500)

          viparyāyaḥ pañcavidham| aṣṭāviṅśatiśaktayaḥ| tuṣṭiś ca navadhā jñeyaḥ| aṣṭadhā siddhir eva ca|| 21

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (503)(504)

          karmayonis tu pañcaite| pañcatapāni dehinām| ṣaṣṭī tattvam idan tantre| kapilasya mahārṣiṇaḥ|| 22

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (506)

          prakṛteḥ buddhir utpannam| brahmā tatrādhidevataḥ| darśanyam abhibhūtañ ca| tat sattvaṁ samprakāśyate|| 23

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (507)(508)(509)(510)
            brahmā tatrādhidevataḥ
          • ≈ MatPār VP 18.85d: tatra brahmādhidevatā

          ahaṅkārotpannaṁ buddheḥ| rudras tatrādhidevataḥ| abhimāno ’dhibhūtaś ca| yāvad rajas tu raudrakam|| 24

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (512)(513)
            rudras tatrādhidevataḥ
          • cf. MatPār VP 18.84d: rudras tasyādhidevatā (in the same context of ahaṅkāra = abhimāna)

          pañcāṅgañ caiva mātrāni| ugras tatrādhidevataḥ| vibhājyam adhibhūtañ ca| śivatvan te prakīrtitaḥ|| 25

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (514)(515)(516)

          marīci-kaśyapaś caiva| viśvāmitro vaśiṣṭhataḥ| bhṛguś cāṅgirasaś caiva| jamadagnis tathaiva ca|| 26

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          dakṣaprajāpatiputraḥ| evamādyāḥ caturdaśaḥ| caturmukhaś caturhastaḥ| koṭyārkaḥ sādṛśaḥ prabhāḥ|| 27

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (517)(518)

          anantakoṭisahasraḥ| mahālokanivāsinaḥ| traiguṇyaṁniratas sarve| traiguṇyasamuparjitaḥ|| 28

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (520)(521)

          gauṇikā mantram ity uktaḥ| traiguṇyañ ca nigadyate| vaiṣṇavaṁ paramasthānam| pañcavarga-prakīrtitaḥ|| 29

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (523)(524)

          avidyā ca svabhāvaś ca| pradhāna-prakṛtis tathā| abyakta-paramaṁ sūkṣmam| vaiṣṇava-pañca saṁjñikam|| 30

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (526)

          na kiñcid api niṣkalam| viṣṇulokan nigadyate| caturvaktraś caturhastaḥ| caturyugavidhāraṇaḥ|| 31

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (530)(531)(532)(533)(534)

          pītavastramahāsūkṣmaḥ| khaḍgacakragadādharaḥ| vṛhadaśvaś śrīsampannaḥ| nānāyudhadharaḥ sadā|| 32

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (536)

          utpattisthitilīnākhyam| lokānāṅ kṛtakāraṇaḥ| anādimadhyanidhanaḥ| sarve garuḍavāhanaḥ|| 33

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (538)

          tamomaya-vaiṣṇavākhyam| janalokanivāsinaḥ| tataḥ paraṁ mahāsūkṣmam| tapolokam anāmayam|| 34

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (539)(540)

          bhārūpaṁ nirmalaṁ śūnyam| niścalaṁ pañcato ’bhayam| tatvījaṁ puruṣo divyam| sūkṣmaṁ sūkṣmataraṁ param|| 35

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (542)(543)

          nirūpan nirvikārañ ca| nissaktam padam acyutam| garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ| janmakleśavivarjitaḥ|| 36

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (545)(546)(547)

          aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ| aṣṭaguṇāmitaprabhaḥ| viśvayajñamahāsūkṣmaḥ| ṛṣayaḥ brahmacāriṇaḥ|| 37

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (549)

          nityadhyānecchatāṁ sarve| nirapekṣañ ca nirmalam| caturvaktrañ caturvedaḥ| kṣamā nirviṣayaṁ dhruvam|| 38

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (550)

          nirānandaḥ nirāhāraḥ| brahmāstrabrahmacāriṇaḥ| śūnyāc chūnyataraṁ nityam| sarvasaṅgatavarjitam|| 39

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (552)(553)

          anādimadhyanidhanam| sarvajñānañ ca vedinaḥ| tapolokasthito nityam| jarāmṛtyuvivarjanaḥ|| 40

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (554)(555)

          garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ| kleśasaṅghavivarjitaḥ| aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ| cākarāmitasuprabhaḥ|| 41

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ataḥ parama-sūkṣmatvāt| viśeṣāl lokam acyutam| durjñeyaṁ durvicintyañ ca| śūnyaṁ paramanirmalam|| 42

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (557)(558)

          anāśrayam anaupamyam| virahakam atīndriyam| tatra rudra-mahābalam| nirālamba-nirutsukaḥ|| 43

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (559)(560)(561)

          guṇottamaḥ nirālambaḥ| nirgātro niśśarīriṇaḥ| atiparamaśūnyāntam| nirbāṇan niṣkalaṁ prabhuḥ|| 44

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (562)(563)

          trivarṇo triguṇasthaś ca| triguṇottamasaṅgataḥ| pañcaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ| jaṭādhāraṇanidhiyaḥ|| 45

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (565)(566)

          vṛṣadhvajā vṛṣapadaḥ| bhasmabhūṣaṇakarburaḥ| candrārdhāṅkajaṭā-sarve| nānārūpaṁ gaṇaṁ śubham|| 46

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (567)(568)

          janmamṛtyujarāhīnaḥ| vyādhiśokavivarjitaḥ| brahmamantrāvayavākhyam| ūrdhvātyūrdhvataraṁ padam|| 47

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (570)

          tad viditvā mahāsthānam| prakurvanti padāṅgikam| tadaṇḍasya pramāṇatvam| dehasya paramaṅ gataḥ|| 48

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (573)(574)

          pañcamantrapadam jñeyam| bhautikaṁ jñānapāragaiḥ| akāraṁ paramaṁ śūnyam| ukāram paramaṁ padam|| 49

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (575)(576)

          makāram paramaṁ divyam| tatlīnaṁ paramam padam| līna-hi līnam atyantam| ’kṣaramantravivarjitaḥ|| 50

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nirbāṇam atinirbāṇam| vākviśuddham anāmayam| etad aṣṭaśivaṁ padam| etad mokṣapadam viduḥ|| 51

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (578)(579)

          etat śūnyapadaṁ vindyāt| etat paramaśāntikam| etat paramakaivalyam| etat maheśvaraṁ padam|| 52

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (580)

          amāso na saṁbatsāram| parameśvarasaṅjñakam| na rātriḥ na ahaś caiva| nākāśan na samīraṇam|| 53

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (581)

          nāgnisomārkanakṣatram| na sambatsarasaṅghatam| muhūrtan na mahāvelam| mokṣam etad vidur vudhāḥ|| 54

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (582)

          bhūmeḥ guṇañ jalaṅguṇyam| bāhnibāyuguṇan tathā| viyatguṇaṁ manaś caiva| ṣaḍvidham padam ucyate|| 55

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (584)(585)

          bhūmeḥ guṇan tribhuvanam| bhautikaṁ śakramaṇḍalam| apsuguṇaṁ prajāpatyam| gauṇikam padam ucyate|| 56

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          tejoguṇan tu vaiṣṇavyam| janaloka-param padam| bāyuguṇan tu saṅjño ’yam| pauruṣam paramaṁ smṛtam|| 57

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (586)(587)

          na saṅjñaḥ paramātyantam| nabhoguṇam idam viduḥ| manoguṇan tad oṅkāram| śivam īśapuram viduḥ|| 58

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (589)(590)

          sadbhāvaṁ sadasadbhāvam| asadbhavaṁ paraṁ padam| naiva sadbhāvam atulam| na sadbhāvam anādhikam|| 59

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (592)(593)(594)(595)(596)

          ataḥ ūrdhvatarañ chūnyam| nirbāṇāṣṭapadaṁvidhā| ṣaḍvidhām paramam ekam| ukṣoviḥ paramam padam|| 60

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (604)

          jambuśaṅkakuśaś caiva| krauñcaśalmalikā tathā| gomedhapuṣkarañ caiva| saptadvīpaḥ prakīrtitaḥ|| 61

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          himavān hemakūṭaś ca| niṣadho meruparvataḥ| nīlaśvetatriśṛṅgaś ca| vindhya-saptagiri-smṛtaḥ|| 62

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            nīlaśvetatriśṛṅgaś ca
          • ≈ LiPur 1.52.49c: nīlaśvetatriśṛṅge ca

          lavaṇaṅ kṣīradadhiñ ca| sarpiś caivārṇavekṣu-ca| surāsvādu-tathā saptaḥ| samudraḥ parikīrtitaḥ|| 63

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (605)(606)
            lavaṇaṅ ... parikīrtitaḥ
          • cf. JñS 24.2: lavaṇakṣīradadhikaḥ sarpiś cekṣur apo ’param| sūrasvādukalāḥ saptāḥ samudrāḥ parikīrtitāḥ (the plural endings in the edition are ex em); BhS 85: lavaṇakṣīradadhiś ca sarpiś ca surā tathā| ikṣuḥ svāduś ca ity ete samudrās sapta kīrtitāḥ

          tato daśaguṇaṁ vindyāt| lavaṇodam pramāṇataḥ| tato daśaguṇam śaṅkaṁ| kṣīrodan taddaśaṁ tathā|| 64

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (608)(609)(610)

          tato daśaguṇam vindyāt| kuśadvīpāntaram mayaṁ| tato daśaguṇaṁ caivam| samudran dadhi-saṅsmṛtaḥ|| 65

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (611)(612)(613)

          tato daśaguṇaḥ krauñcaḥ| ghṛtodadhyāgatas tathā| tato daśaguṇaṁ proktam| śālmalīdvīpam ucyate|| 66

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (614)(615)(616)

          tato daśaguṇaṁ vindyāt| tathā vai ’kṣu-ca sāgaraḥ| tataḥ paran daśaguṇam| gomedhaṁ parikīrtitam|| 67

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (617)(618)(619)(620)(621)

          samudrañ ca surāpāṇam| guṇan tadvad daśam viduḥ| tato daśaguṇaṁ caivam| puṣkaradvīpam ārabhet || 68

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (622)(623)(624)

          puṣkaran daśakam bhūyaḥ| samudrasvādur ucyate| mānasaḥ nāma śailendraḥ| cakravāḍaparivṛtaiḥ|| 69

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (625)

          tato daśaguṇo veda| agrasthānam mahāgireḥ| tatrāgre sura-saṅsthāpya| nivasanti mahāprabhāḥ|| 70

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (626)(627)

          pūrve hemakuṭa-m-indro| āgneye vahnim ādiśet| dakṣiṇe yama-saṅsthīraṁ| nairṛtyāṁ nirṛtim vaset|| 71

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (628)

          paścime caiva baruṇaḥ| bāyabyaṁ bāyusampadam| uttare soma-saṁnyaste| aiśānyāṁ rudrasampade|| 72

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (631)(632)(633)

          aiśānyapūrve mahendraḥ| bhautikamantram ārabhet| āgneyadakṣiṇe caiva| gauṇikamantram ucyate|| 73

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nairṛtyām bāruṇaś caiva| vaiṣṇavaṁ mantram eva ca| bāyabyāṁ soma-saṁnyasya| pauruṣamantram ārabhet|| 74

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (634)(635)

          madhya ūrdhvam adhasthe ca| brahmīśāna-tu mantrakam| avayavan daśaguṇam| sarveṣāṁ triguṇam viduḥ|| 75

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (637)

          pṛthivī salilan tejaḥ| bāyur ākāśakam manaḥ| tanmātrāhaṅkaro buddhiḥ| abyaktapuruṣeśvaraḥ| sarvan tu manasi veda| tattvaṁ daśaguṇaṁ param|| 76

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (639)
            tanmātrāhaṅkaro buddhiḥ
          • = StSt 223.2a

          5

          Brahmarahasya, Paṭala 5

          Brahmarahasyaṁ, Pañcamaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          bhagavan devadeveśa| nivṛtto bhavajanmani| yadi prāṇaṁ parityaktam| śūnyadhyānaṁ samārabhet|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (642)(643)

          kvacit paśyāmi deveśa| kīdṛśaṅ kiṁ paraṁ mayam| kathaṁ nairātmyam āgacchet| tattvāṅgaṁ tvaya me ’dhunā|| 2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (648)(649)(650)(651)

          bhāvyād vā tava śabdeṣu| śarīre dhūmrabhā bhavet| bhāvyād vā tava kāruṇyam| nirbāṇaṅ kathayasva me|| 3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (657)(658)(659)

          bhaumo munivara śreṣṭha| tvac cābhūmo vacaḥ mama| śūnyam atyantakaivalyam| etan nairātmyasaṅgamam|| 4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (661)

          pṛthivī pañcamaś caiva| sthiraṅ kaṭhinalakṣaṇam| aṅgapradhānasaṅrambham| samāṅsasnāyupūrvakam|| 5

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (662)
            pṛthivī pañcamaś caiva
          • ≈ BhK 3.45d: pṛthivī pañcadhā smṛtaḥ; ŚKJ 54a: pṛthivī pañcadhā bhinnā

          tataś caturguṇan toyam| gandhasparśaś ca lakṣaṇam| rūparasaś ca mūtrādyaḥ| jīvamūrtiṁ paraṁ śubham|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (664)(665)(666)(667)

          triguṇan taijasaḥ vetti| uṣṇaṁ suvarṇalakṣaṇam| tṛṣṇakrodhādipūrvañ ca| śarīrajyotir uttamam|| 7

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (669)(670)(671)

          dvimātro bāyur evoktam| sparśaśabdaś ca lakṣaṇam| prāṇo jīvātmako nityam| cetas sarvaśarīriṇām|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (673)(674)(675)

          viyat ekaguṇañ caiva| śarīre supratiṣṭhitam| śrotayoḥ ’bhayor randhrañ ca| nāsikādyaḥ vyavasthitaḥ|| 9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (676)(677)(678)

          ubhayātma mano vīra| saṅkalpan tat prati prati| sakalaṁ sandhyate pūrvam| niṣkalan tadanantaram|| evam atīndriyaṁ param| manaḥ śūnyam vinaśyati|| 10

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (679)(680)(681)(682)

          dhyāyet mano mahāśūnyam| śivaṅ kaivalyam acyutam| manasā sakalaṁ bhūtam| nairātmyānte vaset sadā|| 11

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (686)(687)

          kvādhicittaṁ praśāntaṁ syāt| śūnyam atyantaniṣkalam| bhūyas tu kilviṣe naivam| pratyakṣaṁ śūnyaṁ saṅsmaret|| 12

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (690)(691)(692)

          antastham api bhūyiṣṭham| dṛṣṭvā yatne sudhārayet|| 13

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (695)(696)

          aṇuś ca paramāṇuś ca| niṣṭaptakaṇakaprabham| teṣān tu sakalaṁ bhūtam| koṭisūryasamaprabham|| 14

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (699)(700)(701)

          hṛdayānte samupekṣya| tamobhū līyate punaḥ| divyajyotir svadehe tu| aṣṭāṅguliḥ śirontare|| 15

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (702)

          tathā śūnye tu nairātmyam| paśyet ūrdhvan tu lakṣaṇam| sadāniṣkalam acyutam| tac chivenāṣṭabhis padam|| 16

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (704)(705)(706)(707)

          saḥ śūnyanirmalam paśyet| manasā vītakarmaṇā| sarvāṅge nirmalaṁ śuddham| ākāśe ’pi ca nirmalam||17

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            saḥ ... nirmalam
          • ≈ JñS 25.3: śūnyaṁ su­nirmalaṁ pasyet manasaḥ suddha­karmaṇaḥ| sarvāṅge vimalaṁ bhūtam ākāśam iva nirmalam||

          antaḥsarveṣu bhūteṣu| pṛthivyāptejabāyavaḥ| tiryag ūrdhvam adhasthāñ ca| daśeṣu dikvidikṣu ca|| 18

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (710)(711)
            tiryag ... dikvidikṣu ca
          • ≈ JñS 25.4ab: tiryag ūrdhvam adhaḥ-stham ca diśeṣu vidiśeṣu ca||

          yatra yatra samudīkṣya| tatra tatraiva labhyate| manaḥ tyaktam upāgamya| tat śuddham atinispṛham|| 19

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (712)
            yatra ... labhyate
          • ≈ JñS 25.4cd: yatra yatra samudīkṣya tatra tatraiva nirmalam

          samādheḥ bhāvādikāraḥ| paramapadañ jāyate| antādisthā tathā jātaḥ| nirantaram vijaṁ nyaset|| 20

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (714)(715)(716)(717)

          tato nirbāṇam ādhikyam| nirbāṇam paramaṁ padam| manovikalpanirbāṇam| daśendriyan tathākhyatam|| 21

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (718)(719)(720)(721)

          sarvaiśvaryaśūnyam idam| śuddhaṁ paramanirmalam| sarvabhāva-m-avākāśam| pṛthivyāṁ vā salila-vai|| 22

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (723)(724)(725)(726)

          bahnibāyvoḥsthā divyeṣu| sarvaṁ jānāti sarvataḥ| tad ekaṁ śūnyam udīkṣya| nityakarmāṇi dhārayet|| 23

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (727)(728)

          jñāno nirjñāno ’jñāno ’pi| dṛṣṭis sabhe ’pi śūnyake| mano ’vibhrāntasaṅkalpam| vedenāvaśa-nityaśaḥ|| 24

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (730)

          śūnyam acyutam praviśya| tat sarvan tu vinaśyati| brahmāviṣṇumahādevam| śivam oṅkāram aṣṭakam|| 25

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (732)(733)

          tadāriṣṭamayādṛṣṭiḥ | śūnyaṁ prāṇo niveśayet| śūnyadṛṣṭo mahat sarvam| mano yatnān niveśayet|| 26

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (735)(736)(737)

          jñānaṁ vasati śūnyāntam| mano nityam avedanam| sambhrantaṁ vāpy asaṁbhrantam| manaḥ śūnyasamarpitaḥ|| 27

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (738)

          paścāt mokṣapadan devāt| patrabhrāntam ivānile| svayaṁ yathā dravan dehe| svayaṁ śuddhaṁ svayam bhavet|| 28

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (739)

          svayam utpattir ākāśe| svayam indradhanuś śuciḥ| bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ mahā janaḥ| tapas satyas tadūrdhvakam|| sarvaṁ tyaktaṁ paraṁ śūnyam| nirbāṇam paramaṁ brajet|| 29

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (740)(741)(742)

          vikārañ caiva viṣayaiḥ| ṣoḍaśair vikṛtair api| dagdhaṁ duskṛtapūrvakaiḥ| śuddhaṁ śūnya-h-ataḥ manaḥ|| 30

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (745)(746)

          brahmahatyādi-yat pāpam| kāmādikleśasaṅyamam| pṛthivyādikhatattvāntaḥ| bhuvanan nirbāṇam mahat|| 31

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (748)(749)(750)

          sarvatattvam aśeṣeṇa| yadi śūnyapadaṁ manaḥ| śūnyatve manasi prāpte| svayaṁ śuddhātinirmalam|| 32

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (751)(752)(753)

          sadbuddhiḥ sadasadbuddhiḥ| asadbuddhis tataḥ param| na sadbuddhiḥ karaṇāntam| naivāsadbuddhy-anāśravam|| 33

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (754)(755)(756)(757)

          pañcapadam adhikyan tam | paraṁ sarvapadaṁ smṛtam| tathā svapadam oṅkāram| mano nirbāṇakañ chuciḥ|| 34

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (763)(764)(765)

          sadbuddhiḥ jāgram ity uktam| sadasat svapnam ucyate| asatbuddhiḥ suṣuptākhyam| naiva sat tūryasaṅjñikam|| 35

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (766)(767)

          naivāsaddhī param brahma| oṁkāraṁ śūnyanirmalam|| 36

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (772)

          nirbāṇam paramaṁ dhyātvā| saṁśuddhaṁ padam āpnuyāt| yadi suptan niruddho ’pi| naraḥ vedanacetasaḥ|| 37

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (774)

          apagrahyan naraḥ sarve| vilambāśrupāte ’kṣiṇāṁ| sambṛtāśvo vipat tulyaḥ| bhākṣaṅ kuru kurāyate|| 38

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (775)(776)

          na paśyet sarvaduḥkena| paśyec chivam idaṁ param| atyuṣṇisūryavimbe tu| dṛṣṭa-syāc ca sanaiḥ sanaiḥ|| 39

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (779)

          yadi taptaḥ janaḥ kleśe| śūnyapadaṁ sanaiḥ sanaiḥ| vedya na vyādhisambṛtaḥ| dehamūrtīśa-vidyate|| 40

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (781)(782)(783)(784)

          meghajālanigañ candram| sandhasuniśa nirmalam| evan nirbāṇam ādhikyam| śūnyam atyantanirmalam|| 41

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (787)(788)

          svātmā bhūtātmano gatvā| tad evam adhigacchati| paścād vāpi tathā vīra| śūnyasāṁnidhyam acyutam|| 42

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (790)(791)

          sarvaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ| ayutādityatejasaḥ| jñānena nāśyate pāpam| śarīraṁ taptaṁ rātrivat|| 43

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (793)(794)(795)(796)(797)

          yāvat gacchati sattvārthe| sarvalokā vaśīkṛtāḥ| yatheṣṭa-vicare loke| āditattvendriyo ca yaḥ|| 44

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (798)(799)(800)

          anekaśataṁ sahasram| kalpaṁ brahmapuran tathā| idaṁ brahmapadaṁ prāpya| brahmamantrajña gīyate|| 45

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (802)(803)

          na kiñcitjñāna-tatsarvam| divyamokṣañ jagatpatiṁ| tatra nirbāṇam icchanti| nirānandam idaṁ param|| 46

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (805)(806)(807)

          pūrvam ukta-yati-dhyātvā| tatkṣaṇaṁ śūnyam ācaret| ... oṅkārajñānam uttamam|| 47

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          praśānta-dīpavat śuddham| śuddham indradhanur yathā| anantara-yena bahuṁ| nirbāṇam bhūtapiṇḍanam||48

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (809)(810)(811)
            praśāntaṁ ... bhūtapiṇḍanam
          • ≈ JñS 21.2: praśāntaṁ dīpavac chuddaṁ śuddham indradhanur yathā| anantarā yena bahuṁ moktaṁ ca bhūtapiṇḍataḥ

          sukhan devaśarīre ’smin| nirbāṇaṁ sulabhaṁ caret| tad idaṁ janmarahasyam| ādimadhyāvasānakam| pravakṣyāmy adhunā vīra| niśśeṣan te mahātmane||49

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (813)(814)(815)
            sukhan ... mahātmane
          • cf. JñS 19.2–3ab: sukhaṁ devaśarīratvam| nirbāṇaṁ sulabhaṁ caret| tad idaṃ janmarahasyam ādimadhyāvasānakam|| pravakṣyāmy adhunā vīra| ānte mahātmanaḥ

          rahasyam atulaṁ pītvā| śraddadhāno jitendriyaḥ| dharmātmāklāntamānasaḥ | gurubhakti-sadā sadā||50

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (816)(817)
            rahasyam ... sadā
          • cf. JñS 19.4: labdhā bhedajnānaṁ śiṣyaḥ| śraddadhāno jitendriyaḥ| dharmātmā vratasampanno gurubhaktis tathaiva ca

          na deyaṁ vedaśāstrājñe| nāhaṅkārāyamādhire | nābrate nirdhane nīce| nāpakramāpavādike|| 51

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (819)(820)(821)(822)

          guruśuśrūṣadharmeṣṭe| gurubhaktiparāyaṇe| gurupādāya pūjārthe| satye dātavyam icchati|| 52

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          idaṁ śāstraṁ mayā proktam| rahasyaṁ paramañ chubham| bhuvanasya śarīrasya| yo jñātvā sa śivam brajet||53

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            idaṁ ... brajet
          • ≈ JñS 19.1, GPT 40 (with variant jñātā in d): idaṁ bhedajñānaṁ proktaṁ rahasyaṁ paramaṁ subham| bhuvanasya sarīrasya yo jñātvā sa śivaṁ vrajet||

          6

          Jñānasiddhāntaśāstra, Paṭala 1

          Jñānasiddhāntaśāstraṁ, Prathamaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ... hetuniṅ sinaṅguh matuhā| hayva tan prayatna rikeṅ siddhāntaśāstra| rapvan tan kapātaka|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          kim punaḥ janma mohaś ca| na jñānaḥ na kṛto ’dhanaḥ| ... na śīlo na vayastapaḥ|| 2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            kim punaḥ ... dhanaḥ
          • cf. JñS 27.3: kiṁ punar vayasā vṛddha ajñānaṁ kṣatalakṣaṇam
            na śīlo na vayastapaḥ
          • = JñS 27.1d

          tena jñānena he skanda| vṛddhavṛddhatara-smṛtaḥ| na dīrghaiḥ śmaśrubhiḥ keśaiḥ| na śvetarūpajātibhiḥ||3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (829)(830)
            tena ... śvetarūpajātibhiḥ
          • ≈ JñS 27.4: tena jñānena he skanda vṛddho vṛddhataraḥ smṛtaḥ| na dīrghaḥ nāśubhaḥ keśo na ca śvetena jātibhiḥ

          sarvaśāstram adhīyeta| tyajanti jñānam uttamam| jñānam vāpi na vindeta| aho māyāvimohitaḥ||4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (834)(835)(836)
            aho māyāvimohitaḥ
          • ≈ ŚKJ 67b: aho māyāsumohitaḥ
            sarvaśāstram ... vimohitaḥ
          • ≈ JñS 27.5: sarvaśāstram adhiyīta tyajati jñānam uttamam| jñānam api na vindeta aho māyāvimohitaḥ

            aho māyāvimohitaḥ
          • ≈ ŚKJ 67b: aho māyāsumohitaḥ

          5

            sarvaśāstrasya yat param
          • ≈ JñS 27.6a: sarvaśāstreṣu yat sāraṁ
            siddhāntajñānam uttamam
          • ≈ JñS 27.6b: siddhāntaṁ jñānam uttamam
            adhītya mānavo loke
          • ≈ JñS 27.6c: adhītya mānavaloke
            saphalan tasya jīvitam
          • = JñS 27.6d

          6

          7

            evam etāni yuktāni
          • ≈ JñS 27.7a: evam etāni sūktāni
            na sandeho varānane
          • = JñS 27.7b
            evam ... suputraka
          • = JñS 27.7

          8

            evaṁ ... tattvavit
          • = JñS 27.8ab
            pañcapaṇadhanaṁ yadi
          • ≈ JñS 27.8cd: pañcapadadhanaṁ prati

          7

          Bhasmamantrasakalavidhiśāstra, Paṭala 2

          Bhasmamantrasakalavidhiśāstram, Dvitīyaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          1

          mano buddhir ahaṅkāraḥ| utpattiś ca nigadyate| brahmā viṣṇu-śivaś caiva| utpattiś ca nigadyate||2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (849)
            mano ... nigadyate
          • ≈ JñS 26.14: mano buddhir ahaṁkāraḥ śiva utpattir eva ca| brahmā viṣṇuḥ śivaś caiva utpattir iti gadyate

          buddhir ahaṅkāro manaḥ| sthitir eva nigadyate| śivo brahmāpi viṣṇuś ca| sthitir evan nigadyate||3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (851)
            buddhir ... nigadyate
          • cf. JñS 26.15: viṣṇuś caiva śivo brahmā sthitir eva prakīrtitaḥ| buddhir ahaṁkāro manaḥ sthitir iti smṛtaḥ

          emahaṅkāro mano buddhiḥ| pralīnañ ca nigadyate| brahmā viṣṇu śivaś caiva| pralīnañ ca nigadyate||4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (852)
            ahaṅkāro ... nigadyate
          • cf. JñS 26.12: śivo brahmā hariś caiva pralīnaṁ ca nigadyate| ahaṁkāro mano buddhiḥ pralīṇaṁ ca prakīrtitam

          ukāro līyate ’kāre| akāro līnam makāre| makāro līna-vinduke||5

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (853)
            ukāro līyate ’kāre
          • = StSt 890.1a
            ukāro ... vinduke
          • cf. GPT 39: ukāre līyate ’kāro hy akāre vā pralīyate| makāro pralīnam etat parasvarga udīryate;GPT 51: okāre līyata ukāro akāraś ca pralīyate| makāro bindau saṁlīno bindur nāde pralīyate; JñS 18.12: ukāre līyate ’kāro makāraiva pralīyate| makāro vindau saṁlīno vindur nāde pralīyate (≈ 3.1, with variant akāro me pralīyate)

          oṅkāraṁ rudram ity uktam| umā svāhā tathaiva ca| u svāhā brahmā oṅkāram| svāhāpati-japed vudhaḥ|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (855)

          oṁkāra syād idaṁ pūrvam| mantraṅ kṛtvāpi śodhanam| bhasmamuṣṭin tathā kūryāt| śivaṁ bhavatu mānavaḥ|| 7

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (856)

          hutāśanañ ca oṅkāram| kāṣṭhaṁ brahmākṣaran tathā| umā jvālam mahādīptam| dhūma-rudras tathaiva ca|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vījam brahmākṣaraṁ sarvam| vahnir oṅkāram eva ca| svāhānte iti āhutvā| bhasmaśeṣan dine dine||9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (861)

          oṅkāra-bhasmakam vindyāt| āpo viṣṇur iti smṛtaḥ| agnim vā brahmavikhyāntam| jñātvā mokṣan na saṅśayaḥ||10

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (867)(868)

          brahmā karatalaṁ vyaktam| viṣṇuḥ pūrvaka-m-eva ca| sarvāṅguli-śivaṁ jñeyam| muktāntaṁ padam āpnuyāt||11

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (869)

          śiva-bhasma samākhyāntaḥ| vedi karatalan tathā| aṅgulyāḥ samidhaṁ proktam| rekhā maṇḍalam eva ca||12

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (872)(873)(874)

          pañcabhāgañ chiraḥ kūryāt| pañcamantram udāharet| pūrve sa dakṣiṇe ba syāt| paścime ta nyaset vudhaḥ||13

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (878)(879)

          14

          pūrvāsyam īśvaram vindyāt| brahmā dakṣiṇato mukham| paścime tu mahādevam| uttare vaiṣṇavaṁ mukham||15

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (887)(888)

          kakudlalāṭake kaṇṭhe| bāhvoḥ hṛdi stanodare| nābhipṛṣṭhe tu tad bhasmam| pādayor yojayet sadā|| 16

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (892)(893)

          bhasmanā śudhyate sarvam| tiryagyonigato ’pi vā| tṛṇaṁ nityaṁ sthāvaram vai| tena yanti śubhāṅgatām|| 17

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (896)(897)(898)(899)

          yena yuktaḥ suras sarve| sadaityāsuramānuṣaḥ| sasiddhacāraṇagaṇāḥ| mokṣaṅ gacchanti bhasmanā|| 18

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (900)(901)

          tena bhasmopajīvantaḥ| yatnena bratadhāriṇaḥ| jaṭāvvalkalakaiḥ puṇyam| dhārayante ca nityaśaḥ|| 19

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (903)(904)(905)

          nityopajīvitam bhasmam| śivabhaktisamanvitaḥ| saritsamudrasaṁyogāt| avibhāgāya kalpate|| 20

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (906)(907)
            sarit° ... kalpate
          • ≈ RauSS 8.13ab: sakṛt samudrasaṁyogād vibhāgo naiva kalpate; RauSS 8.10d: hy avibhāgāya kalpate

          oṅkāra-puruṣo jñeyaḥ| svāhā prakṛtir ucyate| oṁkāra-viṣṇur ity uktaḥ| svāhā śrīlokaviśrutaḥ|| 21

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          brahmā oṅkāra-sāvitrī| svāhā patnī tathaiva ca| 22

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sakāro bhagavān viṣṇuḥ| makāro bhagavān śivaḥ| bhakāro bhagavān brahmā| ekatattva-trayībhavet|| 23

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          bhakāro sṛjate loke| makāro harate prajāḥ| sakāro rakṣate loke| ekabhāvaṁ pṛthak pṛthak|| 24

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (911)(912)

          utpatti-bhagavān brahmā| sthiti-viṣṇuḥ tathaiva ca| pralīna-bhagavān rudraḥ| trayas trailokyaśaraṇaḥ|| 25

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          utpattisthitilīnākhyam| brāhmādyaḥ suraśaraṇaḥ| nityānityeṣu lokeṣu| tattvavit astu nispṛhaḥ|| 26

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          jagatsṛṣṭis tathā brahmā| viṣṇuḥ pālayito bhavet| rudras saṅhārako loke| jagatsthāvarajaṅgamaḥ|| 27

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (915)

          aham mantroddharan devi| oṁkāraṁ paramādikam| ūrdhvam vā vaṣaḍ ātmanā| viddhi viddhi varānane|| 28

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (917)(918)(919)(920)

          yāvajjīvan naro devi| bhasmanā śuddhamūrtaye| tāvat deham parityaktam| muktaḥ koṭiś ca janmanām|| 29

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (921)

          pumān napuṅsakaś cāpi| strī mleccha-śūdra-yady api| saḥ bhasma satatan devi| jñātvā tyakta-śivaṅ gataḥ|| 30

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (923)(924)

          8

          Jñānasaṅkṣepa, Paṭala 3

          Jñānasaṅkṣepaṁ, Tṛtīyaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          pattraśaucaphalan devi| sahasram vā dine dine| pṛthvīśaucam vā salakṣam| jalaṁ vāyutam eva ca|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (925)(926)(927)

          2

          kaniṣṭhaṁ pattraśaucānam | madhyamaṁ pṛthivīn tathā| dvābhyāṁ śaucañ jalaṁ devi| traibhyaḥ bhasman tu śaucake|| 3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (928)(929)

          ebhyo śaucottama-jñānam| guhyād guhyatamaṁ smṛtam| etat sarvam prayatnena| vidyāt viśokamanasaḥ|| 4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (932)(933)

          kim bhasmanaḥ vījaṁ yadā| sāmānyaṁ ... | kiṁ mantranirmantrasamānyam eva|| 5

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (935)(936)

          bhakāro brahmarūpeti| sakāro viṣṇur eva ca| makāro mama rūpevam| praṇavaṁ tryakṣaraṁ smṛtam|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          yad idam praṇavam bhasmam| śarīrānte niyujyatām| sakalaniṣkalam bhasmam| vidyate na punarbhavaḥ|| 7

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (940)(941)(942)

          bhasmadehañ ca sakalam| jñānadehātiniṣkalam| jñānī caiva nirākāram| jñānaikatvam pramucyate|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (943)

          sarvakarmāṇi yaḥ kṛtvā| aśubhāni śubhāni ca| bhasmasaṅhārake sarvam| jñātvā mokṣāpi durlabham|| 9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          idaṁ jñānam mahādevi| sarvatattvaviśeṣitam| rahasyan durlabhañ cāpi| svargadam mokṣadan tathā|| 10

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (945)(946)
            idaṁ jñānam mahādevi
          • ≈ JñS 27.8a: evaṁ jñānaṁ mahādevi

          pañcapadaṁ prati deyam | na śiṣyāya tv asevake| śāntadāntāya śiṣyāya| dātavyaḥ vidhivat punaḥ|| 11

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (947)(948)
            pañcapadaṁ prati deyam
          • cf. JñS 27.8d: pancapadadhanaṁ prati

          maṇḍapāni vidhānec ca| praviśya śravayet vudhaḥ| trigaṇaṁ puruṣeśānam| guṇalakṣaṇam eva ca|| 12

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (950)(951)

          piṇḍitam praṇavam proktam| vindunādena bhūṣitam| yo jñātvā na punarjanmaḥ| nirakṣaran tathā kṣaṇāt|| 13

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (952)

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

            sadārudrasya yad vījam
          • = BhK 9.45a
            candra-m-aghora-m-eva ca
          • = BhK 9.45b
            strīpuṅso yugapat smṛtaḥ
          • = BhK 9.43d

          19

          20

          21

          22

            śūnyāt ... paraḥ
          • ≈ JñS 17.4c, 3.2c, StSt 890.2c: śūnyāc chūnyataraṁ vāpi

          23

          24

          25

            mama māyāvimohitaḥ
          • = BhK 11.31d

          26

          27

          mantrahūṁdhrūtnamaskāram| mudrārcaṇavidhikramam| homabhasmavidhānañ ca| sarvayajñam varānane|| 28

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (991)

          29

            sakale na tu niṣkalam
          • = BhK 8.25f

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

            sa eva paramārthavit
          • = BhS 40d, StSt 429d

          36

          37

          9

          Bhuvanakośa, Paṭala 9

          Bhuvanakośaṁ, Navamaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          jyotirūpāṇi sarvāni| śuddhajñānaṁ tu niṣkalam| bhāṣitāni vidhānāni| yo jñātvā na punarbhavaḥ|| 1

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1027)
            jyotirūpāṇi sarvāni
          • = BhK 11.54a (after em.)

          nihan pavarah bhaṭāra ri ṅhulun ṅūni| ike saṅ yogī| yar vruha sireṅ niṣkalajñāna| āpan ikā hīṅaniṅ sarvajyoti| niyatanira tar valuya janma liṅta||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          maṇḍalāni mam uktāni | sarvadevasamānvitaḥ| bhāṣitāni purānyeṣām| prāpyate na punarbhavaḥ|| 2

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1028)(1029)

          nāhan pavarah ri ṅhulun| saṅ sādhaka yar vruha sira yan sarvadevatāvakniṅ maṇḍala| niyata sira tar valuyāṅjanma liṅ bhaṭāra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1030)

          mudrārcaṇāni sarvāni| prayogavidhitāni ca| kurvanti satataṁ jñānam| prāpyante paramaṁ śivam|| 3

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nihan ta vaneh| ikaṅ mudrārcaṇa sakvehnya| mvaṅ sahananiṅ prayoga ikā kabeh| yekā ta gavayakna saṅ yogī nityakāla| ikā ta saṅ yogīśvarān gumavayakәn| sira ta mantuk ri pada bhaṭāra paramaśiva||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          4

          5

          6

          7

          yajña tapo mahādevi| satyadharmavidhin tathā| jñānavijñānakaṁ sarvam| kurvanti satatan narāḥ|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1044)(1045)

          nihan taṅ yajña| tapa| brata| dharma| vidhikrama| yekā tuhu bhaṭārī| nā taṅ kavruhana| guṇa| mvaṅ māri vruh| ikā ta kabeh| ya ta ginavayakәn ikaṅ vvaṅ satata||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          bhagavan devadeveśa| mama katha vṛṣadhvaja| jñānaṁ samastalokeśa| vijñānañ ca sureśvara|| 19

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1069)(1070)(1071)

          arcaṇaṅ kiṁ paraṁ śreṣṭham| mudrānām uttamañ ca kim| mantrāṇām uttamaṅ kiñ ca| kūṭānām uttamañ ca kim|| 20

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nihan takvanaknani ṅhulun vaneh| ndya ta humūr lәvihnikaṅ arcaṇa mvaṅ mudrā| lāvan ikaṅ sarvamantra| mvaṅ kūṭamantra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1073)

          21

          22

          arcaṇāt paramaṁ mudrā| mudrāṇāṁ mantram uttamam| mantrānām uttamaṅ kūṭam| kūṭānāṁ praṇavaṁ param|| 23

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1079)

          ikaṅ arcaṇa tinakvanakәnta bhaṭāri ri ṅhulun ṅūni| ya ta varahaknaṅkva ri kita| ikaṅ mudrā ya lәvih sakeṅ arcaṇa| ikaṅ mantra lәvih sakeṅ mudrā| ikaṅ kūṭamantra lәvih sakiṅ mantra kabeh| praṇava kūṭa lәvih saṅkerikā||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sarveṣām api kūṭānām| praṇavaṁ kūṭam uttamam| nādanādāntavinduś ca| śarīran niṣkalaṁ smṛtam|| 24

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1080)

          ikaṅ kūṭamantra kabeh| praṇava kūṭa tәmahanya| kinahanan ta ya deniṅ nāda nādānta mvaṅ vindu| yapvan maṅkana ikaṅ praṇava| yekā śarīrani ṅhulun niṣkala ikā||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          36

          37

          brahmā viṣṇuḥ maheśvaraḥ| nādanādāntavindukam| rudrakālaśivo nāma| sakalan niṣkalan tathā|| 38

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1103)(1104)

          ikaṅ nāda nādānta mvaṅ vindu| saṅ hyaṅ tripuruṣa māvak iriya| sira sinaṅgah rudrakālaśiva| sira sakalaniṣkala||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1105)

          39

            viddhi viddhi varānane
          • = BhK 7.28d

          40

          41

            pañcabrahmākṣaraṁ piṇḍam
          • = BhK 9.50a
            hrasvadīrghaplutan tathā
          • = BhK 9.50b

          42

          43

          44

          45

            sadārudrasya yad vījam
          • = BhK 8.18a
            candra-m-aghora-m-eva ca
          • = BhK 8.18b
            strīpuṅso yugapat smṛtaḥ
          • = BhK 8.18d

          46

            niṣkalāj ... nādaḥ
          • = JñS 17.1a, GPT 25a
            nādāt ... samudbhutaḥ
          • ≈ JñS 17.1b, GPT 25b: nādād vindusamudbhavaḥ
            vindoḥ ... °samudbhavaḥ
          • ≈ JñS 17.1c, BhS 7a: vindoś candraḥ samudbhūtaḥ; GPT 25c: bindoś candrasamudbhavaś
            candrāt ... samudbhutaḥ
          • ≈ BhS 7b: candrād viśvasamudbhavaḥ; cf. JñS 17.1d, GPT 25d: candrād viśvaḥ punaḥ punaḥ

          candre pralīyate viśvam| candraḥ vindau pralīyate| vinduḥ pralīyate nāde| nādaḥ līnan tu niṣkale||47

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1123)(1124)(1125)(1126)
            candre ... niṣkale
          • ≈ JñS 17.3: candre pralīyate viśvo vindau candraś ca lĩyate| vinduś ca lîyate nāda ity etad tattva­lakṣaṇam; GPT 27: viśvaḥ pralīyate candre candraś ca līyate bindau| binduś ca līyate nāda ity etat kramalakṣaṇam

          saṅ hyaṅ viśva līna riṅ ardhacandra| ardhacandra līna riṅ vindu| vindu līna riṅ nāda| nāda līna riṅ niṣkala| nāhan lvir iṅ pralīna ikā||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          48

          49

            narakaṁ pratipadyate
          • = BhK 11.33d
            idaṅ guhyaṁ mahādevi
          • cf. BhK 11.33a: evaṁ jñānaṁ mahādevi
            na prakāśati paṇḍitaḥ
          • cf. BhK 11.33b: na prakāśati tattvavit
            prakāśayati yo mohāt
          • cf. BhK 11.33c: prakāśayati mūrkhena

          pañcabrahmākṣaraṁ piṇḍam| hrasvadīrghaplutan tathā| utpattisthitilīnañ ca| īśānena vidhīyate|| 50

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            pañcabrahmākṣaraṁ ... tathā
          • = BhK 9.41cd
            utpattisthitilīnañ ca
          • = BhK 9.42a

          ikāna papupulniṅ akṣara pañcabrahma| ya ta makāvak hrasva dīrgha pluta| mvaṅ utpatti sthiti pralīna| liṅ bhaṭāra| riṅ bhaṭārī||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          10

          Siddhāntaśāstra, Jñānarahasya, Paṭala 10

          Siddhāntaśāstraṁ, Jñānarahasyaṁ, Daśamaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          maṅkana liṅ bhaṭāra| devī uvāca||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          1

          2

          3

            purastād ... sthāpya
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.2a
            brahmā ... °sthitaḥ
          • cf. PraJñ, StSt 90.2b
            paścime tu
          • ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.2c
            viṣṇur ... tathā
          • ≈ PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.2d: viṣṇur uttarakhaṇḍake
            prāṇam ... yogena
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.3c
            iti ... yogavit
          • ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.3b (jñātvā for iti)
            ūrdhvaṁ ... pārvati
          • = PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.3d: ūrdhvādhastāt tu pāvakaḥ
            madhye ... paramam
          • = PraJñ; ≈ StSt 90.3a (jñānaṁ for śivañ)

          4

            >praṇavajñānaśastreṇa
          • ≈ PraJñ (°matena, for °mātrena), PraJñ 4a (°mantreṇa)
            chinnaprāṇa-sa yogavit
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.4b
            jihvāgre tālu saṁśliṣṭam
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.4c
            tālusaṅśliṣṭalocanam
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.4d (°tulya for tālu°)

          5

            kapālam bāyunodbhidya
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.5a; cf. GPT 6c, JñS 15.4c, SHKŚ 42a (vāyu°), Vṛh 56c (vāyu°): mūrdhānaṃ bāyunodbhidya
            śivadvāravinirgataḥ
          • ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.5b
            prāṇaḥ tyajanti taddvāram
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.5c
            pranavañ ca vinirgataḥ
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.5d

          6

            prāṇaḥ tyajanti yo yogī
          • cf. PraJñ, StSt 90.6a: chinnaprāṇas tu yo yogī
            viśate paramañ chivam
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.6b
            vyāpī ... caiva
          • = PraJñ, StSt 90.6c
            sūkṣmatvāt ... chivam
          • ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.6d (jñānam for śivam)

          7

          asmin kṣetre vane devi| nadīsthale guhā-girau| vṛkṣamūle śilātale| prāṇan tyajanti yogavit|| 8

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1157)(1158)

          ndi ta kapatyananira saṅ vruh riṅ yogasandhi| patakvanta bhaṭārī| nyan riṅ savah| riṅ halas| ri tīranikaṅ vvai| riṅ guhā| riṅ gunuṅ| ri vvitnikaṅ vṛkṣa ṅkāna| mvaṅ riṅ śilātala| ṅkāna ta tiṅgalakna huripnira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1159)(1160)

          tapovane vanāghāre| śūnye girau tathaiva ca| guhe sthale ca nūṣe ’pi| prāṇaṁ tyajati yogavit|| 9

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1161)(1162)

          nihan vaneh kapatyananira| riṅ patapan| riṅ vana| riṅ umah| riṅ guhā| riṅ giri| riṅ nūṣa| riṅ tәgal kunaṅ| ṅkāna ta sirān tumiṅgalakәn huripnira| māti pva sira ṅkāna| mulih ta sira ri bhaṭāra paramaśiva||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          10

            siddhānte nāsti sandehaḥ
          • cf. BhK 10.19e: siddhānte nāsti saṅśayaḥ
            tattve paramadurlabham
          • cf. BhK 11.61d: tantre ’vakṣepa durllabhe

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

            sadārudram ... jñānam
          • = PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7a (sadā buddham)
            sadāśivapadaṅ gataḥ
          • ≈ PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7b: sadā dharmam idaṁ jñānam
            sadāśivam ... jñānam
          • = PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7c (sadā dharmam)
            paramañ ca śivaṅ gataḥ
          • ≈ PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7d: paramaś ca tathāgataḥ

          18

          19

            siddhānte ... saṅśayaḥ
          • cf. BhK 10.10c, 11.61c (em.): ... sandehaḥ
            tantrākhya-m-eva durlabhaḥ
          • cf. BhK 10.10d: tattve paramadurlabhe; BhK 11.61d: tantre ’vakṣepa durlabhe (em.)

          20

            siddhānte ... sandehaḥ
          • = BhK 10.10c, 11.61c; cf. 10.19e, ... saṅśayaḥ (em.)
            tantre paramadurlabhe
          • cf. BhK 10.10d: tattve ...; 10.19f; 11.61d: tantre ’vakṣepa durlabhe

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          35

          36

            evañ caiva svadehas tu
          • cf. RauSS 8.10c: bhinne dehe śivo bhūtvā
            śivaśaktisamanvitaḥ
          • ≈ BhK 7.20b: śivabhaktisamanvitaḥ; cf. RauSS 8.10d: śivadharmaiḥ samanvitaḥ
            nadīsamudrasaṅyogāt
          • ≈ BhK 7.20c saritsamudrasaṁyogāt; cf. RauSS 8.13a: sakṛt samudrasaṁyogād

          37

          11

          Jñānasiddhāntaśāstra

          Jñānasiddhāntaśāstraṁ, Ekādaśaḥ Paṭalaḥ

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          1

          2

          3

          akāraṁ pratichedañ ca| ukārañ chedam eva ca| makāra pratichedañ ca| etat kārya-kathaṁ bhavet|| 4

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1233)(1234)(1235)(1236)

          ikaṅ a u ma| ya ekatvakәn bhaṭāra riṅ | 3| tuṅgal karika gavenira| siddha kari maṅkana sājñā bhaṭāra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          5

          sādhaka-sukhakāryārthī| iha jñānañ ca śaṅkate| tāni prayujya nāmāni| brahmāṇi tāni śaṅkara|| 6

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1239)(1240)(1241)

          nihan anuṅ pavaraha ri ṅhulun| upāyanikā saṅ sādhaka mahyun umaṅguhakna sukha ri huripnya| apan tan byakta evәhnya| ya tikā pājarakna bhaṭāra ri ṅhulun|\\ maṅkana liṅ bhaṭārī riṅ bhaṭāra| devovāca| liṅnira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1242)(1243)(1244)

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          pittasthāna-viṣa-naśyet| hṛdisthānaṁ sukhan tathā| manaḥsthānañ ca krodhañ ca| sukhalakṣaṇam eva ca|| 24

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1275)

          saṅsiptanikaṅ bāyu riṅ pitta| maṅilaṅakәn viṣa| ikaṅ bāyu riṅ hati| sukhaduḥkha gavenya| ikaṅ bāyu riṅ manah| krodha||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vindudvayaṁ paraṁ vidvān| nāsikāgre sadāśivam| susūkṣma-sarvabhūtānām| sthānam atyantanirmalam|| 25

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          saṅ hyaṅ vindudvaya| sira ta riṅ nāsikāgra| saṅ hyaṅ sadāśiva sira susūkṣma| mvaṅ niṣkalāvaknira| kavruhana||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          hṛtśālāc ca vinirgatya| vindubhyām avatiṣṭhati| nāsikāgre vibhūtañ ca| bāyubhūtas sadāśivaḥ|| 26

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1276)

          ri hati uṅgvan saṅ hyaṅ vindudvaya| vijil riṅ nāsikāgra| sira ta bāyubhūta| ya bhaṭāra sadāśiva| ṅa||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sukaduḥkadvayor vinduḥ| saguṇan nirguṇan tathā| evaṁ jñātvā sukhaṁ prāpya| ihatra ca paratra ca|| 27

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sira ta sukhaduhkha| saṅ hyaṅ bāyu saguṇa mvaṅ nirguṇa tattvanira| sira kavruhana saṅ sādhaka| kapaṅguh taṅ sakalaniṣkala denira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1277)

          saptalokaṁ mahādevi| vindubhyāṁ viśate yatiḥ| saptapātālalokeśaḥ| tat sarvam apy aśeṣataḥ|| 28

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1278)(1279)(1280)(1281)

          ndi byaktaniṅ sukha sakala nihan| ikaṅ saptaloka sukha| ikaṅ saptapātāla sukha denira| tinәmunira taṅ sukha||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vāno vā nāgaro vāpi| śiṣyo vāpi varānane| dāsīṁ dāsañ ca gṛhañ ca| siddhiṁ vā viśate yatiḥ|| 29

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1282)(1283)(1284)

          nihan ta vaneh| sukha kapaṅguh de saṅ yati| vastrādi viṣaya| yan sira muṅgv iṅ vana| yan iṅ nāgara kunaṅ| pinaṅguhnira ta śiṣya| mvaṅ dāsa dāsī| gṛha| lāvan kasiddhyan pinaṅguhnira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1285)

          strīyo vā puruṣo vāpi| viyogayoga-m-eva ca| duḥkhitaṁ mucyate bandhāt| pāpī vimucyate yatiḥ|| 30

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1286)(1287)

          nahan taṅ byaktaniṅ sukha vāhya hinilaṅakәnikaṅ prayoga||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1288)(1289)

          etat jñānam mahādevi| bāyubhūtas sadāśivaḥ| yo vijñānati tattve na| mama māyāvimohitaḥ|| 31

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1290)
            mama māyāvimohitaḥ
          • = BhK 8.25h
            yo vijñānati tattve na
          • cf. BhK 11.21a: yo vijñānati tattvena

          hana pva saṅ paṇḍita tar vruh i tattva saṅ hyaṅ jñānaprayoga| sira ta moha deniṅ bañcana||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          parimāṇaṁ mahādevi| nāsikāgre sadāśivaḥ| bāyubhūtan supiṇḍitam| sasukhaduḥkhalakṣaṇam|| 32

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1291)(1292)

          nāsikāgra parimāṇa saṅ hyaṅ vindu rvā sira ta bāyubhūta| nitya hana riṅ sakalaniṣkala katattvanira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          evaṁ jñānam mahādevi| na prakāśati tattvavit| prakāśayati mūrkhena| narakaṁ pratipadyate||33

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1293)
            idaṁ ... pratipadyate
          • cf. BhK 9.49: idaṅ guhyam mahādevi| [...] na prakāśati paṇḍitaḥ| [...] prakāśayati yo mohāt| [...] narakaṁ pratipadyate; JñS 26.8: evaṁ jñānaṁ mahādevi| na prakāśati tattvavit| prakāśayati saṁsāre| pañcapadadhanaṁ prati||

          ikā ta saṅ hyaṅ sakalaniṣkala| līnatattva| tātan binaribari de saṅ paṇḍita||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          śaivasiddhāntaka-jñānam| na dehi tasya tattvavit| nāśuśrūṣau pradātavyam| arjane guru-pūjyate|| 34

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1294)

          saṅ śaivasiddhānta| tātan varahakna riṅ mūrkha hajinira| mvaṅ ikaṅ vvaṅ tan guruśuśrūṣa||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1295)

          varaśiṣyāya bhaktāya| dāsībhūtāya nityaśaḥ| dehi jñānañ ca siddhāntam| pañcapade dhane prati || 35

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1296)(1297)

          yapvan śiṣya guruśuśrūṣa| nityabhakti| ṅkāna ta saṅ hyaṅ jñāna śaivasiddhānta varahakna de saṅ paṇḍita||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          asteyaṁ satyavacanam| devabhaktiḥ sadādhyayaḥ| idaṁ jñānañ ca siddhāntam| jñātvā devi vicakṣaṇaḥ|| 36

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1298)

          deya saṅ vicakṣaṇa| lvirikaṅ vehәn| vvaṅ tan maliṅ| vvaṅ mojar tuhu| vvaṅ bhakti riṅ hyaṅ| vvaṅ tan upahasya riṅ haji||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          na putrāya pradātavyam| na śiṣyāya kadā cana| dhanahīnāya mūrkhāya| gurunindāya nityaśaḥ|| 37

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1299)

          apa ta lvirikaṅ tan vehәn rike saṅ hyaṅ jñāna śaivasiddhānta| ikaṅ vvaṅ upahāsya ri sira| tәhәr gurunindā ya||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          parastenoktam asatyam| devatānām arakṣitaḥ| 38

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1300)

          lvirikaṅ vvaṅ tan vehәn riṅ haji| vvaṅ maliṅ| vvaṅ mujarakәn lәñok| vvaṅ tan bhaktiṅ deva| vvaṅ upahasya ri saṅ hyaṅ aji||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          aśuddhaḥ na tapabrataḥ| durśīlāpakramaiva ca| 39

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vvaṅ jnәk iṅ amaṅan sarva campur| vvaṅ tan mahyun iṅ tapa| vvaṅ melik iṅ brata| vvaṅ durśīla| vvaṅ melik iṅ krama yukti||\\ nihan ta byaktanikā saṅ maṅhasyani ike saṅ hyaṅ haji śaivasiddhānta| atyanta mūrkhanya||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1301)

          upāyo praśnapūrvaś ca| kalahavaśane ’pi ca| pṛcchānta-m-āturo vākyam| devatantraś ca ninditaḥ|| 40

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1302)(1303)(1304)(1305)(1306)

          nihan ikā upāyanya melik iṅ haji| matakvan iṅ pūrvaka| maṅucap vāda kari kapiṅrvānya| riṅ avasāna mujarakәn tukar| ri denya nininda ri tantra saṅ deva| vetnya tan kinahanan iṅ tutur mātra|| saṅsiptanikā saṅ upahasya rike saṅ hyaṅ haji siddhānta| manīrakәn ri saṅ aṅabhyāṣa ri saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          parasmai ’śaucaparyāyaḥ| dehi rahasyam eva ca| 41

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          apan ikaṅ vvaṅ yan huvus gumәgə̄ saṅ hyaṅ śaivasiddhānta| cinalan ta ya deniṅ len| tinūtnya vuvusniṅ para cumacad saṅ hyaṅ haji| yekā parāśoca| ṅa|| mataṅyan ikā saṅ prayatne saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna| śiṣya sopacāra juga sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1307)(1308)

          kim punaḥ śvetadhāraś ca| gurujñānavivarjitaḥ| 42

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nihan byaktanirān vaneh| hana vvaṅ kinon mavastra haputih de saṅ guru| ndi ta yogyanikā nirakna vidhiniṅ svaguru| tāvat gurujñāna juga| viśeṣānugraha|| nihan pramāṇanya| sapavәkasniṅ guru tūtakәn| suprayatna ri saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta| yan pūrvaka siddhāntajñāna ginәgə̄||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          mama guhyan tu durlabham| śaivasiddhāntasaṁjñakam| yo vetti na punarjanmaḥ| viśate paramaṁ śivam|| 43

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1309)(1310)(1311)

          saṅsiptanikā saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna| paramaguhya sira| saṅ sādhaka kumavruhi sira| sira ta mukta||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          idaṁ jñānan tu tatsarvam| mama guhyan tu cintayet| rakṣasva parameśāni| sarvabhūte vidhānake|| 44

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1312)(1313)

          saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta| paramaguhya sira| sira ta kәmitәn bhaṭārī| abhyantaraknekaṅ bhuvana||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          idaṁ jñānam mahādevi| siddhāntan nāma nāmataḥ| cintayet rahase nityam| kṣamā svīkriyate jagat|| 45

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1314)(1315)(1316)(1317)

          saṅ apa ta rovaṅ bhaṭārī kumәmiti saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta| pamenira riṅ tribhuvana bhaṭāra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          puruṣo ’ham mahādevi| svasiddhāntabhavāntare| patnikā śrīmahādevī| prakṛtisaṁjña tattvavit|| 46

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1318)(1319)(1320)(1321)

          evaṁ jñātvā mahādevi| sakalan niṣkalan tathā| 47

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1323)(1324)(1325)

          nāhan simpәnira saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta| sakalaniṣkala kinavruhan saṅ paṇḍita||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          48

            abhakṣyaṁbhakṣaṇaṅ
          • = KMT 9.62a

          śubhāśubhāni karmāṇi| prakaroti vicakṣaṇaḥ| tena mokṣaiva saṁprāpya| sarvadoṣaiḥ vivarjitaḥ|| 49

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1327)

          saṅsiptanika saṅ vicakṣaṇa| sira ta umaṅguhakәn ri saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna| apan sira tan kәna deniṅ apuṅguṅ| sira saṅ prajña juga lәvih saṅkerikā| enak māvāsa ulahulah deniran kumavruhīṅ atītānāgatavartamāna| nissaṅśaya sira riṅ śubhāśubhakarma||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1328)

          sarvadoṣāya pīḍāya| sarvakilviṣanāśanam | cittopagamanam pīḍam| jñānaśāstrāni sarvadā|| 50

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1329)(1330)(1331)
            sarvakilviṣanāśanam
          • ≈ AhS 31.34d, TĀV 15.74, NKār 48.13d, ViPur 6.7.73d, passim: sarvakilbiṣanāśanam

          mataṅyan nissaṅśaya saṅ paṇḍita| yan umabhyāsa saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna| apan vәnaṅ maṅhilaṅakәn karma pāpa||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          varṇabhedā mahādevi| catvaraiḥ brāhmaṇādayaḥ| svaśaktiḥ śaivasiddhāntam| etatbhūtam idañ jagat|| 51

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1332)(1333)

          mataṅyan vәnaṅ maṅhilaṅakәn karma pāpa| apan hilaṅ ikaṅ sarvavarṇa denira|

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          brāhmaṇa-kṣatriyaś caiva| vaiśya-śūdras tathaiva ca| evam etāni rūpāṇi| saṅśayāni pṛthak pṛthak|| 52

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vikalpa pveka saṅ brāhmaṇa| kṣatriya| vaiśya| śūdra| agə̄ṅ kasaṅśayanira mvaṅ vikalpanira| saṅsāra ta sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sarvavarṇāni rūpāṇi| saṅsārāni pṛthak pṛthak| 53

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            saṅsārāni pṛthak pṛthak
          • = BhK 8.31d

          irikā ta saṅ brāhmaṇa| kṣatriya| vaiśya| śūdra| ya caturvarṇa| ṅa| sira ta saṅsāra| āpan savikalpa||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1334)(1335)

          jyotirūpāṇi sarvāni| siddhāntāni pṛthak pṛthak| jīvāni vidyutādyotāḥ| saṅsārāni varānane|| evam etāni rūpāṇi| na sandeho ’pi mānasaḥ|| 54

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1336)(1337)(1338)(1339)
            jyotirūpāṇi
          • = BhK 9.1a; cf. 8.32c

          saṅsiptanira saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna| paramārthanira vinarahakәn bhaṭāra paramaśiva||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          a u ma tryakṣaran viddhi| bhūr bhuvaḥ svas tu ṣaṇmukha| brahmā viṣṇu-tathā rudraḥ| evambhūtam idañ jagat|| 55

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1340)(1341)(1342)(1343)

          tattva saṅ hyaṅ tryakṣara| sira ta jagat ekatattva| ṅa| kavruhana denta saṅ kumāra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          śṛṇoti śaivasiddhāntam| sarvatattvaphalaṁ bhavet| mudrārcaṇan tathā homam| jyotiḥsandarśaṇan tathā|| 56

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1344)

          nihan kadivyanikā saṅ aṅrәṅə̄ saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntaśāstra vinicāra| lәvih phalanira saṅka riṅ tattva kabeh| mvaṅ homārcaṇa||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1345)

          hasitādividhin devi| prayogavividhāni ca| maṇḍalāni rahasyāni| sarvadevamayāni ca|| 57

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1346)(1347)

          mataṅyan rәṅə̄n ike saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          tathā phalam avāpnoti| siddhāntaṁ yaḥ karoti vā| kim punaḥ patako devi| mokṣam āpnoti sanmataḥ|| 58

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1348)(1349)

          mokta ika saṅ umajī saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1350)

          strīyo vā brāhmaṇo vāpi| kṣatriyo vaiśya eva ca| śūdra-mleccho tathāpi tu| paṅguḥ kubjaḥ kuṇis tathā|| byādhirantaḥ tathā kañ ca| apasmāras tathādinaḥ| 59

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1351)(1352)(1353)(1354)(1355)

          byaktanikā saṅ prayatna| humaji saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntaśāstra ikā| mlecchādi apasmārānta||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          jñātvā saṅkṣiptasiddhāntam| na punarjanmakaṁ brajet| 60

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1356)

          saṅsiptanikā saṅ hyaṅ haji siddhānta| kinavruhan saṅ paṇḍita| mukta sira| apan tan saṅśaya ri saṅ hyaṅ śaivasiddhāntaśāstra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          śivo na paramo devaḥ| nāstike mata-ṣaṇmukha| siddhānte nāsti sandehaḥ | tantre ’vakṣepa-durlabham|| 61

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1357)(1358)(1359)
            tantre ’vakṣepa-durlabham
          • cf. BhK 10.10d: tattve paramadurlabhe (ex em); 10.19f: tatrākhyam eva durlabham
            siddhānte nāsti sandehaḥ
          • = BhK 10.10c, 10.20a; cf. 10.19e, siddhānte nāsti saṅśayaḥ (ex em.)

          saṅsiptanikāvākṣepanira saṅ hyaṅ paramaśiva| paramadurlabha sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          brahmādisakalam viśvam| jagatsthāvarajaṅgamam| paśya-ṣaṇmukhena tena| ekabhūtaṁ varānane|| 62

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1360)(1361)(1362)

          saṅ hyaṅ brāhmādi viśva| sira ta sakala siddhāntajñāna||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          brahmāt vā viśvato bāyuḥ| viṣṇujñānaṁ prakīrtitaḥ| vibhuśaktir iti khyātaḥ| makārākṣarasaṅjñakaḥ|| 63

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1363)(1364)

          makāra sira śiva| vibhuśakti bāyu riṅ nāsikāgra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ātmā ca dakṣiṇe saṅjñaḥ| antarātmā vame sthite| paramātmā nāsike ca| praṇavaṁ bhedalakṣaṇam|| 64

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1365)
            praṇavaṁ bhedalakṣaṇam
          • = BhK 11.87b

          saṅ hyaṅ atmā sira riṅ ghrāṇa tәṅәn| antarātmā sira riṅ ghrāṇa kivā| paramātmā sira riṅ nāsikāgra| nahan ta lakṣaṇa saṅ hyaṅ praṇava kinavruhan saṅ paṇḍita||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          trayāṇām api saṅyogaḥ| uśvāso nāma tīryate| uśvāseti bhavet ātmā| pradīpa-tv evam ucyate|| 65

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1366)

          saṅyoganira saṅ hyaṅ ātmā sira uśvāsa| bāyūmәtu sake lyaṅniṅ iruṅ| pasuknya śiva||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ubhayor api saṅyogaḥ| sahātmeśvarasaṅjñakaḥ| bāyubhūtaś śivo jñeyaḥ| na sandeho varānane|| 66

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1367)

          patәmunira saṅ hyaṅ ātmā mvaṅ bhaṭāra śiva| sira ta yogatattva| ātmaśiva sirān yogatattva| ya ātmeśvarasaṅyoga| mataṅyan sarvecchā sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          vrataṁ bahuvidhaṅ kṛtvā| naras siddhāntavācakaḥ| karmāṇi vividhāny eva| yathecchā kurute bhuvi|| 67

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1368)

          sarvecchā| ṅa| nissaṅśaya sirān gumavayakәn ikaṅ brata kabeh||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          kvacit bhasmāntamadhyastham| kva rūpaṁ saṅgamālinaḥ| kvacic chitre kvacid vāpi| vidhārya parame ’dhunā|| kvacid monaṅ kvacid vāpi| vodhāntamali yo śivam| saḥ jñātvā jānite mānī| varayitecchāmāryyate|| 68

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nirālambana sira riṅ brata kabeh| maṅkana ta sarvecchānira riṅ brata||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          pumānrūpeṇa tattvajñaḥ| sandigdham akalan tri vai| rūpena gatvā sūtreṇa| śivasthānaṁ pratiṣṭhati|| 69

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1369)

          nāhan byakta saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna kavruhana||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          pittaṁ śivañ ca paramam| hṛdayañ ca sadāśivam| mano brāhmaṇam ākhyāntam| buddhir viṣṇuś ca pārvati|| 70

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1370)

          tattva saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñāna kinavruhan| pitta paramaśivatattva sira| hṛdaya sadāśivatattva||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1371)

          ahaṅkāra-tathā rudraḥ| pañcasthānam aninditam| yo vijñānañ ca līnañ ca| hṛdayaṁ pittalīnakam|| 71

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          tuṅgal saṅ hyaṅ ahaṅkāra mvaṅ buddhi| buddhi līna riṅ manah| manah līna riṅ hṛdaya| hṛdaya līna riṅ pitta||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          viṣṇau pralīyate rudraḥ| viṣṇuḥ brahmā-pralīyate| brahmā sadāśive līne| jñānati paramārthavit|| 72

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1372)

          saṅ hyaṅ rudra tuṅgal mvaṅ saṅ hyaṅ viṣṇu| līna sira ri saṅ hyaṅ brahmā| brahmā līna ri saṅ hyaṅ sadāśiva||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sadāśivañ ca līnañ ca| śive paramasaṅjñake| sthānam pañcavidhan devi| evam ekam anāmayam|| 73

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1373)(1374)

          ike saṅ hyaṅ tattva| sira ta kavruhana saṅ paṇḍita||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ācāraś ca kriyāśaktiḥ| śīla-jñānaṁ prakīrtitam| etat siddhāntatattvañ ca| jñānati paramārthavit|| 74

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1375)

          saṅsipta saṅ hyaṅ ācāra| kriyāśakti sira| saṅ hyaṅ śīla| sira jñānaśakti| vruh pva saṅ paṇḍita riṅ acāra mvaṅ śīla| sira ta tattvavit ṅaranira| sira nipuṇa ri saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntaśāstra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          akṣaraṁ jñānasiddhāntam| saptadhā bhedalakṣaṇam| kriyate matimān devi| saptabhedaḥ prakīrtitaḥ|| 75

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1376)
            saptadhā bhedalakṣaṇam
          • = JñS 26.9d; cf. JñS 23.1b saptañ ca bhedalakṣaṇam

          tattva saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta| saptākṣara sira| ya ta mataṅyan nipuṇa||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          bhūrlokam prathamaṁ bhedam| bhuvaḥlokaṁ dvitīyakam| svarlokañ ca tritīyañ ca| mahālokavyavasthitaḥ|| caturthyām iti vijñeyam| tathā paramapaṇḍitaiḥ| janaṁ pañca tapaṁ ṣaṣṭhyām| satyalokañ ca saptadhā|| 76

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1377)(1378)(1379)

          kadibyaniṅ kavicāranirān tambayan| ratu riṅ bhūḥloka sira| kapiṅrvāniṅ karәṅvānira ratu riṅ bhuvahloka sira| kapintiganirān ratu riṅ svahloka sira| kapiṅpātirān ratu riṅ mahāloka| muvah ri kapiṅlimanira ratu riṅ janaloka sira| karәṅvānirān piṅәnәm ratu riṅ tapoloka sira| kapiṅpitu ratu riṅ satyaloka| maṅkana sira saṅ rumәṅvākәn kavicāran saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntajñānaśāstra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1380)

          evam akṣarasiddhāntam| saptalokaṁ prakīrtitam|| 77

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ratu riṅ saptaloka saṅ rumәṅə̄ kavicāran saṅ hyaṅ siddhāntaśāstra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sakārañ caiva bhūḥlokam| bhuvaḥlokaṁ ikārakaḥ| dakāraḥ svar iti khyātam| mahālokaṁ dhakārakaḥ|| 78

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1381)

          saṅ hyaṅ sakāra sira bhūhloka| ikāra sira bhuvaḥloka| dakāra sira svahloka| dhakāra sira mahāloka||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          akāraṁ janalokañ ca| nakārañ ca tapolokam| satyalokan takārākhyam| saptalokaṁ purārthakaḥ|| 79

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1382)

          saṅ hyaṅ akāra sira janaloka| nakāra sira tapoloka| takāra sira satyaloka| sira ta pāvak bhaṭāra sadāśiva| pralīna sira riṅ bhaṭāra paramaśiva| ekatva pralīna ri saṅ hyaṅ anāmaya||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1383)

          ānandaṁ paramaṁ sūkṣmam| śivaṁ nityañ ca ṣaṇmukha| paraman nīyate devi| pittasthānam anuttamam|| 80

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1384)(1385)(1386)

          sira nityānanda saṅ hyaṅ anāmaya| saṅ hyaṅ pitta sira sthāna saṅ hyaṅ anāmaya||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          etat paramanirbāṇam| aṣṭāni ca guṇāni ca| mokṣakaṁkṣī mahādevi| saputrapautravandhavaḥ|| 81

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1387)(1388)(1389)

          sira saṅ hyaṅ śivanirbāṇa| ṅa| kanirāśrayan sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          kṛtadaṇḍañ ca krodhañ ca| hiṅsa eva yathecchayā| yathecchā kūryate devi| dharmādharmañ ca kārayet|| 82

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1390)(1391)(1392)(1393)

          lvir saṅ paṇḍita kumavruhi saṅ hyaṅ anāmaya| gumavayakәn ikaṅ dharma mvaṅ adharma| ya icchānira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          bhakṣyābhakṣyañ ca madyañ ca| bhuktvā pitvā śubhāśubham| śrī jaṭādhāra-śikhaṇḍin| yathecchā kurute muniḥ|| 83

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1394)(1395)(1396)(1397)

          saṅsiptanikā saṅ paṇḍita| gavayaknanirekaṅ sākecchā| nirvikalpa sira ri sakvehnikaṅ apeyapeya| lāvan ikaṅ abhakṣabhakṣaṇa| bhakṣyanikā| tan vikalpa sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ācāraśīlasaṅyuktaḥ| \ppadab yathecchā kurute sadā|| 84

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          lāvan ikaṅ śīla rahayu| icchānirerikā||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          jaṭādhāra iti vidvān| mokṣam icchati pārvati| ācāraśīlarahitam| kriyājñānavibhusmṛtaḥ|| 85

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1398)

          jaṭā tattva saṅ hyaṅ viṣṇu| muṇḍī tattva saṅ hyaṅ brahmā| saṅ hyaṅ śiva śikhī tattvanira| sira ta jñānaśakti| kriyāśakti| vibhuśakti||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1399)(1400)

          ācāraṁ byaktakam idam| śīlam abyaktam eva ca| ācārañ ca bratam idam| śīla-dharmaḥ prakīrtitaḥ|| 86

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1401)(1402)

          saṅ hyaṅ ācāra byakta tattvanira| saṅ hyaṅ śīla| sira abyakta puruṣa tattvanira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1403)

          evam akṣarasiddhāntam| praṇavam bhedalakṣaṇam| siddhaṁ sadāśivam proktam| antaṁ paramasaṅjñakam|| 87

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

            praṇavam bhedalakṣaṇam|
          • = BhK 11.64d

          nihan simpәniṅ tattva saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta| praṇavabheda sira| siddha saṅ hyaṅ sadāśiva sira| anta saṅ hyaṅ paramaśiva sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1404)

          siddhaṁ rudra iti proktam| anta-devo sadāśivam| 88

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nihan vaneh| siddhaṁ hyaṅ rudra sira| antaṁ sadāśiva sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          siddhaṅ kriyā iti proktam| antaṁ jñānam iti smṛtam|| 89

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          siddhaṁ sira kriyāśakti| antaṁ sira jñānaśakti||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          siddhaṁ vibhur iti jñeyaḥ| antaṁ prabhus tathaiva ca|| 90

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          siddhaṁ sira vibhuśakti| antaṁ sira prabhuśakti||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāraṁ rudra-vijñeyam| ddhakārañ ceśvaraṁ smṛtam| antaṁ śivam iti proktam| praṇavam ekam eva ca|| 91

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1405)

          tәlu tattva saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta| sikāra sira rudra| ddhakāra sira īśvara| anta sira śiva| praṇava ekatattva sira||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāraṁ mūrtipakṣākhyam| ddhakāraṁ hṛdayan tathā| anta-śira iti proktam| praṇavañ ca nigadyate|| 92

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          saṅ hyaṅ rudra sira mūrti| īśvara sira hati| saṅ hyaṅ śiva sira śirah| nāhan ta tattva saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta riṅ śarīra saṅ sādhaka||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāraṁ bhūr iti khyātam| ddhakāraṁ bhuva eva ca| antañ ca svar iti tattvam| siddhāntan nāma nāmataḥ|| 93

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          nyan tattvanira vaneh||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāro pṛthivī jñeyaḥ| ddhakāro ’kāśa eva ca| anta-svarga iti proktaḥ| siddhāntan nāma nāmataḥ|| 94

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāra sira pṛthivī| ddhakāra sira ākāśa| anta sira svarga| tattvanirān tribhuvana ikā||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāran dakṣiṇe nāse| ddhakāraṁ vāmanāsake| anta-nāsāgratattvañ ca| 95

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāra sira ghrāṇa tәṅәn| ddhakāra sira ghrāṇa kivā| anta sira nāsikāgra||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          sikāran dakṣiṇe netre| ddhakāro vāmanetrake| anta-trinayanam viddhi| siddhāntan nāma nāmataḥ|| 96

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1406)(1407)

          sikāra sira locana tәṅәn| ddhakāra sira locane kivā| anta sira locane madhya||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1408)

          sikāran dakṣiṇe karṇe| ddhakāro vāmakarṇake| antam vā kārṇamadhyasthe| siddhāntan nāma nāmataḥ|| 97

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          ikaṅ sikāra sira taliṅe tәṅәn| ddhakāra sira taliṅe kivā| anta sira ri madhyaniṅ taliṅa vāma dakṣiṇa||

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          (1409)(1410)

          The Secret Doctrine on Brahman, Chapter 1

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33


          The Secret Doctrine on Brahman, Chapter 2

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20


          The Secret Doctrine on Brahman, Chapter 3

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          36

          37

          38

          39

          40

          41

          42

          43

          44

          45

          46

          47

          48

          49

          50

          51

          52

          53

          54

          55

          56

          57

          58

          59

          60

          61

          62

          63

          64

          65

          66

          67

          68

          69

          70

          71

          72

          73

          74

          75

          76

          77

          78

          79

          80

          81

          82

          83


          The Secret Doctrine on Brahman, Chapter 4

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          37

          38

          39

          40

          41

          42

          43

          44

          45

          46

          47

          48

          49

          50

          51

          52

          53

          54

          55

          56

          57

          58

          59

          60

          61

          62

          63

          64

          65

          66

          67

          68

          69

          70

          71

          72

          73

          74

          75

          76


          The Secret Doctrine on Brahman, Chapter 5

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          36

          37

          38

          39

          40

          41

          42

          43

          44

          45

          46

          47

          48

          49

          50

          51

          52

          53


          vi: The Scripture on the Siddhānta-Gnosis, Chapter 1

          \normalsize{oṁ, Hail to the Mountain-Lord!

          No translation available yet for this part of the edition DHARMA_CritEdBhuvanakosa

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8


          vii: The Scripture on the Material Ritual for the Ash-Mantra, Chapter 2

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30


          The Succinct Exposition of the Gnosis, Chapter 3

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          36

          37


          The Storehouse of Worlds, Chapter 9

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          36

          37

          38

          39

          40

          41

          42

          43

          44

          45

          46

          47

          48

          49

          50


          The Scripture on the Siddhānta, the Secret Gnosis, Chapter 10

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          36

          37


          Chapter 11: The Scripture on the Siddhānta-Gnosis

          1

          2

          3

          4

          5

          6

          7

          8

          9

          10

          11

          12

          13

          14

          15

          16

          17

          18

          19

          20

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

          29

          30

          31

          32

          33

          34

          35

          36

          37

          38

          39

          40

          41

          42

          43

          44

          45

          46

          47

          48

          49

          50

          51

          52

          53

          54

          55

          56

          57

          58

          59

          60

          61

          62

          63

          64

          65

          66

          67

          68

          69

          70

          71

          72

          73

          74

          75

          76

          77

          78

          79

          80

          81

          82

          83

          84

          85

          86

          88

          89

          90

          91

          92

          93

          94

          95

          96

          97

          saṅ em.
          sa L1 B1 B2          praṇamya śirasā em.
          praṇamya| śirasā L1 B2lac. B1          devam em.
          deva L1 B2lac. B1          vakti conj.
          vākya L1 B2om. B1
          Issue in the code (lost folio)          amanmathaḥ em.
          amanmatha L1 B1 B2          devadeva mahādeva em.
          devadeva| mahādeva L1 B1 B2          praṇamya śirasā devam
          = NīSāSam colophon; cf. StSt 670.1a: praṇamya śirasā liṅgaṃ; StSt 676.1a: praṇamya śirasā rudraṁ; StSt 679.1a: praṇamya śirasā sūryaṃ; VŚ 1: praṇamya bhāskaraṁ devaṁ          devadeva mahādeva
          ≈ StSt 670.6a: devadevaṃ mahādevaṃ; = DevīR 16.17a, JñĀ 17.1a, JñSĀ 2.1a, KMT 24.1a, ŚaktiSa 14.1a, etc.          devadeva ... śaṅkara
          cf. VBh 160ab: deva deva mahādeva paritṛptāsmi śaṅkara          śūnyaś ca nirbāṇādhikaḥ L1 B1 B2
          nirbbhāṇādhika L1 B1 B2
          ta-vipulā          nirbāṇādhikaḥ em.
          nirbbhāṇādhika L1 B1 B2          śivāṅgatve em.
          śśivaṅgatve L1 B1 B2          nirīkṣyate norm.
          nirikṣyate L1rinikṣyate B2lac. B1          kutaḥ tadvākyam atulam
          na-vipulā          ’vatiṣṭhata em.
          vatiṣṭha| ca L1 B1 B2
          () = ’vātiṣṭhata, m.c.          sūryāyutasamaprabham em.
          sūryyāyutamamaprabhaṁ L1 B1 B2          manasā em.
          man-asya| L1 B1 B2          darśyate norm.
          darśśyate L1 B1 B2
          (for dṛśyate)          samī-bhūtena em.
          amī-bhūtena L1 B1 B2          cakṣuṣā em.
          cakṣuṣo L1 B1 B2          lalāṭe vā em.
          lalāṭevaṁ L1 B1 B2          riṅ rahi| B1 B2
          om. L1          yatra yatra em.
          yātra yātre L1 B1 B2          samuddīkṣya
          samuddhikṣyā L1 B1 B2
          for samudīkṣya (m.c.)          tatra tatraiva em.
          kotra kotreva L1 B1 B2          yatra yatra ... labhyate
          ≈ JñS 25.4cd: yatra yatra samudīkṣya| tatra tatraiva nirmalam          adhomukhaṁ em.
          adhomuka L1 B1 B2          kucāntare em.
          tu cāntare L1 B1 B2          sarvadehinām em.
          kāladehināṁ L1 B1 B2          daśāṇām api nāḍīnām em.
          darśśaṇam api nāpīnāṁ L1 B1 B2          hṛdaye sarvadehinām
          ≈ NKār 30.18a: hṛdaye sarvadehīnāṃ; TUdgh 4.2b: hṛdaye sarvadehinā; cf. MBh app. 4.49 to 13.14.84d: hṛdisthaḥ sarvadehinām          daśanāḍī em.
          daśanāpī L1 B1 B2          kucāntare mahānāḍī em.
          kucāntaro mahanāpī L1 B1 B2          kṛśaṅ em.
          kṛṣṇaṅ L1 B1 B2          sahṛdantacarā conj.
          sahṛdāntacaro L1 B1 B2          nīlāñjanasamaprabham
          = KMT 16.3b; ≈ KMT 15.69b: nīlāñjanasamaprabhā; cf. RTP 43c: nīlāñjanasamadyutiḥ          mahānāḍī em.
          mahānāpi L1 B1 B2          tatra vasati deveśaḥ em.
          kasya| paśyati| deveśā L1 B1 B2          nāḍī em.
          nāpī L1 B1 B2          acalaś em.
          acalañ L1 B1 B2          jñānavarjitaiḥ em.
          jñānavarjjitaḥ L1 B1 B2          jñānavidā
          jñānavādi L1 B2jñānavājī B1          mahāśūnyam conj.
          mahāsaṅ-kyaṁ L1 B1 B2          dehinām em.
          dehītvam L1 B1 B2          nityomuṅgv i B1 B2
          nityomuṅguṅgu L1          riṅ B1 B2
          ri L1          daśanāḍyo ’rkakarās syuḥ conj.
          daśanāpy-ārkkakarasya L1 B1 B2
          sa-vipulā          hṛdayād abhiniḥsṛtāḥ conj.
          hṛdayāndhābhinismṛtaḥ L1 B1 B2          vitatāḥ em.
          vitataḥ L1 B1 B2          daśanāḍī conj.
          pada nāpi L1 B1 B2          nāḍī em.
          nāpī L1 B1 B2          śiroruhe em.
          ciroruhe L1 B1 B2          tiryagaivottha- conj.
          tīryyāgaivetha B1tīryyāgevetha L1 B2          nāḍī em.
          nāpi L1 B1 B2          nāḍī em.
          nāpi L1 B1 B2          ta mahasukha conj.
          tāmar suka L1 B1 B2          nāḍī kṛṣṇahimaprabhā em.
          nāpi kṛṣṇahimaprabhāḥ L1 B1 B2          nāḍī em.
          nāpi L1 B1 B2          nāḍīnām em.
          nā-pīnām L1 B1 B2          tubhyaṁ em.
          tābhyāṁ L1 B1 B2          aśeṣataḥ B2
          aśeṣatāḥ L1 B1          idānīṁ em.
          idhānāṁ L1 B1 B2          prayatnaṁ em.
          prayatna L1 B1 B2          vivare vīra conj.
          sumire vīre L1 B2sumiredh vīre B1          atiprabham em.
          ataḥ prabhaṁ L1 B1 B2          āsītam
          for asitam, m.c.          anidhanam
          na-vipulā (with irregular preamble)          paran nirbāṇam B1 B2
          paranirbbāṇam L1          śivaṁ paraṁ brahma muniḥ L1 B1 B2
          brāhmā L1 B1 B2
          bha-vipulā          brahma em.
          brāhmā L1 B1 B2          prototam conj.
          proktottam L1 B1 B2          tal labhet L1 B1
          ta labhet B2          uṅgulnirāṅәnaṅәnәnira em.
          uṅguhnirā° L1 B1 B2          vidhmātāruṇatāmrabham em.
          viśvāstāruṇatāmrābhaṁ L1 B2viśvāsthāruṇatāprābhaṁ B1          vahnīnāṁ conj.
          vyāptīnāṁ L1 B1 B2          bāhūnām
          bāyūnāṁ L1 B1 B2
          for bahūnām, m.c.          hṛdiṣṭhitam em.
          pratiṣṭhitaṁ L1 B1 B2          trivarṇa-syāt em.
          trivarṇnasya L1 B1 B2          mātrapañcaka- em.
          mātraśaṅkara L1 B1 B2          tadvījam L1 B1
          tad vidvijam B2          hana ta trivarṇa L1 B2
          hana trivarṇna B1          brahmamantrataḥ conj.
          brahmamantratāṁ L1 B1 B2          vaiṣṇavī conj.
          veṣṇava L1 B1 B2          parisaṁsṛṣṭaḥ L1 B1
          parisaṁ-kṛṣṭaḥ B2          viṣṇu-v-avyakta-m em.
          viṣṇuvāktaram L1 B1 B2          mahābrahma em.
          mahā-brāhmā L1 B1 B2          anopamaḥ
          for anupamaḥ, m.c.          aṅguṣṭhaparimāṇataḥ em.
          aṅguṣṭaparimāṇatāḥ L1 B1 B2          saṅkeṅ conj.
          saṅka riṅ L1 B1 B2          anāmayam norm.
          anāmayaṁ L1 B2adāmayaṁ B1          nirakṣara ya em.
          nirākṣara B1nirākṣaya L1 B2          dvividhaś ca conj.
          vividhātva L1 B1 B2          mahādevaḥ em.
          mahādeva L1 B1 B2          jñātavyaḥ munisattamaiḥ em.
          dhyātavyaḥ munisattamaḥ L1 B1 B2          śivapadam em.
          śivaparam L1 B1 B2          viśeṣāṅaṅәnaṅәn em.
          viśeṣāṅәnaṅәn L1 B1 B2          papaḍa L1 B2
          paḍa B1          svātmānam norm.
          svātmānām L1 B1 B2          sarvapāpāni em.
          sarvvapāpān na L1 B1 B2          ivānalaḥ em.
          ivo nalaḥ L1 B1 B2          | sārisāri em.
          sārisāri| L1 B1 B2          svadehaiśvaryam em.
          svadehe svayam L1 B1 B2          tumunvīrikaṅ L1 B1
          tumunvīkaṅ B2          ādhikyam em.
          ādhikam L1 B1 B2          labhyate norm.
          lābhyate L1 B1 B2
          (for labhate)          brahmarahasyam norm.
          brāhmarahasyaṁ B1brāhmarahasya L1 B2          nābhyān nyāset manīṣibhiḥ L1 B1
          nābhyānyāset B2          vījanira B1
          vīja sira L1 B2          triguṇaṁ em.
          trigaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2          jaṭhari em.
          aiṭari L1 B1 B2          triguṇa em.
          trigaṇa L1 B1 B2          pañcaśuddhā em.
          pañcaśuddha L1 B1 B2          pañcaśuddha| lvirnya| avidyā| svabhāva conj.
          pañca-śuddhasvabhāva| lvirnya| aśuddhavidyā svabhāva L1 B1pañcaśuddhasvabhāva| lvirnya| aśud-dhaviddhyā| svabhāva B2          akarmatvān mahāprabham L1 B1 B2
          akarmmatvā L1 B1 B2
          even in lieu of odd pada          akarmatvān em.
          akarmmatvā L1 B1 B2          pauruṣo vakṣasi norm.
          oruṣav vakṣasi L1 B1poruṣa vakṣasi B2          pauruṣo vakṣasi sthitam
          = BhK 3.16d          anādhikam
          for anadhikaṁ, m.c.          akāran nirmalaṁ L1 B1
          akāranirmmalaṁ B2          śūnyam em.
          guhyaṁ L1 B1 B2          śivapura em.
          śivapuruṣa L1 B1 B2          tālukānte L1 B1
          tālukaṇṭhe B2          paramātyantam atulam āthulam L1 B1
          aśūlam B2
          na-vipulā          atulam em.manasāgrāhyam
          manasāṅgṛhya L1 B1 B2          ādhikam
          for adhikam, m.c.          acintya-manasāgrāhyam
          cf. BhK 2.17c          nirapekṣam conj.
          niropekṣam L1 B1 B2          lalāṭopari saṁnyaset em.
          lalāṭe parisanyaset L1 B1 B2          sūkṣmam conj.
          śivam L1 B1 B2          atyanta-paramam
          bha-vipulā          padaṁ em.
          pade L1 B1 B2          viśvanyasottamam
          for viśvanyāsottamam, m.c.          śivam anādimadhyāntam conj.
          śiva sūkṣmādimāddhyāntaṁ L1 B1 B2          nyāsakna L1 B1
          nyasaśna B2          śivaṁ nirbāṇa-śuddhan em.
          śivanirbāṇaśuddhan L1 B1 B2          ya sinaṅguh vikṣepa em.
          ya sinaṅguḥ vākṣepa B2ya sinaṅgaḥ vākṣepa B1om. L1          paramanirbāṇam norm.
          paramanirbbāṇam L1 B1paramanirbbhāṇan B2          śūnyāśūnyātiśūnyakam em.
          śūnyaśūnyāti-śūnyakaṁ L1 B1 B2          yat tat conj.
          ya ta L1 B1 B2          na varṇam|| conj.
          om. L1 B1 B2          amitam em.
          anāmatā L1 B1anāmata B2          agātram| conj.
          om. L1 B1 B2          advitīyam| conj.
          om. L1 B1 B2          aliṅgakam em.
          a iṅgitā L1 B1 B2          acyutam em.
          anācyutaṁ L1 B1 B2          nirgatam em.
          anihata L1 B1 B2          na rogam em.
          na rogī L1 B1pc B2ra rogī B1ac          vedanam em.
          vedādhyayam L1 B1 B2          na saṅsāram| em.
          asamam L1 B1 B2          na kālam em.
          om. L1 B1 B2          asambatsarartumāsāhorātram em.
          °sarartumāsāhorātra B1°sārātumāsāhoratra L1 B2          asandhyāṅśam| em.
          om. L1 B1 B2          muhūrtam em.
          muhūrtta L1 B1 B2          na velakaṣṭham em.
          sāndhyāvelaka-ṣṭha L1 B1 B2          nottarāyanam … śāntam| conj.
          om. L1 B1 B2          śūnyam conj.
          śūnyātiśūnyaṁ L1 B1 B2          param| satyam em.
          antapakṣaṁ L1 B1 B2          vidhitāṁ| na L1 B2
          vidhitāṁ na B1          śūnyātiśūnyam| conj.
          om. L1 B1 B2          svaccham em.
          śocaṁ L1 B1 B2          nirākāram| na bhayam conj.
          anāntaram| itare bhayaṁ L1 B1 B2          etad brahmapadam| sa eṣa devaḥ conj.
          iti brāhmā| iśā eṣaḥ| devaḥ L1 B1 B2          saḥ paramārthaḥ conj.
          paramārthaḥ L1 B1 B2          vigatendriyaḥ norm.
          vighatendriyaḥ L1 B1 B2          tad brahmāntam em.
          tat| brāhmāntaṁ L1 B1 B2          mokṣam em.
          mokṣa L1 B1 B2          aniruddham em.
          niruddhaṁ L1 B1nniruddhaṁ B2          paraṁ nirbāṇam| em.
          om. L1 B1 B2          amaryādam em.
          apāryyadaṁ L1 B1 B2          paraṁ padam| em.
          om. L1 B1 B2          eṣa eva em.
          eṣaḥ devaḥ| L1 B1 B2          vyāpīyam em.
          vyāpināṁ L1 B1yāpīnaṁ B2          sūkṣmīyam em.
          sūkṣmaṁ L1 B1 B2          māhīyam em.
          anīyaṁ L1 B1 B2          vitanuḥ em.
          vatanuḥ L1 B1 B2          hitasadāmṛtaḥ conj.
          anaśritāḥ L1 B1anaśritaḥ B2          sa em.
          sā L1 B1 B2          pitā em.
          pita L1 B1 B2          bandhuḥ em.
          bandhu L1 B1 B2          amitam em.
          amīta L1 B1 B2          maviśeṣa em.
          mahāviśeṣa L1 B1 B2          acalitam em.
          na calitaṁ L1 B1 B2          nirgatam em.
          anigataṁ L1 B1 B2          arogam
          arogī L1 B1arogi B2          avedanam em.
          avedhanam L1 B1 B2          na saṁvatsarartumāsāhorātram em.
          na saṁvatsara| ṛtu| māsāhorātra L1 B1 B2          muhūrtam em.
          muhūrtta L1 B1 B2          animeṣam em.
          animeṣyaṁ L1 B1 B2          śāntam| śānta em.
          śānti śānta L1 B1 B2          śūnyam| śūnya| L1 B1
          śūnyaṁ śūnya B2 L          śūnyātiśūnyam em.
          śūnyātiśūnya L1 B1 B2          svaccham| malilaṅ em.
          svastham| malilaṅ L1svaccam| malilaṁ B2 Lsvasthaṁ malilaṅ B1          brahmapadam conj.
          brāhmādi L1 B1brāhmāni B2          sa eṣa devaḥ em.
          sa eṣaḥ devaḥ L1 B1 B2          śreṣṭhaḥ norm.
          sreṣṭhaḥ L1 B1sṛṣṭhaḥ B2          vigatendriyaḥ| tan hanendriye sira conj.
          vigatar atīndriyaḥ| tan hanar atīndriye sira L1 B1 B2          brahmāntam norm.
          brāhmāntaṁ B1 B2brāhmānaṁ L1          brahmāntapada conj.
          brāhmānta tapa L1 B1 B2          aniruddham em.
          śraddham L1 B1 B2          kalīṅanira| amaryādam| param conj.
          kalīṅanira| paraṁ L1 B1kalīṅanira| param B2          paraṁ padam conj.
          padaṁ L1 B1 B2          eṣa eva mahādevaḥ em.
          eṣaḥ evam mahādeva L1 B1eṣaḥ eva mahādevaḥ B2          varīyam|
          om. L1 B1 B2          sa eva mātā em.
          sa evam matā L1 B1 B2          sa eva pitā em.
          sā evaṁ pitā L1 B1sa evaṁ pita B2          tathā jñātvā conj.
          tathā| pi| tva L1 B1tathā| pitva B2          sarvaśarīriṣu em.
          sarvvagarīrisu L1 B1 B2          vrajen em.
          vrajan L1 B1 B2          maṅkanāsimpәn em.
          maṅkana simpәn L1 B1 B2          ekasthāne em.
          etat sthāne L1 B1 B2          soma em.
          somya L1 B1 B2          caturjanma L1 B1
          catujanma B2          tiryak norm.
          tīryyak B1 B2tīyyak L1          viśeṣa umuṅgv B1 B2
          viśeṣa| umuṅgv L1          sarvagatas sūkṣmaḥ em.
          sarvvagata| ssūkṣmaḥ L1 B1sarvvagata| sūkṣmaḥ B2          manasāgrāhyam conj.
          mahāgṛhyante L1 B1 B2
          (cf. 2.9a)          acintyam manasāgrāhyam
          cf. BhK 2.9a          sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate em.
          sūkṣmatvam upalābhyate L1 B1 B2          sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate conj.
          sūkṣmagno upalābhyate L1 B1 B2          kāṣṭhe kāṣṭhe ... nopalabhyate
          ≈ SMG 45.2 (mss.): kastre kastre| ya bahni| suksәmatvan vapalabyate; cf. SHH 63.4: kaste kaste yata bahәnniṅ suksmato vipalabyate          sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate
          = VākP 1.116b, NKār 31.32d          sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate
          = VākP 1.116b, NKār 31.32d          araṇimanthanopāye em.
          haraṇimanmanopāye L1 B1 B2          eko em.
          eke L1 B1 B2          jñāna sira L1 B1
          jñānanira B2          devañ em.
          devaś L1 B1 B2          gatim conj.
          gataṁ L1 B1 B2          pva bhaṭāra L1 B1
          om. B2          brahmarahasyan norm.
          brāhmārahasyan L1 B1brāhmārahasya B2          jīvo ’tiniṣkalaḥ em.
          jīvātiniṣkalaḥ L1 B1 B2          bhārūpo sakalaprabhuḥ conj.
          bhārūpedaṁ kalaprabhuḥ L1 B1 B2          sātmaka em.
          sātmyaka L1 B1 B2          sātmaka
          cf. Vṛh 30.4: cetananira sātmaka lavan bhaṭāra          jñeyaḥ em.
          jñeya L1 B1 B2          saṅke saṅ puruṣa L1 B1
          saṅkeṅ puruṣa B2          tamobhūta sira| L1 B1
          om. B1          gaurī em.
          gori L1 B1 B2          sāttvam em.
          sattvam L1 B1 B2          tejas em.
          tejam L1 B1 B2          saṅka riṅ L1 B1
          saṅkaniṅ B1          buddhi| mijil L1 B2
          buddhi mijil B1          taijasā conj.
          tejas sa L1 B1 B2          saṅkalpātmana em.
          saṅkalpātmanā L1 B1 B2          manaṅkalpa conj.
          manah kalpa L1 B1 B2          tata conj.
          tathā L1 B1 B2          śābdam em.
          śabdam L1 B1 B2          tato em.
          tathā L1 B1 B2          spārśam em.
          sparśam L1 B1 B2          bāyor agnis samudbhūtaḥ conj.
          bāyvāgnis sambhūtam manaḥ L1 B1 B2          rasarūpaśabdasparśaḥ em.
          rasarūpaśabdasparśśa L1 B1 B2          tato vā conj.
          śabdavāk L1 B1 B2          salilātmakaḥ L1 B2
          salilātmaka B1          śabda sparśa rūpa em.
          śabda rūpa L1 B1 B2          abhiyogatve conj.
          abhiyogatvaṁ L1 B1 B2          tatra tatrāsīn abhūtaḥ conj.
          tatrāsin ābhūtaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ra-vipulā          pṛthivyāṁ śarva eko ’yam conj.
          pṛthivyā sarvva ekāyam L1 B1 B2          bhava-saṁsmṛtaḥ L1 B2
          bhava saṃsmṛta B1          paśupatir em.
          paśupati L1 B1 B2          bāyau em.
          bāyvo L1 B1 B2          muṅgv irikaṅ L1 B2
          muṅgva rīkaṁ B1          tattva norm.
          tatva B2tata L1 B1          śarva em.
          sarvvajña L1sarvvajñā B1 B2          umandәl B1
          andәl L1 B2          dhātāvyakto mahīṣṭhitaḥ em.
          dhatavyakto mahīsthitaḥ L1dhatāvyakto mahīsthītaḥ B1dhatravyakto mahīṣṭhitaḥ B2
          ← dhātāvyakte pratiṣṭhitaḥ (?)          kāraṇastho em.
          kāraṇesthā L1 B1 B2          pādi| tan B2
          pādi tan L1 B1          śarīra| apah B2
          śarīra apah L1 B1          manaṅkalpa conj.
          manah saṅkalpa L1 B1 B2          tattvaniṅ śarīraniṅ B1
          tatvaśarīraniṅ L1 B2          tejasthānābhimānataḥ em.
          tejasthānābhimānyataḥ L1 B1tejasthānābhimanyataḥ B2          adhyavasānatvam em.
          ādyāvaśānatvaṁ L1 B2adyāvaśānatvaṁ B1          gauṇikā em.
          goṇikaṅ L1 B1 B2          lvirnya conj.
          {\XeTeXglyph1561\relax}vih ya L1 B1 B2          mādhyavasāya conj.
          mādva viṣaya L1 B1 B2          riṅ udāristhāna em.
          udāristhāna L1 B1 B2          upanyāstaṁ conj.
          upanyāntaṁ L1 B1 B2          bhārūpam em.
          bhārūpām L1 B1 B2          iti vikhyātam conj.
          itavākyānāṁ L1 B1itavākyānaṁ B2          pauruṣa vījanya| conj.
          om. L1 B1 B2          jīvasya kāraṇaṁ em.
          vījasya karaṇam L1 B1 B2          brahmādiparameśāntam em.
          brāhmādiparameśānam L1 B1 B2          sūkṣmam anāśravam em.
          sūkṣmāsanāśravaṁ L1 B1sūkṣmāsanaśravaṁ B2          kāraṇeṅ em.
          ṅkāneṅ L1 B1 B2          nihan conj.
          nāhan L1 B1 B2          bhedanyāyan tu vaikṛte conj.
          bhedanyāyāntavaidhṛte L1 B1 B2          tat tu vāhyeta saṅkīrṇam L1 B1 B2
          tatvavāhāya L1tatvavātāya B1 B2
          (.) odd in lieu of even pada          tat tu vāhyeta conj.
          tatvavāhāya L1tatvavātāya B1 B2          viśvavījāṅkuraṁ conj.
          vītavījākṣaraṁ L1 B1 B2          rohate viṭapāṅkuraṁ conj.
          rohan tat vītapaṅkuraṁ L1 B1 B2          vәkasan pva norm.
          vkasan pva L1 B1vkasan| pva B2          +saptadvīpaṁ … saptaparvatāḥ|+
          Half-line conjecturally inserted from 4.16cd          śanaiścara em.
          śaniścara L1 B1 B2          tārāñ em.
          tārāṁś L1 B1 B2          antarikṣaṁ vidur vudhāḥ em.
          antarīkṣa vidhur vvidhā L1antarīkṣa vidhūr vidhā B1antarikṣa vidhur vvidhā B2          daśopendraḥ L1 B2
          dagopendraḥ B1          trividhaṁ śakramaṇḍalam
          even in lieu of odd pada          trayoktaṁ manīṣiṇā conj.
          trayan taṁ maṇīṣinā L1 B1 B2          saṅ hyaṅ daśopendra|
          om. B1          bhṛgusattama em.
          bhṛgusattamaḥ L1 B1 B2          eva L1 B2
          aiva B1          kūṭāmita| ṅa| B1
          kūṭāmita| L1 B2          śakramaṇḍalakaṁ conj.
          saṅkramavacanaṁ L1 B1 B2          evamādyo em.
          eva māddhye L1 B1 B2          nānābhogasamāśritāḥ conj.
          navabhogasamaśritāḥ L1navabhogasamaśrītaḥ B1navabhogasamaśritaḥ B2          sahasrākṣamahārdhikaḥ em.
          sahasraś ca mahārddhikaḥ L1 B1sahaśraś ca mahārddhikaḥ B2          tu ’bhidhīyate em.
          tu vidhiyate L1vidhīyate B1 vīdhīyate B2          ante sāraṁ em.
          antasāram L1 B1 B2          prājāpatyaṅ em.
          prajāpatiṅ L1 B1 B2          corddhvam em.
          corddhaṁ L1 B1 B2          sthānaṁ svādhāraṇañ conj.
          kṣaṇaṁ sadhāraṇañ L1 B1 B2          indraloka conj.
          ikā L1 B1 B2          nirālambana em.
          nirālamba L1 B1 B2          me ’dhidevataḥ em.
          me didevataḥ L1 B1 B2
          even in lieu of odd pada          prati prati L1 B1
          prati pati B2          manaṅkalpa gavenya| mahyuṅ mvaṅ elik conj.
          manah saṅkalpa hayunya| mvaṅ elik L1 B1 B2          dhīśāstroktaṁ em.
          dhīśāstroktam| L1 B1 B2          sa tvaksukham em.
          sātvakmukam L1 B1sātvakmukham B2          spṛṣṭavyam em.
          sṛṣṭavyam L1 B1 B2          adhibhūtañ em.
          abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2          spṛṣṭavyam ... adhidevataṁ
          cf. MBh 14.42.28cd: spraṣṭavyam adhibhūtaṁ ca vidyut tatrādhidaivatam          sukhaniṅ conj.
          mukha L1 B1 B2          cakṣuḥsukham conj.
          cakṣuḥkarmmā L1 B1 B2          tatra em.
          vaktre L1 B1 B2          tatra sūryādhidevataḥ
          cf. MBh 12.301.6d: sūryas tatrādhidaivatam even in lieu of odd pada          sukha conj.
          mukha L1 B1 B2          jihvāsukham ajījanat em.
          jīvamukaṁ ajījanāt L1 B1 B2          rāsavya conj.
          ātsaryya L1 B1ārtsaryya B2          ilat em.
          ilik L1 B1 B2          sukha conj.
          mukha L1 B1 B2          ghrāṇasukham utpādayet em.
          ghrāṇamukham upādayet L1 B1 B2          ghrātavyam adhibhūtakam conj.
          pṛthivyām abhibhūtakam L1 B1 B2          sukha conj.
          mukha L1 B1 B2          anupūrvaśaḥ em.
          anupūrvvakaḥ L1 B1 B2          śrota em.
          śrote L1 B1 B2          varahaknaṅkv i L1 B2
          varahaknaṅkvai B1          sāttvikānte em.
          sattvikāntav L1 B1 B2          vijāyate
          < vijanyante m.c.?          tamorajaḥmayo conj.
          tamorajaḥmano L1 B1 B2          sattva norm.
          satva L1 B2satya B1          adhibhūtañ em.
          abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2          devadevasya em.
          devo devasya L1 B1 B2          vaktavyam adhibhūtañ ca| devadevasya sambhavaḥ||
          cf. MBh 14.42.37cd: vaktavyam adhibhūtaṁ ca vahnis tatrādhidaivatam          pāṇir indro ’dhidevataḥ conj.
          pāṇīndriyādidevataḥ L1 B1 B2          gṛhyamāno ’dhibhūtaś em.
          grahyamānābhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2          adhikramam em.
          adikramam L1 B1 B2          adhibhūtañ em.
          abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2          gavenya em.
          ya L1 B1 B2          vīra em.
          ciri L1 B1 B2          athocyate em.
          atocyate L1 B1 B2          ānandātmā tathopasthaḥ conj.
          anandātmyātathopastāt L1 B1 B2          gavenya em.
          ya L1 B1 B2          maṅkana ta vuvusaṅkv iri L1 B2
          maṅkana vuvusaṅkv ī B1          tathobhāye conj.
          tato bāyuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ubhāye for ubhaye, m.c.          pratipadyate conj.
          nātipādyate L1 B1 B2
          for pratipadyete, m.c.          gavenya em.
          ya L1 B1 B2          mahābhūtasukhaṁ em.
          mahābhūtaṁ sukam L1 B2mahābhūtaṁ sukham B1          śarīrākhyam em.
          carīrākyam L1 B1 B2          bhautikaṁ tv abhidhīyate em.
          bhoktatatvābhidhīyate L1 B1 B2          bhautikaṁ tv abhidhīyate
          (cf. BhK 3.28d: bhautikān tu ’bhidhīyate [tu vidhiyate Issue in the code; vidhīyate Issue in the code; vīdhīyate Issue in the code])          ikaṅ buddhīndriya conj.
          ikaṅ karmma buddhīndriya L1 B1 B2          pinakasukhanira conj.
          pinakamukha L1 B1 B2          vikāras te em.
          vikārastho L1 B1 B2          māṁsā° em.
          majjhāsthīsnāyupittañ L1 B2majjhāsthīsnāyupīttañ B1          pṛthivī pañcadhā smṛtaḥ
          ≈ ŚKJ 54a: pṛthivī pañcadhā bhinnā          nihan em.
          nāhan L1 B1 B2          āsyāsavaḥ em.
          yathāśravaḥ L1 B1 B2          drava conj.
          śrava L1 B1 B2          mukhe mahād api yo ’gniḥ
          ← cāhavanīyo ’gniḥ; sa-vipulā          sambartaḥ pittake em.
          sambartta pitake L1sambartta pittake B1 B2          mukhe ... sthitam
          cf. JñS 25.10: mukhe cāhavanīyāgniḥ gārhaspatyas tathā hṛdi| jaṭhare dakṣināgniś ca saṁvartaḥ pittake sthitaḥ          ri L1 B2
          riṅ B1          ri L1 B2
          riṅ B1          cākṣuṣāgnir L1 B2
          cakṣugniṣāgnir B1          agnis ... śarīrinām
          ≈ ŚKJ 60ab: agnis tu pañcadhā bhinnaḥ śarīreṣu śarīriṇām          śucyagni em.
          aśucyagni L1 B1 B2          pañcās em.
          pañcas L1 B1 B2          jñeyāḥ em.
          jñeyaḥ L1 B1 B2          ’pānaḥ samānaś
          pāna samānañ L1 B1 B2          prāṇo ... eva ca
          =/≈ STK 10.5cd; ŚKJ 60cd; SvT 7.17ab; Vṛh 39cd; AgPur 214.5cd, etc.          bāyuḥ em.
          bāyvoḥ L1 B1 B2          samāno em.
          samāne L1 B1 B2          muṅgv i L1 B2
          muṅgv iṅ B1          riṅ B1
          ri L1 B2          ikaṅ apāna B1
          ikaṅ apāna| L1 B2          udāno em.
          udāne L1 B1 B2          jñeyaḥ em.
          jñeyā L1 B1 B2          jaṭhare em.
          aiṭare L1 B1 B2          ākāśaḥ em.
          ākāśe L1 B1 B2          smṛtaḥ em.
          smṛtaṁ L1 B1 B2          kabeh| ākāśa B2
          kabeh ākāśa L1 B1          saṅjñakāḥ conj.
          saṅjñaś ca L1 B1 B2          sādhibhūtādhidaivatam conj.
          sandhibhūtan na vedita L1 B1 B2          sādhibhūtādhidaivatam
          = IŚGDP 1.7b, AgPur 27.36d ≈ JĀS 18.29d, MBh app. 11.104 to 13.110.137d, 11.139 to 13.110.137d, 13.16.18d, app. 11.85 to 13.110.137d          adhibhautikaduhkha em.
          atibhotikaduḥka L1 B1 B2          adhidaivikaduhka em.
          atidevikaduhka L1 B1 B2          vibhāgāni em.
          vibhāgānā L1 B1 B2          kathayiṣyāmi tattvataḥ em.
          ṅkathayisyāpitatvatāḥ L1 B1ṅkathayisyāpitatvataḥ B2          yatra yatra conj.
          yamo tathā L1 B1 B2          pṛthvī em.
          pṛthviṁ B1pṛthvaṁ L1pṛthvi B2          jihvā em.
          jihvāṁ L1 B1 B2          riṅ B1
          ri L1 B2          ca em.
          sa L1 B1 B2          tvac ca em.
          tvaci L1 B1 B2          sparśe em.
          sparśaḥ L1 B1 B2          daśadeśa conj.
          deśa L1 B1 B2          maṅher L1 B1
          aṅher B2          ādi L1 B2
          ārda B1          vākye L1 B1
          vātye B2          taṅan tṛpti L1 B1
          taṅan| tṛpti B2          mano tṛptyaṅ kathayāmi
          sa-vipulā          nahan em.
          nihan L1 B1 B2          nihan em.
          nāhan L1 B1 B2          ri kitaṅ L1 B2
          i kitaṅ B1          manaṅkalpa em.
          manah saṅkalpa L1 B1 B2          vibhāgatveva
          for vibhāgatva eva          tanmātram em.
          tanmātra L1 B1 B2          ’bhitṛptyate em.
          ditṛptyate L1 B1 B2          abhimāne em.
          abhimāno L1 B1 B2          ugra em.
          rudra L1 B1 B2          adhyavasāyatve conj.
          ādiḥ viṣayate L1 B1 B2          tadupādāne em.
          tādupadhāno L1 B1 B2          viṣṇuḥ em.
          viṣṇoḥ L1 B2viṣṇo B1          mādhyavasāya conj.
          ādhyātmaviṣaya L1 B1 B2          upādāna em.
          upadhāna L1 B2upadhana B1          adhidevo em.
          adidevo L1 B1 B2          ’bhitṛptyate em.
          ditṛptyate L1 B1 B2          svadevatāḥ em.
          svadevataḥ L1 B1 B2          sarveṣu em.
          sarvvesaḥ L1 B1 B2          sәḍәṅnya gәsәṅ norm.
          sdhәṁnya gsәṅ L1 B1sdhәṁnyāṁgsәṅ B2          uktas conj.
          vāktas L1 B1 B2          sarvatattve svaviṣayam em.
          sarvvatatveṣu viṣayaṁ L1 B1 B2          śivadevo ’dhigacchati norm.
          śivadevo digacchati B2śivadevādigacchati L1 B1          sukha L1 B2
          sakha B1          mahārṇavāḥ norm.
          mahārṇnavāḥ L1 B1mahārṇnavaḥ B2          sanadī snāyavaḥ norm.
          sānadī snāyavaḥ B2sānadīsnāyavāḥ L1 B1          vṛkkādya- em.
          vṛtādya L1 B1 B2          saptadvīpaśca em.
          saptadvīpañ ca L1 B1 B2          sattveṣu norm.
          satveṣu L1 B2sateṣu B1          ’bhitṛptyate em.
          ditṛptyate L1 B1 B2          śarīrīṇām L1 B1
          śarīriṇāṁ B2
          for śarīriṇām, m.c.          vāhyanti
          for uhyante?          yāvad utpatti-bhagavān
          na-vipulā          sarvatattva norm.
          sarvatatva L1 B1sarvasatva B2          salilād em.
          salilān L1 B1 B2          tiṣṭhanti em.
          tiṣṭhati L1 B1 B2          līyati
          for līyante, m.c.          aṣṭaguṇaiḥ L1 B2
          aṣṭaguṇai B1          sarvagato norm.
          sarvvagato L1 B2 parvvagato B1          yāvad em.
          tāvād L1 B1 B2          svasthamūrtiḥ norm.
          svasthamūrttiḥ L1svasthamūrtti B1svastamūrttiḥ B2          rudraḥ L1 B2
          rudra B1          dṛṣṭo ’pīndrajalaṁ mayam
          for °īndrajālā māyā or indrajālamayam, m.c.          hinyasakәn em.
          inyāsakәn L1 B1 B2          kinahanan iṅ conj.
          haneṅ L1 B1 B2          katiga L1 B1
          ta tiga B2          eva em.
          evañ L1 B1 B2          ātmā ... nirātmakaḥ
          ≈ StSt 103.1ab          pat vibhāganya em.
          pavibhāganya L1 B1 B2          ndan em.
          ndah L1 B1 B2          antarātmā L1 B2
          ātmārātmā B1          pālako em.
          pālakā L1 B1 B2          rudrarūpa sirān amralayakәn em.
          rudrarūpanirāmralayakәn L1 B1rudrarūpa sirāmralayakәn B2          paramātmastho em.
          paramātmasthā L1paramātmāsthā B1 B2          paraṁstho em.
          paraṁsthā L1 B1 B2          śivatattve pralīyate conj.
          śivatatvavvalīyate L1 B1 B2          yathotthaṁ mad iti sarvam conj.
          yathottamam iti sarvve L1 B1 B2          jagat tathā pralīyate conj.
          jagat tatva vvalīyate L1jagatatva vvalīyate B1          tathā em.
          tatra L1 B1 B2          saḥ bahnir vāyau līyate L1 B1 B2
          vvāyur L1 B1 B2layate L1 B1 B2
          ta-vipulā          vāyau em.
          vvāyur L1 B1 B2          līyate em.
          layate L1 B1 B2          apah līna B2
          apaḥ| līna L1 B1          bhautivījābhidhānakam conj.
          bhotivījav vidhānakam L1 B1 B2          śarīraniṣṭha-r-ucyate norm.
          śarīrāniṣṭhar ucyate L1 B1śarīraniṣṭhār ucyate B2
          for śarīraniṣṭhā-r-ucyate, m.c.          tanmātram conj.
          tvam mātram L1 B1 B2          devaśarīrānām em.
          devaśarīrinaṁ L1 B1 B2          sadasadātmalakṣaṇam conj.
          sadāsadāthalakṣaṇam L1 B1 B2          vyomanirmalasannibham
          = JñS 8.5d          puruṣa-paramaṅ gatvā conj.
          puruṣa paramaṅ gatvaṁ L1 B2puruṣa paramāṅgatvaṁ B1          brahmeśānī em.
          brāhmeśāna L1 B1 B2          mayā vījam conj.
          mahāvījaṁ L1 B1 B2          jagatpralayakāraṇam conj.
          jagatpālakakāraṇaṁ L1 B1 B2          prayāti conj.
          tvayīti L1 B1tvayiti B2          iti khyātam L1 B2
          ikyātam B1          ta pañcaśuddha conj.
          ta pada śuddha L1 B1hapada śuddha B2          avidyā| svabhāva em.
          avidyā svabhāvanya L1 B1 B2          vaiṣṇavī norm.
          veṣṇavī L1veṣṇava B1veṣnavi B2          saṁjñaṁ em.
          sajñaṁ L1 B1 B2          sthānam em.
          kṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2          vakṣam em.
          dhakṣam L1 B1 B2          baṁ em.
          taṁ L1 B1 B2          oṁkāram atyantapadam
          bha-vipulā          ūrdhvātyūrdhvākṣaram em.
          urddhvatyurddhvākṣatam L1 B1 B2          sarvaṁ viśeṣataḥ em.
          sarvva viśeṣataḥ L1 B1 B2          bhuvaḥlokāntarīkṣakam L1 B1
          bhuvaḥlokāntarikṣatam B2          prājāpatyaṁ em.
          prajāpatyām L1 B1 B2          vaiṣṇavam em.
          veṣṇavi L1 B1 B2          tu L1 B2
          ta B1          ikaṅ L1 B2
          i B1          ekatattvam em.
          eke tatvam L1 B1 B2          ācalam
          for acalam, m.c.          kāraṇacyutam B1
          kāraṇācyutaṁ L1 B2          byaktinya em.
          byaktanya L1 B1 B2          dhārayitvāpi B1 B2
          dhārayītvāpi L1          manaḥ L1 B2
          namaḥ B1          varahaknaṅkva … manah|| L1 B2
          om. B1patuṅgalanira B2om. B1          patuṅgaltuṅgalanira L1
          om. B1patuṅgalanira B2om. B1 (larger gap)          evaikaprāṇaḥ em.
          ivekaprāṇaḥ L1 B1 B2          samudbhavaḥ em.
          samudbhuvaḥ L1 B1 B2          bhūmyapo bhūr iti conj.
          bhūr apo brahmīti L1 B1 B2          ākāśaṁ manas evedam conj.
          ākāśa mānaso veda L1 B1 B2          svarlokam B1 B2
          sarlokam L1          saptaparvatāḥ em.
          saptaparvvataḥ L1 B1 B2          saptadvīpaṁ ... saptaparvatāḥ||
          cf. apparatus on 3.20          svarloka B1 B2
          sarvvaloka L1          tato bhūtam em.
          tatvabhūtam L1 B1 B2          candrakānto conj.
          candrakāntād L1candrakantād B1 B2          candrajyotsnā ’bhisaṅgamet conj.
          candrajyot∙snān nisaṅgamet L1 B1 B2          tato ’ntaḥnisṛtaḥ em.
          tatvāntaḥnisṛtaḥ L1 B1 B2          kasaṅgamanya L1 B2
          kasaṅkamanya B1          buddhyādipṛthvyantam em.
          devīti tatvāntam L1 B1 B2          tadvat conj.
          tat L1 B1 B2          traiguṇyam em.
          te gauṇyam L1 B1 B2          saṅjñakam L1 B1
          saṁjñikaṁ B2          viparītaniṅ guṇa norm.
          viparītaniṃ guṇa B1viparīta nirguṇa L1 B2          jagat an em.
          jagat tan L1 B1 B2          aṣṭāviṅśatiśaktayaḥ norm.
          aṣṭaviṅśātiśaktayaḥ B2aṣṭaviṅśātiśaktayāḥ L1 B1          aṣṭadhā L1 B2
          aṣṭidhā B1          hana navatuṣṭi| ṅa| L1 B2
          om. B1          mahārṣiṇaḥ em.
          mahārṣiṇā L1 B1 B2          utpannam L1 B1
          utpanaṁ B2          tatrādhidevataḥ conj.
          tatvādidevataḥ L1 B1 B2          abhibhūtañ em.
          abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2          sattvaṁ em.
          saṅkyam L1 B2ṣaṅkyam B1          brahmā tatrādhidevataḥ
          ≈ MatPār VP 18.85d: tatra brahmādhidevatā          yāmintonakәn L1 B1
          ya pintonakәn B2          ahaṅkārotpannaṁ buddheḥ
          unmetrical          ’dhibhūtaś em.
          bhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2          rudras tatrādhidevataḥ
          cf. MatPār VP 18.84d: rudras tasyādhidevatā (in the same context of ahaṅkāra = abhimāna)          mātrāni em.
          tantrāni L1 B1 B2          adhibhūtañ em.
          abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2          śivatvan te prakīrtitaḥ conj.
          śivatvānta pratikṛtaḥ L1 B1 B2          evamādyāḥ L1 B2
          evamādyaḥ B1          prabhāḥ L1 B2
          prabhaḥ B1          patbәlas em.
          padblas L1 B1 B2          anantakoṭisahasraḥ em.
          anantakoṭis sahasraḥ L1 B2anāntakoṭis sahasraḥ B2
          sa-vipulā          traiguṇyasamuparjitaḥ em.
          traigaṇasyāmuparjjitaḥ L1 B1 B2          traiguṇya em.
          trigaṇa L1 B1 B2          traiguṇyañ em.
          trigaṇañ L1 B1 B2          vaiṣṇavaṁ em.
          veṣṇavī L1 B1 B2          kramanyān L1 B2
          kramanyar B1          svabhāvaś ca em.
          svabhāva ca L1 B1 B2          avidyā| svabhāva em.
          avidyā svabhāvanya L1 B1 B2          pradhāna| prakṛti B1
          pradhāna prakṛti L1 B2          vaiṣṇavī em.
          veṣṇava L1 B1 B2          na kiñcid api niṣkalam L1 B1 B2
          niṣkaścalaṁ B1acniścalaṁ B1pcniścalaṁ B2
          even in lieu of odd pada          niṣkalam L1
          niṣkaścalaṁ B1acniścalaṁ B1pcniścalaṁ B2          viṣṇulokan nigadyate L1 B1
          viṣṇuloka nigadyate B2          caturvaktraś em.
          caturvaktrañ L1 B2catūrvaktrañ B1          caturyugavidhāraṇaḥ norm.
          caturyugavvidhāraṇaḥ L1 B1caturyugavvidhāraṇāḥ B2          saṅkeṅ sakaleriya conj.
          saṅkeriya L1 B1 B2          nānāyudhadharaḥ em.
          nānāyudhavaraṁ L1nanāyudhavaraṁ B1 B2          paḍāṅagәm khaḍga| cakra| em.
          padhāṅagәm cakra| L1 B1 B2          anādimadhyanidhanaḥ
          na-vipulā          tataḥ conj.
          tattvaṁ L1 B1 B2          tapolokam L1 B1
          tālolokam B2          vaiṣṇavī conj.
          veṣṇava L1 B1 B2          bhārūpaṁ em.
          bhārūpa L1 B1 B2          niścalaṁ em.
          niṣkalaṁ L1 B1 B2          puruṣa em.
          tatpuruṣa L1 B1 B2          nissaktam em.
          niśśaktam L1 B1 B2          garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ em.
          garbbhajanmajvarahinaḥ L1garbbhajanmajvarahīnaḥ B1 B2          janmakleśavivarjitaḥ conj.
          janaḥkleśavivarjjitaḥ L1 B1 B2          jarā em.
          jvara L1 B1 B2          aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ norm.
          aṣṭaiśvaryyaguṇopetaḥ L1 B2aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇometaḥ B1          caturvedaḥ L1
          caturveda B1 B2          kṣamarūpa sira
          kṣamārūpa sira L1 B2kṣamārūpanira B1          śūnyāc chūnyataraṁ em.
          śūnyaṁ śūnyatara L1 B1 B2          sarvasaṅgatavarjitam norm.
          sarvvasaṅgatavarjjitaṁ L1 B2°saṅgatāvarjjitaṁ B1          vedinaḥ em.
          veditaḥ L1 B1 B2          tapolokasthito L1 B1
          tapoloke sthito B2          sireṅ L1 B2
          sira riṅ B1          parama-sūkṣmatvāt em.
          paramasūkṣmārtvaṁ L1 B2paramasūkṣmārtthaṁ B1          viśeṣāl em.
          viśeṣal L1 B1 B2          anāśrayam anaupamyam conj.
          anāśrayaparopādhyaṁ L1 B1 B2          tatra em.
          tathā L1 B1 B2          nirutsukaḥ em.
          nirutsakaḥ L1 B1 B2          nirgātro em.
          nirgotra L1 B1 B2          nirbāṇan B2
          nirbbāṇa L1 B1          pagātra em.
          pagotra L1 B1 B2          triguṇasthaś ca conj.
          triguṇasthārtham L1 B2triguṇarsthatham B1          triguṇottamasaṅgataḥ conj.
          triguṇottamasaṅganaḥ L1 B1 B2          vṛṣadhvajā em.
          vṛṣadhvaja L1 B1 B2
          na-vipulā          candrārdhāṅkajaṭā- em.
          candrārddhāṅgījaṭā L1 B1 B2          kulavuk em.
          kulavu L1 B1 B2          janmamṛtyujarāhīnaḥ em.
          janmāmṛtyuḥjvarahīnaḥ L1 B1 B2          jarā em.
          L1 B1 B2          tuhānvam mvaṅ
          jvara L1 B2tuhānvam| mvaṅ B1          viditvā em.
          vidhitvā L1 B1 B2          pramāṇatvam conj.
          pramāṇasya L1 B1 B2          jñānapāragaiḥ em.
          jñānapārage L1 B1 B2          paramaṁ L1 B1
          maramaṁ B2          oṅkāra L1 B1
          oṁkāra B2          etad em.
          etod L1etād B1 B2          mokṣapadam viduḥ em.
          mokṣaparav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2          vindyāt em.
          vindhyat L1 B2vindhyāt B1          amāso na saṁbatsāram em.
          amāse ca sambatsāram L1 B1 B2
          ta-vipulā; °sambatsāram in lieu of °sambatsaram, m.c.          vidur vudhāḥ em.
          vidhur vudhaḥ L1 B1 B2          tan hanārka| norm.
          tan hanārkka L1 B1pcom. B1actan hanāditya B2          bhūmeḥ guṇañ em.
          bhūmiḥ guṇyañ L1 B1 B2          viyatguṇaṁ em.
          viyatguṇyaṁ L1 B1 B2          tu em.
          ti L1 B1 B2          tu em.
          ti L1 B1 B2          vaiṣṇavī em.
          veṣṇava L1 B1 B2          idam viduḥ em.
          idav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2          īśapuram viduḥ em.
          īśāpurav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2          ya uṅgvan em.
          uṅgvan L1 B1 B2          sadbhāvaṁ sadasadbhāvam conj.
          sambhavaṁ śabdasambhavaṁ L1 B1 B2          asadbhavaṁ conj.
          asambhavaṁ L1 B1 B2          sadbhāvam conj.
          sambhavam L1 B1 B2          na sadbhāvam conj.
          na sambhavam L1nāsambhavaṁ B1 B2          anādhikam
          for anadhikam, m.c.          sadbhāva conj.
          sambhava L1 B1 B2          hananya| aṁ| vījanya|| ikaṅ em.
          hananya| ikaṅ L1 B1 B2          sadasadbhāva conj.
          śabdasambhava L1 B1 B2          asadbhāva conj.
          asambhava L1 B1 B2          naiva sadbhāva conj.
          naiva sambhava L1naivāsambhava B1 B2          na sadbhāva conj.
          kasambhava L1 B1 B2          iṁ| vījanyaw em.
          oṁ| vījanya L1 B1oṁ vījanya B2          ūrdhvatarañ em.
          urddhvāntarañ L1 B1 B2          nīlaśvetatriśṛṅgaś ca
          ≈ LiPur 1.52.49c: nīlaśvetatriśṛṅge ca          surāsvādu-tathā saptaḥ em.
          surasvādu tadā sapta L1surasvadu tadā sapta B1 B2          samudraḥ em.
          ssamudraḥ L1 B1 B2          lavaṇaṅ ... parikīrtitaḥ
          cf. JñS 24.2: lavaṇakṣīradadhikaḥ sarpiś cekṣur apo ’param| sūrasvādukalāḥ saptāḥ samudrāḥ parikīrtitāḥ (the plural endings in the edition are ex em); BhS 85: lavaṇakṣīradadhiś ca sarpiś ca surā tathā| ikṣuḥ svāduś ca ity ete samudrās sapta kīrtitāḥ          ta L1 B1
          taṁ B2          tato em.
          tatvan L1 B1 B2          tato em.
          tatvan L1 B1 B2          kṣīrodan taddaśaṁ conj.
          kṣīrodān taṁ śatan L1 B1 B2          tato daśaguṇam vindyāt em.
          tatvan daśaguṇav vindyāt L1 B2tatvan daśaguṇa vindyāt B1          tato em.
          tatvan L1 B1 B2          caivam conj.
          sarvvaṁ L1 B1 B2          tato em.
          tatva L1 B1 B2          ghṛtodadhyāgatas norm.
          ghṛtodadhyagatas L1 B2ghṛtādadhyaśatas B1          tato em.
          tatvan L1 B1 B2          tato daśaguṇaṁ vindyāt em.
          tatva daśaguṇa vindyāt L1 B2tatva daśaguṇav vindyāt B1          tathā em.
          tatva L1 B1 B2          sāgaraḥ conj.
          sarpiyaḥ L1 B1 B2          tataḥ em.
          tatvaṁ L1 B1 B2          gomedhaṁ norm.
          gomedaṁ B1 B2gomeda L1          guṇan tadvad daśam viduḥ conj.
          ślokān tat dvidaśav vidhuḥ L1 B2ślokān tat dvidaśa vidhuḥ B1          tato em.
          tatvaṁ L1 B1 B2          caivam conj.
          sarvvam L1 B1 B2          cakravāḍaparivṛtaiḥ norm.
          cakravādaparivṛtaiḥ L1cakravādaparidvṛtaiḥ B1cakravādaparivṛteḥ B2          tato em.
          tatva L1 B1 B2          mahāgireḥ em.
          mahāgiriḥ L1 B1 B2          pūrve hemakuṭa-m-indro
          sa-vipulā with irregular preamble; hemakuṭam for hemakūṭam, m.c.          indra muṅgv i L1 B2
          indra muṅgv iṅ B1          nirṛti em.
          nainṛti L1 B1 B2          bāyabyaṁ em.
          bāyabyāṁ L1 B1 B2          soma-saṁnyaste norm.
          somasaṁnyasthe L1 B1 B2          aiśānyāṁ L1 B1
          aiśānaṁ B2          bāruṇaś em.
          baruṇaś L1 B1 B2          vaiṣṇavaṁ em.
          veṣṇavī L1 B1veṣnavi B2          pauruṣamantra riṅ B2
          °mantra| riṅ L1 B1          triguṇam viduḥ em.
          triguṇav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2          kunaṅ pintiga i madhya| pintiga i sor| pintiga i ruhur| conj.
          kunaṁ pintiga i sor| pintiga i ruhur| L1 B1 B2          tanmātrāhaṅkaro
          for °āhaṅkāro, m.c.          tanmātrāhaṅkaro buddhiḥ
          = StSt 223.2a          bhaṭāra conj.
          bhāra L1 B1 B2          bhuvanakośan nāma śāstram em.
          bhuvanakośanāmaśāstraṁ L1 B1 B2          bhagavan devadeveśa em.
          bhagavān devadeveśā L1 B1 B2          parityaktam em.
          parityaktā L1 B1 B2          bhagavan norm.
          bhagavān L1 B1 B2          kita kinahanan L1
          kita| kita kinahanan B1 B2          devadeveśa em.
          devadeveśā L1 B1 B2          an maṅkana| aparan ta gavayakna rānak bhaṭāra|| L1 B1
          om. B2          deveśa em.
          deveśā L1 B1 B2          mayam
          for māyām, m.c.          tattvāṅgaṁ tvaya me ’dhunā L1 B1 B2
          ← tattvaṁ kathaya me ’dhunā (?)          tvaya
          for tvayā, m.c.          deveśa em.
          deveśā L1 B1 B2          tumona B1 B2
          humona L1          mayam
          (pratīka) for māyām, m.c.          aparan L1 B1
          saparan∙ B2          katon māvak karikā sira| B1 B2
          om. L1          tava śabdeṣu conj.
          tāmasādiśam L1tāmasanīśam B1tāmasaniśaṁ B2          dhūmrabhā conj.
          dhūmrayā L1 B1dhūmraya B2          kathayasva me conj.
          kathayam ase L1kathayam aset B1kathāyam ase B2          kathayasva me conj.
          kathayam ase L1 B1 B2          munivara śreṣṭha conj.
          munivaras sreṣṭhaḥ L1 B1 B2          pṛthivī B1 B2
          pṛthivi L1          pṛthivī pañcamaś caiva
          ≈ BhK 3.45d: pṛthivī pañcadhā smṛtaḥ; ŚKJ 54a: pṛthivī pañcadhā bhinnā          rasa| rūpa| sparśa| B2
          rasa rūpa sparśśa L1 B1          tataś caturguṇan conj.
          tatra paścat guṇan L1 B1 B2          gandhasparśaś ca em.
          gandhasparśasya L1 B1 B2          rūparasaś ca mūtrādyaḥ em.
          rūparasañ ca mutrādyaḥ L1 B1 B2          jīvamūrtiṁ paraṁ em.
          jīvamūrttiparaṁ L1 B1 B2          mūtra| hariṅәt norm.
          mutra| hariṅәt B1mutra hariṅәt L1 B2          suvarṇalakṣaṇam em.
          svavarṇnalakṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2          tṛṣṇakrodhādipūrvañ em.
          tṛṣṇakrodhānipūrvvañ L1 B1 B2          śarīrajyotir L1 B2
          śarīrajotir B1          rūpa| sparśa| śabda| conj.
          rūpa| L1 B1 B2          evoktam conj.
          evāntaṁ L1 B1 B2          sparśaśabdaś ca em.
          sparśśaśabdasya L1 B1 B2          cetas sarvaśarīriṇām norm.
          cetas sarvaśarīriṇaṁ L1 B1cetasarvaśarīriṇaṁ B2          śrotayoḥ ’bhayor randhrañ ca L1 B1 B2
          śotayoḥ L1 B1 B2vāyo rodhyañ L1 B1 B2
          ma-vipulā (with irregular preamble)          śrotayoḥ em.
          śotayoḥ L1 B1 B2          ’bhayor randhrañ conj.
          vāyo rodhyañ L1 B1 B2          ubhayātma conj.
          ubhayātmyā L1 B2ubhāyātmyā B1          saṅkalpan L1 B1
          saṅkalpa B2          sandhyate
          = saṁdhīyate (m.c.?)          śūnyam vinaśyati em.
          śūnyav vināśyati L1 B1 B2          niṣkala inaṅәnya conj.
          nirmmala amṅanya L1 B1 B2          kabeh B1 B2
          tabeh L1          sinaṅguh sandhīndriya conj.
          sinaṅguh indriya L1 B1 B2          manasā sakalaṁ conj.
          manaḥ ākāśānāṁ L1 B1 B2          nairātmyānte em.
          nairātmyānti L1 B1 B2          aṅәnaṅәnәn em.
          aṅәnaṅәn L1 B1 B2          sinakalakәn L1 B2
          sinalahakәn B1          kvādhicittaṁ praśāntaṁ em.
          kodicittaṁ prasanta L1 B1 B2          naivam em.
          naiva L1 B1 B2          pratyakṣaṁ śūnyaṁ saṅsmaret conj.
          pratyakṣaḥ śūnya saṅsmaret L1 B1 B2          sakapisan em.
          saṅka pisan L1 B1 B2          makanimittākvehniṅ norm.
          makanimittākvehniṃ B1makanimita kvehniṃ L1makanimittākveniṃ B2          bhūyiṣṭham conj.
          bhūyiṣṭhaḥ L1 B2 bhūyiṣṭha B1          dṛṣṭvā yatne sudhārayet em.
          dṛṣṭā yānteṣu dhārayet L1 B1 B2          rayasthāli L1 B2
          rayasthālī B1          dhāraṇәnira em.
          dhāraṇanira L1 B1 B2          aṇuś ca paramāṇuś ca em.
          manuś ca paramanuś ca L1 B1 B2          niṣṭaptakaṇakaprabham L1
          °prabhāṁ B1 B2          koṭisūryasamaprabham em.
          jyotiḥ sūryyasamaprabhaṁ L1jyotiḥ sūryyasamaprabhāṁ B1 B2          svadehe tu em.
          anandeṣu L1 B1 B2          līna ta ya L1 B2
          līna ya B1          śūnye tu nairātmyam conj.
          śūnyeṣu nairātmya L1 B1 B2          paśyet conj.
          paśyād L1 B1 B2          sadāniṣkalam acyutam norm.
          sadāniṣkalam ācyutaṁ B1 B2sadāniṣkalantācyutaṁ L1          chivenāṣṭabhis em.
          chivenāṣṭanis L1 B1 B2          iriya L1 B1pc B2
          irikā B1ac          saḥ ... nirmalam
          ≈ JñS 25.3: śūnyaṁ su­nirmalaṁ pasyet manasaḥ suddha­karmaṇaḥ| sarvāṅge vimalaṁ bhūtam ākāśam iva nirmalam||          avak kabeh em.
          avakta kabeh L1 B2avaktābeḥ B1          pṛthivyāptejabāyavaḥ em.
          pṛthivyāntejabāyavāḥ L1 B2pṛthivyāntejabāyavaḥ B1          ūrdhvam adhasthāñ em.
          ūrddhvaṁ madhasthāñ L1 B1 B2          tiryag ... dikvidikṣu ca
          ≈ JñS 25.4ab: tiryag ūrdhvam adhaḥ-stham ca diśeṣu vidiśeṣu ca||          upāgamya em.
          upagamyaḥ L1 B1 B2          yatra ... labhyate
          ≈ JñS 25.4cd: yatra yatra samudīkṣya tatra tatraiva nirmalam          kabeh denira L1 B2
          kabeh| denira B1          samādheḥ … jāyate
          bhāvādhikāraḥ L1 B1 B2
          unmetrical          bhāvādikāraḥ norm.
          bhāvādhikāraḥ L1 B1 B2          nirantaram vijaṁ nyaset em.
          nirānantav vilambhiset L1 B1 B2          vijaṁ
          (ex em) for vījaṁ, m.c.          tato em.
          tatva L1 B1 B2          ādhikyam L1 B2
          acikyām B1          manovikalpanirbāṇam em.
          manonipāpanirbāṇam L1 B1 B2          daśendriyan tathākhyatam
          for tathākhyātaṁ, m.c.          mantuka sira em.
          mantukanira L1 B1antukanira B2          sarvaiśvaryaśūnyam idam
          unmetrical          sarvabhāva-m-avākāśam
          for °avakāśam, m.c.          pṛthivyāṁ vā salila-vai L1 B1 B2
          pṛthivīṁ L1 B1 B2
          na-vipulā (salila-vai for salile vai, m.c.)          pṛthivyāṁ em.
          pṛthivīṁ L1 B1 B2          sarvaṁ jānāti sarvataḥ conj.
          sarvvajñāḥ yāti sarvvatāḥ L1 B1 B2          udīkṣya norm.
          udīkṣyā L1 B1udikṣya B2          pada denira L1 B2
          pada| denira B1          jñāno nirjñāno ’jñāno ’pi em.
          jñāna nirjano jano pi L1 B1 B2          riṅ śūnya L1 B2
          ri śūnya B1          praviśya em.
          praviśyā L1 B1 B2          śivam oṅkāram em.
          śivaśaṅkaram L1 B1 B2          taṅ L1 B2
          ta B1          tadāriṣṭamayādṛṣṭiḥ em.
          tadāriṣṭamayadṛṣṭiḥ L1 B1 B2
          for tadāriṣṭamāyādṛṣṭiḥ, m.c.          śūnyaṁ prāṇo niveśayet em.
          śūnyaprāṇa viśeṣayet L1 B1 B2          yatnān em.
          yatnan L1 B1 B2          śūnyasamarpitaḥ em.
          śūnyas samārpitaḥ L1 B1 B2          svayaṁ yathā em.
          svayayyathā L1 B2svayaryyāthā B1          svayam L1 B2
          svayap B1          tapas satyas em.
          tapa satyan L1 B1 B2          tyaktaṁ conj.
          bhoktaṁ L1 B1 B2          vәtu riṅ norm.
          vtu riṅ L1 B2vtuniṅ B1          vaṅkava ya| B1
          vaṅkava| ya L1 B2          ṣoḍaśair vikṛtair em.
          ṣodhaśetikṛtair L1 B1 B2          dagdhaṁ em.
          dhakṣaṁ L1 B1 B2          maṅkana em.
          maṅkana ha L1 B1 B2          pāpam em.
          padaṁ L1 B1 B2          pṛthivyādikhatattvāntaḥ em.
          pṛthivyādhikatatvantaḥ L1 B1 B2          bhuvanan nirbāṇam mahat
          unmetrical          aśeṣeṇa L1 B2
          aśeṣaṇa B1          śūnyapadaṁ norm.
          śūnyapadam B1 B2śūnyapada L1          śūnyatve manasi em.
          śūnyatva manasi L1 B1 B2          sadbuddhiḥ sadasadbuddhiḥ conj.
          svabuddhi sad va sadbuddhiḥ L1 B1 B2          tataḥ em.
          tathā L1 B1 B2          na sadbuddhiḥ conj.
          naisadbuddhiḥ L1 B1 B2          naivāsadbuddhy-anāśravam conj.
          naiva sadbuddhir āśravam L1 B1 B2          sadasadbuddhi conj.
          vasadbuddhi L1 B1 B2          hana taya L1 B2
          hana ya B1          asadbuddhi conj.
          avasadbuddhi L1 B1 B2          vaiṣṇavī em.
          veṣṇava L1 B1 B2          na sadbuddhi conj.
          naisadbuddhi L1 B1 B2          adhikyan tam em.
          adhikyāntaṁ L1 B1 B2
          for ādhikyan, m.c.          tathā em.
          tadā L1 B1 B2          chuciḥ L1 B2
          chuci B1          sadasat B1
          sadāsat L1 B2          asatbuddhiḥ em.
          asatbuddhi L1 B1 B2          sadbuddhi L1 B1
          satbuddhi B2          ya jāgrapada| B2
          om. L1 B1          ayogya norm.
          hayvāgya L1 B1 B2          naiva sadbuddhi em.
          naisadbuddhi L1 B1 B2          naivāsaddhī em.
          neva saddhī L1 B2naiva saddhī B1          naivāsatbuddhi em.
          naivasatbuddhi L1 B1 B2          vedanacetasaḥ em.
          vede na cetasaḥ L1 B1 B2          vilambāśrupāte ’kṣiṇāṁ
          vilambhāśrupate L1 B2vilambhāśrumate B1
          for ’kṣīṇāṁ, m.c.          vilambāśrupāte em.
          vilambhāśrupate L1 B2vilambhāśrumate B1          mahosyan em.
          mahosan L1 B1 B2          kumuluṭak em.
          kumuluṭuk L1 B1 B2          sarvaduḥkena norm.
          sarvvaduḥkenā L1 B1 B2          vulatananirekaṅ em.
          vulatananirekā L1 B1 B2          yadi taptaḥ L1 B2
          tapnaḥ B1          kleśe em.
          kleśo L1 B1 B2          vedya conj.
          vede L1 B1 B2          dehamūrtīśa-vidyate em.
          dehimūrtti sa vidyate L1 B1 B2          pada śūnya L1 B1
          śūnyapada B2          deniṅ kahidhәpnikaṅ atiśaya conj.
          denikā| hidhәp ikaṅ atiśaya|| L1 B1 B2          meghajālanigañ conj.
          meghajālaniśañ L1 B1 B2          evan L1 B1
          eva B2          atyanta lilaṅnya B1 B2
          atyalilaṅnya L1          tathā conj.
          yathā L1 B1 B2          śūnyasāṁnidhyam norm.
          śūnyasāniddhyam L1 B1 B2          āpan ikaṅ L1 B2
          ānikaṁ B1          sarvaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ norm.
          sarvvaiśvaryyaguṇopetaḥ L1 B2°metaḥ B1          ayutādityatejasaḥ em.
          āyutādityatejasā L1 B1 B2          nāśyate em.
          nāśyati L1 B1 B2          pāpam conj.
          līye L1 B1 B2          śarīraṁ taptaṁ em.
          śarīrataptaṁ L1 B1 B2          sattvārthe L1 B1
          sartvātthe B2          sarvalokā vaśīkṛtāḥ conj.
          sarvvaloke vaśīkṛtaḥ L1 B2sarvvaloke vaśīkṛttaḥ B1          vicare loke
          for vicarel loke          lokavaśīkṛta L1 B2
          lokavāśīkṛtta B1          anekaśataṁ sahasram
          unmetrical          gīyate L1 B2
          śīyate B1          ātus L1 B2
          āvutus B1          jagatpatiṁ B1 B2
          jagatpataṁ L1          icchanti
          for icchati, m.c.          param em.
          puraṁ L1 B1 B2          deya em.
          deha L1 B1 B2          yena norm.
          yenā L1 B1 B2          bahuṁ em.
          bāyuḥ L1 B1 B2          bhūtapiṇḍanam conj.
          bhūtapiṇḍadā L1 B1 B2
          (cf. JñS 21.2c ms. D K: bhutapindadaḥ; TK: pindanaḥ)          praśāntaṁ ... bhūtapiṇḍanam
          ≈ JñS 21.2: praśāntaṁ dīpavac chuddaṁ śuddham indradhanur yathā| anantarā yena bahuṁ moktaṁ ca bhūtapiṇḍataḥ          lvirnya conj.
          vighna L1 B1 B2          sulabhaṁ em.
          sulabhā L1 B1 B2
          (cf. JñS 19.2b: sulabhaṁ emn.; sulabhaś mss.; GPT 41b sulabhaṁ norm; sulabham ms.)          janmarahasyam em.
          brāhmārahasyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          (cf. JñS 19.2c and GPT 41c: janmarahasyaṁ)          mahātmane conj.
          mahātmanā L1 B1 B2          sukhan ... mahātmane
          cf. JñS 19.2–3ab: sukhaṁ devaśarīratvam| nirbāṇaṁ sulabhaṁ caret| tad idaṃ janmarahasyam ādimadhyāvasānakam|| pravakṣyāmy adhunā vīra| ānte mahātmanaḥ          śraddadhāno em.
          śuddhadhāna L1 B1 B2
          ( cf. JñS 19.4b: śraddadhāno emn.; śṛddhadhane mss.; GPT 42b: śraddhādhano emn.; śṛddhadhane ms.)          dharmātmāklāntamānasaḥ em.
          dharmmātmākyāntamānasaḥ L1 B1 B2
          even in lieu of odd pada          rahasyam ... sadā
          cf. JñS 19.4: labdhā bhedajnānaṁ śiṣyaḥ| śraddadhāno jitendriyaḥ| dharmātmā vratasampanno gurubhaktis tathaiva ca          śraddhā em.
          śuddhā L1 B1 B2          deyaṁ vedaśāstrājñe em.
          dehaṁ vedaśāstrajñāḥ L1 B2dehaṁ vedaśāstrajñaḥ B1          nāhaṅkārāyamādhire norm.
          ādire L1 B1 B2
          for °ādhīre, m.c.          nābrate em.
          na brate L1 B1 B2          nīce L1 B2
          nīcce B1          vruh iṅ L1 B2
          vruh riṅ B2          ahaṅkārāvamāna B1
          ahaṅkāra māna L1 B2          nīca L1 B2
          nīccā B1          śiṣya L1 B2
          śiṣya| B1          idaṁ ... brajet
          ≈ JñS 19.1, GPT 40 (with variant jñātā in d): idaṁ bhedajñānaṁ proktaṁ rahasyaṁ paramaṁ subham| bhuvanasya sarīrasya yo jñātvā sa śivaṁ vrajet||          girīśvarāya em.
          giraiśvaryyāya L1 B1giraiśvaryyaya B2          kim punaḥ ... dhanaḥ
          cf. JñS 27.3: kiṁ punar vayasā vṛddha ajñānaṁ kṣatalakṣaṇam          na śīlo na vayastapaḥ
          = JñS 27.1d          dhanadāna em.
          dānadhana L1dādhana B1dhanadhana B2          dīrghaiḥ śmaśrubhiḥ keśaiḥ em.
          dīrggha nāśubhiḥ keśo L1 B1 B2          śvetarūpajātibhiḥ em.
          śvetaḥ rūpajātibhiḥ L1 B1 B2          tena ... śvetarūpajātibhiḥ
          ≈ JñS 27.4: tena jñānena he skanda vṛddho vṛddhataraḥ smṛtaḥ| na dīrghaḥ nāśubhaḥ keśo na ca śvetena jātibhiḥ          saprayatnā L1 B2
          saṅ prayatnā B1          tan ikaṅ vvaṅ B1
          tan ika vvaṅ L1 B2          ikaṅ sinaṅguh matuhā L1 B1
          ikaṅ matuha B2          adhīyeta em.
          adhiyita L1 B1 B2          tyajanti
          for tyajati          jñānam vāpi em.
          jñānav vāpi L1 B1 B2          aho māyāvimohitaḥ
          ≈ ŚKJ 67b: aho māyāsumohitaḥ          sarvaśāstram ... vimohitaḥ
          ≈ JñS 27.5: sarvaśāstram adhiyīta tyajati jñānam uttamam| jñānam api na vindeta aho māyāvimohitaḥ          jñānaṁ vāpi em.
          jñānav vāpi L1 B1 B2          vindeta L1 B1
          cindeta B2          riṅ jñānaṅku L1 B2
          ri jñānaṅku B1          aho māyāvimohitaḥ
          ≈ ŚKJ 67b: aho māyāsumohitaḥ          sarvaśāstrasya yat param
          unmetrical (← sarvaśāstreṣu yat sāraṁ)          adhītya em.
          aditya L1 B1 B2          mānavo L1 B1
          mānavā B2          huripnyān haneṅ loka| liṅ conj.
          huripnya| haneṅ loka liṅ L1huripnya haneṅ loka liṅ B1 B2          sarvaśāstrasya yat param
          ≈ JñS 27.6a: sarvaśāstreṣu yat sāraṁ          siddhāntajñānam uttamam
          ≈ JñS 27.6b: siddhāntaṁ jñānam uttamam          adhītya mānavo loke
          ≈ JñS 27.6c: adhītya mānavaloke          saphalan tasya jīvitam
          = JñS 27.6d          mahādevi L1 B1
          mahādevī B2          suputraka em.
          suputrakaḥ L1 B1 B2          maṅkana ta L1
          maṅkanāta B1 B2          evam etāni yuktāni
          ≈ JñS 27.7a: evam etāni sūktāni          na sandeho varānane
          = JñS 27.7b          evam ... suputraka
          = JñS 27.7          rahasyan neryatāṁ conj.
          rahasyan nirataḥ L1 B1 B2          pañcapaṇadhanaṁ conj.
          pañcapadadhanaṁ L1 B1 B2          evaṁ ... tattvavit
          = JñS 27.8ab          pañcapaṇadhanaṁ yadi
          ≈ JñS 27.8cd: pañcapadadhanaṁ prati          utpattiś B2
          utpatiś L1 B1          mano ... nigadyate
          ≈ JñS 26.14: mano buddhir ahaṁkāraḥ śiva utpattir eva ca| brahmā viṣṇuḥ śivaś caiva utpattir iti gadyate          saṅ hyaṅ viṣṇu B2
          hyaṅ viṣṇu L1 B1          buddhir ahaṅkāro manaḥ
          ta-vipulā          buddhir ... nigadyate
          cf. JñS 26.15: viṣṇuś caiva śivo brahmā sthitir eva prakīrtitaḥ| buddhir ahaṁkāro manaḥ sthitir iti smṛtaḥ          emahaṅkāro
          ahaṅkāra L1 B2ahaṅkara B1          ahaṅkāro ... nigadyate
          cf. JñS 26.12: śivo brahmā hariś caiva pralīnaṁ ca nigadyate| ahaṁkāro mano buddhiḥ pralīṇaṁ ca prakīrtitam          akāro līnam makāre
          unmetrical          ukāro līyate ’kāre
          = StSt 890.1a          ukāro ... vinduke
          cf. GPT 39: ukāre līyate ’kāro hy akāre vā pralīyate| makāro pralīnam etat parasvarga udīryate;GPT 51: okāre līyata ukāro akāraś ca pralīyate| makāro bindau saṁlīno bindur nāde pralīyate; JñS 18.12: ukāre līyate ’kāro makāraiva pralīyate| makāro vindau saṁlīno vindur nāde pralīyate (≈ 3.1, with variant akāro me pralīyate)          ukāra| līna L1 B1
          ukāra līna B2          svāhāpati- conj.
          svāhāpatni L1 B1sāhāpatnī B2          mānavaḥ em.
          mānavāḥ L1 B1 B2          oṅkāra| gavenikā L1 B2
          oṅkārāgavenikā B1          apa L1 B1 B2
          hapa F          apuy L1 B1 B2
          hapuy F          sira kaharan L1 B1 F
          sira ta kaharan B2          vījam … dine L1 B1 B2
          om. F          brahmamantra sira kaharan L1 B1 B2
          brahmamantra kaharan F          pamūjānira ri saṅ B1 F
          pamūjānira saṅ L1 B2          apuya L1 B1 B2
          hapuya F          sira pinūjā saṅ L1 B1 B2
          sira ta pinūjā de saṅ F          bhasmaśeṣa … paṇḍita L1 B1 B2
          om. F          oṅkāra- … saṅśayaḥ L1 B1 B2
          bhasmakav vindyāt L1 B1 B2om. F          bhasmakam vindyāt em.
          bhasmakav vindyāt L1 B1 B2om. F (larger gap)          brahmā … āpnuyāt L1 B1 B2
          om. F          sarvāṅguli em.
          pūrvvāṅguli L1 B1 B2pūrvvaṅguli F          sādhaka L1 B1 B2
          paṇḍita B2          śiva- … eva ca L1 B1 B2
          samvidhaṁ L1 B1 B2loka L1 B1 B2om. F          samidhaṁ em.
          samvidhaṁ L1 B1 B2om. F (larger gap)          rekhā conj.
          loka L1 B1 B2om. F (larger gap)          irikaṅ L1 B1 B2
          ikaṅ F          ya samīt L1 B1 B2
          samit F          ya padmamaṇḍala L1 B1 B2
          padmamaṇḍala F          pañcabhāgāñ … vudhaḥ L1 B1 B2
          pūrvva L1 B1 B2om. F          pūrve em.
          pūrvva L1 B1 B2om. F (larger gap)          pañcadeśaknanira L1 B1 B2
          pañcadeśanira F          sa| … pa||
          om. F          uttaryāghorakaṁ … nihan|| L1 B1 B2
          mūrddhni L1 B1mūrddhi B2ri liṅga L1 B2yad dīkṣaṁ L1 B1sthāpaye naraḥ B2om. F          mūrdhni norm.
          mūrddhni L1 B1mūrddhi B2om. F (larger gap)          riṅ liṅga B1
          ri liṅga L1 B2om. F (larger gap)          yad īkṣaṁ B2
          yad dīkṣaṁ L1 B1om. F (larger gap)          sthāpayen naraḥ L1 B1
          sthāpaye naraḥ B2om. F (larger gap)          pūrvāsyam … mukham L1 B1 B2
          pūrvva syād īśvarav vindyāt L1 B1 B2om. F          pūrvāsyam īśvaram vindyāt conj.
          pūrvva syād īśvarav vindyāt L1 B1 B2om. F (larger gap)          kulvan L1 B1 F
          tulvan B2          vidik ikā| samaṅkana L1 B1 B2
          vidik| ikā samaṅkana F          nihan vaneh|| L1 B1 B2
          om. F          stanodare conj.
          stuvodare L1 B1 B2          yojayet em.
          yośayet B1yoyet L1 B2          rahi| L1 B2
          om. B1          vәtәṅ norm.
          vtәṅ B1vhaṅ L1 B2          bhasmanā em.
          bhasmanāṁ L1 B1 B2          sarvam norm.
          sarvvaṁ B1savvaṁ L1 B2          sthāvaram vai em.
          sthāvarav vai L1 B1 B2          śubhāṅgatām em.
          śubhaṅgataḥ L1 B1 B2          sadaityāsuramānuṣaḥ norm.
          sādaityāsuramānuṣaḥ L1 B2sādaityāsuramānuṣeḥ B1          sasiddhacāraṇagaṇāḥ conj.
          sāsiddhacāranaṅ gatvā L1 B2sāsiddhacareṇaṅ gatvā B1
          na-vipulā          manūt conj.
          manuk L1 B1 B2          bhasmopajīvantaḥ em.
          bhasmopajīvanti B1bhasmopajīvantiṁ L1bhasmopajīvantaṁ B2          jaṭāvvalkalakaiḥ conj.
          jaṭāvvalkalake L1 B2jaṭavvalkalake B1          dhārayante ca em.
          dhārayan teja L1 B1 B2          nityopajīvitam L1 B2
          nityovajīvitam B1          kalpate em.
          śālyate L1 B1 B2
          (cf. RauSS 8.10d, 8.13ab)          sarit° ... kalpate
          ≈ RauSS 8.13ab: sakṛt samudrasaṁyogād vibhāgo naiva kalpate; RauSS 8.10d: hy avibhāgāya kalpate          sayojya L1 B2
          saṅyojya B1          pakopajīvana L1 B1
          makopajīvana B2          nihan em.
          nāhan L1 B1 B2          rakṣate em.
          rakṣito L1 B1 B2          pṛthak L1 B2
          mṛtak B1          sirotpatti B1 B2
          sirotpati L1          pinakaśaraṇaniṅ norm.
          pinakaśāraṇaniṅ L1 B1pinakaśaraṇa riṅ B2          rudras saṅhārako conj.
          rudras saṅhārake L1 B1rudra saṅhārake B2          sirāmralayakәn L1 B2
          sirāmralayekәn B1          mantroddharan
          for mantroddhāran, m.c.          devi em.
          devī L1 B1 B2          paramādikam em.
          paramādhikaṁ L1 B1 B2          ūrdhvam vā vaṣaḍ ātmanā
          even in lieu of odd pada          muktaḥ koṭiś ca janmanām conj.
          bhasma koṭiś ca rambhatāḥ L1 B1 B2          pariśuddhәn ya em.
          pariśuddhanya L1 B1 B2          pumān napuṅsakaś L1 B1
          pumān apuṅsakaś B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          pṛthvīśaucam vā salakṣam L1 B1 B2
          sahasraṁ L1 B1 B2
          ra-vipulā          salakṣam conj.
          sahasraṁ L1 B1 B2          pattraśaucānam em.
          patraśaucāṇāṁ L1 B1 B2
          for pattraśaucanam, m.c.          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          madhyā ya … sakeṅ rvan L1 B2
          māddhyā ya| ikaṅ vvai pinakaśoca| lәvih sakeṅ lәmaḥ| B1pcmāddhyā ya| lәvih sakeṅ rvan B1ac          pinakaśoca| lәvih norm.
          pinakaśoca lvih L1 B2pinakaśoca| lvih B1
          (an undiscernible akṣara before lvih was deleted);          guhyād guhyatamaṁ smṛtam em.
          guhyatāmā samasmṛtaṁ L1 B1 B2          vidyāt viśokamanasaḥ conj.
          divyāt vigatamānasaḥ L1 B2divyātvaṁ gatamānasaḥ B1          sarvaprayatnā conj.
          sarvvaprayatna L1 B1 B2          vījaṁ yadā| conj.
          vīja yathā L1 B1 B2          kiṁ mantranirmantrasamānyam B1
          kim mantranirsamānyam L1 B2          apa samantra conj.
          aparan mantra L1 B1 B2          sakāra| rūpa B2
          sakāra| rūpa L1 B1          kavruhananta L1 B1
          kavruhanta B1          śarīrānte niyujyatām conj.
          sarvvan te muniyojitam L1 B1 B2          sakalaniṣkalam B1
          sakalan niṣkalam L1 B1          vidyate em.
          viddhyate L1 B1 B2          caiva em.
          naiva L1 B1 B2          makanimittaṅ L1 B2
          makanimitta B1          mahādevi em.
          mahādevī L1 B1 B2          sarvatattvaviśeṣitam norm.
          sarvvatatvaviśeṣitam B2sarvvatatvaviśeṣitām L1 B1          idaṁ jñānam mahādevi
          ≈ JñS 27.8a: evaṁ jñānaṁ mahādevi          pañcapadaṁ prati deyam conj.
          pañcanavā vanin deham L1 B1 B2          śiṣyāya tv asevake conj.
          somyāyā dvavācakam L1 B1 B2          pañcapadaṁ prati deyam
          cf. JñS 27.8d: pancapadadhanaṁ prati          kātiśayan B1
          kātiśayam L1 B2          vidhānec ca em.
          vidhānecchā L1 B1 B2          guṇalakṣaṇam em.
          guṇo lakṣaṇam L1 B1 B2          punarjanmaḥ em.
          punarjanmā L1 B1 B2          taṁ conj.
          tvaṁ L1 B1 B2          taṁ conj.
          tvaṁ L1 B1 B2          yāti conj.
          yadi L1 B1yādi B2          ātmā bhavet tathā conj.
          ātma basan tataṁ L1 B1ātma ṇasan tathā B2          antarātmā B2
          antarātma L1 B1          ante sūkṣmaḥ conj.
          antasūkṣma L1 B1antasūkṣmā B2          śivaś śivatamo jñeyaḥ
          ← śivāc chivataro jñeyaḥ          śivatama L1 B2
          śivatamā B1          devi L1
          devī B1 B2          paramo nāde em.
          paramanāde L1 B1parapanāde B2          sadāśivasya em.
          nāda śīvasya L1 B1 B2          vindau em.
          vinduḥ L1 B1 B2          skanda em.
          skandhaḥ L1 B1 B2          sadārudrasya yad vījam
          = BhK 9.45a          candra-m-aghora-m-eva ca
          = BhK 9.45b          strīpuṅso yugapat smṛtaḥ
          = BhK 9.43d          jāto ’rdhacandramāḥ em.
          jātārddhacandramaḥ L1 B1 B2          candro vindau em.
          candra vindoḥ L1 B2candraḥ vindoḥ B1          vinduḥ nāde pralīyate
          even in lieu of odd pāda          vindu līna L1 B2
          vindu| līna B1          eva em.
          evaṁ L1 B2evam B1          śivaṁ śivatamaṁ smṛtam
          ← śivāc chivataraṁ smṛtam          niṣkalaḥ niṣkalo devaḥ L1 B2
          niṣkala B1
          ← niṣkalān niṣkalo devaḥ          śūnyāt ... paraḥ
          ≈ JñS 17.4c, 3.2c, StSt 890.2c: śūnyāc chūnyataraṁ vāpi          yo viditvā mama deham conj.
          yav vidhitvā karomy āhaṁ L1 B1yav vidhitvā karomy ahaṁ B2
          sa-vipulā          śivatattvaṁ samākhyāntam em.
          śivatatvasamākyantaṁ L1 B1śivatatvasamakyāntaṁ B2          prakāśati L1 B1
          prakāśāti B2          vidhikrama| deva| daitya| em.
          vidhikrama| daitya| L1 B1 B2          śaivasiddhāntajñāna em.
          śivasiddhāntajñāna L1 B1 B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          taṅ L1 B1
          ta B2          vidhikrama em.
          vidhikarmmā L1 B1vidhikarmma B2          argaḍa norm.
          arghaḍa L1 B1 B2          vaṅkәlan em.
          vaṁklaṁ L1 B1vvaṃ klaṃ B2          mama māyāvimohitaḥ
          = BhK 11.31d          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          yāvajjanma L1 B1
          yāvā janma B2          tuvi L1 B2
          tovī B1          māyāvimohitaḥ norm.
          māyavimohitaḥ L1 B1 B2          māyāvimohitaḥ norm.
          māyavimohitaḥ L1 B1 B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          yāvajjīvan norm.
          yāvājjīvān L1 B1 B2          salavasniṅ norm.
          salavasniṃ L1 B2alavasniṃ B1          sarvayajñam em.
          sarvvayajñav L1 B1 B2          na vidyate iti sarvam
          sa-vipulā          bandhanaṁ mokṣakaṅkṣiṇaḥ norm.
          bandhanam mokṣakaṅkṣiṇaḥ L1bandhanamokṣakaṅkṣiṇaḥ B1bandhanam mokṣasaṃkṣiṇaḥ B2          tyaktvā em.
          tyakta L1tyaktam B1 B2          mokṣārthi
          i for ī or iḥ, m.c.          sarvathā conj.
          sarvadā L1 B1 B2          bhasmāyogyan tu em.
          bhasmāyogyānta L1 B1 B2          saktahṛdaye em.
          śaktaṁ hṛdaye L1 B1 B2          sādhako L1 B2 B1pc
          phā(?)cako B1ac          sakta em.
          śakta L1 B1 B2          evaṁ noccārayed em.
          devatoccārayed L1 B1 B2          sakale na tu niṣkalam
          = BhK 8.25f          bhāgāḥ em.
          bhāgaḥ L1 B1 B2          maṅkana liṅta| B1
          om. L1 B2          anekāni conj.
          anekan te L1 B1 B2          jyotimayāni divyāni em.
          jyotimāyāni divyāni L1 B2jyotimāyāni divyānī B1          nitya ya L1 B2
          nitya B1          śivaṁ tattve conj.
          śivatattve L1 B1 B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          āveśituṁ conj.
          avisātav L1 B2avisāta B1
          (for āveṣṭum?)          śaivasiddhānta em.
          śivasiddhānta L1 B1 B2          mūrkhāt conj.
          muktaṁ L1 B1 B2          dehī em.
          dehi L1 B1 B2          maṅabhyāsa norm.
          maṅabhyāṣa B1paṅabhyāṣa L1 B2          mahādevi em.
          mahādevī L1 B1 B2          eva em.
          evaṁ L1 B1 B2          niṣkaleva mahātmāni em.
          niṣkalevam mahātmāṇi L1 B1 B2          tāvaj norm.
          tāvāj L1 B1tāvā B2          kaivalyam norm.
          kevalyam L1 B2kevalam B1          niṣkalaliṅgāvaknira em.
          niścalaliṅgāvaknira L1 B1 B2          tataḥ conj.
          tathā L1 B1 B2          kagavayanira L1 B2
          gavayanira B1          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          sa eva paramārthavit
          = BhS 40d, StSt 429d          etattantre em.
          ekatantre L1 B1 B2          sadā B1 B2
          yadā L1          kagavayanira em.
          kagavayanirān L1 B2gavayanirān B1          śivaproktaviśeṣitam em.
          śīvam proktavviśeṣitaṁ L1 B1 B2          śuddhajñānaṁ em.
          śuddhajñāni L1 B1 B2          jyotirūpāṇi sarvāni
          = BhK 11.54a (after em.)          mam uktāni em.
          mamoktāni L1 B1 B2
          for mām uktāni, m.c.          purānyeṣām em.
          purānyeṣā L1 B1 B2          pavarah ri conj.
          pavarahani L1 B1 B2          kiṁ mithyā conj.
          kim advā L1 B1 B2          kathaya me em.
          tathayāmi L1 B2kathayāmi B1          tvayā conj.
          tvayi L1 B1 B2          makāvak prajña conj.
          māknāthava L1 B1 B2          śaivatantreṣu em.
          śivatantreṣu L1 B1 B2          śivena conj.
          śiṣyena L1 B1 B2          eva em.
          evaṅ L1 B1 B2          nahan em.
          nihan L1 B1 B2          tathāmṛṣyam conj.
          tadāmṛṣyaṁ L1 B1 B2          sureśvari L1 B2
          sureśvarī B1          kita tan makāvak em.
          kita makāvak L1 B1 B2          devamanuṣyatiryañ em.
          devamanuṣyatīryyaś L1 B2devamanuṣyatīryyarś B1          satyam varānane em.
          satyav varānane L1 B1 B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          satatan narāḥ conj.
          sakalan naraḥ L1 B1sakalanaraḥ B2          mahādevi L1
          mahādevī B1 B2          saktamānasaḥ em.
          śaktamānasaḥ L1 B1 B2          sakta em.
          śakta L1 B1 B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          śaivatantreṣu ca sadā conj.
          śaivatantreṇa cetasā L1 B1 B2          parityajya em.
          parityajyā L1 B1 B2          mudrādīni em.
          mudrādīnām L1 B1 B2          asitādīni ṣaṇmukha em.
          hāsītādini sanmukhaṁ L1 B1 B2          tānakku conj.
          ta kitānaku L1 B1 B2          asitādi em.
          hāsitādi L1 B1 B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          devi L1
          devī B1 B2          tathā conj.
          tava L1 B1 B2          pvaṅ L1 B2
          mvaṅ B1          śṛṇu śroteva tat pūrvam L1 B1 B2
          śrotāya L1 B1 B2
          odd in lieu of even pāda          śroteva conj.
          śrotāya L1 B1 B2          paśubandhavāḥ|| L1 B2
          paśubandhavāḥ B1          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          jñānānanta| ya ta kavruhana L1 B2
          jñānānanta ya ta kavruhan B1          tiryañ em.
          tīryyaś L1 B2tīryarś B1          mvaṅ sakahyunira tәkā| L1 B1
          om. B2          sūkṣmatvāt paramaś conj.
          sūkṣmātiparamaś L1 B1 B2          niṣkalan em.
          niṣkalān L1 B1 B2          bhagavan devadeveśa em.
          bhagavān devadeveśā L1 B1 B2          katha vṛṣadhvaja em.
          kathav vṛṣadhvaja L1 B2kathas vṛṣadhvaja B1          samastalokeśa conj.
          samayalokeśa L1 B1 B2          ratuniṅ norm.
          ratuniṃ L1 B1turuniṃ B2          humūr B1
          hūr L1 B2          kiṁ jñānaṅ L1
          kijñānaṃ B1 B2          brūhi em.
          brāhmī L1 B1 B2          bhagavan norm.
          bhagavān L1 B1 B2          dāsībhūtātma kevalam L1 B2
          dasībhūtātmā kevalyaṁ B1          brūhi brūhi em.
          bruvi bruvi L1 B1 B2          mudrāṇāṁ mantram norm.
          mudrāṇām mantram B1mudrānām mantram B2mudrānāmantram L1          śarīran niṣkalaṁ L1 B1
          śarīraniṣkalaṁ B2          devi L1
          devī B1 B2          hrasvan dīrghaṁ plutan em.
          hrasvadīrgghaplutan L1 B1 B2          smṛtam L1 B1
          sthṛtaṁ B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          pralīnakaḥ em.
          pralīnake L1 B1 B2          prakṛtir em.
          prakṛti L1 B1 B2          viṣṇūtpattir em.
          viṣṇūtpatti L1 B2viṣnutpati B1
          (the cluster tn appears to have been added below a crossed-out ti, probably secunda manu)          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          saṁviddhi conj.
          samvidhaṁ L1 B1 B2          svargamokṣadam conj.
          svarggalakṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2          nahan em.
          nihan L1 B1 B2          brahmaṇotpattiḥ em.
          brāhmāṇotpatti L1 B1 B2          svargamokṣadam em.
          svarggalakṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2          svarlokan em.
          svarlokyan L1 B1 B2          mūle conj.
          mūlan L1 B1 B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          bhineda em.
          bheda L1 B1 B2          eka dviḥ L1 B2
          eta dvi B1          kitānaku L1 B2
          tikānaku B1          trayaṁ trayaṁ vā ṣadvinduḥ conj.
          hāsavinduḥ L1 B1 B2
          ma-vipulā          vā ṣadvinduḥ
          hāsavinduḥ L1 B1 B2          mvaṅ L1 B2
          om. B1          brahmā viṣṇuḥ maheśvaraḥ
          even in lieu of odd pāda          sakalan niṣkalan B1
          sakalaniṣkalan L1 B2          sakalaniṣkala em.
          niṣkala L1 B2niskala B1          ikaṅ kriyāśakti … kapva līna ya| B1
          ikaṅ śakti| jñānaśakti| kapālī ya L1 B2          sakalan niṣkale līnam L1
          ikā taṅ sakala| ya ta līna riṅ niṣkala| sakalan niṣkale līnaṁ B1sakalaniṣkale līnam B2          viddhi em.
          viddhiṁ L1 B1 B2          kumāra|| em.
          kumāra| L1 B1 B2          viddhi viddhi varānane
          = BhK 7.28d          ūrdhvan em.
          ūrddhvān L1 B1 B2          devi L1
          devī B1 B2          makāvak B2
          pakāvak L1 B1          pañcabrahmākṣaraṁ piṇḍam
          = BhK 9.50a          hrasvadīrghaplutan tathā
          = BhK 9.50b          saṅkṣepatas conj.
          saṅkṣepakās L1 B1 B2          devi L1
          devī B1 B2          tattvataḥ em.
          tatvatāḥ L1 B1 B2          paramaśiva sira L1 B2
          paramaśiva| sira B1          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          sadārudrasya yad vījam
          = BhK 8.18a          candra-m-aghora-m-eva ca
          = BhK 8.18b          strīpuṅso yugapat smṛtaḥ
          = BhK 8.18d          nādāt … samudbhutaḥ L1 B2
          samudbhūtaḥ B1          samudbhutaḥ
          for samudbhūtaḥ, m.c.          vindoḥ candrasamudbhavaḥ L1 B1
          vindo candrasamudbhavaḥ B2          samudbhutaḥ
          for samudbhūtaḥ, m.c.          | saṅkeṅ L1 B2
          | ca| saṅke B1ac| saṅke B1pc          niṣkalāj ... nādaḥ
          = JñS 17.1a, GPT 25a          nādāt ... samudbhutaḥ
          ≈ JñS 17.1b, GPT 25b: nādād vindusamudbhavaḥ          vindoḥ ... °samudbhavaḥ
          ≈ JñS 17.1c, BhS 7a: vindoś candraḥ samudbhūtaḥ; GPT 25c: bindoś candrasamudbhavaś          candrāt ... samudbhutaḥ
          ≈ BhS 7b: candrād viśvasamudbhavaḥ; cf. JñS 17.1d, GPT 25d: candrād viśvaḥ punaḥ punaḥ          candre
          candraḥ L1 B1 B2          vindau em.
          vindoḥ L1 B1 B2          vinduḥ L1 B2
          vindu B1          nādaḥ L1 B1
          nāda B2          candre ... niṣkale
          ≈ JñS 17.3: candre pralīyate viśvo vindau candraś ca lĩyate| vinduś ca lîyate nāda ity etad tattva­lakṣaṇam; GPT 27: viśvaḥ pralīyate candre candraś ca līyate bindau| binduś ca līyate nāda ity etat kramalakṣaṇam          jñeyaḥ B1
          jñeya L1 B2          śivan niṣkalam ucyate L1 B1
          śivaniṣkalam ucyate B2          ya ta mataṅyan L1 B2
          ya mataṅyan B1          idaṅ guhyaṁ mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          narakaṁ pratipadyate
          = BhK 11.33d          idaṅ guhyaṁ mahādevi
          cf. BhK 11.33a: evaṁ jñānaṁ mahādevi          na prakāśati paṇḍitaḥ
          cf. BhK 11.33b: na prakāśati tattvavit          prakāśayati yo mohāt
          cf. BhK 11.33c: prakāśayati mūrkhena          pañcabrahmākṣaraṁ ... tathā
          = BhK 9.41cd          utpattisthitilīnañ ca
          = BhK 9.42a          kenopāyena bhagavan em.
          meyopāyena bhagavān L1 B1 B2
          ma-vipulā          sukhayogasya L1 B2
          sukharyogasya B1          upāyanikā em.
          opāyanikā L1 B1eyopāyanikā B2          jarāvyādhiḥ em.
          jvaravyādhiḥ L1 B1 B2          duḥkham vāpi em.
          duḥkav vāpi L1 B1 B2          sarve norm.
          sarvve B1sarvva L1 B2          sukhārthevan tadā conj.
          sukhayyevan tathā L1 B2sukhāryyevan tathā B1          pārameśānam em.
          parameśānaṁ L1 B2parameśānam B1          pamaṅguha L1 B1
          paṅguha B2          sthāpya em.
          prapyā L1 B1prapya B2          mahādevaḥ L1 B2
          mahādeva B1          hyaṅ mahādeva norm.
          hyaṃ mahādeva L1 B1saṃ hyaṃ mahādeva B2          devi em.
          devo L1 B1 B2          yogena em.
          yogenā L1 B1 B2          yogātah conj.
          ikā ataḥ L1 B1 B2          ūrdhvaṁ em.
          ūrddhvā L1 B1 B2          pārvati B2
          pārvatī L1 B1          purastād ... sthāpya
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.2a          brahmā ... °sthitaḥ
          cf. PraJñ, StSt 90.2b          paścime tu
          ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.2c          viṣṇur ... tathā
          ≈ PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.2d: viṣṇur uttarakhaṇḍake          prāṇam ... yogena
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.3c          iti ... yogavit
          ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.3b (jñātvā for iti)          ūrdhvaṁ ... pārvati
          = PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.3d: ūrdhvādhastāt tu pāvakaḥ          madhye ... paramam
          = PraJñ; ≈ StSt 90.3a (jñānaṁ for śivañ)          praṇavajñānaśastreṇa em.
          praṇavajñānasāstreṇa L1 B1 B2          vruh riṅ L1 B2
          vruh iṅ B1          tālusaṅśliṣṭalocanam em.
          tulyasaṅśliṣṭalocanam L1 B1 B2
          cf. PraJñ, StSt 90.4d          mvaṅ norm.
          mvaṃ L1 B2om. B1          >praṇavajñānaśastreṇa
          ≈ PraJñ (°matena, for °mātrena), PraJñ 4a (°mantreṇa)          chinnaprāṇa-sa yogavit
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.4b          jihvāgre tālu saṁśliṣṭam
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.4c          tālusaṅśliṣṭalocanam
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.4d (°tulya for tālu°)          śivadvāravinirgataḥ em.
          śivadvāravvinirgatāḥ L1 B1 B2          kapālam bāyunodbhidya
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.5a; cf. GPT 6c, JñS 15.4c, SHKŚ 42a (vāyu°), Vṛh 56c (vāyu°): mūrdhānaṃ bāyunodbhidya          śivadvāravinirgataḥ
          ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.5b          prāṇaḥ tyajanti taddvāram
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.5c          pranavañ ca vinirgataḥ
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.5d          umapa em.
          omapa L1 B1 B2          prāṇaḥ tyajanti yo yogī
          cf. PraJñ, StSt 90.6a: chinnaprāṇas tu yo yogī          viśate paramañ chivam
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.6b          vyāpī ... caiva
          = PraJñ, StSt 90.6c          sūkṣmatvāt ... chivam
          ≈ PraJñ, StSt 90.6d (jñānam for śivam)          maheśvari L1 B2
          maheśvarī B1          tәkāniṅ norm.
          tkāniṃ L1tkāni B1 B2          śṛṇuṣva em.
          śṛṇuś ca L1 B1 B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          vṛkṣamūle śilātale
          even in lieu of odd pāda          ri tīranikaṅ B1
          tīranikaṅ L1 B2          mvaṅ riṅ norm.
          mvaṃ riṃ B1mvaṃ ri L1 B2          tapovane L1 B1
          tapodhane B2          tyajati em.
          tyajanti L1 B1 B2          yatra yatra em.
          yatrā yatre L1 B1 B2          siddhānte nāsti sandehaḥ
          cf. BhK 10.19e: siddhānte nāsti saṅśayaḥ          tattve paramadurlabham
          cf. BhK 11.61d: tantre ’vakṣepa durllabhe          jyotiḥrūpeṇa dṛśyate
          even in lieu of odd pāda          gajarūpakaḥ L1 B2
          gajarūpaka B1          vidvān norm.
          vidhvan L1 B2vidhva B1          jyotirūpeṇa norm.
          jyotirūpena L1 B2jyotiḥrūpena B1          svamṛtyur jyotirūpakaḥ L1 B2
          svamṛtyu jyotirūpakaḥ B1          jyotirūpanirār L1 B2
          jyotirūpanirā B1          ri bhaṭāra L1 B2
          riṅ bhaṭāra B1          ri L1 B1
          riṃ B2          yogī vruh B1
          yogī| vruh L1 B2          pinakajñānanira B2
          pinakajñāna sira L1 B1          sadārudram ... jñānam
          = PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7a (sadā buddham)          sadāśivapadaṅ gataḥ
          ≈ PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7b: sadā dharmam idaṁ jñānam          sadāśivam ... jñānam
          = PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7c (sadā dharmam)          paramañ ca śivaṅ gataḥ
          ≈ PraJñ; cf. StSt 90.7d: paramaś ca tathāgataḥ           svakālaḥ em.
          saḥ kālaḥ L1 B1 B2          svakālas em.
          sakālas L1 B1 B2          mamaiko viśate em.
          mām ekav viśāte L1mām ekav visāte B1 B2          vruh em.
          vru L1 B1 B2          maheśvari B1 B2
          maheśvarī L1          siddhānte em.
          siddhāntan L1 B1 B2          tantrākhya-m-eva em.
          tatrākhyam eva L1 B1 B2          durlabhaḥ norm.
          durllabhaḥ L1 B2durllābhaḥ B1          adhītaṁ mama sanmatam em.
          amita mama sanmataḥ L1 B1 B2          paramaśiva L1 B2
          parameśiva B1          siddhānte ... saṅśayaḥ
          cf. BhK 10.10c, 11.61c (em.): ... sandehaḥ          tantrākhya-m-eva durlabhaḥ
          cf. BhK 10.10d: tattve paramadurlabhe; BhK 11.61d: tantre ’vakṣepa durlabhe (em.)          siddhānte em.
          siddhānta L1 B2siddhāntan B1          tantre paramadurlabhe em.
          tatre paramadurllabhaḥ L1 B1tatre paramadurllabham B2          ’dhyāpitātmā em.
          vyāpitātmā L1 B1 B2          siddhānte ... sandehaḥ
          = BhK 10.10c, 11.61c; cf. 10.19e, ... saṅśayaḥ (em.)          tantre paramadurlabhe
          cf. BhK 10.10d: tattve ...; 10.19f; 11.61d: tantre ’vakṣepa durlabhe          jyotiṣan nāsti L1 B1
          jyotiṣa nāsti B2          yogī| hayva B1 B2
          yogī hayva L1          taj L1
          kaj B1ta B2          vinaśyanti norm.
          vināśyanti L1 B1vinaśyantī B2
          for vinaśyati, m.c.          vahniś ca vimṛto em.
          vahiś ca vimṛto L1 B2mahiś capi mṛto B1          kumārakā em.
          kumārikā L1 B1 B2          taddvāram norm.
          taddvāraṁ L1 B2tan dvāraṁ B1          dṛśyādṛśyo em.
          dṛśyādṛśya L1 B1 B2          svakālaḥ byomasannibhaḥ em.
          saḥ kālaḥ bhyomasannibhā L1aḥ kālaḥ bhyomasannibhaḥ B1saḥ kālaḥ bhyomasannibhāḥ B2          jyotirūpeṇa dṛśyate em.
          jyotiḥrūpena dṛśyante L1 B1 B2          jyotirūpeṇa norm.
          jyotirūpena L1 B2jyotirūpana B1          dṛśyate em.
          dṛśyante L1 B1 B2          raṇabhūmau conj.
          raṇerūpe L1 B1 B2          dṛṣṭo syāt conj.
          dṛṣṭasya L1 B2dṛṣṭaśya B1pcdṛśya B1ac          jyotirūpa sira L1
          jyotirūpanira B1jyotirūpanira B2acjyotirūpa sira B2pc          riṅ pada norm.
          riṃ pada L1ri pada B1riṃ B2          riṅ L1 B2
          ri B1          krodharūpaḥ syāt em.
          krodharūpasya L1 B1 B2          dṛṣṭo syāt conj.
          dṛṣṭasya L1 B1 B2          svakālam em.
          saḥ kālam L1 B1 B2          saṅ yogī L1 B2
          sa yogī B1          api gīyate L1 B2
          ami tīyate B1          sadārudra L1 B1
          rudra B2          pratijñāṁ em.
          prattijñā L1 B1pratijñā B2          ātma norm.
          atma L1 B1 B2          yate
          for īyate?          viśate norm.
          visate B1vasate B2          pūrva-vṛṣṭi-himani ca L1 B1 B2
          himāni L1 B2hivāni B1
          na-vipulā          himani em.
          himāni L1 B2hivāni B1          samaṅkana L1 B2
          maṅkana B1          umapa B1
          omapa L1 B2          nadīsamudrasaṅyogāt em.
          nadīsamudrasaṅyogat L1 B2nādīsamudrasaṅyogat B1          paścād ekatva-māṁ norm.
          paścad ekatva māṁ L1 B2paścad deśatva maṁ B1          evañ caiva svadehas tu
          cf. RauSS 8.10c: bhinne dehe śivo bhūtvā          śivaśaktisamanvitaḥ
          ≈ BhK 7.20b: śivabhaktisamanvitaḥ; cf. RauSS 8.10d: śivadharmaiḥ samanvitaḥ          nadīsamudrasaṅyogāt
          ≈ BhK 7.20c saritsamudrasaṁyogāt; cf. RauSS 8.13a: sakṛt samudrasaṁyogād          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          lakṣaṇanikā em.
          lakṣaṇa ikā L1 B1 B2          devena em.
          devenā L1 B1 B2          ujar rinahasya L1 B2
          ujarinahasya B1          samāt conj.
          samān L1 B1 B2          bhaṭārī| devī uvāca|| conj.
          bhaṭārī|| L1 B1 B2          sakalaniṣkalajñānam norm.
          sakalaniṣkalajñānaṁ B2sakalan niṣkalajñānaṁ L1 B1          tava L1 B2
          tatha B1          sādhakanihitaṁ saukhyam conj.
          sādhakan nihitaṁ tubhyaṁ L1 B2sādhakann iti taṁ tubhyaṁ B1          pṛcchyam em.
          pṛsnam L1 B1 B2          niṣkalañ ca L1 B1
          niṣkalaṁ ñca B2          puraṁ L1 B2
          muraṁ B1          nirguṇaṁ B2
          nirguṇyam L1 B1          pratichedañ norm.
          praticedañ B2pratisedañ L1 B1
          for praticchedañ, m.c.          ukārañ L1 B2
          ukāraṇ B1          chedam B1
          chodam L1cedam B2          pratichedañ em.
          pratisedañ L1 B1 B2
          for praticchedañ, m.c.          utpattiḥ L1 B2
          utpatiḥ B1          ekabhāvaḥ trayībhavet em.
          ekabhava tvami bhavet L1 B1 B2          sukhakāryārthī norm.
          sukakāryyārtthi B1sukakāryyātthī L1sukakāryyatthi B2pckāsukakāryyatthi B2ac          prayujya conj.
          prayoga L1 B1 B2          śaṅkara em.
          śaṅkaraḥ L1 B1 B2          pavaraha ri conj.
          pavarahani L1 B1 B2          sādhaka L1 B2
          sāhdaka| B1          huripnya B1
          hurihuripnya L1 B2          sarvadeveśam em.
          sarvvadeveṣāṁ L1 B1 B2          rahayu B1
          hayu L1 B2          kāraṇam viduḥ em.
          kāraṇav vinduḥ L1 B1 B2          vindyāt em.
          vindhyāt L1 B1 B2          akārañ em.
          akāraś L1 B1 B2          vindyāt em.
          vindhyāt L1 B1vindhyat B2          bhaṭāra ri kivā em.
          bhaṭāra kivā L1 B1 B2          ya B1
          ya ta L1 B2          ri tәṅәn B1
          tṅәn L1 B2          ri kivā B1
          kivā L1 B2          lvirnikaṅ L1
          lvir ikaṅ B1 B2          pūrvasvarañ norm.
          pūrvvasvarañ B1 B2pūrvvasvasañ L1          akāro līnaṁ makāre L1 B1 B2
          akāral līṇam L1akāral līṇa B1 B2
          unmetrical          akāro līnaṁ em.
          akāral līṇam L1akāral līṇa B1 B2          vindau norm.
          vindo B1vindoḥ L1 B2          samudbhuto
          for samudbhūto, m.c.          candrasamudbhavaḥ em.
          candraḥ samudbhavaḥ L1 B1 B2          jagatsamudbhavaḥ em.
          jagatsamudbhuvaḥ L1 B1 B2          jagatsamudbhutaṁ em.
          candraḥ samudbhuvaḥ B1candraḥ samudbhavaḥ L1 B2
          for jagatsamudbhūtaṁ, m.c.          vindau norm.
          vindo B2vindoḥ L1 B1          līnālīnam em.
          līnal līnav L1 B1 B2          vindudvayam L1 B1
          vindudāyaṁ B2          nahan avaknikaṅ conj.
          nādāvaknikaṁ L1 B2nādāvāknikaṁ B1          vindū em.
          vindu L1 B1 B2          prayogān vividhān devi em.
          prayogav vividhan devi L1 B2prayogav vividhan devī B1          śṛṇu em.
          śṛṇa L1 B1 B2          ṣaṇmukha em.
          sanmataḥ L1 B1 B2          ya em.
          yo L1 B1 B2          aṅguṣṭhamadhyatarjinyā em.
          aṅguṣṭhamāddhyatajjirnyāṁ L1aṅguṣṭhamāddhyatārjjinyāṁ B1 B2          samanvitam L1 B2
          samanvitan B1          naśyet em.
          nāśyāt L1 B2nāśyat B1          hṛtśālāc ca vinirgatya conj.
          hṛtśalyañ ca vinirgatyaḥ L1 B1 B2          taṅ L1 B2
          kaṅ B1          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          viśate em.
          pivate L1 B2mivate B1          saptapātālalokeśaḥ conj.
          saptapātalalokeśā L1 B1 B2          apy aśeṣataḥ em.
          apy aśeṣatāḥ L1 B2amy aśeṣataḥ B1          vāno vā nāgaro vāpi conj.
          vānam vā nāgaram vāpi L1 B2vanam vā nāgaram vāpi B1          dāsīṁ dāsañ ca gṛhañ ca conj.
          dāsī dāsaś ca gṛhaś ca L1 B2pcdāsī dāgaś ca gṛhaś ca B2acdāsi dasaś ca gṛhaś ca B1          viśate em.
          vaśate L1 B1 B2          ta L1 B2
          taṅ B1          strīyo em.
          śriyam L1 B2śrīyam B1          pāpī L1 B2
          māpī B1          nahan taṅ em.
          nihan taṅ L1 B1nihan ta B2          byaktaniṅ L1 B2
          byantaniṅ B1          yo vijñānati em.
          yogī jñānati L1 B1 B2          mama māyāvimohitaḥ
          = BhK 8.25h          yo vijñānati tattve na
          cf. BhK 11.21a: yo vijñānati tattvena          sadāśivaḥ L1 B2
          sadāśiva B1          supiṇḍitam conj.
          supaṇḍitaṁ L1 B1 B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          idaṁ ... pratipadyate
          cf. BhK 9.49: idaṅ guhyam mahādevi| [...] na prakāśati paṇḍitaḥ| [...] prakāśayati yo mohāt| [...] narakaṁ pratipadyate; JñS 26.8: evaṁ jñānaṁ mahādevi| na prakāśati tattvavit| prakāśayati saṁsāre| pañcapadadhanaṁ prati||          nāśuśrūṣau conj.
          na suśrūsa L1 B1na suśrūṣa B2          mvaṅ L1 B2
          pvaṁ B1          varaśiṣyāya bhaktāya em.
          paraśiṣyāya bhaktyāya L1 B1 B2          pañcapade dhane prati em.
          pañcapade vane śiti L1 B1 B2          pañcapade dhane prati
          cf. JñS 27.8d: pañcapadadhanaṁ prati (panca­pade dhanam prati Issue in the codeIssue in the code D, K); BhK 6.7d: pañcapadadhanaṁ yadi (Issue in the codeIssue in the code; pañcapaṇadhanaṁ yadi, ex em)          jñātvā devi norm.
          jñātva devi L1 B2jñātva devī B1          pradātavyam norm.
          pradātavyaṁ L1 B2pradākavyaṃ B1          parastenoktam asatyam
          sa-vipulā          atyanta B2
          atyantam L1 B1          praśnapūrvaś norm.
          pṛsnapūrvvaś L1 B2pṛsnapūrvvañ B1          kalahavaśane em.
          kalahaḥ vaśane L1 B1 B2          ’pi L1 B2
          mi B1          pṛcchānta-m-āturo L1 B2
          mṛcchāntam āturo B1          devatantraś ca conj.
          devatantrasya L1 B1 B2          śaivasiddhānta em.
          śivasiddhānta L1 B1 B2          parāśoca conj.
          paraśoca L1 B1 B2          mama guhyan tu durlabham
          even in lieu of odd pada          śaivasiddhāntasaṁjñakam em.
          śaivasiddhāntasajñakaṁ L1 B2śaivasiddhāntasajñākaṁ B1          punarjanmaḥ em.
          punarjanmā L1 B1punarjanma B2          guhyan tu cintayet em.
          guhyam acintayet L1 B1pc B2guhyan tu macintayet B1ac          rakṣasva parameśāni conj.
          kṣamasvā parameśānam L1 B1kṣamāsvā parameśānam B1          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          siddhāntan nāma L1 B2
          siddhāntaman nāma B1          rahase
          = rahasi m.c., or a-thematicization of rahas          kṣamā svīkriyate conj.
          kṣamasvā kriyate L1 B1 B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          śrīmahādevī B1
          śrīmahādevi L1 B2          prakṛtisaṁjña tattvavit em.
          prakṛtisajña tatvavīt L1 B1 B2          prakṛtisaṁjña
          for prakṛtisaṁjñā, m.c.          kṛtāntamokṣasaṅjñakaḥ em.
          kṛtan tat mokṣasaṁjñakaḥ L1 B2kṛttan tat mokṣasaṁjña\mbox{kaḥ} B1          evaṁ em.
          eva L1 B1 B2          mahādevi L1 B2
          mahādevī B1          sakalan niṣkalan B1
          sakalaniṣkalan L1 B2          apeya em.
          apeyita L1 B1 B2          abhakṣyaṁbhakṣaṇaṅ
          = KMT 9.62a          tena mokṣaiva saṁprāpya conj.
          tena mokṣeṇa saṁvāpya L1 B1nena mokṣeṇa saṁvāpya B2          ulahulah em.
          vlahvlah L1 B1 B2          pīḍāya conj.
          miṇḍāya L1 B1 B2          sarvakilviṣanāśanam em.
          sarvvakilviṣasambhavaḥ L1 B1 B2          pīḍam conj.
          piṇḍaṁ L1 B1 B2          sarvakilviṣanāśanam
          ≈ AhS 31.34d, TĀV 15.74, NKār 48.13d, ViPur 6.7.73d, passim: sarvakilbiṣanāśanam          varṇabhedā em.
          varṇnabheda L1 B1 B2          catvaraiḥ L1 B2
          catvareḥ B1          saṅsārāni pṛthak pṛthak
          = BhK 8.31d          ya B1
          yañ L1 B2          āpan savikalpa em.
          āpan svavikalpa L1āpan svavikālpa B1om. B2          jyotirūpāṇi sarvāni em.
          jyotir mmaṇi ca L1 B1 B2          jyotirūpāṇi
          jyotir mmaṇi ca L1 B1 B2          vidyutādyotāḥ em.
          vidyutādyutaḥ L1 B1 B2          rūpāṇi conj.
          puṣpāṇi L1 B1ṣuṣpāni B2          jyotirūpāṇi
          = BhK 9.1a; cf. 8.32c          viddhi conj.
          devi L1 B2devī B1          ṣaṇmukha em.
          sanmukham L1 B1 B2          rudraḥ conj.
          manaḥ L1 B1 B2          evambhūtam conj.
          etaṁ bhūtam L1 B1 B2          śaivasiddhāntam em.
          śivasiddhāntaṁ L1 B1 B2          vinicāra L1 B2
          vijicāra B1          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          prayogavividhāni L1 B1
          prayogavidhidhāni B2          siddhāntaṁ em.
          siddhānte L1 B1 B2          patako devi em.
          paṭake devi L1 B2paṭate devī B1          mokta ika em.
          moktika L1 B1 B2          śūdra-mleccho tathāpi tu L1 B1 B2
          śuddha L1 B2tathāpitva L1 B1 B2
          unmetrical (after emendation)          śūdra B1
          śuddha L1 B2          tathāpi tu em.
          tathāpitva L1 B1 B2          ca em.
          caḥ L1 B1 B2          apasmāras em.
          apasmara L1 B1 B2          saṅkṣiptasiddhāntam em.
          saṃsiptasiddhāntam L1 B1 B2          śivo em.
          śive L1 B1 B2          nāstike mata-ṣaṇmukha conj.
          nāsike mama sanmukham L1 B1 B2          siddhānte nāsti sandehaḥ em.
          siddhāntan nāpi sandeho L1 B1 B2          tantre ’vakṣepa-durlabham
          cf. BhK 10.10d: tattve paramadurlabhe (ex em); 10.19f: tatrākhyam eva durlabham          siddhānte nāsti sandehaḥ
          = BhK 10.10c, 10.20a; cf. 10.19e, siddhānte nāsti saṅśayaḥ (ex em.)          brahmādisakalam em.
          brāhmādisakalav L1 B1 B2          viśvam B1
          viśva L1 B2          paśya-
          for dṛśyaṁ          viśvato L1 B2
          viśvaho B1          viṣṇujñānaṁ L1 B2
          viṣṇujñāna B1          vame
          for vāme, m.c.          praṇavaṁ bhedalakṣaṇam
          = BhK 11.87b          saṅyogaḥ em.
          saṃ yogī L1 B1 B2          sahātmeśvarasaṅjñakaḥ em.
          saḥ atmeśvarasaṅjñakaḥ L1 B1 B2          naras B1
          nara L1 B2          sūtreṇa em.
          sūtreṇā L1 B1 B2          buddhir L1 B2
          buddhi B1          paramaśivatattva sira em.
          paramaśivatattvanira L1 B1 B2          viṣṇau norm.
          viṣṇo L1 B1 B2          śive paramasaṅjñake conj.
          vāgī paramasaṅjñakaḥ L1 B1 B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          ācāraś ca em.
          acarañ ca L1 B1 B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          saptadhā bhedalakṣaṇam
          = JñS 26.9d; cf. JñS 23.1b saptañ ca bhedalakṣaṇam          bhūrlokam B1
          bhūḥlokam L1 B2          svarlokañ em.
          svarlokyañ L1 B1 B2          mahālokavyavasthitaḥ em.
          mahālokaṁ vyavastitaḥ L1 B1 B2          kadibyaniṅ L1 B2
          kadibyani B1          ikārakaḥ em.
          ikāraka L1 B1 B2          takārākhyam norm.
          takārākyaṁ L1 B2tasārākyaṁ B1          ekatva L1 B2
          esatva B1          śivaṁ em.
          śiva L1 B1 B2          ṣaṇmukha em.
          sanmukam L1sanmukham B1 B2          devi L1 B2
          devī B1          aṣṭāni ca guṇāni ca conj.
          asthānañ ca sukhāni ca L1 B1 B2          mokṣakaṁkṣī norm.
          mokṣakaṁkṣi B1 B2mākṣakaṁkṣi L1          saputrapautravandhavaḥ em.
          sāputraputravandhavāḥ L1saputraputravandhavāḥ B1sāputraputravandhavaḥ B2          eva B2
          evā L1 B1          yathecchayā conj.
          yate calaṁ L1 B1 B2          devi L1 B1
          devī B1          dharmādharmañ em.
          dharmādharmaś L1 B1 B2          bhuktvā em.
          bhukto L1 B2bhūkto B1          śrī jaṭādhāra-śikhaṇḍin L1 B1 B2
          dvijātadhāraś L1 B1 B2śikaṇḍī L1śikāṇḍī B1śikaṇḍi B2
          sa-vipulā          śrī jaṭādhāra conj.
          dvijātadhāraś L1 B1 B2          śikhaṇḍin em.
          śikaṇḍī L1śikāṇḍī B1śikaṇḍi B2          kriyājñānavibhusmṛtaḥ L1 B1
          kriyājñānavibhusmṛtam B2          jaṭā tattva saṅ hyaṅ viṣṇu em.
          viṣṇu tattva saṅ hyaṅ jaṭa L1 B1 B2          sira ta jñānaśakti| kriyāśakti| vibhuśakti|| conj.
          sira ta kriyāśakti| vibhuśakti|| L1 B1 B2          ācāraṁ byaktakam idam em.
          acāra byaktatām ītaṁ L1 B2acāra byaktatām itaṁ B1          ācārañ em.
          acāraś L1 B1 B2          tattvanira norm.
          tatvanira L1 B2tatthanira B1          praṇavam bhedalakṣaṇam|
          = BhK 11.64d          siddha saṅ hyaṅ sadāśiva sira| anta saṅ hyaṅ paramaśiva sira em.
          saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta sadāśiva sira L1 B1 B2          ceśvaraṁ norm.
          caiśvaraṁ L1 B1 B2          ddhakāro L1 B2
          ddhakārā B1          trinayanam B1
          trinayanav L1 B2          locane L1 B1
          locana B2          taliṅe em.
          taliṅa L1 B1 B2          sira ri L1 B2
          sira riṅ B1          The […] were:
          OJED glosses saṅgraha as ‘seizing, grasping? drawing together?; ready, holding os. ready, prepared; equipped with, ready to make use of; occupying os. with, concerning os. with’, but in this context the most appropriate meaning appears to be the one attested in Sanskrit, namely ‘a compendium, summary, catalogue, list, epitome, abridgement, short statement’ (MW), often appearing in the title of Sanskrit scriptures (e.g. such early Śaiva works as the RauSS and SBSS).          The […] were:
          If this incipit referred to the whole stanza, it would be incoherent, since the direct speech of the sage starts in the second line, as is also apparent from the exegesis.           […] Śaṅkara!’
          For a discussion of the expression munir amanmathaḥ, cf. Introduction, p. mangalaauthorship.           […] Śaṅkara!’
          I have emended vākya (t) o vakti (). Compare the colophon of the NīSāSam: praṇāmya śirasā devam| ... vakti.          The […] Śaṅkara!’
          OJED glosses makakaraṇa as ‘to have as reason; because of’, but here the word represents the Old Javanese rendering of the instrumental śirasā, literally ‘using the head as the instrument’.          The […] Śaṅkara!’
          The verse actually reads Parameśvara.          ‘The […] scripture.
          I translate ’vatiṣṭhata (ex em., for ’vātiṣṭḥata, m.c.) in the sense of ‘to reach down, go down into’ rather than ‘to exist, be present’, assuming that the idea is that Śiva ‘becomes present’ or ‘manifests’ Himself to the sage, and reveals to him the scripture.           […] skull.
          Or: ‘the sight that has become the same as [that reality]’.           […] motion’.
          In order to match the gloss katon, the stem should be udīkṣya, which is however unmetrical; therefore, I take uddīkṣya to be an Aiśa stem, m.c. One could imagine that the commentator confused it with uddiśya, but the parallel in JñS 25.4c speaks against this possibility.           […] motion’.
          MW glosses samīraṇa as ‘setting in motion, causing activity, stimulating, promoting’, etc. In 3.13 and 4.53, samīratva and samīraṇa are glossed as vāyu ‘wind’; cf. Abhi\-dhar\-ma\-ko\-śa 1.12 (p. 8): īraṇā vāyudhātuḥ| īryate ’nayā bhūtasroto..., ‘The element Wind is impulse; through that, the flow of elements is set in motion’.           […] it.
          I emend kāladehināṁ to kaladehinām, where kala- may be an elision for sakala: cf. the gloss °niṅ sarva māvak. Alternatively, one could understand kala (= kalā) as ‘discrete’ or ‘gross’.           […]
          I take bhinnā| nīlāñjanasamaprabhā to be a split compound—compare the parallels in Sanskrit (Tantric) texts, e.g. RāNi 13.98b (bhin\-na\-nī\-lāñ\-ja\-na\-pra\-bham), ĪŚGDP 39.106c (bhin\-na\-nī\-lāñ\-ja\-na°), SvT 10.446a, 14.23c (bhin\-nā\-ñja\-na\-ni\-bhā/°aḥ), VT 32a, 106c (bhin\-nāñ\-ja\-na°), etc.          The […] heart.
          The commentator probably understood °anta° in the sense of ‘extremity’ (i.e., head) instead of ‘inside’.           […] beings.
          Thus MWLex s.v. nirindriya, implying that Śiva has no body. cf. vigatendriyaḥ in 2.14.          There […] exists.
          Here nirindriya seems to be a pratīka quoting from pada b, but the gloss kinatayan ta sira deniṅ ṣoḍaśavikāra is likely to respond to nirvikāro in pada c (which, however, I understand in its general sense of ‘without modifications’, i.e. ‘unchangeable’). One may assume that the gloss of nirindriya was omitted because of corruption, but the Sixteen Evolutes include \manas\ and the Ten Organs; thus, the exegesis may reflect a conflation of both words into a single gloss          The […] beings.
          The Old Javanese gloss passes over in silence the causative cālayet in the verse, characterizing the Lord as unmoving mover of the universe          The […] sun.
          The commentary interprets sarve as agreeing with jagati rather than śarīre.           […] gloss.
          I take maheśvaraḥ to be a nom. for acc. (maheśvaraṁ), as required by the logic of the passage and the Old Javanese gloss.          There […] Parameśvara.
          The commentator seems to have misunderstood the expression aṣṭaśatañ śiroruhe, conveying just the opposite idea.          There […] Parameśvara.
          I have emended tamar (‘not’) suka (→ sukha?, ‘happiness’) to ta mahasukha (cf. OJED s.v. amahasukha, mahasukha, ‘to make happy, give pleasure to’), which apparently glosses tuṣṭiṁ dattvā maheśvaraṁ in the verse (where maheśvaraṁ is my emendation of maheśvaraḥ).          The […] head.
          For this translation of hima, cf. Introduction, p. hima.          First […] twice-borns.
          This stanza seems to be misplaced, for the topic changes in the following stanza. The exegesis, apparently grasping this inconsistency, introduces a new topic, passing over in silence the tubes.          There […] twice-borns.
          The meaning of yukti here seems to be akin to that of its Sanskrit counterpart, i.e. ‘application, practice, usage, means’ (note that the word derives from yuj, from which yoga also derives). None of these meanings are found in OJED. Could it have been intended as a gloss of vidhānaka, understood in the sense of vidhāna, ‘disposing, arranging’, ‘acting, performing’, ‘method, manner’ (MW)?           […] crystal.
          MW s.v. dīpta gives, among other meanings, ‘blazing, flaming, hot, shining, bright, brilliant, splendid’, as well as ‘red arsenic’ (L.) and ‘gold’ (L.). In this context, the meaning of ‘golden’, i.e., ‘bright yellow’, seems the most appropriate.          Spotless, […] imperishable.
          I take vinis{\rdit}ta to be the same as viniḥs{\rdit}ta, as recorded in MW (‘gone forth or out, issued forth, sprung from’, ‘escaped’). The exegesis understands it as an adjective, glossing vyāpaka, hence my translation (‘spread out’). It is, however, not impossible that the original reading was vinism{\rdit}tam, ‘recorded, mentioned’, the gloss reflecting a corrupted version of the pada.          Spotless, […] imperishable.
          Or: ‘the remains, i.e. a feeble reflex of’ (MW).          Not […] supreme.
          cf. OJED s.v. macala (cala III). Alternatively: ‘unmoving/unquivering’ (cala I).           […] forehead.
          On ūta-prota in Sanskrit and Old Javanese texts, cf. Acri 2017: 399–402, 424.          There, […] Hero.
          I have emended uṅguh to uṅgul: cf. OJED s.v. uṅgul*, aṅuṅgul, paṅuṅgul ‘(avs) to tower, soar, rise on high’, and Indonesian unggul, ‘superior, distinguished, supreme’. This word is likely to be the Old Javanese counterpart of the Sanskrit mūrdhan: ‘head in general, skull, (fig.) the highest or first part of anything, top, point, summit, front’ (MW).          There […] mind.
          Glossing the first antare in antare manaso ’ntare as ākāśa, the commentator seemingly understands it as ‘intermediate space’ (MW), a synonym of antarikṣa.           […] suns.
          I have emended viṣṇuvāktaram to viṣṇu-v-avyakta-m in the light of the logic of the passage as well as the exegesis (cf. also dyads 24 and 27–28, which keep a symmetry between the verses and the exegesis by homologizing deities or aspects of Sadāśiva with ontic levels). This corruption could have been caused by the fact that vāktaram could have been used as an irregular form (either nom. or acc., as if derived from the stem vakt{\rdit}) of vaktram, ‘face’, so as to associate Viṣṇu with the northern face of Bāmadeva.           […] disease.
          That is, the Brahmamantras. I translate samārabdham (‘to take in hand, undertake, begin, commence’, ‘to try to get near to or propitiate’, MW s.v. samārabh) as if it were ārabdham (‘to make, produce’, ‘to form, compose’, MW s.v. ārabh).          Mahādeva […] liberation.
          I emend dhyātavyaḥ munisattamaḥ to jñātavyaḥ munisattamaiḥ on the basis of the gloss and comparison with 3.49, where jñātavyāḥ paṇḍitair api is glossed as kavruhana de saṅ paṇḍita.          Mahādeva […] liberation.
          I.e., with and without syllables: cf. the preceding dyad.          The […] achieve.
          I connect ādhykyam to avaśaṅkaraṁ (and not to aiśvaryav{\rdit}ddhim) on the basis of the Old Javanese exegesis.          Above […] namaḥ.
          Dakṣa is the name of one of the Prajāpatis.           […] nyaset.
          I translate h{\rdit}disthaṁ saṁnyaset as if it were h{\rdit}disthāne nyaset.          Above […] namaḥ.
          I conjecturally emend aśuddhavidyā to avidyā: cf. exegesis to verse 4.8, as well as dyad 4.30, containing the same series of five items, all of which are synonyms of prak{\rdit}ti.          It […] 3.16d).
          Here I translate pauruṣo as if it were puruṣo (contrast 3.16d).          Above […] namaḥ.
          Or: ‘it does not cause, it is not caused’.          Above […] namaḥ.
          Often occurringIssue in the code in combination with sukhaduhkha (cf. 1.29, 4.34, 9.17, 10.2), kasurudan seems to mean ‘free from’, ‘devoid of’, ‘not affected by’, ‘abandoned by’. OJED glosses it as ‘carried along by the retreating tide, exposed by the retreating tide’; compare surudan, ‘something left over by someone of exalted rank [...] to be consumed or used by others’; anurudakĕn, sumurudakĕn, sinurudakĕn ‘to diminish (tr.), withdraw, break off, cease from’. cf. 2.16 and 4.13.          Above […] namaḥ.
          Rather than emending ’vyaktaṁ in the verse to vyāptaṁ (in the sense of vyāpakaṁ), I deem vyāpaka to be an idiosyncratic gloss of ’vyaktaṁ (which still expresses the idea that the supreme reality exists latently in all the beings, by pervasion).           […] palate.
          NirānandaIssue in the code (lit. ‘non-joy’) is encountered in Śaiva texts (more often so in non-dualistic texts of the Trika, like the Tantrāloka and the Tantrasāra, often in association with śūnya) either as the second member of a series of six, following nijānanda (which could also provide a possible clue for emending this verse) and translated variously as ‘intense bliss’, ‘non-bliss’, or ‘bliss of stillness’: cf. TĀK III, s.v. Compare my translation of Nirātman as ‘Supra-Soul’ in the preceding dyad.          Śiva […] forehead.
          I take ante to be equivalent to the locative case rather than carry the meaning of ‘on the limit’, for the commentary has rahi ‘forehead’, and the next verse is about the region above the forehead.          Śiva […] commentary.
          I have emended this verse, containing a seemingly pleonastic śiva where one would expect sūkṣma (pada a), and sūkṣma where one would expect an- (pada c), on the basis of the commentary.          He […] [there].
          I.e., the fontanel. The term śivadvāra used in this sense is uncommon in Sanskrit texts from the Indian subcontinent, but is frequently found in both the Old Javanese and Sanskrit portions of \tutur s: cf. BhS 99–100; GPT 5, 10, 16, 55; DhPāt 230.15; V{\rd}h 37–38; JñS 12.16; VŚ 9, etc.           […] Mahādeva!
          Assuming that aracana is here understood as the equivalent of aracita.           […] Mahādeva!
          A muhūrta is the 30th parth of the day, consisting in 48 minutes.           […] Mahādeva!
          AccordingIssue in the code to MW, animeṣa is an equivalent of animiṣa, ‘not winking, looking steadily, vigilant’ (compare nirnimeṣa, ‘not twinkling, not closing the eye’), from nimiṣa, ‘shutting the eye, twinkling, winking [...] (also as a measure of time i.e. a moment’). In this context, i.e. after a series of expressions indicating the absence of divisions of time, this word was probably intended as ‘having no instants’; the exegesis glosses it as ‘there is no blinking in it’ (tan hana kәḍap iriya).           […] Mahādeva!
          anāśravaṁIssue in the code derivesIssue in the code from āśrava, a Buddhist term—probably a Sanskritization, found in Mahāyāna and Abhidharmic literature, of the Pāli āsava, whose synonym is ogha or ‘floods’—literally meaning ‘outflow’, and denoting ‘a group of basic impurities or defilements which are the cause of repeated rebirth’ (Keown 2003).          na […] name!
          In this Old Javanese dyad I do not translate the Sanskrit lemmas, which are often virtually identical to their Old Javanese renderings, to avoid repetition.          na […] name!
          This translation of tar makasurudan, being a gloss of acyutam (‘imperishable, permanent’), derives from the meaning that this word seemingly has elsewhere in the text: cf. kasurudan in 2.6 and tar pakasurudan in 4.13 and fn. kasurudan1fn on p. kasurudan1, discussing kasurudan).          na […] name!
          cf. fn. blinkingfn, p. blinking.          na […] name!
          The meaning of the Sanskrit word dhruva in this context is ‘fixed, firm, immovable, unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal’ (MW); however, the exegesis glosses it as meṅәt (OJED: ‘to revolve (in one’s mind), be aware of, know or understand clearly, consider; to remember, recall; to be conscious, regain consciousness, with concentrated attention’). It seems as if the commentator understood it in the sense of dhīra/dhairya ‘intelligence; firmness, constancy’ (MW).          na […] name!
          The word niraśraddham literally means ‘one not deprived of faith’, a sense that does not seem to be reflected by the Old Javanese gloss tar elik ‘not disliking/hating’, if not in a very general sense (i.e., one who has faith does not dislike the scriptures, the master, etc.). cf. BndP (OJ) 76, where tar elik glosses anabhidveṣa (anabhidveṣa ṅaranya tar elik riṅ melik iriya).          na […] name!
          The corresponding Sanskrit portion has parameśvara. cf. dyad 1, where the Sanskrit lemma and its Old Javanese gloss read maheśvara against parameśvara in the verse.          na […] name!
          I have emended vigatar atīndriyaḥ| tan hanar atīndriye sira to vigatendriyaḥ| tan hanendriye sira on the basis of the corresponding Sanskrit portion, which has vigatendriyaḥ (‘whose senses have disappeared’—a synonym of nirindriyaḥ), as well as of context. For the gloss of Sanskrit vigata as tan aneriya ‘there is not in him’ (being equivalent to tan hana ... i sira in this passage), see Uttarakāṇḍa 16.24 (quoted in OJED s.v. vigata): bhīṣaṇa kapva ṅaraniṅ katatakut, vigata tan haneriya.          na […] name!
          OJED glosses rәṅat as ‘cleft, crack, crevice, fissure; split, cleft, cracked’. Alternatively, one could emend kalīṅanira to kahīṅanira, and obtain a more or less appropriate gloss of amaryāda (‘its limits are not split’), which could then be supplied before rather than after it.          na […] name!
          The OldIssue in the code Javanese gloss of anāśrava follows the literal meaning of āśrava, based on the stem āsru ‘flow’ (cf. fn. anaśravamfn, p. anaśravamfn).           The […] The Leader among Yogins knows that the Lord Mahādeva pervades all the embodied beings like the space pervades all the embodied beings. In the same way, the multiple pots are the places where the single moon resides. Thus is how non-manifestation,Here I translate nora as ‘non-manifestation’ instead of ‘non-existence’: cf. Acri 2017: 588–590. the final destination of everything, is compressed in a limited space.Or: ‘hidden’? cf. OJED 1772 s.v. *simpәn: ‘brought together in a limited space, grouped together, compressed, in a limited number, containing the basic essentials; put away, hidden’. [Being] the epitome of superiority over the group of six [inner stains], he reaches the stage of release. His release is without boundaries.
          HereIssue in the code I translate nora as ‘non-manifestation’ instead of ‘non-existence’: cf. Acri 2017: 588–590.           The […] The Leader among Yogins knows that the Lord Mahādeva pervades all the embodied beings like the space pervades all the embodied beings. In the same way, the multiple pots are the places where the single moon resides. Thus is how non-manifestation,Here I translate nora as ‘non-manifestation’ instead of ‘non-existence’: cf. Acri 2017: 588–590. the final destination of everything, is compressed in a limited space.Or: ‘hidden’? cf. OJED 1772 s.v. *simpәn: ‘brought together in a limited space, grouped together, compressed, in a limited number, containing the basic essentials; put away, hidden’. [Being] the epitome of superiority over the group of six [inner stains], he reaches the stage of release. His release is without boundaries.
          Or: ‘hidden’? cf. OJED 1772 s.v. *simpәn: ‘brought together in a limited space, grouped together, compressed, in a limited number, containing the basic essentials; put away, hidden’.          In […]
          I interpret this pada as an inversed split compound, as if it were aṣṭasthānadeveṣu tathā. I take this to be a reference to the eight manifestations of Śiva.           […] everything.
          MW considers kṣānta a name/epithet of Śiva. Alternatively, one could emend it to śānto, ‘pacified’.           […] everything.
          Or: ‘beyond the immaterial’.          The […] insentient.
          I interpret k{\rdit}ṣṇakevā° as k{\rdit}ṣṇakā (= k{\rdit}ṣṇikā) + iva, i.e. a reference to the well-known analogy of Unevolved Matter as the seed of everything that exists (cf. infra, 3.19). Alternatively, k{\rdit}ṣṇaka here could simply mean ‘black’ (in which case, k{\rdit}ṣṇakevā° would be an instance of double sandhi: k{\rdit}ṣṇakaḥ + eva). Neither of the two meanings are reflected in the exegesis.          From […] Its function is ideation, that is to say, to ideate (manaṅkalpa).I have emended manah kalpa to manaṅkalpa. cf. fn. manangkalpafn2 on dyad 3.13, as well as dyads 3.30 and 3.60. Its nature is to considerMamilaṅ, glossed by OJED (s.v. amilaṅ, umilaṅ, winilaṅ, kawilaṅ) as ‘to count, enumerate, calculate, consider one by one, take into account, consider’. This word may actually be a gloss of gaṇa in gaṇasambhava, interpreted by the commentator in the sense of ‘to count, to calculate’, as if it were gaṇita (whereas I have taken it to refer to either the series of the Five Gross Elements (cf. the next dyad), or perhaps the Sixteen Evolutes (cf. supra, pp. ganasambhava1, ganasambhava2). and to imagine. Such is its outcome: ideation and deliberating.
          I have emended manah kalpa to manaṅkalpa. cf. fn. manangkalpafn2 on dyad 3.13, as well as dyads 3.30 and 3.60.          From […] Its function is ideation, that is to say, to ideate (manaṅkalpa).I have emended manah kalpa to manaṅkalpa. cf. fn. manangkalpafn2 on dyad 3.13, as well as dyads 3.30 and 3.60. Its nature is to considerMamilaṅ, glossed by OJED (s.v. amilaṅ, umilaṅ, winilaṅ, kawilaṅ) as ‘to count, enumerate, calculate, consider one by one, take into account, consider’. This word may actually be a gloss of gaṇa in gaṇasambhava, interpreted by the commentator in the sense of ‘to count, to calculate’, as if it were gaṇita (whereas I have taken it to refer to either the series of the Five Gross Elements (cf. the next dyad), or perhaps the Sixteen Evolutes (cf. supra, pp. ganasambhava1, ganasambhava2). and to imagine. Such is its outcome: ideation and deliberating.
          Mamilaṅ, glossed by OJED (s.v. amilaṅ, umilaṅ, winilaṅ, kawilaṅ) as ‘to count, enumerate, calculate, consider one by one, take into account, consider’. This word may actually be a gloss of gaṇa in gaṇasambhava, interpreted by the commentator in the sense of ‘to count, to calculate’, as if it were gaṇita (whereas I have taken it to refer to either the series of the Five Gross Elements (cf. the next dyad), or perhaps the Sixteen Evolutes (cf. supra, pp. ganasambhava1, ganasambhava2).          From […] salilaṁ.
          I take virūpa to be the same as rūpa (cf. 3.7a).          From […] salilaṁ.
          I take rasarūpaśabdasparśaḥ ... salilātmakaḥ to be an irregular ‘split compound’ understood in the sense of rasarūpaśabdasparśātmakaṁ salilaṁ.           […] exegesis.
          None of the meanings attested in Sanskrit dictionaries for abhiyoga seems appropriate here (for instance, MW glosses abhiyogatva as ‘application, energetic effort, exertion, perseverance in, constant practice (with loc. or inf.), attack, assault’, etc.). However, the context, as well as the Old Javanese gloss kapasaṅan (a ka-...-an construction, reflecting the -Sanskrit tva abstract suffix, from pasaṅ, among whose meanings are ‘putting together, joining up, applying, fixing up; that which joins up, which meets st.; that which is lying or put ready’, etc.), suggest that the intended meaning here must derive from the stem yoga in the sense of ‘yoking, fitting together’.           […] exegesis.
          Having emended tatra tatrāsin ābhūtaḥ to tatra tatrāsīn abhūtaḥ (resulting in a ra-vipulā); alternatively, one could emend to tatra tatrāsīn nābhūtaḥ, ‘everything that ever existed and is not unreal’, or tatra tatrāpi ca bhūtaḥ, ‘existing in every one of those [ontic levels]’, which involves a more complex chain of mistakes, but has the merit of responding to the siromuṅguh riṅ tattva kabeh in the exegesis.          He […] itself.
          Or: ‘being the Self-Identity itself’.           […] Cause.
          For the reconstruction of this pāda, cf. the following fn.          One […] name.
          Here the commentator, seemingly on the basis of the corrupt transmitted text, took avyakto (a synonym of Prak{\rd}ti) as an attribute of Dhāt{\rd}, and glossed mahī (‘the great one’, i.e. ‘earth’) as p{\rdit}thivī (the same equation is found in the Old Javanese Bhīṣmaparva, p. 30: p{\rdit}thivī atah pradhāna ṅaranya); however, the original pāda might have read dhātāvyakte pratiṣṭhitaḥ, ‘Dhāt{\rd} is established in the Unevolved’. Be this as it may, one would expect an association of Prak{\rd}ti with Viṣṇu rather than Brahmā (\cf, e.g., 2.3, 3.2, etc.).           […] metre.
          Etat bhūtvā seems to have been understood in the sense of etadbhūtam.           […] metre.
          Nābhir is used instead of the loc. nabhyām/nabhau to avoid \sandhi\ and fulfill the metre.          The […] namaḥ.
          I haveIssue in the code emended ikaṅ manah saṅkalpa riṅ śarīra to ikaṅ manaṅkalpa riṅ śarīra. This construction mirrors the structure of the previous dyads (for instance, ikaṅ apanas riṅ śarīra| agni ikā). Compare my emendation of manah kalpa and manah saṅkalpa to manaṅkalpa in dyads 3.30 and 4.4 and, for an instance of manaṅkalpa, cf. V{\rd}h 33.99–100.           […] belly.
          ThisIssue in the code image (cf. fn. bijangkura2 on dyad 3.19) may refer to the tanmātras (effects) as originating from the ahaṅkāra (cause), even though here, strictly speaking, it is the other way around since the sequence is that of absorption rather than emission. cf. the exegesis and infra, fn. pratisara.           […] belly.
          I have corrected ābhyāvaśānatvaṁ to adhyavasānatvaṁ in the verse, and mādva viśaya to mādhyavasāya in the Old Javanese—adhyavasāya (or adhyavasāna), ‘determination, resolution, mental effort or apprehension’ (PSED s.v.) being the standard functions attributed to Intellect in both Sanskrit and Old Javanese sources (e.g. DhPāt 218.2; SK 23; ParT 4.90, 4.92; for a discussion of buddhi in early Sanskrit sources, see Fitzgerald 2017). cf. dyad 3.62.          The […] namaḥ.
          ThusIssue in the code my translation of pratisāra (Skt sāra = ‘stretching out, extension’; √s{\rdit} = ‘to run, flow, to make visible, manifest’); contrast Ed s.v., ‘prob.: fighting in front, leader in combat, eminent warrior, champion, vanguard’. Sanskrit dictionaries gloss pratisara as ‘Hintertreffen, Nachhut’ (‘rearguard’) (PSW), ‘a follower, servant’ (\mwl).          Then […] exegesis.
          The second half-verse appears to be about the Spirit, and should have gone together with the following verse 16 (compare dyads 10–11); indeed, it is not reflected in the exegesis.          The […] namaḥ.
          I have supplied pauruṣa vījanya, which was probably lost in transmission by way of saut du même au même with the preceding tejanya (cf. dyads 13–15 and 4.1).          The […] namaḥ.
          The commentator appears not to have grasped the meaning of the compound brahmādiparameśāntam (which I have restored from brāhmādiparameśānam), and also associated Brahmā with akṣara in the sense of ‘syllable’ rather than ‘imperishable’.          The […] namaḥ.
          It is possible that here the commentator by identifying the throat (gulū) as the locus of this principle understood the Sanskrit sū\-kṣmā\-sa\-nā\-śra\-vaṁ (before emendation to sūkṣmam anāśravam) as sūkṣmāsanyāśrayaṁ, meaning ‘dwelling’ (āśraya) in the mouth (āsanya). However, this could be regarded as an addition by the commentator, also in the light of the fact that malilaṅ (‘clear, pure, free from disturbance or passion; finished, completely disappeared, swept away’) in the commentary seems to respond to anāśravam in the verse (on which, cf. fns. anaśravamfn and anasravafn2).          This […] reality.
          In bothIssue in the code padas b and c, pramāṇa seems to have been intended in the sense of ‘oneness, unity’ (\mwl); compare dyad 4.48. But one could also understand it as ‘having authority’ (over); cf. GPT 20cd: saptadvīpapramāṇaś ca rājā bhavati vīryavān.          This […] reality.
          Namely, ‘the souls’.          The […] Śiva.
          The usual order of this mantra in Old Javanese sources is oṁ saṁ baṁ taṁ aṁ iṁ.          The […] Śiva.
          Here and in the following clause I accept the reading prāṇa, although it is tempting to emend it to pramāṇa, so as to respond to the corresponding form in padas b and c. Prāṇa, in the sense of ‘the life of, the soul of, heart, soul’ (OJED s.v.), could be a legitimate gloss of pramāṇa, in the sense of ‘controlling power, life-giving power (both the supreme deity, governing and giving life to everything—saṅ hyaṅ Pramāṇa wiśeṣa—and its individual manifestation or emanation in all living beings; pramāṇa, saṅ pramāṇa); being in authority, having authority or power over, ruling, governing, commanding’ (OJED s.v. pramāṇa 3). The point here seems to be the unity between the universal life-principle and the individual life-principle.          The […] disorderly.
          Having emended vaidh{\rdit}te to vaik{\rdit}te (vaik{\rdit}ti = vaik{\rdit}ta, ‘modified, derivative, secondary ... undergoing change, subject to modification’, MW).          The […] disorderly.
          cf. MWIssue in the code s.v. bījāṅkuranyāya: ‘the rule of seed and sprout (where two things stand to each other in the relation of cause and effect)’.          +The […] bhuvanalakṣaṇam.
          The verse that originally belonged to this dyad was either left out by mistake or expunged, as suggested by the abrupt shift of topic of the exegesis after the double punctuation mark in dyad 19. I have inserted here pada s cd of 3.16, which do not fit the context of that dyad and are not reflected in the exegesis either, and may thus be the result of a copying mistake. cf. BhS 78: lokāś ca saptadvīpāś ca parvatāḥ sāgarās tathā| aṇḍasyānte tathā loke etad bhuvanalakṣaṇam.          Varavācya, […] gods.
          Or: of the divine food, i.e. the am{\rdit}ta, hence they are gods.          All […] namaḥ.
          The commentator forcibly interpreted the verse—whose subject, as suggested by the singular endings, is Purandara (Indra as the lord of the ‘lesser’ Indras mentioned in the preceding verses)—as referring to a plurality of Indras.          All […] namaḥ.
          I take the word nuṅgvī in the expression ginave nuṅgvī ya to be derived from anuṅgvi, s(um)uṅgvi, ‘to carry on the shoulder (on the head?)’ (OJED s.v.).          Finally, […] self-supported.
          Having conjecturally emended kṣaṇaṁ sadhāraṇañ in 3.29d to sthānaṁ svādhāraṇañ, which responds to nirālamba in the gloss.           […] perception.
          On account of both the context and the exegesis, I take mānaso to be the equivalent of manas (with a masculine instead of neutre ending; cf. MW, s.v.), and pañcatanmātra to be a prātipadika (m.c.) for pañcatanmātrāt.          I […] heard.
          dhīśāstra may be a synonym of buddhiśāstra: cf. supra, p. dhisastra. Being unable to propose a convincing emendation of the word dine in the dine vākya\ṁm, I note that in 1.3 te vākyan is glossed as nihan vuvusani ṅhulun i kita. Thus, the five verses 3.31–35 could be a quotation, as is also suggested by the form pañcamyāṁ proktāni paramarṣiṇā in 3.36, which the exegesis attributes to Kapila (but understanding pañcamyām as referring to buddhīndriyāni).          I […] heard.
          cf. p. problem3.31–35 for the rationale behind my translation of the verses in dyads 3.31–35.          I […] heard.
          While in the series of dyads up to 3.44 no clear differentiation is made between the Faculties (abstract) and the Organs (concrete), i.e. buddhīndriyas and karmendriyas, the exegesis seems to consider them concrete, although the clause gumave kulit mvaṅ sukhaniṅ sparśa in 3.32 suggests that the commentator may have been aware of the difference (compare 3.44, where they are defined, along with the Five Gross Elements, as ‘external’ [vāhyāni], forming the Sixteen Evolutes). This ambiguity reflects a relatively early stage of Sāṅkhya: cf. supra, p. golakasenses.          The […] hear.
          This is the only instance where the verse and the exegesisIssue in the code follow the likely original reading saukhyam in 3.31b (norm. of sokyam), ‘happiness’, instead of maukhyam/mukham, ‘face/mouth’ (cf. 3.31–34); on the other hand, the exegesis seems to interpret the corrupt—and yet ‘correct’ from the point of view of the integral unit formed by the verse and the exegesis—sequence śrotaṁ sokyam as two separate words, or the irregular compound śrotaṁsaukhyam (for śrotasaukhyam) as a dvandva rather than a tatpuruṣa (cf. the following dyads).          The […] hear.
          cf. the gloss of d{\rdit}ṣṭavya° in 3.33 (mulatanaṅ yukti, ‘to see what is proper’) and of vaktavyam in 3.38 (muvusaknaṅ yukti, ‘to speak what is proper’); and the similar glosses, having a ‘moral’ nuance, in the Old Sundanese-Old Javanese SMG (310.2–3/DHEd 23), e.g. ‘Sotra means ears. What is the sphere of the ears? Woe to those who abuse them, the goodness is what you should hear’, and so on (compare ŚG 180.4–182.17/DHEd 2.2–3): cf. Commentary, p. moralnuancesglosses.           […] Space.
          I emend abhibhūta (whose meanings ‘surpassed, defeated, subdued, humbled, overcome, aggrieved, injured’ do not fit the present context) to adhibhūta (denoting the material object/physical level in which the faculties operate) here and in the following dyads on account of the numerous parallels in Sanskrit Epic and Śaiva sources. cf. dyad 3.31, which has viṣaya (also meaning ‘object of the senses’) in both the verse and the exegesis.           […] seen.
          The forms haret and abhiharam seem pleonastic, as both derive from the root √h{\rdit}, ‘to offer, present; seize; to take to one’s self, appropriate (in a legitimate way), come into possession of (acc.), receive (ātmanepada); to master, overpower, subdue, conquer, win’; abhih{\rdit}, ‘to bring, offer; to assail, attack’; perhaps one could emend haret to caret. The meaning of ‘seizing’ is to be understood in the context of the Indian theory of perception.           […] tastes.
          The sequence bhogamā(r)tsaryya seems corrupt (mātsarya reflects a confusion or contamination by the homonymous word, meaning ‘envy, jealousy’, which is obviously not appropriate in the present context), and my diagnostic emendation to bhogam rāsavya- (an irregular gerundive, in lieu of rasayitavyaḥ/rasanīyaḥ) is very tentative.          The […] smell.
          It seems that here (and in 3.38–40) the commentator reproduced the same construction as in previous dyads, consisting in the substantive + pronoun viṣayanya plus an active verbal form, where viṣaya seems to have the meaning of ‘field of action’ rather than ‘object’—for the action of smelling indicates the process, not the final object, namely odour. This is a departure from the adhibhūta in the verse, which indicates the object.          The […] order.
          My interpretation follows the exegesis. Alternatively, one may understand pañcamyāṁ as ‘in the pentad [of verses above]’, with reference to the five verses possibly quoted from the Ṣaṣṭitantra by the sage Kapila (whom the Sāṅkhya tradition often calls paramarṣi), which is referred to in dyad 4.22 (as ṣaṣṭī ... tantre) and in 3.31 (as Dhīśāstra): cf. supra, p. dhisastra.          The […] rajas.
          I take sāttvikāntav to be an āiśa form corresponding to sāttvikānte, and vijāyate to be the equivalent of vijanyante, m.c.; however, by glossing it as kavruhananta, the exegesis seems to understand vijñāyante. One would expect the sāttvika to be the Intellect (cf. 3.3); however, here it may refer to the sattvic aspect of Self-Identity from which the Faculties of Perception arise.           […] Gods.
          I take śabdatanmātram to be an Aiśa form for śabdatanmātrāt (cf. p. multipurpose), even though the exegesis here follows the copular construction of the Sanskrit.          The […] Vāyu.
          I emend pāṇīndriyādidevataḥ to pāṇir indro ’dhidevataḥ, in the light of the context, the Sanskrit parallels, and the exegesis, where Indra is the deity associated with the hands. The mistake was probably caused by confusion between indra and indriya (‘sense’ or ‘organ’); cf. 3.59b, pāṇīndrāpy ābhit{\rdit}ptyate, which I have tentatively emended to pāṇir indro ’bhit{\rdit}ptyate.          The […] Vāyu.
          On the basis of the context and the verse, I interpret the form gavenya as ‘its cause’, on the basis of OJED s.v. (m)agave, pagave, ‘(subst.) to make, do, perform; to cause’) rather than as ‘its product’ (OJED s.v. gave, gavay ‘work, task, occupation; work, product; [...] use, purpose’).          The […] Vāyu.
          The mention of two deities in this dyad is odd, but may be explained by the fact that, while the presiding deity of the hand (a karmendriya) is Indra indeed (cf., e.g., MBh 12.301.4; TSam 7, etc.), Vāyu is associated with touch (a buddhīndriya) and skin: cf. MBh 12.29c.98 and 12.29c.158 (contrast 12.29c.162, where Vāyu is associated with smell, ghrāṇa). Thus, the commentator seems to have associated hand and touch.           […] Agni.
          I have emended adikramam to adhikramam, which however I deem to have been used not in the sense reported in Sanskrit dictionaries (cf. e.g. {\mwl} ‘invasion, attack’) as well as in OJED (‘right (proper) behaviour?), but in the sense of adhik{\rdit}taḥ, ‘placed at the head of, appointed; a superintendent’.          The […] Agni.
          I emend the expression ikaṅ ... ya in the opening clauses of the glosses in dyads 3.40–42 to ikaṅ ... gavenya, so as to reflect the same structure of the exegesis in 3.39 (without the punctuation mark), as well as the expected sense, as required by the context and conveyed by the verses, whereby the Organs are not their respective Subtle Elements but rather their products.           […] both.
          In order to obtain this meaning, I have emended nātipādyate in the last pada to pra\-ti\-pad\-ya\-te, which I take to be an Aiśa form for pratipadante or pratipadete, used in the passive instead of active (m.c.), and understood dhāraṇe as an Aiśa locative of dhāraṇī.          The […] master.
          The commentator interpreted the second member of the Sanskrit compound gamanāgamana (cf. Gauḍapāda on SK 26: kurutaḥ pādau gamanāgamanaṃ) as agamana rather than āgamana; cf. exegesis on stanza 3.57.          The […] master.
          The form manaṇḍuṅ would appear to derive from saṇḍuṅ*, sinaṇḍuṅ ‘to push, jolt’; cf. anaṇḍuṅi, ‘to stumble on, hit against, encounter’ (OJED s.v. saṇḍuṅ*).          The […] master.
          The commentator’s understanding of dhāraṇe in the Sanskrit seems to be idiosyncratic.          The […] idiosyncrasy.
          I have emended pāda d from bhoktatatvābhidhīyate to bhautikaṁ tv abhidhīyate on the basis of the exegesis, glossing it as inajarakәn aghora vījanya, and of dyad 3.28, whose pāda d reads bhautikān tu vidhiyate (em. bhautikān tv abhidhīyate); cf. dyad 2.1, where the bhautika syllable is homologized with Aghora. Even though bhoktatattvaṁ (for bhokt{\rdit}tattvaṁ), ‘the reality of the experiencer’, would not be inappropriate in the context of the verse, it is hard to explain the commentator’s interpretation as a mere idiosyncrasy.           […] them.
          InIssue in the code this dyad and those following thereupon, the series of bodily elements yield more than five items, thus giving rise to an inconsistency with pañcadhā (contrast the similar passage in the ŚKJ, where pañcadhā reflects a list of five bodily constituents: cf. my Commentary infra). This inconsistency appears to have been resolved by the exegesis by glossing pañcadhā as ‘the outcome of the Five Gross Elements’. Alternatively, it may convey the idea that the parts of the human body are made up by the Five Gross Elements, yet one in particular is prevalent in each one of them.          Further, […] Elements.
          The word k{\rdit}ṣṇa is not attested in OJED with the meaning of a part of the body; etymologically, it seems to be connected with the ‘black humour’ or bile. However, the next dyad also contains bile (pitta), and attributes it a watery quality. By comparing this with similar lists of bodily organs found in Old Javanese-Balinese texts, one can see that the organ connected with black colour is ampru, which OJED glosses as ‘gall’, and which Balinese dictionaries gloss as both ‘gall’ and ‘bile’.          Further, […] Elements.
          OJED glosses vuṅsilan as ‘scrotum’, but the two instances quoted there seem to mention internal organs, just like here. Indeed, this word is translated in a number of Balinese publication on magic (such as Nala 2006: 58) as Indonesian ginjal, i.e. ‘kidneys’, which seems appropriate in this context. cf. dyad 3.67, glossing the Sanskrit v{\rdit}kka ‘kidneys’ in v{\rdit}kkādya (v{\rdit}tādya mss) as vuṅsilan.          Further, […] Elements.
          Thus OJED s.v. limpa; DBE s.v. gives both ‘liver’ and ‘pancreas’.           […] exegesis.
          cf. fn. pancadha and pancadha3 forIssue in the code the inconsistency between the series of seven elements and the expression pañcadhā, as well as the interpretation in the exegesis.           […] gall.
          The sequence mahad api yo ’gni is likely to be the outcome of a corruption or editorial intervention occurred in the course of transmission, possibly to avoid the sequence mukha āhā° as the outcome of mukhe+āhā° (note the unmetrical short sixth syllable). The original pāda could have been cāhavanīyo ’gniḥ, as suggested by a parallel in \js\ 25.10a (cf. the Sanskrit verse quoted in the critical apparatus, and the Old Javanese exegesis thereon: saṅkṣiptanira| saṅ hyaṅ tryagni| saṅ hyaṅ āhvāniya sira mukha| saṅ hyaṅ gārhaspatyagni sira hati| saṅ hyaṅ dakṣiṇāgni sira vәteṅ| saṅ hyaṅ sambartāgni sira riṅ pitta). In Sanskrit sources, the Āhavanīya forms the well-known triad of Vedic fires along with Gārhapatya and Dakṣiṇa. However, since the exegesis records mahadagni, which suggests that the commentator either had a corrupted version of the śloka before his eyes or he himself redacted the text, I have preserved this reading.           […] gall.
          ThisIssue in the code is the usual spelling of this word in Old Javanese tuturs, as opposed to the standard Sanskrit Gārhapatya. According to Haryati Soebadio (1971: 240), it is a ‘contamination of gṛhapati (head of the family), gārhapatyâgni (house­ offering ­fire) and Vṛhaspati, which is a divine priest’s name and so could easily be of confusing influence within this context’.          The […] body.
          I take śucir to be an Aiśa (nom. for loc.) adjective referring to pāyūpasthe, whereas the commentator took it to be a type of fire. This results in an inconsistency between the verses in dyads 3.47–48 and the exegesis: the former mention five fires, whereas the latter lists six fires (yet declaring that the fires are associated with the Five Gross Elements).          The […] heart.
          My interpretation of sarvaśarīre differs from that of the commentator.          Ears, […] Elements.
          TheIssue in the code exegesis is idiosyncratic here, stating that the Space is the parts of the body, and not that it exists in them, as mentioned in the verse. Also note the gloss of jaṭhare ‘in the belly’ as tahulan ‘bones’. The definition of Space as fivefold does not seem to be correlated to the items enumerated in the verse and exegesis, whose sum total is seven (cf. supra, fn. pancadha and pancadha2).          [Thus […] parallels.
          This verse presents a general lack of gender and number agreement; my tentative reconstruction of the fourth pāda relies on the exegesis and the Sanskrit parallels.          Such […] beings.
          In his gloss of adhibhūtādhidaivikam (ex em. sandhibhūtan na vedita mss.), the commentator reveals familiarity with the Sāṅkhya-derived categories of pain afflicting the incarnated beings found in tuturs (cf., e.g., V{\rd}h 33.10–13 and DhPāt 258–260), although the point of the verse seems to have been more general.           […] required.
          In this stanza and in 55–56, 58c, 59d, and 60d, we find t{\rdit}ptyanti instead of t{\rdit}pyati (that is, 3rd person plural instead of singular, and verbal stem t{\rdit}pt in lieu of t{\rdit}p), which I have translated as if it were a 3rd person singular; contrast t{\rdit}ptyate/abhit{\rdit}ptyate/abhit{\rdit}ptyati 54d, 55d, 56d, 57d, 58b, 60b, and 62d, where a metrically short penultimate syllable is required.           […] satisfied.
          Pāda c originally read tvaci t{\rdit}ptyanti vai sparśaḥ, ‘the touch satisfies itself with the skin’, which I have emended to tvac ca t{\rdit}ptyanti vai sparśe in the light of logic, symmetry with previous and following dyads, as well as the Old Javanese gloss (ikaṅ kulit| t{\rdit}pti ya riṅ sparśa).           […] satisfied’.
          In interpreting the second half-line, I follow the exegesis, which links t{\rdit}ptyate in pada d to pādaḥ in pada b, and renders icchānti (for icchati) as if it had a meaning akin to that of the Old Javanese icchā, ‘at ease, pleased, in sovereign freedom, under no compulsion whatsoever’ (OJED, s.v. icchā 2). Alternatively, one could take pādaḥ as the subject of icchānti and gamanāgamane as its ‘object’, and translate ‘The foot desires to go and come. Viṣṇu is satisfied’.          The […] manner.
          I emend deśa to daśadeśa ‘the ten regions or directions, the ten cardinal points; the whole sky or space’ (OJED s.v. daśadeśa) in the light of context.          The […] manner.
          Like in the exegesis on 3.42, the gamanāgamana has been interpreted not in the sense of ‘coming and going’ (gamana + āgamana), but of ‘going and not-going’ (gamana + agamana).          The […] manner.
          Issue in the code reads ārda, probably a spelling variant of ardha: ‘completely, entirely, in every respect, very, very much, strong(ly), heavy, violent(ly)’ (OJED s.v. ardha 2).           […] manner].
          I take pada b, pāṇīndrāpy abhit{\rdit}ptyate, to be an Aiśa construction with two prātipadikas, as if it were pāṇir indro ’bhit{\rdit}pyate.           […] manner].
          Since the previous dyads refer to the Organs rather than the Faculties, here vāc is likely to have been understood in the sense of ‘the organ that articulates speech’, i.e. ‘mouth’, as attested in various early Upaniṣads (e.g. BĀUp 2.2.3–4 and ChUp 1.7.1): cf. MW s.v. prāṇa and Tamil vākku, meaning both ‘word, speech’ and ‘mouth’ (FTED, s.v.). However, the exegesis glosses it as śabda, meaning ‘sound, noise, voice, tone, note; word, speech, language’ (Ed s.v.), suggesting that the commentator may not have been aware of the rarer meaning of vāc.           […] perpetually.
          Note the non sequitur in pādas a and b, and the repetition of mano in pada s b and c.          The […] Constituents.
          The 3rd person pronominal suffix -nira, used instead of -nya, seems odd, suggesting that the commentator might have understood it as referring to Rudra rather than to the Self-Identity.          The […] manner.
          I emend ādhyātmaviṣaya to adhyavasāya on the basis of the context, the ubiquitous association between buddhi and adhyavasāya in Sanskrit philosophico-religious literature (cf. supra, fn. adhyavasayafn), and the verse, whose reading ādiḥ viṣayate I have emended to adhyavasāyate: compare dyad 3.14, where adhyavasānatvam in the verse (emended from ābhyāvaśānatvaṁ) is glossed as mādva viśaya, which is apparently a corruption. I assume that this series of corruptions was engendered by a lack of familiarity by a scribe/redactor with the philosophical terminology expressed in the original dyads. But, of course, one could also imagine that the expression ādhyātmaviṣaya ‘the spiritual domain’ in the exegesis is authorial, being the result of the commentator’s idiosyncratic interpretation of adhyavasāya. cf. MBh app. 29c.171 to 12.308.191 (found in the same passage echoing dyads 3.23–25, 3.30–39, etc.), buddhir adhyātmaṁ vyavasāyo ’dhibhūtaṁ brahmādhidaivataṁ, containing both vyavasāya (= a\-dhy\-a\-va\-sā\-ya) and adhyātma, as well as MatPār VP 18.84c: buddhir adhyātmabhāvena.          The […] manner.
          The use of the pronoun ya instead of sira suggests that the subject here is the Unevolved rather than Īśvara, which is also in harmony with the verse.          The […] manner.
          The addition of gumave is odd here, and does not mirror the structure of the preceding dyads.          When […] Self.
          Even though the exegesis glosses tāpayanti as gәsәṅana (‘should be burnt’), it is not impossible that the pada actually read tarpayanti, being the causative of t{\rdit}p, meaning ‘to satiate’, but also ‘to become satisfied’ (in the ātmanepada) and ‘to kindle’. The last meaning seems to be compatible with the gloss, although the former would be more apposite in the light of the construction with t{\rdit}p + loc. in the preceding verses (‘they satisfy themselves with all the objects’).          O […] 8.10b.
          I have emended sarvvatatveṣu viṣayaṁ to sarvatattve svaviṣayaṁ in the light of the context and the exegesis, which has svaviṣayanya, and the fact that in this text all instances of the compound sarvatattva are in the singular: cf. 3.74d, 5.32a, 8.10b.          Thus […] beings.
          Here the commentator seems to understand deva to be the object of adhigacchati, which he glosses as vyāpaka.          The […] river.
          Unless part of the text has gone missing, the commentator seems to conflate the glosses of meat and nerves, omitting earth from the list of corresponding ‘deities’ (hyaṅnya). For similar lists of bodily elements, cf. 3.45 and 5.5.          The […] Sage.
          The word mahāmuni here could refer to Kapila: cf. 3.36 and 4.22.          He […] [all].
          Or, emending to adhi: ‘the foremost’.          Just […] svasthamurti.
          A rationale for my translation of this verse is given supra, p. svasthamurti.          The […] Rudra.
          The word parigәl is not attested in Ed, but is found in Modern Balinese with the meaning of ‘dancer (male or female) (rigel = higel dance)’ (DBE s.v.).          The […] Rudra.
          I have corrected inyāsakәn to hinyasakәn, which is only attested in Ed\ (s.v. hinyas) as hinyasan, iṅesan ‘to adorn, embellish, make up’. It is possible that the akәn has a causative force here, meaning something like ‘is displayed’.          The […] Rudra.
          Thus my translation of donya (OJED s.v. don 1 and 2), which I regard as the gloss of °artha; alternatively, one may translate ‘the reason of that being’.          The […] Rudra.
          The commentator follows the verse in interpreting the sequence indrajalaṁ mayam (m.c. for indrajālā māyā?) as consisting of the two separate words indrajāla + māyā (consistently spelled maya or māya in this text; compare OJED s.v. māyā, maya), but it is possible that the expression formed in origin the compound indrajālamayam, numerous attestations of which exist in Sanskrit literature.          The […] master.
          Something seems to have dropped in the course of transmission after the article ikaṅ.          This […] Śiva.
          Or: ‘productive (magical) power’.          Space […] body.
          Śarīraniṣṭha- may be the equivalent of śarīraniṣṭhā-, m.c., where niṣṭhā means ‘state, con\-di\-tion’—cf. the gloss makasthānaṅ śarīra, ‘to use the body as a residence’ (sthāna: ‘place; abode, residence, home; state, condition’, OJED s.v.). However, it is also possible that śarīraniṣṭhā was intended to mean ‘the end of the body’ (MW s.v. niṣṭhā: ‘conclusion, end, termination, death’), for the context here is that of the dissolution of the elements making up the body.          This […] senses.
          For my translation of sadasad° as ‘manifest and unmanifest’ instead of ‘existence and non-existence’, cf. fn. asad supra, and Acri 2017: 588–590. This could be a reference to the category of supernatural beings known as videha (‘without body’) and prak{\rdit}tilīna (‘dissolved into Unevolved Matter’); cf. DhPāt 294.16–22 and Acri 2017: 460, 492.          Such […] subtle.
          That is, the nature of the Unevolved (otherwise: the nature of Intellect becomes darkness).           […] Lord.
          My translation does not follow the exegesis, which construes atyantaṁ with śūnyam.           […] Lord.
          I understand the word brahma (declined in the neutre, as its attributes in pada a) in pāda b to denote the impersonal supreme principle, in contrast to the commentator, which understands it to denote the personal deity Brahmā. Contrast dyad 3.62, where Brahman was correlated with Īśvara and the Intellect.          The […] universe.
          Having emended brahmeśāna to brahmeśānī on the basis of the exegesis, which, as elsewhere, consistently links the seed-syllables with the names of feminine deities.          The […] universe.
          Having emended jagatpālakakāraṇaṁ (‘the cause of the preserver of the universe’) to jagatpralayakāraṇaṁ on the basis of the exegesis (ya ta kāraṇaniṅ pralayaniṅ jagat), and because of the association of verses 4.5 and 4.6 with Viṣṇu and Brahmā, respectively, which makes one expect here a reference to Śiva/Rudra in His activity as destroyer of the universe.          As […] namaḥ.
          I conjecturally emend pada śuddha to pañcaśuddha: cf. verse 2.3 and gloss, as well as dyad 4.30 (where it is called pañcavarga). I find the epithet śuddha slightly puzzling, for these synonyms of Nature are supposed to be in the impure path (aśuddhādhvan) of the Śaiva cosmos.          As […] namaḥ.
          I emend avidyā svabhāvanya to avidyā| svabhāva (also below, 4.30) in order to restore the list of five synonyms of Nature that we expect here (svabhāva being one of them, as attested in early Sāṅkhya sources). The word avidyā is often used in the sense of Māyā in Advaita Vedānta texts (cf. my Commentary to this dyad, infra).          The […] nirmalaṁ.
          I take nirmitaṁ to be an Archipelago Sanskrit ‘neologism’ equivalent to amitaṁ, although one could also emend it to nirmalaṁ.          There […] namaḥ.
          I have emended taṁ to baṁ, the former being probably the result of confusion between pauruṣa and tatpuruṣa (compare 4.35).          The […] 4.11–12.
          The referent of teṣām seems to be the worlds mentioned in 4.8 as well as in 4.11–12.          The […] anasravafn2).
          I.e., the eight personal manifestations of Śiva-Rudra (cf. 3.8–11)’ alternatively, it may refer to the eight adjectives attributed to Śiva as Supreme Principle in the verse.          The […] anasravafn2).
          anāśravam is unlikely to be a corruption of anāśrayam (‘supportless, self-dependent’), for it is one of the attributes of Śiva as Supreme Principle in 2.14 and 3.17 (cf. fns. anaśravamfn, anasravafn2).          There […] follows.
          The expression tar pakasurudan glosses acyutam (‘imperishable’) in the verse; cf. 2.14, and fn. kasurudan1fn, p. \edpageref{kasurudan1}. However, I follow Issue in the code in reading vā kāraṇacyutaṁ, i.e. ‘devoid of cause’, instead of vākaraṇācyutam (Issue in the codeIssue in the code), ‘without cause (akaraṇa-), imperishable (acyutam)’, in pāda c, in order to keep the numerical correspondence between the attributes and the eight forms of Śiva.          Having […] manas.
          I deem manaḥ to be a corruption, although the commentator seems to have intentionally glossed both manasi and manaḥ as ‘in the mind’.          The […] missing.
          The half-line cd appears to be contextually out of place here, and may be the result of an interpolation or copying mistake. It is not only passed over in silence in the Old Javanese commentary, but it does also fit the context of dyad 3.20, where the Sanskrit verse glossed in the Old Javanese exegesis is missing.          Thus […] that.
          Or, alternatively (against the exegesis), one could read pada b as yathācintyan na vidyate, ‘unfathomable, it is as if it does not exist’.          \sqbrl […] earth.
          While upodghātakna is not found in Ed, it surely derives from Sanskrit upodghāta, the meaning of which in this context is ‘an example, opposite argument or illustration’.          In […] Earth.
          In the light of the exegesis, I take sūkṣmam not as the object of bhavet, but rather as an attribute of avyaktam (cf. 4.30), and emend pada c māyādevīti tattvāntam to māyā buddhyādip{\rdit}thvyantam. This is in harmony with the doctrinal context, the ontic levels produced by Prak{\rd}ti (= Māyā) being those from Intellect down to Earth.           […] Unevolved.
          Here saṅgama could also imply sexual union (between the Unevolved/Māyā and the Spirit metaphorically imagined as female and male): cf. Ed s.v. (m)asaṅgama, ‘to have sexual intercourse; to have social intercourse, meet, be friends with’; saṅgama, ‘coming together, meeting [...] union, intercourse [...] sexual union’. The latter meaning, for which MW notes lex., is very common in OJ’. In this light, here I translate the pronoun ya as ‘she’.          \Sat, […] universe.
          Here viparīta appears to refer not to the ‘inverted’ order of devolution/absorption of the ontic levels, but rather to the ‘mixing’ (and consequent imbalance) of the Three Constituents, which causes the Unevolved to manifest the universe.           […] order.%
          The last two clauses of the exegesis do not quite reflect the idea expressed in the verse and the first half of the commentary. This opens to the possibility that a different concept might have been conveyed by both, namely that of manifestation rather than non-manifestation. In order to achieve this meaning, one could suppose that viparīta was understood in the sense of ‘going asunder or in different directions’ or ‘wrong’ (compare the Old Javanese meanings of ‘wrong, perverse; unthinkable, impossible, clouded, obscured, confused, blinded’), i.e. somehow out of balance; that abyaktako in the verse was intended as a hybrid Sanskrit-Old Javanese form with adjectival a- prefix meaning ‘manifested’; and that the sequence -t t- in [hetuniṅ] jagat tan [vәtu] reflects a (mistaken) gemination, which could be emended to jagat an, resulting in the meaning of ‘the cause for the world to be born from the Unmanifest’.           […] eightfold.
          Here the doctrinal context would require °aśaktayaḥ (disabilities) instead of °śaktayaḥ (abilities); cf. the next fn. (asaktifntrans).          There […] perfections.
          TheIssue in the code expression aṣṭāviṅśatiśaktayaḥ in pada b and its gloss as hana aṣṭāviṅśatiśakti| ṅa are doctrinally problematic, for the context requires the opposite of the śaktis, i.e. the aśaktis or disabilites. However, I have refrained from emending to aṣṭāviṅśatyaśaktayaḥ since this might reflect an authorial (or commentarial) idiosyncrasy, or be derived from a Sanskrit source. cf. my Commentary on this dyad infra.           […] Ṣaṣṭitantra.
          I take ṣaṣṭī ... tantre to be a split compound, referring to the lost Sāṅkhya work Ṣaṣṭitantra.          There […] spoken.
          Or: ‘treatise’ (aji). Note the discrepancy between the fifty categories (tattva limaṅ puluh) mentioned in the exegesis and the fifty (five + twenty-eight + nine + eight) + ten (five + five) items mentioned in verses 21 and 22 (which one would expect to match with the ṣaṣṭī [‘sixty’] in the title of the treatise). The fifty items are the pratyayas, which are indeed described in Sāṅkhya texts, including the Ṣaṣṭitantra, as well as in Old Javanese Śaiva texts: cf. DhPāt 242.2, Acri 2017: 440–444 (which, intriguingly, in presenting the eight bhāvas and the fifty pratyayas refers to their sum-total being fifty instead of fifty-eight, which mirrors the inconsistency in this dyad). The five karmayonis, discussed in the YD, are grouped with the bhāvas by Larson and Bhattacharya 1987: 54–56; 64–65.          There […] spoken.
          The expression ukta sāra seems odd. OJED glosses ukta as ‘(Skt) what is said, words, statement’.           […] exegesis.
          Here I understand samprakāśyate to be the shortening by elision (m.c.?) of the causative samprakāśayate; cf. amintonakәn in the exegesis.          From […] rajas.
          The commentator understood abhimāna in the verse in the sense of ‘pride’, ‘high opinion of oneself’ (cf. Ed s.v.), although in a philosophical context, the word can be translated in the more neutral sense of ‘self-awareness’; this meaning seems to be reflected in the expression maṅaku viṣayanya further on in the exegesis.          From […] desire.
          Could this elliptic clause refer to the fact that the Subtle Elements can produce the Gross Elements according to their own wish?          Mārīci, […] Jamadagni.
          Note the use of the sarvavibhakti ending -tas in vaśiṣṭhataḥ, probably m.c. Alternatively, one could emend to vaśiṣṭha-ca (for vaśiṣṭaś ca, m.c).          Mārīci, […] Jamadagni.
          The form cāṅgirasas is likely to be an a-thematicization of aṅgiras rather than denote the descendants of Aṅgiras in the plural (or Aṅgirasa, the enemy of Viṣṇu as Paraśurāma: cf. MW s.v.), for Aṅgiras is one among the ‘progenitors’ (Prajāpati), which we expect to find here. The exegesis reads aṅgirasa.          Thus […] Jamadagni.
          These are the names of the seven Seers (some among those found in various lists), yet are regarded by the commentator as the seven among the fourteen foremost sons of Prajāpati (cf. the next dyad). On the same confusion found in some Sanskrit sources, cf. Hopkins 1915: 190: ‘As seven the sons are confused with the Seven Seers [...]. Thus [...] the seven are patayaḥ prājānam or Prajāpatis’). According to Indian mythology, Dakṣa-Prajāpati initially had one thousand sons, then another two thousands.          A […] Constituents.
          This is at odds with the fact that in the previous dyad they are said to be fourteen. Perhaps this verse originally belonged to another source, or a different context.          They […] .
          The referent of paḍa (usually an indication of the plural, i.e. ‘all’) here may not be the children of Prajāpati-Dakṣa, like in the previous clause, but the ontic level called traiguṇya, which is here understood what produces the Three Constituents individually; therefore, I have translated it in its other sense, i.e. ‘equally’.          What […] namaḥ.
          This pentad is called pañcaśuddha in dyads 2.3 and 4.8 (emended from pada śuddha).           […] MJñ.
          Here and in dyads 4.32–47 (compare dyads 4.27–28 above) there is a general lack of agreement between the number of different words in the stanzas, as well as a mismatch between the singular of the stanza and the plural in the commentary. It seems to me that the commentator might have forcefully interpreted words declined in the singular in the verses, originally referred to a single deity (for instance, Viṣṇu, Rudra, etc.), as plurals referring to a group of deities. I have, therefore, refrained from emending the Sanskrit in most of those instances, unless when they feature some clearly plural forms (such as sarve in verse 33; caturyugavidhāraṇāḥ in 31d, read by Issue in the code against °vidhāraṇaḥ in Issue in the code and Issue in the code, seems to be a secondary ‘improvement’). A similar case of ‘pluralization’ of the deities (Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Rudra) mentioned in the singular in the verses is reflected in the exegesis of dyads 49–51 of the MJñ.          [They […] vehicles.
          Here kāraṇah might have been intended in the sense of kārakaḥ (for kārakāḥ?) ‘creator(s)’.          Made […] disease.
          My translation assumes an irregular use of the nom. sing. neutre ending -a\ṁm referred to janalokanivāsinaḥ; contrast the exegesis, where the commentator interpreted vaiṣṇavākhya\ṁm in the Sanskrit as referring to the seed-syllable associated with the Janaloka rather than its inhabitants.          Their […] pain.
          I have emended vaiṣṇava to vaiṣṇavī (cf. dyads 1.25, 5.33, and 5.35).          Its […] namaḥ}-.
          Having emended tatpuruṣa to puruṣa (= pauruṣam), as one would expect from the context and the seed-syllable oṁ baṁ namaḥ (which is given again in 4.37, but does not reflect a mistake since we are still in the Tapoloka); the former may be a secondary ‘correction’ introduced by a copyist led astray by the expression tatvījaṁ puruṣo in pada c. Compare 4.9.          Without […] defilements.
          Maraṇa is not found in the compound garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ (emended from garbbhajanmajvarahinaḥ). Here the commentator seems to have added maraṇa to make the list complete. Alternatively, one might emend jvara in the exegesis to janma rather than jarā, and garbbhajanmajvarahinaḥ to garbhajanmamarahīnaḥ in the verse. Compare agarbhajanmamaraṇaṁ in dyads 2.10 and 2.14, jarām{\rdit}tyuvivarjanaḥ in 4.40, and garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ in 4.41. For similar compounds, cf. ajarāmaraṇa in SHKM 6 (Old Javanese exegesis), garbhajanmajarāduḥkhaṁ in NKār 20.44a, garbhajanmajarāyutān in PBh 1.9:305, and garbhajanmajarā in SuBhe YP 1.107c. While janmamaraṇa is a cliché in Sanskrit texts, I have not been able to find any parallels for the sequence garbhajanmamara(ṇa).          [Its […] material.
          I refrain from emending the word-endings -aḥ to -āḥ in the first three padas, assuming that those words were either ‘influenced’ by the regular plural -aḥ endings of {\rdit}ṣi and brahmacāriṇ in the final pada, or that the verse has been unintelligently stitched together on the basis of different material.          The […] namaḥ.
          Both the verse and the gloss seem idiosyncratic, as normally aṣṭaiśvārya is a synonym of aṣṭaguṇa (cf. Acri 2017: 418).          The […] namaḥ.
          This explanation seems to refer to verses 4.34cd–36, which, strictly speaking, describe the station of Tapoloka (and its deity, Brahmā), using terms often applied to Śiva. The lack of the word paḍa, as opposed to the next line and the previous dyads 4.32–34, suggests that the deity may have been intended in the singular, as distinct from the sages mentioned in the following clause. Compare verse 4.41, which seems to shift back to the singular using similar epithets (e.g., aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ and °āmitasuprabhaḥ), and whose exegesis mentions devata without giving such plural indicators as paḍa.          They […] -aṁ.
          Dyads 4.38–41 are marred by several grammatical problems involving gender, number, and their mutual agreement—most notably the use of the singular instead of the plural, and the ‘multipurpose’ ending -aṁ.          Not […] senses.
          TheIssue in the code gloss of nirānandaḥ nirāhāraḥ seems to be quite idiosyncratic. I take ānanda in the former word to mean ‘sexual bliss’, with reference to the celibate state of the sages.          Without […] death.
          Vivarjanaḥ here seems to be used in the sense of vivarjitaḥ.           […] ākāra-amita-suprabhaḥ.
          I hesitantly interpret cākārāmitasuprabhaḥ as a clumsy expression consisting in ca plus the ‘inverted compound’ ākāra-amita-suprabhaḥ.          He […] Tapoloka.
          Note the discrepancy between garbhajanmajarahīnaḥ (verse) and garbhajaramaraṇa (exegesis).          He […] Tapoloka.
          Both the verse and the exegesis seems to revert to the singular and describe the single deity/station mentioned in verses 4.34cd–37abc.           […] degree.
          This must be the Satyaloka, normally placed on the top of the list of the Seven Worlds, above the Tapoloka. In the light of the exegesis, I take parama- to be a prātipadika (m.c.) for paramaṁ (referring to lokam, and construed with ataḥ), and take sūkṣmatvāt (ex em.) to refer to viśeṣāl in pada b.           […] desire.
          The commentary glosses the tautological anāśrayam (cf. nirālamba in pāda d) as tar pakahilaṅan, but that expression usually glosses the Sanskrit acyutam (cf. 1.18, 5.25). Could this be a corruption for the Aiśa form anākṣayam, being the equivalent of akṣayam? cf. 2.14, where the Aiśa form anācyutam (= acyutam?) is glossed as akṣayam.           Without […] Without ceasing, without equal, without movement,My translation of tar pagati (alternatively: ‘without action’ or ‘without destination’), which is likely to be the gloss of the corrupted word virahakam. In the exegesis to 2.14, tan pagati glosses the anigataṁ (as pratīka; anihata in the Sanskrit portion), which I have emended to nirgataṁ. not grasped by the senses. There is the abode of the Lord Rudra. His fiery energy is exceptional, without support, not affected by desire.
          My translation of tar pagati (alternatively: ‘without action’ or ‘without destination’), which is likely to be the gloss of the corrupted word virahakam. In the exegesis to 2.14, tan pagati glosses the anigataṁ (as pratīka; anihata in the Sanskrit portion), which I have emended to nirgataṁ.          He […] clear.
          The commentator seem to have read niṣkalaprabhaḥ, ‘whose splendour is immaterial’, instead of niṣkalaṁ prabhuḥ.           […] hair’.
          I emend triguṇottamasaṅganaḥ to triguṇottamasaṅgataḥ. Alternatively, one could emend to trigaṇottamasaṅgamaḥ, ‘the union of the supreme group of three’; cf. 8.12, explaining that the Three Constituents (homologized with Sadyojāta, Vāmadeva, and Aghora) plus Tatpuruṣa/Bindu and Īśāna/Nāda form the trigaṇa.           […] hair’.
          I interpret jaṭādhāraṇanidhiyaḥ as a bahuvrīhi compound, where nidhiyaḥ is an a-thematicization (in the singular) of nidhiḥ, meaning either ‘ocean’ or ‘hoard’. This interpretation is based on the exegesis; compare the description of the innumerable ones dwelling in the Mahāloka, stored in the Three Constituents, in 4.28. However, the compound may be the result of a redaction of the expression jaṭādhāriṇa-nidhayaḥ (m.c.), or represent the aluk-samāsa jaṭādhāriṇanidhayaḥ, meaning ‘protectors of those wearing twisted hair’.          Their […] hair.
          Here the commentator fancifully interprets trivarṇa in the sense of ‘having three letters/sounds’ rather than ‘having three colours’, which seems a more natural sense in this context.          Their […] hair.
          Both the root nidhi and the adjectival/verbal form manidhi are unattested in OJED, and in the Old Javanese literature accessible to me.           […] multitude.
          I.e., having a bull as their vehicle (v{\rdit}ṣapadaḥ): cf. the exegesis.           […] multitude.
          I emend candrārdhāṅgījaṭāḥ to candrārdhāṅkajaṭāḥ: (ardha)candrāṅkitajaṭā° is a cliché in Tantric texts, usually in descriptions of the iconography of Rudra (cf. e.g. ĪŚGDP 40.5c, 40.10c; ŚT 19.124d; etc.). Alternatively, °aṅgī° could refer to the fact that Rudra is embodied in the ardhacandra (perhaps adumbrating a comparison between the shape of the Balinese candrabindu and that of the chignon of an ascetic): cf. JñS 10.14a/d, bhrūmadhye bhagavān rudraḥ [...]\ candrārdhākṣaro mūrtimān, ‘The Lord Rudra is in the middle of the eyebrows, [...]\ embodied in the symbol of the half-moon’ (therefore, aṅgī = mūrtimān?). But pada c has sarve, and the exegesis refers to either a multitude of Rudras or to the Gaṇas in the plural.          Having […] Supreme.
          cf. MW s.v. pramāṇa, and fn. pramana3dot18 on dyad 3.18. I have emended -sya to -tvam, used as -tvāt: cf. 3.18c (alternatively, one could interpret the sequence tadaṇḍasya pramāṇasya| dehasya as some sort of ‘genitive absolute’ construction ≈ locative absolute). Or, is pramāṇa here to be understood in the sense of ‘authority’ (over the World-Egg)?          When […] body.
          Alternatively, one could translate makalakṣaṇa as ‘having as means’ (other meanings of lakṣaṇa include ‘cause, occasion, opportunity’, ‘action, doing, performing’, or ‘ instrument, cause’).          The […] station.
          Or: the gnosis relating to the seed-syllable Bhautikā.          The […] .
          I conjecturally emend all the readings based on the word sambhava in this dyad to sad\-bhā\-va, on the basis of context, as well as comparison with dyad 5.33. cf. also V{\rd}h 48: sad\-bhā\-ve\-na pa\-ri\-tyak\-tam asadbhāva vivarjitam| sadasadbhāvarahitaṁ niṣkalāntam alakṣaṇam.          Higher […] bull-footprints’).
          I translate ṣaḍvidhāṁ (sic as if ti were ṣaṣṭhaṁ (cf. the exegesis: pinakakanәmniṅ pada.          Higher […] bull-footprints’).
          My translation of ukṣoviḥ is tentative. I interpret ukṣo as the compounded form of ukṣan, among whose meanings are ‘an ox or bull’, ‘N. of the Soma (as sprinkling or scattering small drops)’, and ‘large’ (\mwl), and viḥ as the compounded form of aviḥ, ‘favourable, kindly disposed’, ‘the woollen Soma strainer’, ‘a protector, lord’ (\mwl). Such expression to define Śiva as ‘Lord of the Bull’ (a synonym of gopati = Śiva) seems appropriate in this context, where the supreme reality in the form of the Eightfold Śiva is described. The exegesis glosses ukṣoviḥ as ukṣapada, which I have translated as ‘the abode of the bull’ (contrast v{\rdit}ṣapada in 4.46, referring to the Rudra(s) having a bull as their vehicle, i.e. ‘having bull-footprints’).          The […] Puṣkara.
          Spelled thus in all Old Javanese texts, vis-à-vis the original Sanskrit form Śāka (listed only as such in OJED; the only locus provided, BndP (OJ) 68.14, is in fact an emendation of śaṅka).          The […] lists.
          The list contains eight instead of seven mountains. The exegesis removed this inconsistency by expunging from the list Mount Meru which, as the central mountain, should apparently not be counted. The series of mountains corresponds to that found in M{\rd}g VP 13.64, minus Vindhya, which appears in other lists.          The […] master.
          OJED glosses vuduk as ‘fat; also: sweet flavour (Skt swādu)?’, but here it probably means ‘molasses’.          One […] that.
          Throughout dyads 4.64–70, the word tatvan is likely to be a corruption of tato (i.e., tataḥ), to be connected with daśaguṇa (‘ten times larger ... than that’). The repetition of this corruption is striking, but not difficult to justify palaeographically due to the phonetic similarity and interchangeability of the sequences o and va, which basically constitute orthographic variants of the same sound (compare another instance of the same emendation in 4.18, as well as tatvaṁ → tataḥ in 3.68). The addition of -n could be the result of an attempt by a scribe to systematically ‘correct’ the text (contrast 4.66a, 4.67ab, and 4.70a, which read tatva).          One […] that.
          The word mayaṁ may be a corruption, for which I am unable to propose a suitable emendation.           […] splendid.
          I take veda to be an irregular imperative, equivalent to viddhi; cf. 3.37c and 4.76e.           […] southwest.
          This may be different from the Hemakūṭa in the list of the saptaparvatas mentioned above, and perhaps be a corruption for himakūṭa ‘snowy summit’. The sequence hemakūṭa-m-indro might be a prātipadika + euphonic glide in lieu of the loc. ending to avoid hiatus.           […] southwest.
          Here saṅsthīraṁ could be an irregular optative for third person plural (ātmanepada) saṁsthīyeran.          The […] master.
          I have supplied pintiga i madhya, following the Sanskrit sarveṣāṁ triguṇa-viduḥ, and assuming that the mantra should be repeated three times for each direction. However, this scheme yields the result of nine whereas we need ten.          Earth, […] times.
          Here daśaguṇaṁ (‘tenfold’) might convey the idea that, as in the preceding dyad, these ontic levels have to be known as being tenfold (in spite of the fact that they are actually twelve); alternatively, one could translate it as ‘ten times’, meaning that they should be mentally repeated ten times.          Earth, […]
          I conjecturally emend bhāra (cf. OJED s.v. bhāra 2 ‘weight’) to bhaṭāra, even if the resulting meaning does not seem to be entirely satisfactory.          O […] cases?
          surud (OJED s.v.: ‘to diminish, decrease, draw to a close; to retreat, fall back, recede, withdraw, ebb, vanish; to be dismissed, removed’) glosses niv{\rdit}ttaḥ, which I have translated as ‘passes away’.          O […] now!
          I interpret nairātmya as being intended not in the (Buddhist) sense of the state of having no Self or individual existence, i.e. unsubstantiality, but rather of bodilessness, for ātman is attested in Classical Sanskrit with the meaning of ‘body’. This seems clear in the light of both the context of the passage as well as the exegesis, which glosses it as tan pāvak karikā sira.          O […] now!
          I tentatively take tvayā (emended from tvaya), occurring both in the verse and in the pratīka quoted in the exegesis, to be the instrumental case of the second person pronoun, and assume that the verb (vācyam?) is understood: cf. the exegesis, an maṅkana ta pavaraha bhaṭāra maṅke riṅ hulun (compare the gloss of Sanskrit verbs with such Old Javanese forms as varahakna in 1.15–1.16, [m]avarah in 3.25 and 5.48, varahaknaṅ in 3.29 and 3.36, pavarah° in 5.52 and 8.32, varahakna in 5.3 and 11.2, pavarah in 9.7, pavarahan in 9.2, etc.). Alternatively, pada d (also quoted, in identical form, in the exegesis) may be a corruption (or conscious redaction) of tattvaṁ kathaya me ’dhunā, which I have not emended since the gloss aparan tattvaniṅ avakta responds to tattvāṅgaṁ (rendered by the commentator as an ‘inverted compound’).          O […] now!
          Or: ‘how could I see the Lord?’ (cf. OJED s.v. ndi 2); however, as the ndi here renders the Sanskrit kvacit, the translation of ‘where’ seems more appropriate.          Because […] extinction!
          I have conjecturally emended the second half of this pada on the basis of the exegesis, and understood bhāvyāt as the ablative of bhāvya rather than a pseudo-imperative/benedictive form of bhū, as in pada c.          Because […] extinction!
          I emend dhūmrayā to dhūmrabhā, ‘the one having the appearance of smoke’ (dhūmra = ‘smoke-coloured, smoky, dark coloured, grey’); cf. the exegesis.           […] etc.
          Here pañcamaś seems to be used in the sense of pañcadhā: compare p{\rdit}thivī pañcadhā sm{\rdit}taḥ in 3.45d.           […] etc.
          OJED tentatively glosses aṅgapradhāna as ‘‘chief part of the body’’, head?’, but in the present context the compound is likely to refer to the chief constituents or essential parts (pradhāna) of the human body. The TJñ (42) describes it as the combination of mind and body (ambәk pva ṅaraniṅ pradhānatattva| ikaṅ ambәk lavan śarīra| yeka sinaṅguh aṅgapradhāna ṅaranya maṅke riṅ mānuṣa); cf. also 45, 46, 50.          The […] state.
          The commentator understood the Sanskrit sthira in the sense of ‘permanent’, ‘lasting’ rather than ‘compact, solid, strong’, which I think was the original meaning in this context.           […] auspicious.
          I have conjecturally emended the sequence tatra paścat guṇan to tataś caturguṇan. While tataḥ paścāt is a correct expression, meaning ‘thereupon’/‘after that’, the presence of a numeral in each verse from 5.5 to 5.9 (i.e., pañcama, triguṇa, dvimātra, ekaguṇa), as well as the words guṇa and toya in the same pāda, makes me confident to propose this emendation.          The […] eminent.
          I have supplied sparśa and śabda on the basis of the context.          The […] eminent.
          I interpret panas tis (‘heat and cold; all that may befall one; fever’, OJED s.v.) as ‘fever’, although panas ‘heat’ seems to aptly respond to uṣṇa in the verse.           […] etc.
          My emendation of vāyorodhyañ to ’bhayor randhrañ (both unmetrical; °añ for °e) is conjectural, and presupposes that randhrañ was understood as a locative, just like nāsikādyaḥ in pada d seems to have been). The exegesis mentions ‘all the orifices of your body’, passing over in silence the ears.           […] empty.
          Here I take ubhaya to mean ‘double’ rather than ‘both’, in reference to the activities of saṅkalpa and vikalpa (cf. exegesis on stanza 3.4). Or, ubhaya could be a reference to the ideation of both the visible and invisible, as it seems to be implied in pada s cd as well as in the exegesis. For the interpretation of ubhayātmakam in SK 27 and other sources, cf. infra, p. ubhayatmaka.           […] empty.
          Here I take sandhyate to be equivalent to saṁdhīyate (√saṁdhyai), m.c.          The […] of the Organs, that is the reason why they are called Subtle Organs. Further, the manas is without conflicting thoughts towards all the objects when it is empty.
          Here the passive form sinādhya° (from Sanskrit sādhya/√sādh, ‘to realise, to be accomplished or fulfilled or brought about or effected or attained, to be effected or brought about’) is likely to reflect the sandhyate (√saṁdhyai) in the verse, both in the light of the context and of the following verse, which mentions dhyāna. The forms sumādhya, sinādhya, panādhya (from sādhya) are glossed by OJED as ‘to intend, strive after, desire’, which do not fit the context. Alternatively, one could emend it to sinandhyā°, which is however unattested in OJED.          The […] of the Organs, that is the reason why they are called Subtle Organs. Further, the manas is without conflicting thoughts towards all the objects when it is empty.
          The word sandhīndriya is attested nowhere else in the corpus of Old Javanese texts known to me. It seems difficult to justify the use of this expression in connection with the Elements. An alternative translation could be ‘deep, subtle, secret, esoteric’ (cf. OJED s.v.).          The […] of the Organs, that is the reason why they are called Subtle Organs. Further, the manas is without conflicting thoughts towards all the objects when it is empty.
          Or: ‘instruments, means’.          The […] bodilessness.
          I have emended manaḥ ākāśānāṁ bhūtam to manasā sakalaṁ bhūtaṁ on account of the exegesis (sinakalakәn deniṅ manah ya vәkasan; compare the identical gloss of teṣān tu sakalaṁ bhūtaṁ in 5.14c). Further, ākāsa being invisible, it seems at odds with the form sinakalakәn (sakala = ‘in visible or material form, in person, embodied, pertaining to the world perceptible by the senses’ in the exegesis. Finally, deniṅ manaḥ renders the Sanskrit instrumental manasā.          The […] visible.
          Being positioned after malilaṅ (= praśāntam in the verse), tovi seems to have a concessive meaning here; thus, the clause would refer to the yogin’s mind (cittam).          Having […] it].
          Bhūyiṣṭha means ‘most numerous or abundant or great or important, chief principal’; provided it is not a corruption for jyotiś ca, I take it to refer to the light within the heart (cf. the exegesis, and the next dyad). For a similar context, cf. dyads 1.23–24.          If […] attention.
          The corrupted sequence rayasthāli could be a pratīka reflecting bhūyiṣṭhaḥ in pada a.           […] suns.
          I emend manuś to aṇuś, which has the disadvantage of resulting in the somewhat pleonastic expression maṇuś ca paramāṇuś ca (both aṇu and paramāṇu can mean either ‘atom’ and ‘soul’). An alternative could be manuś → bhānuś ‘light’, which one would expect to find in the verse in the light of both context and the gloss kunaṅ ikaṅ jyoti. However, the Bhīmasvarga not only attests two occurrences of aṇu and paramāṇu, but also a similar corruption: hananiṅ manuh| pramanuh (ms. B; manuh A; lac. C) → hananiṅ aṇuh paramāṇuh (120.5/DHEd 281). For a discussion of the context of dyads 5.13–14, cf. the Commentary.           […] head.
          Or: ‘ignorance’.           […] head.
          In the light of the gloss iṅ avak found in the exegesis, I tentatively emend anandeṣu to svadehe tu; cf. the emendation śūnyeṣu to śūnye tu in the following verse.          The […] head.
          Here hana seems to render bhū in the verse.          In […] [forms].
          Following the exegesis, I construe lakṣaṇaṁ with śūnye tu (emended from śūnyeṣu), as if it were a ‘split compound’.          The […] space.
          The commentator understood this verse to be about the supreme station rather than the elements, having rendered p{\rdit}thivyāptejabāyavaḥ as a locative agreeing with sarveṣu bhūteṣu in the sense of ‘all the elements’ rather than ‘all the beings’.          If […] desire.
          ṅkāna kabeh, literally ‘there, all [of them]’, here renders the Sanskrit construction yatra yatra ... tatra tatra.          I […] body].
          The exact meaning of anantavidhi escapes me. The compound seems to respond to antādi in pada c, whose meaning was not grasped by the commentator.          I […] body].
          It seems that the commentator linked nirantara (ex em.) to samādheḥ in the first pāda to construe the compound nirantarasamādhi in the exegesis.          This […] station.
          I have emended p{\rdit}thivīm vā salila vai to p{\rdit}thivyām vā salile vai on the basis of the exegesis and the following dyad. But I wonder whether the verse actually intended to refer to the existence of all the elements within the ākāśa, homologized to the supreme station.          He […] times.
          Here the locative plural divyeṣu would seem to agree with the locative dual of bahnibāyvoḥ in the aluk-samāsa bahnibāyvoḥsthā; alternatively, it could have been used as a nominative (the pronoun ya in the exegesis could refer to either the beings [bhāva] or the two elements).          It […] times.
          The commentator glosses nityakarmāṇi, a well-attested compound meaning ‘daily necessary rites’, as nityakāla, and interprets dhārayet in the sense of ‘to meditate’ (i.e., fix the attention on something). Could the original pada d have been nityaṁ manasi dhārayet?          When […] into.
          The commentator interpreted yatnān (ex em. yatnan mss.) in the verse as a qualifier of manas.          When […] into.
          That is to say, it is between the visible and invisible, as dimly perceivable as empty space.           […] spontaneously.
          The occurrence of devāt, not glossed in the exegesis, is noteworthy. The concept of the obtainment of release by way of God is quite alien to Javanese Śaivism, and may reflect a South Asian understanding. Alternatively, one could emend to devaṁ, which would yield the translation ‘the station of liberation, [which is] God’; however, corruptions from aṁ to āt rather than the other way around are hardly ever attested in \tutur s: cf. the change from prāpyate nirmalāc chivāt in KT VP 1.23 to kalpyate nirmalaḥ śivaḥ in JñS 19.5 (cf. Acri 2006: 120; 2011: 553–556), reflecting both the philological shift from ablative to nominative and the doctrinal shift from the obtainment of release through God’s agency to the homologization of release to God.           […] spontaneously.
          I am not clear about whether the image of the leaf scattered by the wind here has the same import as in dyad 3.19, where it occurs as part of the wider metaphor of the ficus producing sprouts and leaves from seeds.          In […] spontaneously.
          I wonder whether the word svayam in this and the following dyads reflects a ‘misunderstanding’ derived from dyad 1.32, where I have emended the corrupted sequence svadehe svayam to (the Aiśa form) svadehaiśvaryam (‘the state of sovereignty in his own body’), as proposed by Sanderson, on account of its gloss in the exegesis as kaiśvaryan, and the occurrence of aiśvaryav{\rdit}ddhim in dyad 1.33. The context of both passages strikes me as being quite similar, i.e. the obtainment of a state of supernatural prowess by the yogin in his own body just before stepping into final liberation. Alternatively, svayam may be understood as a local development of the concept of sahaja (‘congenital, innate, hereditary, original, natural, natural state or disposition’, etc.), which is used in some Tantric traditions, such as that of the Bauls from Bengal and the Nātha Yogins, in the sense of ‘spontaneous enlightenment’.           […] extinction.
          Following the exegesis, which homologizes it to a rainbow, I interpret svayam in the sense of ‘spontaneous state of enlightenment’. Alternatively, one could translate ‘a pure rainbow spontaneously [arises]’.           […] empty.
          Here vikāra seems to have been used in the sense of vik{\rdit}ta (and, conversely, vik{\rdit}tair [ex em.] in pāda b is equivalent to vikārair, probably m.c.).           […] empty.
          These are the five mahābhūtas, the five buddhīndriyas, the five karmendriyas, and manas. I follow the exegesis in considering ṣoḍaśair vikārair in apposition to viṣayair rather than separate (i.e., ‘by the objects [of the senses] and the sixteen modifications’).           […] empty.
          I emend dhakṣaṁ to dagdhaṁ, also on account of the exegesis (although a root √dhakṣ, meaning ‘to consume, destroy completely’, ‘to torment, torture, pain, distress, disturb, grieve’, ‘to be burnt, burn, be in flames’, ‘to be consumed by fire or destroyed’, is attested in Vedic texts); cf. the next fn., kavidagdhan.          The […] void.
          kavidagdhan,Issue in the code as a gloss of dhakṣaṁ (which I have emended into dagdhaṁ), may reflect a specific range of related meanings of the Sanskrit vidagdha, viz. ‘burnt up, consumed’, ‘inflamed’, ‘cooked by internal heat as by the fire of digestion, digested’, ‘decomposed, corrupted, spoiled, turned sour’, ‘mature (as a tumour)’, ‘tawny or reddish brown (like impure blood)’, rather than ‘clever, shrewd, knowing, sharp, crafty, sly, artful, intriguing’ (cf. OJED, s.v. kawidagdhan: ‘cleverness, skill’). But one cannot exclude the possibility that the commentator understood the Sanskrit dhakṣa as dakṣa, in the sense of ‘able, fit, adroit, expert, clever, dexterous, industrious, intelligent’, which would neatly correspond to the usual meaning of the Old Javanese vidagdha/kavidagdhan. However, this meaning would be at odds with the context of the verse.          Whatever […] extinction.
          My translation reflects the emendation of p{\rdit}thivyādhikatatvantaḥ to p{\rdit}thi\-vyā\-di\-ka\-tat\-tvān\-taḥ, which I understand to be a ‘muddled compound’ (m.c.) used in the sense of p{\rdit}thi\-vyā\-di\-khān\-ta\-tat\-tvaḥ. The commentator interprets differently, seemingly reading p{\rdit}thivyādikatattvāntaḥ and taking °antaḥ in the meaning of ‘the whole amount’ (MW), referring to all the ontic levels with Earth as the first (ādika); compare the following dyad, which mentions sarvatattvam.          There […] anāśravaṁ.
          Having emended svabuddhi to sadbuddhi and sad va sadbuddhiḥ to sadasadbuddhiḥ on the basis of the context and exegesis, as well as comparison with dyad 5.35, which mentions (along with 5.36) the same five categories listed here (compare also 4.59). The terms sadbuddhi and asadbuddhi occur in Śaṅkara’s commentary ad BhG 2.16, with the meaning of ‘consciousness/mental perception of what exists’ and ‘consciousness/mental perception of what does not exist’, but here these terms are more likely to mean ‘Intellect that is existent’ etc.          There […] anāśravaṁ.
          karaṇāntaṁ could be a reference to the ‘internal instrument’ (antaḥkaraṇa) or, more generally, of the organs of perception and action. The form na sadbuddhi is clumsy, but probably authorial: compare the exegesis and supra, dyad 4.59, attesting na sadbhāvam (ex em.; na sambhavam mss.) in a similar pentad.          There […] anāśravaṁ.
          I have emended naiva sadbuddhir āśravam to naivāsadbuddhy-anāśravam in the light of the exegesis, which glosses it as tan hilī (‘not flowing’); cf. 2.14, anāśrava\ṁm| tar ili, where it qualifies the supreme reality (supra, fn. anaśravamfn, p. \edpageref{anaśravam}), and 5.36, naivāsaddhī (= naivāsadbuddhi), qualifying the Supreme Brahman. The reading āśravaṁ in the sense of ‘flowing’ or ‘polluted’ is, therefore, unlikely, although one cannot exclude that it represents an elision for anāśravaṁ.          Having […] nominative.
          Here suptan seems to be used in lieu of svapan; cf. TJñ 44.5.          Having […] nominative.
          I interpret vedanacetasaḥ (emended from vede na cetasaḥ) as either a bahuvrīhi or karmadhāraya compound (vedanā + cetas) in the ablative; however, °cetasaḥ could also be an a-thematicization of °cetas in the nominative.          Further, […] suffering.
          While katutupana reflects the niruddha in the verse, vigraha, meaning ‘disfavour, discord, strife, war; division, distribution, separation, separate (individual) form; also: in discord, quarreling, fighting’ in Old Javanese, reflects a further elaboration by the commentator.          All […] reconstruction.
          This verse seems to be corrupted beyond reconstruction.          The […] horse.
          I have emended kumuluṭuk to kumuluṭak (cf. OJED s.v. kuluṭak*, aṅuluṭak ‘to clatter’.          The […] horse.
          The expression kadi sulapit iṅ kuda glosses samb{\rdit}tāśvo ... tulyaḥ, where kadi = tulyaḥ and aśvo = kuda. The word sulapit, glossing samb{\rdit}ta in the verse, is unattested in Old Javanese (compare sulavit, glossed by OJED as: ‘? KorĀś 16.21: ana kadi ambĕ niṅ masulawit (of the corpses of the Kauravas)’), and does not occur in Modern Javanese and Balinese dictionaries either.          The […] void.
          This apparently corrupted word—and the whole pāda indeed—is not glossed in the exegesis.          For […] end.
          Or: ‘its final aim’.          For […] end.
          Umuṅguh glosses sāṁnidhyam: cf. √saṁnidhā, ‘to put or place down near together, put down near or into, deposit in [...], place or put upon, to be present in, be found with [...]’ (MW).          As […] 344.
          This could be a hint to the idea that Śiva is the ultimate perceiver, existing as the individual Soul within every human beings: cf. Acri 2017: 344.          The […] three.
          The word vayaṅvayaṅan, deriving from vayaṅ ‘wayaṅ figure, wayaṅ puppet’, is glossed in OJED as ‘shadow, silhouette, reflection, figure, image (cf wimba)’.          The […] three.
          keṣṭi, glossed by OJED as ‘object of desire, object of one’s choice, that to which the thoughts are constantly directed’, could refer to the Soul’s desire to obtain release. This interpretation seemingly departs from the meaning of yatheṣṭam in the verse.          The […] three.
          The form lokavaśīk{\rdit}ta, glossing sarvalokā vaśīk{\rdit}tāḥ (ex conj., sarvaloke vaśīk{\rdit}taḥ mss.) in the verse, seems to have been intended as an ‘inverted’ bahuvrīhi meaning ‘one by whom all the human beings are overpowered’.          When […] Brahmamantras.
          I deem this station to be different than the Brahmaloka mentioned in 4.12, and the same as the Brahmāntapada mentioned in 2.14.          [He […] s.v.
          Here nirānanda (cf. supra, fn. niranandafn, p. \edpageref{nirananda}; fn. nirananda2, p. \edpageref{nirananda2page}) reflects a meaning akin to that attested in such Tantric scriptures as the NT (21.32d) and the MBT (Kubjikākhaṇḍa 2.6a), where it denotes a state of intense joy linked to the state of Supreme Śiva and its union with the Soul: cf. TĀK III, s.v.          Having […] oṁ.
          Pāda c is missing from all manuscripts.           […] 293–295.
          It seems to me that praśāntaṁ, meaning ‘tranquillized, calm, quiet, composed, indifferent; extinguished, ceased, allayed, removed, destroyed, dead’, refers to a specific state of extinction, as its gloss as kanirbāṇan in the exegesis would suggest, that occurs at the moment of yogic death, just prior to the attainment of release. For the image of the rainbow compared to the supreme state, when the body dissolves and becomes pure or transparent, cf. dyads 5.28–29; for the concepts of sūryadīpa and śāntacandra, standing for the mantras aṁ and aḥ occurring in descriptions of yogic death in the SHKA and SutSo kakavin, cf. Ensink 1974.           […] 293–295.
          My translation of bahuṁ as ‘manifold’ is based on Haryati Soebadio’s (1971: 219). I have emended bāyuḥ to bahuṁ in the light of three facts: the first syllable of bāyuḥ should be short in order to allow for a ra-vipulā; the word is not reflected in the exegesis, which looks suspicious since it would have been the subject of the verse (i.e. ‘by way of it, the breath [reaches] the state of extinction ...); and a parallel in JñS 21.2, where bahuṁ in pāda c is glossed in the exegesis as akveh lvirnya, ‘many are its forms’. cf. my fn. to the exegesis below.           […] 293–295.
          ‘Conglomeration of the elements’ renders bhūtapiṇḍanaṁ, being my emendation of bhūtapiṇḍadā. It would have been tempting to emend the latter form to bhūtapiṇḍataḥ—just as Haryati Soebadio did for bhutapindadah and butapindanah attested in the manuscripts of the JñS—, resulting in the translation of ‘extinction from the conglomerate of the elements [is obtained]’. However, that solution has not only the disadvantage of going against the exegetical portion of both texts, which seem to equate extinction with the process of conglomeration of the elements, but is also less appropriate in this context. For a discussion of the process that seems to be alluded to here in the context of both Old Javanese Śaiva scriptures and Modern Javanese mystical texts, cf. Acri 2019: 293–295.          The […] themselves.
          OJED glosses amiṇḍa, pamiṇḍa as ‘to have or adopt the form of, manifest os. (as), incarnate os. (in), take on a visible form (as), become one with’. Here the word, reflecting (bhūta)piṇḍaṇaṁ in the verse, seems to denote as process of conglomeration or unification (and at the same time, visible manifestation), as well as dissolution, in the one pure light compared to the supreme goal of extinction.          The […] themselves.
          More literally, ‘when there will be the coming of their many forms’ (yan tәkāniṅ lvirnya makveh). The word lvirnya is my emendation of vighna: it not only reflects bahuṁ in pāda c, but also has a parallel in JñS 21.2, which reads akveh lvirnya (cf. Appendix A, p. appendixa). If one retains yan tәkāniṅ vighna makveh, the ensuing translation ‘when many impediments come’ would amount to an exegetical elaboration on the verse, reflecting the idea that the obstacles come to the practitioner as he is about to reach release (cf. Acri 2017: 542–544).          As […] one.
          I have emended brāhmārahasyaṁ to janmarahasyaṁ on the account of the exegesis, which glosses it as karahasyaniṅ janma ikā, as well as the parallels in JñS 19.2c and GPT 41.c.          For […] Hero.
          On meman (glossing sulabhaṁ) meaning ‘easy’, cf. Acri 2017: 303, fn. 184, and OJED s.v., gloss on SāSam 436.2: ‘‘without much significance > easy’’, a shift from the common meaning ‘‘achieving nothing, without success, in vain, not worth the effort, of little value, without much force’’,’).          [The […] slander.
          I interpret ayama, not recorded in Sanskrit dictionaries, as an adjective meaning ‘unrestrained’. cf. supra, p. ayama.          [The […] slander.
          apakramaIssue in the code seems to be used here in the Old Javanese meaning ‘deviating from holy tradition, immoral, contrary to nature, ignoring the rules’ (probably related to Sanskrit apakarma: cf. OJED s.v.) rather than the Sanskrit meaning ‘going away, flight, retreat, not being in the regular order (a fault in poetry)’ (MW). That this is not a corruption is suggested by the fact that it also occurs in 11.39. cf. my discussion supra, p. apakramadiscussion, and the next fn., apakrama2.          If […] it.
          IIssue in the code regard niṣkrama (unattested in OJED) as a legitimate Old Javanese form approaching in meaning the Old Javanese apakrama, which has a meaning akin to, or maybe even derived from, the Sanskrit apakarma. cf. supra, p. apakramadiscussion.          [The […] truthful.
          Here pādāya is in the singular m.c.          To […] duty.
          Here (and in the Sanskrit verse as well), guruśuśrūṣa seems to be understood as an adjective referring to the pupil (i.e., equivalent to the Sanskrit guruśuśrūṣu) rather than a substantive meaning ‘obedience to one’s guru’ (cf. OJED s.v., and MW s.v. guruśuśrūṣā).          The […] sinful.
          Here and in dyad 6.3, matuhā is the Old Javanese counterpart of the Sanskrit v{\rdit}ddha; both expressions could be translated as ‘old’ or ‘mature’—cf. Haryati Soebadio’s (1971: 257) translation of matuha in JñS 27.1 as ‘he will be mature’ (= v{\rdit}ddo syāt). However, one should keep in mind that, as it is clear from the context of dyad 6.3, they also convey the meaning of ‘experienced, wise, learned’, so the author might have been consciously playing with the intrinsic polysemy of these words.          The […] sinful.
          While no verse is found in the manuscripts, the exegesis apparently reflects the first three pādas of the opening verse of JñS 27 (also captioned jñānasiddhāntaṃ, prathamaḥ paṭalaḥ): «adhītya jñānasiddhāntaṁ taruṇo ’pi varānane| tena jñānena v{\rdit}ddhaḥ syāt na śīlo na vayastapaḥ||» rasiki saṅ maṅaji saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta, matuha sira, yadyapi rare kunәn, apan tan vayah, tan śīla, tan tapa matuha|| ‘Having studied the Siddhānta-Gnosis, although young, o fair-faced one, one will be mature on account of that gnosis, (not of) good conduct, age, or asceticism. He who studies the Holy Siddhānta, he is mature, even if he is only a child, for he is mature irrespective of age, good conduct or asceticism’. The fourth pāda of this verse is found in the next dyad, 6.2. It seems, therefore, likely that a verse (or part thereof) similar to JñS 27.1 dropped in the course of transmission.          How […] commentator.
          An odd-numbered pāda before na śīlo na vayastapaḥ would have made the verse complete and metrical. It is difficult to establish whether the portion hayva rakva tan panәmvaṅ pāpa reflects the missing pāda or is an elucidation of the verse added by the commentator.          By […] (tamas-dominated).
          This refers to a high social status, presumably brahmanic: brahmins were regarded as sattva-dominated, as opposed to kṣatriyas (rajas-dominated) and śūdras (tamas-dominated).          There […] beguilement.
          The concessive meaning of api, which is likely to have been present in the verse, where two types of gnosis are mentioned (i.e., jñānam uttamam vs. jñānam), is not reflected in the gloss of this pada.          What […] Lord.
          In the verse, the words jñāna and śāstra seem to play on the polysemy of their meanings as both ‘doctrine’ and ‘scripture’, while the exegesis makes clear that the superiority of the present scripture is that it contains the Siddhānta-Gnosis.          The […] master.
          TheIssue in the code interpretation of pañcapadadhanaṁ in the sense of ‘one-fifth of [the disciple’s] wealth’ reflects the meaning of pada (‘a part, portion, division’, cf. MW s.v.), and its use as a synonym of pañcāṃśa and pañcabhāga with the meaning ‘one-fifth’ (= ‘five parts’). This usage is also attested in Tantric texts: cf. In the JñS, Haryati Soebadio justified her translation of pañcapadadhanaṁ prati as ‘against hard money’ as follows: ‘pañca-pada possibly denotes “detachment or coolness in friendship” as against sapta-pada, “sincere”, as friendships, as Professor Ensink has pointed out, are ritually celebrated by taking seven steps together. The translation of the śloka would not be in disagreement with the OJ exegesis, where there is explicit mention of a teacher’s fee in gold’ (cf. MW s.v. pañcapada, ‘‘only 5 steps’’, a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.).’ cf. 8.11a, pañcanavā vanin deham\ (all mss.; pañcapadaṁ prati deyam, ex em.), and 11.35d, pañcapade vane śiti (all mss.; pañcapade dhane prati, ex em.).          The […] master.
          I follow Uli Kozok’s translation of sapaha, occurring throughout the Old Malay NīSāSam, as ‘a quarter’. Haryati Soebadio (1971: 261) translates mas karva sapaha (karva = kālih) as ‘3200 pieces of gold’, on the basis of KBNW’s (Vol. 4, p. 4) gloss of sapaha as 1600 (pieces of gold); but see also the gloss ‘1/4 tail’, thus equivalent to 4 māṣa. OJED glosses paha as ‘a measure of quantity? [...] (Jonker: ºtahil)’.          The […] master.
          Note the shift between siddhāntajñāna and jñānasiddhānta in this dyad (compare siddhāntajñāna in 6.5). I wonder whether the commentator here is referring to the scripture only (i.e., without any accompanying esoteric oral teachings), so as to imply that only the bare text can be taught for a fee, but not the whole esoteric teaching.          The […] either.
          The sequence of a and u seems to be purposefully switched—cf. the exegesis and the parallels in GPT and JñS. This suggests that the fourth pāda of the verse, where the series would be completed by the dissolution of the dot into the resonance, might have dropped or was intentionally left out, since it is not reflected in the Old Javanese commentary either.           […] dampatifn.
          I emend svāhāpatni (Issue in the codeIssue in the code)/sāhāpatnī (Issue in the code) into svāhāpati, i.e. ‘‘lord or lover of Svāhā’’, N. of Agni’ (MW); Agni being mentioned in 7.8–9 (cf. exegesis to 9, stating that the oṁ together with the \ttl{svāhā} stand for the fire), the verse seems to refer to the muttering of a mantra to Agni encapsulated by or likened to oṁ and svāhā. cf. the next fn., dampatifn.          The […] masters.
          DampatīIssue in the code (norm.; daṁpati mss.) responds to svāhāpatī in the verse. cf. OJED s.v.: ‘(Skt dampati, Wed., lord of the house; dampatī, “the two masters”, husband and wife) man and wife; a couple, pair; forming a pair, with his wife’. The commentator interpreted svāhāpati (or the corrupt svāhāpatni) in the verse as a dvandva meaning ‘svāhā and [her] husband’.          At […] Śiva.
          Or: vruḥ pva sira riṅ ādideva, ‘He knows the Supreme God that is the syllable oṁ’ (however, this construction would not reflect the pūrvaṁ in the verse, which seems to be glossed by ādi, as well as the rumuhun in the following clause).          All […] day.
          I take the gerund āhutvā to be governed by vidyāt in verse 7.10a.          Brahmā […] liberation’.
          I understand muktāntaṁ as being used in the sense of ‘final liberation’.          Here […] indeed.
          The commentator understands karatalaṁ as if it were a locative (karatale).          Here […] indeed.
          I have emended pūrvvāṅguli to sarvāṅguli, so as to reflect the Sanskrit. In this context, pūrva is likely to refer to a part of the hand (the fore part?) rather than the first finger (pūrvāṅguli); further, it is appropriate for Śiva—conceived of as having a fivefold manifestation as Sadāśiva—to be identified with the five fingers of the hand.          Śiva […] maṇḍala.
          I emend loka to rekhā in the light of the exegesis.          The […] lotus-maṇḍala.
          It appears that here the commentator took the sequence śiva-bhasma in the verse, where śiva may reflect a prātipadika for śivo bhasma, as a compound (compare the expression saṅ hyaṅ śivabhasma in dyads 11 and 13 and throguhout this chapter), whereas two separate words were probably intended; my translation reflects this original meaning. Alternatively, one may read saṅ hyaṅ śiva bhasma kavruhana saṅ sādhaka, and translate it as ‘The reverend Śiva should be be known by the practitioner as the ashes’, which however does not mirror the structure of the remainder of the gloss, which is more idyomatic to express this type of comparisons.          The […] the top.The gloss of this pada seems highly idiosyncratic. The man should erect those which have been seen [in this manner].I retain the reading yad īkṣam () against yad dīkṣam (), because the present context seems to be meditation rather than initiation. Those are the six limbs of the Lord Śiva. They should be erected at the top [of the head]. It is there that the deities of the main and intermediate directions of the compass should be erected by the practitioner. How do they look like? As follows:
          The gloss of this pada seems highly idiosyncratic.          The […] the top.The gloss of this pada seems highly idiosyncratic. The man should erect those which have been seen [in this manner].I retain the reading yad īkṣam () against yad dīkṣam (), because the present context seems to be meditation rather than initiation. Those are the six limbs of the Lord Śiva. They should be erected at the top [of the head]. It is there that the deities of the main and intermediate directions of the compass should be erected by the practitioner. How do they look like? As follows:
          I retain the reading yad īkṣam (Issue in the code) against yad dīkṣam (Issue in the codeIssue in the code), because the present context seems to be meditation rather than initiation.          The […] ashes]:
          The commentator seems to gloss the ‘corrupted’ version of the pāda, reading pūrvva syād instead of pūrvāsyam, which makes better sense here (mirroring mukhaṁ in padas b and d) and also avoids the problem of the concomitant occurrence of syād and vindyāt.          The […] ashes]:
          Here bhasmakәna seems to have a different meaning than in dyad 7.9, where it was used in the sense of ‘should be reduced to ashes’. Both meanings are supported by OJED: cf. bhasma ‘ashes’ and ‘reduced to ash, destroyed’; abhasma ‘with (applying) bhasma (as a sect mark)’; bhinasma ‘to reduce to ashes, pulverize, crush, destroy completely’; bhinasman ‘to smear with bhasma’.          [He] […] feet.
          The appropriate meanings of kakud here could be either ‘a peak or summit, chief, head’, or ‘the hump’. The former (perhaps in the sense of ‘the top of the head’) seems preferable as it respects the descending order of the bodily emplacements; however, the exegesis glosses it as punuk, ‘hump, back’. Compare the half-verse 20.304ab kakudantaṁ lalāṭādi nyased dehe yathākramam in the Viṣvaksenasaṁhitā.          Having […] ashes.
          I have emended sasiddhacāraṇaṅ gatvā to sasiddhacāraṇagaṇāḥ in the light of context and the gloss. First, gatvā lacks and object; although it could be translated intransitively as ‘having passed away’, this seems to be at odds with the divine and semi-divine beings mentioned in the verse. Second, the word gaṇa appears to be glossed by the expression samūhaniṅ manūt (ex em.; samūhaniṅ manuk mss.) in the exegesis (cf. the next fn.). Third, the compound siddhacāraṇagaṇa is attested in BndPur (OJ) 16.10.          Further, […] Śiva.
          I have emended [samūhaniṅ] manuk to [samūhaniṅ] manūt (responding to the gaṇāḥ [ex em.; gatvā mss.]\ in the verse), for manuk ‘birds’ does not seem to be contextually appropriate here, and a shift from ū to u and t to k is easy to justify on palaeographic grounds.          If […] ocean.
          The gloss of sarit (‘river’) in the verse as kilat (‘lightning’) is idiosyncratic, and may reflect a confusion with the word taḍit, meaning ‘stroke, lightning’ (MW), combined with the commentator’s lack of familiarity with the stock image of the confluence of the river into the ocean (cf. the parallels in RauSS 8.10d, 13ab); note that the word kilat (probably glossing tatkṣaṇam śūnyam ācaret) occurs in 5.47, where it conveys the image of the yogin’s attainment of extinction like a lightening that disappears instantly.          Such […] one.
          cf. OJED s.v.: ‘(‘‘the meeting of three’’?) name of the trinity Brahmā, Wiṣṇu, Śiwa’.          Such […] one.
          The Sanskrit cvi-form trayī-bhavet (trayi mss.) is analyzed by the commentator as two separate words, trayī (subj., as if it were trayaḥ, ‘triad’) and ekatattvaṁ (obj.), resulting in an inverted sequence—i.e. three becoming one rather than one reality becoming threefold, as in the Sanskrit). Alternatively, trayi could be a corruption of trayaṁ (but the occurrence in 3.76d of the analogous construction eko eva trayībhavet makes this possibility less likely).          The […] distinct.
          In the light of the context as well as the commentary, I take loke in padas a and b as an Aiśa use of the locative in lieu of the accusative. Compare the nominative prajāḥ instead of the accusative prajāṇ in pada b.          What […] exegesis.
          Here śaraṇa (in suraśaraṇaḥ) may not have been intended in the sense of ‘refuge, protection’ (unlike in the preceding verse), but rather of ‘habitation, abode’: thus, each one of the three gods abides in (i.e., embodies or superintends to) one of the three states.          What […] exegesis.
          The last pāda seems to be only loosely connected to the contents of the remainder of the verse. Further, one might emend astu to asti, on the basis of the exegesis.          What […] world.
          I have translated makaśaraṇa as ‘to resort to’; cf. OJED (s.v. śaraṇa, makaśaraṇa), ‘to have as (or: to be) refuge or protection; to use as a means, resorting to, by means of’ (śaraṇa: ‘refuge, protection; also (cf. Mod[ern ]J[avanese]): help, aid, means’), but one could also more closely adhere to the Sanskrit meaning and translate ‘it has as abode the three’.          Brahmā […] beings.
          The locative loke may have been used in lieu of the genitive.          As […] exegesis.
          I have conjecturally emended pada d on the basis of the exegesis.          Human […] Śiva.newline \ \\
          This seems to be the meaning of the expression adyapi sāvakanya, in which adyapi = ‘although, even though, even if, even’, and sāvakanya = ‘whatever kind of’ (cf. OJED s.v. avak).           […] cleansing.
          Although there is no difference in the manuscripts, I normalize śoca to śauca in the verses, and retain śoca (attested as such in OJED) in the exegesis.          The […] Goddess.
          I emend pattraśaucānāṁ to pattraśaucāna\ṁm, which I take to be the equivalent of pattraśaucana\ṁm, m.c. Alternatively, one could read (as it was perhaps originally intended) pattra-śaucānāṁ (in lieu of pattraṁ śaucana\ṁm, m.c.), meaning ‘Among the cleansings, the one with leaves’—cf. such similar expressions as sarveṣām eva śaucānām| annaśaucaṁ paraṁ sm{\rdit}tam in ViSm 22.89), etc.          Gnosis […] carefully.
          I emend the sequence divyāt vigatamānasaḥ in Issue in the codeIssue in the code and divyātvaṁ gatamānasaḥ in Issue in the code to vidyāt viśokamanasaḥ (ś and t are easily confused in Balinese script).          The […] Goddess.
          This clause reflects neither vidyāt viśokamanasaḥ (ex conj.) nor the original readings in the manuscripts, although one should keep in mind the possibility of emending vigatamānasaḥ to vigatasaṁsāre (‘for the sake of the destruction of the cycle of existence’), which would however result in an unmetrical pada.           […] half-verse.
          This half-śloka is marred by metrical problems, and the extra syllables or words in both pādas suggest that it may be a corrupted fragment of a complete śloka. While I am not confident enough to restore it, I can note that the clause aparan ... sāmānya vīja rikā in the exegesis reflects padas a and b (kim bhasmanaḥ vījaṁ yadā| sāmānya\ṁm), while āparan mantra ... tan pamantra kunәṅ reflects mantranirmantra° in the second half-verse.          The […] Goddess. The God spoke, his words were [as follows]:
          I have emended āparan mantra kari ya to apa samantra kari ya, for here the intention of the author was apparently to introduce the question as to whether the seed-syllable has a mantra or not (tan pamantra kunәṅ)—thus, the apa responds to the kiṁ in the Sanskrit; āparan, glossed in OJED as ‘what/which/what sort of?’, would be pleonastic here: cf. line 2.          The […] Goddess.
          Here the praṇava is not mentioned, but hinted at through the equivalence between its three constituents and the Lord.          Where […] .
          The passive irrealis verbal form sahajakna responds to niyujyatām in the verse, and is therefore likely to derive from sahaja 2 ‘= saha (together with) and sahaya?’ (OJED s.v.), having a similar meaning to sayojya?          Where […] .
          I take mokti (unattested in OJED) to be an orthographic variant of mukti ‘released, liberated’; compare the form kamoktin in Bhuvana Pitu 5b and bhokta mokti vimukta in Rā\-ma\-pa\-rā\-śu\-vi\-ja\-ya 20.2.          The […] multipurpose.
          Here I take jñānadehātiniṣkalam to be an Aiśa form for jñānadeham atiniṣkalam, m.c. An alternative translation, resulting from the reading of the line as bhasma dehañ ca sakalam| jñāna-dehātiniṣkalam, would be ‘The ash is the material body. The gnosis is the exceedingly immaterial body’.          The […] multipurpose.
          I take nirākāram| jñānekatvam to be an Aiśa multipurpose ending for nirākārāt| jñānaikatvāt: cf. supra, p. multipurpose.          As […] gnosis.
          In the first line, the commentator construes bhasma with sakalam and atiniṣkalam, as if pada b read jñāna-bhasmātiniṣkalam.           […] them.
          The gloss of bhasmasaṅhārake ... jñātvā as saṅ vruh ri saṅkṣepanira saṅ hyaṅ bhasma suggests to me that the commentator regarded the Old Javanese saṅkṣepa (‘summary, [main] contents; in short’, OJED s.v.) as a synonym of the Sanskrit saṅhāra (the ka in °saṅhārake being probably a mere expletive), among which meanings is ‘abridgment, comprehensive description, a compendium, manual’ (MW s.v. saṃhāra); thus, bhasmasaṅhāraka would be a reference to Jñānasaṅkṣepa, the title of this chapter.           […] them.
          I take denira to refer to the actions (either, implicitly, the good ones, or both good and bad?) rather than meaning ‘by him’, for the point of the verse is that the yogin may actually obtain release through gnosis and not actions. Of course, it is also possible that the commentator misunderstood the verse.          He […] rule.
          cf. supra, fn. pancapana on dyad 6.8.          The […] indeed.
          Here vidhānet could be an Aiśa optative constructed out of the noun vidhāna, which thereby functions as a verbal root.          How […] resonance.
          The commentator interpreted the verse, i.e. an enumeration of the three ontic levels from Nature to the Lord as homologues of the three constituents of the oṁ, in order to make it fit within the fivefold mantric framework of the pañcabrahmamantras and the audible/visible and inaudible/invisible components of the oṁ, forming the body of the Lord. This was done by taking puruṣa for Tatpuruṣa and trigaṇa (which could have possibly be triguṇa in origin; but for trigaṇa = triguṇa, cf. 2.2 and 4.28) for Sadyojāta, Bāmadeva, and Aghora, while passing over in silence guṇalakṣaṇam.          The […] śūnya)’.
          TheIssue in the code term piṇḍa ‘lumped together’ denotes the aggregation of something. It is glossed in the exegesis as patәmunikā, ‘their coming together’ (i.e. the five constituents imagined as mantric limbs or faces of the Lord). The term piṇḍa found in Tantric texts usually refers to one-syllable mantras, to bījamantras (piṇḍamantra), or also to the ‘body’—the last meaning being attested in the Nātha and Kubjikāmata traditions, and also in the Vaiṣṇava Pāñcarātrika JĀS (cf. TĀK III s.v. piṇḍa, piṇḍamantra). While the general meaning of ‘lumped together’ does make sense here, the meanings attested in Sanskrit sources seem to be equally apposite: the former would imply that the oṁ has been reduced to a single entity/bījamantra out of its distinct constituents (yet it is still ‘adorned’ or provided with the dot and the resonance), while the latter that the oṁ} (= gnosis) is conceived as the (mantric) body of the Lord, whose constituents have just been enumerated in dyad 8.12; cf. avaknikaṅ jñāna, ‘the body of the gnosis’, and also the praṇava being ‘adorned with’ (bhūṣitam)—as if it were a body—the dot and the resonance.          The […] śūnya)’.
          cf. OJED s.v. nirakṣara: ‘the state of having transcended the sacred syllables, end of a progressive simplification (daśākṣara, pañcākṣara, tri tinuṅgalakĕn rwa bhineda) in obtaining union with the deity (cf. adwaya, śūnya)’.          The […] together.
          HereIssue in the code the commentator’s interpretation seems to deviate from the original meaning of the last pāda, referring to the androgynous aspect of Vāmadeva, insofar that it glosses strīpuṅso yugapat as pradhānapuruṣāvaknya, thus homologising ‘male’ and ‘female’ with Spirit and Nature, respectively. This dyad is virtually the same as 9.45, with the variant bāmasadyas tu he devi in pāda c.          Having […] meaning.
          One could emend mataṅyan to maṅkana, ‘thus’ [is...].          Having […] meaning.
          Here the exegesis deviates from the natural meaning of the pāda it glosses, in terms of reinterpreting it as an intimation not to reveal the secret gnosis.          He […]
          Even though the commentator interprets śivam and śivatamam as two forms of the Lord (cf. dyad 8.16), it is not impossible that the original pāda read śivāc chivataraṁ sm{\rdit}ta\ṁm, ‘known to be more auspicious than the auspicious’, thus mirroring the structure of pada s c and d.          He […]
          I translate niṣkalaḥ niṣkalo as if it were niṣkalān niṣkalo.          He […] others.
          Having emended the apparently corrupted sequence karomy (a/ā)haṁ to mama deha\ṁm (resulting in a sa-vipulā), which reflects the avak bhaṭāra śiva in the verse.          The […] state.
          The commentator seemingly grasped the meaning of the pada, in which mūrkha refers to the revealer (vvaṅ mapuṅguṅ), and yet he also added a gloss attributing the same quality to the recipient of the teaching (janmamūrkha).           […] deliverance.
          hūṁdhrūtkāram could be a ‘local’ development of huḍḍukkāra—the sound huḍ\-ḍuk/huḍ\-ḍuṅ proffered by the Pāśupatas during their ascetic practice—rather than a corruption of it, for it occurs multiple times in the text (cf. dyads 8.28 and 8.30, and infra, Commentary).           […] deliverance.
          The commentator correctly rendered the locative sakale as the Old Javanese riṅ sakala, and na tu niṣkalam as kunaṅ ikaṅ niṣkala| tan maṅkana. While this rendering respects the nominative case of niṣkalam and reflects both the na (= tan) and the tu (= kunaṅ), the original pāda might have read sakale na tu niṣkale, ‘is in the material, not in the immaterial’.           […] deliverance.
          I take vaṅklaṅ (mss.) to be a corruption of vaṅkәlan, deriving from the reconstructed root vaṅkәl* [related to k{\schwal}l?], being the basis of amaṅkәl 1, ‘to get stuck (in the throat, etc.)’; 2, ‘unwilling, recalcitrant, savage (elephant)’ (OJED s.v.). Alternatively, it could be a variant form of it: cf. OJED s.v. kәlaṅ, reporting a single instance in AgPar 363.17 (associated with mokṣa: ikaṅ karuṇā pāvakniṅ hәṅkāra mvaṅ kәlaṅniṅ kamokṣan, with the variant reading kәlan) and glossing: ‘r. [i.e., read] kәlan, see k{\schwal}l?’ (k{\schwal}l, kәl* = aṅ{\schwal}l, kin{\schwal}l ‘to suppress, try to forget, fight off, keep back, check, bear’. These meanings are compatible with that of the Sanskrit argaḍa.          Similarly,▷ […]
          The term namaskāra here seems to used as a technical term drawn from the Pāśupata repertoire, where it denotes the muttering the Brahmamantras as part of the pāśupatavrata, after the muttering of huḍukkāra: hasitagītan{\rdit}ttahuḍukkāranamaskārajapyopahāreṇopatiṣṭhet (PS 1.8), ‘One must serve with offering of laughter, song, dance, bellowing, inner worship and prayer’. Compare RṬ on GK 1.7 (pp. 17.27–28, 18.29–30, 19.4–7).          He▷ […] likeness:
          Or: ‘All the ritual actions, [namely] mudrās, worship, etc.’          He▷ […] likeness:
          The exegesis here forcedly reinterprets yāvajjīvan tamoloke as an internalized practice to abandon the darkness in the heart.          As […]
          Here kagavayan (from gave, ‘to make, do, perform, carry out, cause’) seems to have a meaning akin to vrata, ‘observance(s)’.          As […]
          Literally, ‘all of these are not found [in our practice]’ (but cf. the meaning of vid [3] in MW as ‘to contrive, accomplish, perform, effect, produce’, attested in the {\rdc}V and the ŚPBr).          All▷ […] good]. The Goddess spoke:
          Compare 8.25f, where the locative sakale is followed by niṣkalam.          TheLord […]
          Or: ‘The souls are consisting of Śiva’.          O […] [them].
          Here I translate kṣamate as ‘suffers’, and take māyena as an Aiśa instrumental masculine of māyā (compare the use of māyāvimohitaḥ in 8.4, 8.24, and 8.26, to denote such an ignorant man who engages in external practices). However, I wonder whether the original form of this pada might have been mayā na kṣamyate mūrkhāt, ‘he is not forgiven by me because of his ignorance’. The exegesis does not seem to render either of those forms, except mūrkhāt (my emendation of muktaṁ in all manuscripts; compare the use of the root puṅguṅ (mapuṅguṅ, puṅguṅnira) to gloss mūrkhaḥ (8.24), mohāt (8.25, 9.49), mohita (9.1), and mūrkhena (9.49).          The […] Paramaśiva.
          The neutre plural mahātmāni agrees with nirātmakaḥ, referring to Śiva. The plural form might have been used to comply with the regular śloka pattern.          The […] Paramaśiva.
          The order of the words in the clause tar pāvak teja suggests that the commentator read jyotirnirātmakaḥ as a compound; in order to reflect the meaning ‘a light without body’, the order should have been teja tar pāvak.          The […] Paramaśiva.
          Or: ‘has an immaterial body’.          The […] Paramaśiva.
          Or: ‘it is [actually] the immaterial liṅga itself’.          The▷ […]
          The commentator’s interpretation of the Sanskrit lakṣaṇa in durlabhalakṣaṇa\ṁm (lit. ‘characterized by being difficult to obtain’) reflects the semantic shift of that the same word underwent in Old Javanese, where kalakṣaṇan (or, possibly, irrealis kalakṣaṇā?) means ‘to distinguish clearly, describe accurately, define’, ‘to act on, carry out’ (OJED s.v. linakṣaṇan).           […]
          The word nirsthityaṁ, which I have translated as ‘completion’, seems to be related to niḥṣṭhita ‘grown forth, finished, accomplished, ready’. However, the Old Javanese gloss (tan sthitya°) understands it differently, as if it were the Old Javanese sthiti (‘continuance in being’, ‘fixed order, stability’, ‘constant, firm, steadfast, steady, stable, motionless, unchanging, lasting’) or sthityana (‘to stabilize? take a firm stand on?’), referring to the non-lasting (i.e., fickle) nature of the knowledge about the prescribed regimen that has been critiqued throughout the chapter.          The […] him].
          I emend purānyeṣā to purānyeṣām, interpreting it as purā+anyeṣām. Alternatively, one could divide purāni + eṣām, whereby purāni means ‘cities’ or ‘residences’; but while this usage is attested in Sanskrit Tantric scriptures as a synonym of either bhuvana (‘world’) or maṇḍala (cf. TĀK III, s.v.), it does not seem to be attested in other Old Javanese texts. If this was the intended meaning here, it may refer to the lokas/maṇḍalas (e.g., śakramaṇḍalam) described in Chapter 3. The exegesis seems to either pass purā° over in silence, or understand it in the sense of ‘body’ (avakniṅ maṇḍala, where °niṅ maṇḍala glosses eṣā\ṁm)—a meaning recorded in MW.          Thus […] again.
          Having emended mamoktāni to mam (m.c. for mām) uktāni in pada a of the verse, I emend pavarahani ṅhulun to pavarah ri ṅhulun, as demanded by the context: the Goddess is referring to the Lord’s speech. Compare pavarah bhaṭāra ri ṅhulun in the preceding dyad.          [Those […] Śiva.
          I take prāpyante to be an Aiśa use of passive for the active prāpṇuvanti.          Another […] Tantras.
          This statement is difficult to reconcile with the context of this as well as the preceding chapter, which either criticize ritual practice or prescribe it together with gnosis to obtain release. Perhaps this inconsistency is intended, as in the next dyad the Goddess hints at some contradictions found in the Tantras.          All […]
          The position of ri ṅhulun (‘to me’) at the end of the clause, far from varahakna pva ya muvah, is odd. It could also be translated as ‘according to me’.          All […]
          Notably, the commentator glossed the two Sanskrit interrogative pronouns kiṁ, meaning ‘what, why, how’, etc., or being used, like here, to mark a question, as the Old Javanese syapa, meaning ‘who’.          The […] text.\\ The speech of the Goddess being such, God spoke:
          I have diagnostically emended māknāthava to makāvak prajña in order to obtain a gloss that closely reflects the first pada (cf. the occurrence of makāvak and pāvak in dyad 8.7).          The […] text.\\ The speech of the Goddess being such, God spoke:
          I have edited this paragraph as a single one, although all manuscripts have a double punctuation mark between the third and fourth pāda (ri saṅ hyaṅ dharma siddhāntajñāna||), which suggests that the latter may have been copied from another source and redacted into the text.           […] before.
          I emend śiṣyena (which is not glossed in the exegesis) to śivena—the active construction bhaṭāra paramaśivāmarah ṅhulun seems to reflect the passive mām eva kathitaṁ ... śivena.           […] before.
          Here Śiva is seemingly reporting the Goddess’ speech, as also suggested by the final clause of dyad 8.5, introducing the Lord’s speech.          Yourself […] truth.%
          I analyze the first pada as a ‘split compound’, where nir° negativizes the double negative compounds a-satyaṁ and a-m{\rdit}ṣyaṁ (the latter corresponding to a-m{\rdit}ṣā, m.c.?).          Yourself […] truth.%
          I have emended maṅkana ta kita makāvak to maṅkana ta kita tan makāvak, lest the clause be contradictory with respect to the preceding clause, to what has been stated in the Sanskrit, as well as to what is stated in the following clause about the gods, human beings and animals as embodying—differently from the Lord and the Goddess—the untrue and the true. The point seems to be that the Lord’s (as well as the Goddess’) words belong to a superhuman plane of discourse, where human dychotomies of ‘truth’ and ‘untruth’ do not exist.          Yourself […] truth.%
          My translation of this elliptic dyad is tentative.          Human […] Goddess.
          I translate vijñāna(ka) as ‘devoid of gnosis’ (vi = ‘without’), as opposed to jñāna: cf. the exegesis, and compare dyads 9.19 and 9.21.          The […] beings.
          Here guṇa, which I have translated as ‘intelligent’, responds to jñāna in the verse. While OJED s.v. guṇa and maguṇa does not list any compatible meanings (except the marginally pertinent ‘talented, expert, capable’), in the Buddhist prose text SHP f. 21r we find an instance of kaguṇan occurring next to, and apparently as a near-synonym of, kavidagdha, kaprajña, and kajñāna. In any case, the attribution of guṇa, as well as the locution māri vruḥ in the next clause, to the rituals etc. rather than their human performers seems odd to me.          He […] etc.
          I take the ri in ri ṅhulun to mean ‘about’; however, here it could also be translated as ‘by way of’. Both translations could reflect the meaning of the personal pronoun mama (gen.) in pada d, indicating either the agent of, or the object associated with, the participle vimohitaḥ.          Having […] now].
          The gen./abl. paśupater may be a corruption for paśupatir, but may also be authorial, especially if it forms a decontextualized quotation: cf. the occurrence of paśupateḥ in PS 1: athātaḥ paśupateḥ pāśupataṁ yogavidhiṁ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ.          The […]
          I take yogiṇaḥ to be an -a thematicization, in the nominative, of yogin.          The […] void.
          Construing tvaṁ with viddhi in the fourth pāda, translate it in the following half-verse.          The […] void.
          Note the inconsistency between the last pada and its exegesis, whose logical subject is the yogin, and the preceding clause, addressing the Goddess. In general, this dyad (and several others in Chapter 9) give the impression of having been crafted out of Sanskrit materials extrapolated, in a decontextualized fashion, from different sources.           […] Paramaśiva.
          I consider tumāmpā a variant of tumampak (cf. OJED s.v., recording it as a variant reading in AV 1.11), meaning ‘to set foot on, step on, tread on, touch (with foot, hand), have under one’s feet or hands, enter (a territory)’, etc. There is no gloss of tiryañ in the verse.           […] Paramaśiva.
          OJED s.v. inalivatan (along with maṅalivati, aṅlivati, linivatan, kahalivatan, kalivatan) also records the tentative meaning of ‘to overcome’, which could refer to the fact that the directions/portions of the space are ‘overcome’ by the yogin; for the ‘conquering’ of the elements (bhūtajaya) by the yogin in Old Javanese sources, cf. Acri 2017: 533–534.           […] ‘super-gnosis’.
          I assume that mama is an Aiśa irregular pronoun declined in the genitive (in lieu of me/mām), and the object of the irregular imperative katha.           […] ‘super-gnosis’.
          For the (counter-intuitive) translation of vijñāna as ‘ignorance’ (as opposed to jñāna), cf. above, 9.8, and compare 9.21. Alternatively, supposing that here the two terms are used in a different context, one could translate jñāna as ‘gnosis’ and vijñāna as ‘super-gnosis’.          O […] ignorance!
          The word bapa (in the expression bapani ṅhulun) does not mean ‘father’, but is rather to be taken as a honorific vocative form used to address male persons (compare bapaṅku) (OJED s.v.; KBNW 394 ). Since it is used as a free-standing expression forming a complete clause, I have translated it as ‘my master’; indeed, in the exegesis on verse 9.22, the expression bhaṭāra bapani ṅhulun responds to the Sanskrit bhagavan nātha, and in the DBE s.v., bapa is glossed as a synonym of haji, which means not only ‘father’ but also ‘Lord’.          For, […] Lord. God spoke:
          Here °ātma, referred to the Goddess (ahaṁ), is probably m.c., in lieu of °ātmā (masc.; in Issue in the code) or ātmikā. The whole pada b is not reflected in the exegesis.          For, […] Lord. God spoke:
          Here līṅәnku seems to be used in the sense of līṅәn ry aku, for the logical subject of the passive clause is bhaṭāra bapani ṅhulun.          The […]
          As suk (OJED s.v., 3: ‘morning’, = isuk’; cf. 2, ‘marking out, foundation’) seems to be used pleonastically, next to sakatambe ‘in the morning’, I have not translated it.          The […] Knowledge.
          The six dots appear to be explained as two series of three items, viz. Brahmā, Viṣṇu, Maheśvara and nāda, nādānta, and īśvaravindu/jñānaśakti.          The […] transmission.
          I provide sakala in order to make the exegesis correspond to pāda d of the verse, assuming it was omitted by mistake in the course of transmission.          The […] position.
          The form līnalīnaṅ, which I have translated ‘are dissolved’, could be an ‘Archipelago Sanskrit’ reduplication of līna, with the function of expressing plurality. cf. dyad 11.18b.          The […] position.
          While this portion of the exegesis can be satisfactorily restored on the basis of ms. Issue in the code, the same ms. adds, immediately thereafter, two clauses that are pleonastic, and occur in a similar form after the Sanskrit half-line. I have, therefore, not included them in the edited text.          The […] position.
          The vocative feminine varānane (‘o fair-faced one’), usually referred to the Goddess, is inconsistently glossed as anaku saṅ kumāra in the exegesis. Also note that, before emendation, the last pada belonged to the following paragraph, resulting in a metrically inconsistent sequence of five padas preceded by a paragraph with three padas. cf. 7.28, where an identical pada appears in final position.          Sadārudra […] Paramaśiva.
          A pada has been dropped here in the course of transmission, which could be tentatively reconstructed as sadāśivam idam plutam or sadāśivaṁ tathā plutam on the basis of the exegesis.          The […] practitioner.
          cf. dyad 8.18, fn. vamadevafn on p. \edpageref{vamadevatext}.          The […] 9.41ff.
          cf. dyads 9.41ff.          O […] aspect.
          Literally, ‘the reason why’. cf. the following dyad.           […] pārameśānam.\\ {\curlybl}Īśvara should be placed in the east.{\curlybr} Such were the words of the Goddess. God spoke:
          I take pakāraṇaha to be an alternative spelling of the irrealis pakāraṇā.           […] pārameśānam.\\ {\curlybl}Īśvara should be placed in the east.{\curlybr} Such were the words of the Goddess. God spoke:
          The exegesis renders sukhan duḥkhakṣayan as if it were a compound (sukhaduḥ\-kha\-kṣa\-yan, ‘that is the destruction of pleasure and pain’) qualifying padaṁ pārameśānam.           […] subject.
          This verse-quarter has been mistakenly copied at the end of the preceding dyad. However, it is possible that this mistake was authorial, having been made by the redactor/compiler of the text. cf. the parallel in the Saṅ Hyaṅ Ajñāna Viśeṣa, giving the Sanskrit portions in dyads 10.3–4 as a series of three verses.           […] subject.
          The commentator understood gatvā as a causative, having the yogin instead of the vital breath as its subject.          He, […] gullet.
          On (pra)yogasandhi as a form of utkrānti or yogic dying, cf. Acri 2017: 544–550.          He, […] gullet.
          The gloss of jihvāgra as tuṅtuṅniṅ jihvāgra instead of °niṅ jihvā is either an idiosyncrasy or a corruption.          Having […]
          Pāda d has been restored on the basis of the parallels in the PraJñ and StSt 90, as well as the Old Javanese exegesis—compare the gloss of vinirgataḥ as mahavan in pada b.          The […] He equally occupies the entire universe, in view of the fact that he is one with the Lord Paramaśiva. On account of [his] subtleness, he is the Supreme Śiva. Because of being present as the essence of the Lord Paramaśiva.Here I interpret mvaṅ as an emphatic particle (cf. s.v.), and sūkṣma as ‘(being present) as the essence of’ ( s.v.). An emendation of sūkṣma mvaṅ to sūkṣmatvaṁ (which would lead to the translation ‘because of the subtleness of the Lord Paramaśiva’) seems unlikely; this form is unattested in Old Javanese, where we find kasūkṣman instead.
          Here I interpret mvaṅ as an emphatic particle (cf. Ed s.v.), and sūkṣma as ‘(being present) as the essence of’ (Ed s.v.). An emendation of sūkṣma mvaṅ to sūkṣmatvaṁ (which would lead to the translation ‘because of the subtleness of the Lord Paramaśiva’) seems unlikely; this form is unattested in Old Javanese, where we find kasūkṣman instead.          If […] Paramaśiva.
          I take laṅgalomukhaḥ to be an irregular compound (i.e. an ‘artificial’ aluk-samāsa) corresponding to laṅgalamukhaḥ, m.c.          Having […] The yogin should know it. When he has known it, He is absorbed into Me, like fire. He [becomes] one [with] Me, like fire, as he is released from sin. Having known his own Time in this manner. When he knows the body of Time [as] Sadāśiva, He enters my body, [becoming] one and the same. I [become] one with you.
          Since avak in Old Javanese often means ‘self, own self, own’, I wonder whether here (and in pāda c as well) it renders the Sanskrit sva; thus, āvak saṅ hyaṅ kāla could be translated as ‘his own Time’ (= svakālaḥ). Compare the expression viśeṣāvaknya bhaṭāra paramaśiva in 10.20, meaning ‘Lord Paramaśiva Himself’.          Having→ […] There is no doubt about the Siddhānta. It should not be doubted. That is why you should not doubt about your sacred scripture, o my son reverend Kumāra. What is called ‘Tantra’ is difficult indeed. For this sacred scripture of the Siddhānta is difficult. \indentTheKumāra true doctrine has been learned by me. The holy scripture, o Goddess, has been taught to me by the Lord Paramaśiva.The context suggests that the speaker addressing the Goddess in pada g of dyad 19 and dyad 20 is Kumāra. I tentatively emend amita mama sanmataḥ to adhītaṁ mama sanmatam, where mama = mayā. The Old Javanese clause partly reflects the śivena paramena vai at the end of dyad 20, the gloss of which is similar indeed. The alternative emendation of sanmataḥ to saṁmatam (‘approved’, ‘celebrated’ + mama, ‘by me’) does not lead to a better sense.
          The context suggests that the speaker addressing the Goddess in pada g of dyad 19 and dyad 20 is Kumāra. I tentatively emend amita mama sanmataḥ to adhītaṁ mama sanmatam, where mama = mayā. The Old Javanese clause partly reflects the śivena paramena vai at the end of dyad 20, the gloss of which is similar indeed. The alternative emendation of sanmataḥ to saṁmatam (‘approved’, ‘celebrated’ + mama, ‘by me’) does not lead to a better sense.          There […] Goddess’.
          The expression avaknya, which I have translated as ‘Himself’, seems to respond to vai (‘indeed’, ‘truly’, ‘certainly’, ‘verily’, ‘just’, etc.) in pada c rather than to ātmā in pada d, which I take to be an āiśa form used in lieu of the personal pronoun ahaṁ—as if the sequence ’dhyā\-pi\-tā\-tmā (ex em. vyāpitātmā mss.) was ’dhyāpito ’haṁ. Alternatively, one could translate avaknya more literally as ‘body’: ‘For this esoteric scripture, which is the body of the Lord Paramaśiva, has been taught to me, o Goddess’.          ThereLord […] jñā\-na\-ra\-has\-yaṁ.
          Here aji siddhāntajñāna would seem to allude to this very chapter, captioned sid\-dhān\-ta\-śās\-tra\ṁm| jñā\-na\-ra\-has\-yaṁ.          If […]
          On the basis of the context, and of the meaning of jyotir as ‘eye’, I translate jyotini as ‘in the eye’ (assuming it is an Aiśa locative in lieu of jyotiṣi). The Old Javanese exegesis passes this word over in silence.          This […] universe.
          The commentator glossed d{\rdit}śyād{\rdit}śya not as an adjectival dvandva meaning ‘visible and invisible’ (compare the Old Javanese meaning of ‘now visible, now invisible’, Ed s.v.), but as if it were draṣṭād{\rdit}śyo; this lays emphasis on the quality of superior subject/agent of the life principle, homologised to the soul, as opposed to embodied beings. For a similar qualification of Śiva as the supreme principle and ultimate perceiver, who is not perceived by anybody, cf. \dpat\ (Acri 2017: 196, 344).          Look, […] Paramaśiva. Such were the words of the Lord. The Goddess replied:
          The commentator may not have grasped the meaning of this half-verse, taking caturdaśau as if referring to the number of the Rudras (which is actually said to be ten), whereas it is more likely to refer to the lunar fortnight. I take caturdaśau (spelled caturdaśav in the mss.) to be an irregular locative of caturdaśī (as if it were the masc. caturdaśi); alternatively, it could be a corruption of caturdaśe.          And […] strike.
          This expression might be a reference to a crossed sight, i.e. strabismus.          The […] suffering.
          The Old Javanese instrumental form paṅavruh is glossed by Ed\ as ‘1. knowledge; 2. skill; 3. the way or the qualities by which one can recognize so. or st.’; in the last meaning ‘it is almost always in the arealis’, such as in the present instance. Here it glosses the Sanskrit pratijñām, which in this context means ‘statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation’, although the verbal stem pratijñā can also mean ‘to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of’. The commentator seems to have understood it in the latter sense. Compare the expression denirān kumavruhi, understood as a synonym of paṅavruh[a], attested at the end of the exegetical portion.          The […] suffering.
          Or: ‘is perceived’ (taking yate to be an Aiśa form for īyate, m.c.); either meanings are not quite reflected by the form maṅalivati (‘to pass by, pass over, omit, overcome’; OJED s.v.) in the gloss. Perhaps one should rather translate it as ‘excellent’ (as a predicate of śūnyaniṅ śarīra), in the light of the form amalivat ‘to a high degree’ (OJED s.v.) and Modern Balinese ngaliwat, ‘pass, draw past, excel, surpass’.          The […] practice’.
          Although the preceding dyad suggests that the context is that of the body of the yogin becoming empty (i.e. invisible/transparent?), I have translated avaknira as ‘his own Self’ instead of ‘his own body’, which more accurately reflects the Sanskrit ātmā.          The […] practice’.
          The exegesis drifts away from the meaning originally conveyed by the analogy of the single sun (universal Self) reflected on multiple mirrors (individual Souls).          The […] practice’.
          The use of the enclitic personal pronoun -nira after kṣaṇa seems odd, although it may render the tat in the Sanskrit tatkṣaṇāt, which is my emendation of lakṣaṇaṁ. Alternatively, instead of ri kāla kṣaṇanira, one could read ri kalakṣaṇanira, ‘with his practice’.          Likewise […] Me.
          In elaborating on the difference/separation (mapalenan) between the body of the yogin and that of the Lord before liberation, the exegesis echoes RauSS 8.10cd (cf. apparatus), which in its turn echoes the first half-line of this dyad. Verse 8.13 of the same text also contain a (con)textual parallel with pāda d, and the entire dyad indeed (cf. supra, dyad 7.20). I wonder whether a version of the text containing the word bhinna (not in the sense of ‘after death’, like in bhinne dehe, but of ‘distinct, different from’) was used by the commentator to gloss this passage.          O […] scripture.
          The expression gopitenaiva devena might be an ‘instrumental absolute’ construction, emphasizing the concessive nuance (see Aalto 1980: 45–46).          O […] scripture.
          I emend samān to samāt, which I take as an indeclinable adverbial form of sama, ‘full, complete, whole, entire’ (\mwl). Another option would be the indeclinable saman (= samam), ‘in like manner, alike, equally, similarly’.          Thus […] 10.1.
          Since the Goddess, who addresses the Lord in the next five dyads, is not introduced, I have supplied devī uvāca (sic); compare the similar clause introducing dyad 10.1.          I […]
          I have reconstructed this seemingly corrupt pāda in the light of the exegesis. Note that °nihitaṁ here might perhaps be understood in the sense of °hitaṁ ‘beneficial, advantageous’.          One […] it.
          I interpret sakalam and niṣkalam in padas ab as ‘multipurpose’ -am endings (cf. supra, p. multipurpose) used in the instrumental or locative case, as suggested by the context as well as the riṅ in the gloss on pada b.          One […] it.
          Having emended p{\rdit}snam to p{\rdit}cchyam, I suspect that the pronouns tava māṁ are either the result of corruption or reflect authorial Aiśa forms, being used instead of tvāṁ mayā; for similar instances, cf. supra, p. pronounsagreements.          One […] it.
          Śarīre ’smin could also be translated as ‘to this body [of mine]’, thus indicating the Goddess, as the exegesis would seem to suggest by glossing it as ri ṅhulun.          The […] their activities are one.Gavenira (from gave, ‘to cause’, ‘to make, do, perform, carry out’), glosses kāryam; both words in this context could mean either ‘activity/function’ or ‘cause, origin’. The latter translation could convey the idea that the cause of the three syllables is one and the same, i.e. the Lord. cf. kāryam in pāda a of the next dyad and its exegesis (ndya ta mataṅyan tuṅgal| apan dudū kāryanya). Also note that the glyph ‘3’ (᭓)is only slightly different from the o (ᬒ); thus, here the text may be referring to the three components of the o in the syllable oṁ, each of which is homologized with a divine embodiment of the Lord. With your permission, o Lord, this being so, [will there be] success?
          The transitive (or causative?) form ekatvakәn is not found in Ed, which glosses ekatva as ‘unity, union’, and maṅekatva as ‘to form a unity’.          The […] their activities are one.Gavenira (from gave, ‘to cause’, ‘to make, do, perform, carry out’), glosses kāryam; both words in this context could mean either ‘activity/function’ or ‘cause, origin’. The latter translation could convey the idea that the cause of the three syllables is one and the same, i.e. the Lord. cf. kāryam in pāda a of the next dyad and its exegesis (ndya ta mataṅyan tuṅgal| apan dudū kāryanya). Also note that the glyph ‘3’ (᭓)is only slightly different from the o (ᬒ); thus, here the text may be referring to the three components of the o in the syllable oṁ, each of which is homologized with a divine embodiment of the Lord. With your permission, o Lord, this being so, [will there be] success?
          Gavenira (from gave, ‘to cause’, ‘to make, do, perform, carry out’), glosses kāryam; both words in this context could mean either ‘activity/function’ or ‘cause, origin’. The latter translation could convey the idea that the cause of the three syllables is one and the same, i.e. the Lord. cf. kāryam in pāda a of the next dyad and its exegesis (ndya ta mataṅyan tuṅgal| apan dudū kāryanya). Also note that the glyph ‘3’ ()is only slightly different from the o (); thus, here the text may be referring to the three components of the o in the syllable oṁ, each of which is homologized with a divine embodiment of the Lord.          TheLord […] Goddess.
          My translation reflects the exegesis, which renders sarvadeveśa\ṁm (ex em.; sarvvadeveṣāṁ mss.) as a karmadhāraya referring to the ‘chiefs of the gods’ (i.e. Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Śiva).          TheLord […] Goddess.
          I assume that the expression avakniṅ here responds to sva- in the Sanskrit; however, one could equally translate it as ‘the embodiment of’ (cf. below, gloss on pada c).          The […]
          I emend candraḥ samudbhuvaḥ (Issue in the code; samudbhavaḥ Issue in the codeIssue in the code) into jagatsamudbhutaṁ (for °bhūtaṁ, m.c.) in the light of the exegesis and the context.          The […]
          Here the double punctuation mark at the end of the clause made by a Sanskrit pāda and its Old Javanese gloss indicates the start of a new series of pādas, which forms a complete metrical śloka.          By […] %nāsikārandhra\-rud\-dha\-yoḥ Both nostrils should be covered.OJED glosses iruṅ as ‘nose’, but since it is qualified by kālih ‘both’, and it glosses nāsikāruddharandhrayoḥ, it is likely to mean ‘nostril’. Further, I emend the active irrealis tumukupana to its passive counterpart tukupana, which is more appropriate in the construction ya ta tukupanaṅ iruṅ kālih ... saṅ sādhaka spanning the entire remaining portion of the dyad. As well as the tip of the nose, the eyes. The tip of the nose, the eyes. The ears [and] the head by the practitioners. The ears and the head by the practitioners.
          nāsikāruddharandhrayoḥ may be a muddled compound for ruddhanāsikārandhrayoḥ.          By […] %nāsikārandhra\-rud\-dha\-yoḥ Both nostrils should be covered.OJED glosses iruṅ as ‘nose’, but since it is qualified by kālih ‘both’, and it glosses nāsikāruddharandhrayoḥ, it is likely to mean ‘nostril’. Further, I emend the active irrealis tumukupana to its passive counterpart tukupana, which is more appropriate in the construction ya ta tukupanaṅ iruṅ kālih ... saṅ sādhaka spanning the entire remaining portion of the dyad. As well as the tip of the nose, the eyes. The tip of the nose, the eyes. The ears [and] the head by the practitioners. The ears and the head by the practitioners.
          OJED glosses iruṅ as ‘nose’, but since it is qualified by kālih ‘both’, and it glosses nāsikāruddharandhrayoḥ, it is likely to mean ‘nostril’. Further, I emend the active irrealis tumukupana to its passive counterpart tukupana, which is more appropriate in the construction ya ta tukupanaṅ iruṅ kālih ... saṅ sādhaka spanning the entire remaining portion of the dyad.          The […] destroyed.
          This could be a reference to the suṣumnā vessel of yogic physiology, although it is not to be excluded that the commentator here was led astray by the mahā° in mahātmanā.          In […] anger.
          The exegesis is idiosyncratic insofar that it considers both sukha and duḥkha as the products of the locus of the heart (cf. 11.32d, sasukhaduḥkhalakṣaṇa\ṁm, linked to Sadāśiva, which in 11.26 is said to reach the tip of the nose from the heart), and passes over in silence the last pāda, attributing sukhalakṣaṇa to the locus of the mind alongside krodha.          The […] Sadāśiva.
          The commentator understood the first line differently, as if pāda a read h{\rdit}tśalye ca, and was connected to the main verb avatiṣṭhati, with vindubhyām as subject. It seems unlikely that this was the intended meaning of the line.          [Sadāśiva-breath […] world.
          I analyze the expression sukaduḥkadvayor vinduḥ as an irregular split bahuvrīhi compound, as if it were sukhaduḥkhadvaye vindū or sukhaduhkhavindudvaye, referred to Sadāśiva-breath. Cf\ infra, dyad 11.32. The exegesis construe the sentence as having saṅ hyaṅ bāyu as subject, but does not mention the bindu(s).          The […] remainder.
          The pervasion of the Seven Worlds, the Underworlds, and entire universe by the Supreme Śiva is described in TJñ 3: ibәk taṅ rāt kabeh denira| kakasut kahma kavyāpaka kabeh kaṅ saptabhuvana denira| saptapātāla suṇḍul vuntu| sasәk pәnuh lyab kaṅ jagat denira.          What […] him.
          The exegesis has considerably drifted away from what appears to be the intended meaning of the Sanskrit verse.           […] perfection).
          This stanza seems to have been compiled out of decontextualised fragments. I have emended the third quarter on the basis of the exegesis, transforming the nominatives dāsī, dāsaś, and g{\rdit}haś into accusatives, even though these might have been used in origin to indicate the condition of the agent—i.e., whether a female or male slave or an householder (g{\rdit}ha), the practitioner may obtain siddhi; cf. the construction strīyo vā puruṣo vāpi in the next verse. The form viśate in the last quarter, which here should apparently be understood in the meaning of ‘to obtain’ (compare MW’s ‘to fall or get into any state or condition’), is the result of my emendation of vaśate, which does not make good sense (the causative vaśayati ‘to get in one’s power, subject’ would be apposite for the slaves and the house, but not for the condition of perfection).           […] pain.
          The word parimāṇaṁ (seemingly associated with Sadāsiva, as if were sadāśivasya parimāṇaṁ) here could be used in the sense of ‘limit’ rather than ‘measure, size’, probably by way of ‘contamination’ with its Old Javanese counterpart. While this meaning is not attested in OJED, which besides ‘measure; size, weight, number’ glosses parimāṇa (along with the expression saparimāṇanya) as ‘going so far as to ..., even to the point of ... (± tĕkan?)’, in Modern Javanese (literary register) parimana means ‘boundary, border’; compare the Sanskrit parimā, ‘measure, periphery’. This usage may either suggest a late stage of the language, or simply be an instance of a secondary meaning not registered in OJED.          The […] [reality].
          For this translation of parimāṇa, cf. the previous fn.          O […] wealth].
          I take tasya as a genitive used in lieu of dative, indicating an unworthy disciple. Alternatively, could dehi tasya be a corruption of dehitavyaṁ, representing a gerundive formed from the stem dehi (instead of dātavyaṁ)?          Give […] wealth.
          cf. supra, fn. pancapana, and dyad 8.11.          Not […] Goddess.
          On the basis of the commentary, I translate the four attributes of the clever one as bahuvrīhis referred to vicakṣaṇah, in spite of the gender (or case) disagreement of the first two.          One […] devoted’.
          I take arakṣitaḥ to be an a-thematicization of arakṣit{\rdit} ‘one who does not guard’, which the exegesis glosses as vvaṅ taṅ bhakti, ‘one who is not devoted’.          One […] apakramadiscussion.
          On apakrama, cf. fns. apakrama and apakrama2 on dyad 5.51; Introduction, p. apakramadiscussion.          Further, […] Siddhānta-Gnosis.
          This is my tentative translation of manirakәn (manīrakәn in Issue in the code), which OJED glosses as ‘to set at naught, put aside, discard?’ cf. the next dyad.          [If] […] pure’.
          In order to obtain a translation that is consistent with the contextual logic of the passage as reflected by the exegesis and the surrounding dyads, I interpret ’śaucaparyāyaḥ as if it were a dative (cf. the two nominatives in t11.42ab), and as being the elided form aśaucaparyāyaḥ, wherein the alpha privans has dropped to avoid hiatus; further, taking into account the kiṁ punaḥ in the next verse, I emend the final ca to na. Without applying such emendation, one could understand the parasmai as the resolution of the compound paraśauca occurring in the gloss, which would result in the following alternative translations: ‘Give the secret doctrine to another, [according to] the method of purification’; or, ‘give the secret doctrine to another, whose behaviour is pure’.          For […] proper.
          In order to arrive at this translation, I have emended paraśoca (literally meaning ‘purification for/from another’?) to parāśauca (i.e., para + aśauca). The commentary drifts away from what would seem to be the natural meaning of the Sanskrit half-line, construing parasmai with śaucaparyāyaḥ (as if parasmai was an ablative).          The […] internalized.
          Thus my translation of abhyantarakna; no verbal forms of abhyantara ‘(Skt interior, being inside; inner part; interval) inner part, inside; internal [...]’ are recorded in OJED.          This […] kriyate.
          I have conjecturally emended kṣamasvā kriyate to kṣamā svīkriyate in order to produce a tentative, albeit viable and contextually appropriate, translation of the verse. The exegesis, however, does not quite reflect the verse (except for riṅ tribhuvana, reflecting jagat, as if it were the loc. jagati, or perhaps even kṣamā), but rather introduces the following dyad 46. The form pamenira, ‘her means to amuse [herself]’ suggests that the commentator might have read krīḍate instead of kriyate.          Who […] Lord:
          I translate this clause, where the position of bhaṭāra seems clumsy, as if it were bhaṭāra ta pamenira riṅ tribhuvana.          The […] Kumāra.
          This exegetical portion bears hardly any connection (except, perhaps, the gloss of jagatsthāvarajaṅgamaḥ with tribhuvana) with the half-verse it is supposed to gloss. It is not to be excluded that the passage is corrupt.          Thus […]
          OJED lists simpәn*, but the word occurs also in BhK 2.15 and other Old Javanese texts (e.g. SHH 22, 35, 41). I have translated simpәnira as ‘essentials’ on the basis of asimpәn, ‘brought together in a limited space, grouped together, compressed, in a limited number, containing the basic essentials; put away, hidden’. Alternatively, one could emend it into simpәnәnira, and translate the clause as ‘Thus the holy Siddhānta should be hidden by him’.          Having▷ […] drunk.
          I have emended the word apeyita, attested neither in Old Javanese nor in Sanskrit, to apeya. The copyist might have been led astray by the expression apeyaṁpeyite in the verse, copying apeyita instead of apeya. Compare dyad 11.83 infra, where madyañ pitvā is glossed as sakvehniṅ apeyapeya, as well as VŚ 4.2, 8.4, and ĀdiP 76.17.          The […] pīḍa\ṁm.
          My translation of the verse is highly tentative, and based on three conjectural emendations: miṇḍāya to pīḍāya (used as if it were pīḍanāya, or f. pīḍā declined as m. pīḍa?); sarvvakilvi\-ṣa\-sam\-bha\-vaḥ to sarvakilviṣanāśanam on the basis of several identical verse-quarters in Tantric literature as well as the verb maṅhilaṅakәn ‘to destroy, annihilate’ in the Old Javanese commentary (which, however, could rather reflect sarvadoṣāya pīḍāya in pada a); and piṇḍaṁ to pīḍa\ṁm.          Therefore, […] deeds.
          I take karma pāpa to be the Old Javanese rendering of the Sanskrit pāpakarma, ‘evil (wicked) deed; evil-doer’ (Ed s.v.).          Therefore, […] him.
          The construction hilaṅ ... denira seems clumsy, as one would expect a regular passive construction like hinilaṅ (or hinilaṅakәn) ... denira. One could translate ‘are vanished by way of it’ (with reference to the method or knowledge derived from the gnostic Śaivasiddhānta scripture/the Siddhānta-Gnosis), but then, one would expect denya rather than denira.           […] one.
          While one may wonder whether saṅśayāni is a corruption of saṅsārāni (‘subject to rebirth’, or perhaps ‘worldly illusions’: cf. MW), the fact that the exegesis features both kasaṅśaya° and saṅsāra speaks against that possibility. Even though the verse-quarter saṅsārāni p{\rdit}thak p{\rdit}thak occurs in the next dyad, as well as in 8.32, the Old Javanese portion of this dyad seems to lay emphasis on the fact that the divisions are the result of vikalpa (occurring twice) and saṅśaya, which links back to the discourse of dyads 11.48–49 about the unhesitant/doubt-free conduct of the practitioner of the Siddhānta with respect to actions, food, etc. Here the author or redactor might have deliberately modified the verse-quarter to expand upon this theme, yet retaining in the exegesis the item saṅsāra derived from the half-verse reproduced in 11.53.          Then […] notions.
          Or: ‘they are hesitant/have concerns [about class-related rules of purity, etc.]’.          The […] epileptic.
          Curiously, by using the expression mlecchādi, the commentator omitted the first five examples, from strīyo to śūdro.          According […] apparatus).
          My translation of this stanza is tentative. My interpretation revolves around the term avakṣepa (not attested in OJED), occurring both in the stanza and in the exegesis. Because the context is that of the reviling of the scripture, already mentioned in the preceding dyads, I have diagnostically emended nāsike to nāstike, which I take to be a reference to the atheistic or materialistic doctrine. This reference may not have resonated to the cultural milieu from which the composer (and/or redactor) of the text was operating. Indeed the very short and elliptical exegesis suggests that the commentator was also at a loss here; his construing of paramadurlabha with avakṣepa does not seem to be apt, for the term in this text is often employed to characterize the scripture (tantra, or tattva: cf. the parallels given in the apparatus).          Summing […] grasp.
          Unlike in the previous dyad, where the expression saṅsiptanikā saṅ hyaṅ haji siddhānta responds to the Sanskrit saṅkṣiptasiddhāntam, here I translate saṅsipta as ‘the contents in brief, summing up’; cf. saṅsiptā, saṅsiptan, saṅsiptanya ‘to cut it short, in short; prob. also: shortly after that, without delay’ (OJED s.v.).          The […] unconstrained.
          OJED glosses sarvecchā as ‘according to all one’s desires, completely at ease, wholly unconstrained, at will’. On the basis of the context of the next dyads (cf. also 11.82–86), the word may refer to the perfect yogin’s freedom to act at will rather than the obtainment of the supernatural power to fulfil his desires.          At […] observances.
          The commentator gives sarvecchā as a lemma of yathecchā (pada d); the former word occurs in the Old Javanese portion of the previous dyad.          Sometimes▷ […] passages.
          I have been unable to restore these corrupt stanzas and produce a coherent translation. I see in them references to Pāśupata observances (cf. my commentary to dyads 11.67–69 infra), the context being that of somebody being unconstrained with respect to observances, i.e. practicing them at will. As in the case of the few dyads immediately preceding and following them, the Old Javanese exegesis is short and elliptical, suggesting that the commentator was probably unable to fully grasp the meaning of the Sanskrit passages.          The▷ […] half-line.
          I am not able to produce a coherent translation of this stanza either, although I see a reference to the observance of ashes (to be carried out at the three junctures of the day?) in the first half-line.          The […] Sadāśiva.
          The correlations of Sense-Mind with Brahmā and Intellect with Viṣṇu are passed over in silence in the exegesis, perhaps because of textual corruption.          The […] bile.
          Pāda c seems corrupt, and a half-verse might be missing. While not glossing the first half-line, the exegesis provides us with a key to reconstruct the possibly missing portions by way of the gloss buddhi līna riṅ manah (thus, vijñāna = buddhi), and of the statements that buddhi is one with ahaṅkāra (i.e., it merges into it) and that the Sense-Mind dissolves into the heart.          The […] 26.5–10.
          Here saptadhā seems to be used in the sense of ‘seventh’ instead of ‘sevenfold’. cf. supra, p. irregnumbers. On the correlation between the seven syllables, the Seven Worlds, and bodily parts, cf. JñS 26.5–10.          The […] Siddhānta-Gnosis.
          The exegesis fancifully interprets the Sanskrit verse in the context of an exposition of seven topics heard by the practitioner, who thereby obtains lordship on the respective worlds.          The […] Disease.
          The commentator construed nityañ with ānandaṃ instead of taking both as self-standing adjectives qualifying pittasthānam.          He […] ca.
          I have diagnostically emended asthānañ ca sukhāni ca to aṣṭāni ca guṇāni ca.           […] wrong.
          In a legal context, as it can be evinced from the several attestations in Sanskrit literature, the bahuvrīhi compound k{\rdit}tadaṇḍa (compare dh{\rdit}tadaṇḍa) could be translated as ‘one who has received punishment’; however, it is likely that in this context the word was intended to means something like ‘acts for which punishment has been/may be carried out’.          The […] Pervasion.
          The commentator expanded on the verse by adding a series of correspondences between the attire of different categories of practitioners (jaṭā, muṇḍī, and śikhā) and the gods of the Trimūrti. While the muṇḍī type seems to be an addition, śikhī could reflect śikhaṇḍī in 11.83c, which I have emended into śikhaṇḍin, regarding it as a vocative constituting an epithet of Kumāra (‘wearing a tuft or lock of hair, tufted, crested; a peacock’, cf. Mann 2012: 205).          The […] Pervasion.
          I have supplied jñānaśakti in order to reflect the list of three items mentioned in the verse.          The […] Paramaśiva.
          The word simpәn(iṅ) here seems to be used in the same sense as saṅsipta(niṅ). cf. 11.47.          The […] Paramaśiva.
          I have emended saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta sadāśiva sira to siddha saṅ hyaṅ sadāśiva sira| anta saṅ hyaṅ paramaśiva sira in order to restore the structure of the exegesis, making it symmetrical with that of dyads 11.88–90, and to more accurately reflect the contents of the verse.           […] name.
          As suggested by the context as well as the Old Javanese gloss, trinayanam here is intended as having the meaning of ‘third eye’ (i.e., the invisible one placed in the forefront) instead of ‘three-eyed’.

          Apparatus


          ^1. saṅ] em., sa L1 B1 B2
          ^2. praṇamya śirasā] em., praṇamya| śirasā L1 B2, lac. B1
          ^3. devam] em., deva L1 B2, lac. B1
          ^4. vakti] conj., vākya L1 B2, om. B1 • Issue in the code (lost folio)
          ^5. amanmathaḥ] em., amanmatha L1 B1 B2
          ^6. devadeva mahādeva] em., devadeva| mahādeva L1 B1 B2
          ^7. śūnyaś ca nirbāṇādhikaḥ] L1 B1 B2, nirbbhāṇādhika L1 B1 B2 • ta-vipulā
          ^8. nirbāṇādhikaḥ] em., nirbbhāṇādhika L1 B1 B2
          ^9. śivāṅgatve] em., śśivaṅgatve L1 B1 B2
          ^10. nirīkṣyate] norm., nirikṣyate L1, rinikṣyate B2, lac. B1
          ^11. kutaḥ tadvākyam atulam], • na-vipulā
          ^12. ’vatiṣṭhata] em., vatiṣṭha| ca L1 B1 B2 • () = ’vātiṣṭhata, m.c.
          ^13. sūryāyutasamaprabham] em., sūryyāyutamamaprabhaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^14. manasā] em., man-asya| L1 B1 B2
          ^15. darśyate] norm., darśśyate L1 B1 B2 • (for dṛśyate)
          ^16. samī-bhūtena] em., amī-bhūtena L1 B1 B2
          ^17. cakṣuṣā] em., cakṣuṣo L1 B1 B2
          ^18. lalāṭe vā] em., lalāṭevaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^19. riṅ rahi|] B1 B2, om. L1
          ^20. yatra yatra] em., yātra yātre L1 B1 B2
          ^21. samuddīkṣya], samuddhikṣyā L1 B1 B2 • for samudīkṣya (m.c.)
          ^22. tatra tatraiva] em., kotra kotreva L1 B1 B2
          ^23. adhomukhaṁ] em., adhomuka L1 B1 B2
          ^24. kucāntare] em., tu cāntare L1 B1 B2
          ^25. sarvadehinām] em., kāladehināṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^26. daśāṇām api nāḍīnām] em., darśśaṇam api nāpīnāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^27. daśanāḍī] em., daśanāpī L1 B1 B2
          ^28. kucāntare mahānāḍī] em., kucāntaro mahanāpī L1 B1 B2
          ^29. kṛśaṅ] em., kṛṣṇaṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^30. sahṛdantacarā] conj., sahṛdāntacaro L1 B1 B2
          ^31. mahānāḍī] em., mahānāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^32. tatra vasati deveśaḥ] em., kasya| paśyati| deveśā L1 B1 B2
          ^33. nāḍī] em., nāpī L1 B1 B2
          ^34. acalaś] em., acalañ L1 B1 B2
          ^35. jñānavarjitaiḥ] em., jñānavarjjitaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^36. jñānavidā], jñānavādi L1 B2, jñānavājī B1
          ^37. mahāśūnyam] conj., mahāsaṅ-kyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^38. dehinām] em., dehītvam L1 B1 B2
          ^39. nityomuṅgv i] B1 B2, nityomuṅguṅgu L1
          ^40. riṅ] B1 B2, ri L1
          ^41. daśanāḍyo ’rkakarās syuḥ] conj., daśanāpy-ārkkakarasya L1 B1 B2 • sa-vipulā
          ^42. hṛdayād abhiniḥsṛtāḥ] conj., hṛdayāndhābhinismṛtaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^43. vitatāḥ] em., vitataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^44. daśanāḍī] conj., pada nāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^45. nāḍī] em., nāpī L1 B1 B2
          ^46. śiroruhe] em., ciroruhe L1 B1 B2
          ^47. tiryagaivottha-] conj., tīryyāgaivetha B1, tīryyāgevetha L1 B2
          ^48. nāḍī] em., nāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^49. nāḍī] em., nāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^50. ta mahasukha] conj., tāmar suka L1 B1 B2
          ^51. nāḍī kṛṣṇahimaprabhā] em., nāpi kṛṣṇahimaprabhāḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^52. nāḍī] em., nāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^53. nāḍīnām] em., nā-pīnām L1 B1 B2
          ^54. tubhyaṁ] em., tābhyāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^55. aśeṣataḥ] B2, aśeṣatāḥ L1 B1
          ^56. idānīṁ] em., idhānāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^57. prayatnaṁ] em., prayatna L1 B1 B2
          ^58. vivare vīra] conj., sumire vīre L1 B2, sumiredh vīre B1
          ^59. atiprabham] em., ataḥ prabhaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^60. āsītam], • for asitam, m.c.
          ^61. anidhanam], • na-vipulā (with irregular preamble)
          ^62. paran nirbāṇam] B1 B2, paranirbbāṇam L1
          ^63. śivaṁ paraṁ brahma muniḥ] L1 B1 B2, brāhmā L1 B1 B2 • bha-vipulā
          ^64. brahma] em., brāhmā L1 B1 B2
          ^65. prototam] conj., proktottam L1 B1 B2
          ^66. tal labhet] L1 B1, ta labhet B2
          ^67. uṅgulnirāṅәnaṅәnәnira] em., uṅguhnirā° L1 B1 B2
          ^68. vidhmātāruṇatāmrabham] em., viśvāstāruṇatāmrābhaṁ L1 B2, viśvāsthāruṇatāprābhaṁ B1
          ^69. vahnīnāṁ] conj., vyāptīnāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^70. bāhūnām], bāyūnāṁ L1 B1 B2 • for bahūnām, m.c.
          ^71. hṛdiṣṭhitam] em., pratiṣṭhitaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^72. trivarṇa-syāt] em., trivarṇnasya L1 B1 B2
          ^73. mātrapañcaka-] em., mātraśaṅkara L1 B1 B2
          ^74. tadvījam] L1 B1, tad vidvijam B2
          ^75. hana ta trivarṇa] L1 B2, hana trivarṇna B1
          ^76. brahmamantrataḥ] conj., brahmamantratāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^77. vaiṣṇavī] conj., veṣṇava L1 B1 B2
          ^78. parisaṁsṛṣṭaḥ] L1 B1, parisaṁ-kṛṣṭaḥ B2
          ^79. viṣṇu-v-avyakta-m] em., viṣṇuvāktaram L1 B1 B2
          ^80. mahābrahma] em., mahā-brāhmā L1 B1 B2
          ^81. anopamaḥ], • for anupamaḥ, m.c.
          ^82. aṅguṣṭhaparimāṇataḥ] em., aṅguṣṭaparimāṇatāḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^83. saṅkeṅ] conj., saṅka riṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^84. anāmayam] norm., anāmayaṁ L1 B2, adāmayaṁ B1
          ^85. nirakṣara ya] em., nirākṣara B1, nirākṣaya L1 B2
          ^86. dvividhaś ca] conj., vividhātva L1 B1 B2
          ^87. mahādevaḥ] em., mahādeva L1 B1 B2
          ^88. jñātavyaḥ munisattamaiḥ] em., dhyātavyaḥ munisattamaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^89. śivapadam] em., śivaparam L1 B1 B2
          ^90. viśeṣāṅaṅәnaṅәn] em., viśeṣāṅәnaṅәn L1 B1 B2
          ^91. papaḍa] L1 B2, paḍa B1
          ^92. svātmānam] norm., svātmānām L1 B1 B2
          ^93. sarvapāpāni] em., sarvvapāpān na L1 B1 B2
          ^94. ivānalaḥ] em., ivo nalaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^95. | sārisāri] em., sārisāri| L1 B1 B2
          ^96. svadehaiśvaryam] em., svadehe svayam L1 B1 B2
          ^97. tumunvīrikaṅ] L1 B1, tumunvīkaṅ B2
          ^98. ādhikyam] em., ādhikam L1 B1 B2
          ^99. labhyate] norm., lābhyate L1 B1 B2 • (for labhate)
          ^100. brahmarahasyam] norm., brāhmarahasyaṁ B1, brāhmarahasya L1 B2
          ^101. nābhyān nyāset manīṣibhiḥ] L1 B1, nābhyānyāset B2
          ^102. vījanira] B1, vīja sira L1 B2
          ^103. triguṇaṁ] em., trigaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^104. jaṭhari] em., aiṭari L1 B1 B2
          ^105. triguṇa] em., trigaṇa L1 B1 B2
          ^106. pañcaśuddhā] em., pañcaśuddha L1 B1 B2
          ^107. pañcaśuddha| lvirnya| avidyā| svabhāva] conj., pañca-śuddhasvabhāva| lvirnya| aśuddhavidyā svabhāva L1 B1, pañcaśuddhasvabhāva| lvirnya| aśud-dhaviddhyā| svabhāva B2
          ^108. akarmatvān mahāprabham] L1 B1 B2, akarmmatvā L1 B1 B2 • even in lieu of odd pada
          ^109. akarmatvān] em., akarmmatvā L1 B1 B2
          ^110. pauruṣo vakṣasi] norm., oruṣav vakṣasi L1 B1, poruṣa vakṣasi B2
          ^111. anādhikam], • for anadhikaṁ, m.c.
          ^112. akāran nirmalaṁ] L1 B1, akāranirmmalaṁ B2
          ^113. śūnyam] em., guhyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^114. śivapura] em., śivapuruṣa L1 B1 B2
          ^115. tālukānte] L1 B1, tālukaṇṭhe B2
          ^116. paramātyantam atulam āthulam] L1 B1, aśūlam B2 • na-vipulā
          ^117. atulam] em., , B2 (larger gap)
          ^118. manasāgrāhyam], manasāṅgṛhya L1 B1 B2
          ^119. ādhikam], • for adhikam, m.c.
          ^120. nirapekṣam] conj., niropekṣam L1 B1 B2
          ^121. lalāṭopari saṁnyaset] em., lalāṭe parisanyaset L1 B1 B2
          ^122. sūkṣmam] conj., śivam L1 B1 B2
          ^123. atyanta-paramam], • bha-vipulā
          ^124. padaṁ] em., pade L1 B1 B2
          ^125. viśvanyasottamam], • for viśvanyāsottamam, m.c.
          ^126. śivam anādimadhyāntam] conj., śiva sūkṣmādimāddhyāntaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^127. nyāsakna] L1 B1, nyasaśna B2
          ^128. śivaṁ nirbāṇa-śuddhan] em., śivanirbāṇaśuddhan L1 B1 B2
          ^129. ya sinaṅguh vikṣepa] em., ya sinaṅguḥ vākṣepa B2, ya sinaṅgaḥ vākṣepa B1, om. L1
          ^130. paramanirbāṇam] norm., paramanirbbāṇam L1 B1, paramanirbbhāṇan B2
          ^131. śūnyāśūnyātiśūnyakam] em., śūnyaśūnyāti-śūnyakaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^132. yat tat] conj., ya ta L1 B1 B2
          ^133. na varṇam||] conj., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^134. amitam] em., anāmatā L1 B1, anāmata B2
          ^135. agātram|] conj., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^136. advitīyam|] conj., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^137. aliṅgakam] em., a iṅgitā L1 B1 B2
          ^138. acyutam] em., anācyutaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^139. nirgatam] em., anihata L1 B1 B2
          ^140. na rogam] em., na rogī L1 B1pc B2, ra rogī B1ac
          ^141. vedanam] em., vedādhyayam L1 B1 B2
          ^142. na saṅsāram|] em., asamam L1 B1 B2
          ^143. na kālam] em., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^144. asambatsarartumāsāhorātram] em., °sarartumāsāhorātra B1, °sārātumāsāhoratra L1 B2
          ^145. asandhyāṅśam|] em., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^146. muhūrtam] em., muhūrtta L1 B1 B2
          ^147. na velakaṣṭham] em., sāndhyāvelaka-ṣṭha L1 B1 B2
          ^148. nottarāyanam … śāntam|] conj., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^149. śūnyam] conj., śūnyātiśūnyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^150. param| satyam] em., antapakṣaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^151. vidhitāṁ| na] L1 B2, vidhitāṁ na B1
          ^152. śūnyātiśūnyam|] conj., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^153. svaccham] em., śocaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^154. nirākāram| na bhayam] conj., anāntaram| itare bhayaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^155. etad brahmapadam| sa eṣa devaḥ] conj., iti brāhmā| iśā eṣaḥ| devaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^156. saḥ paramārthaḥ] conj., paramārthaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^157. vigatendriyaḥ] norm., vighatendriyaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^158. tad brahmāntam] em., tat| brāhmāntaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^159. mokṣam] em., mokṣa L1 B1 B2
          ^160. aniruddham] em., niruddhaṁ L1 B1, nniruddhaṁ B2
          ^161. paraṁ nirbāṇam|] em., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^162. amaryādam] em., apāryyadaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^163. paraṁ padam|] em., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^164. eṣa eva] em., eṣaḥ devaḥ| L1 B1 B2
          ^165. vyāpīyam] em., vyāpināṁ L1 B1, yāpīnaṁ B2
          ^166. sūkṣmīyam] em., sūkṣmaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^167. māhīyam] em., anīyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^168. vitanuḥ] em., vatanuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^169. hitasadāmṛtaḥ] conj., anaśritāḥ L1 B1, anaśritaḥ B2
          ^170. sa] em., sā L1 B1 B2
          ^171. pitā] em., pita L1 B1 B2
          ^172. bandhuḥ] em., bandhu L1 B1 B2
          ^173. amitam] em., amīta L1 B1 B2
          ^174. maviśeṣa] em., mahāviśeṣa L1 B1 B2
          ^175. acalitam] em., na calitaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^176. nirgatam] em., anigataṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^177. arogam], arogī L1 B1, arogi B2
          ^178. avedanam] em., avedhanam L1 B1 B2
          ^179. na saṁvatsarartumāsāhorātram] em., na saṁvatsara| ṛtu| māsāhorātra L1 B1 B2
          ^180. muhūrtam] em., muhūrtta L1 B1 B2
          ^181. animeṣam] em., animeṣyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^182. śāntam| śānta] em., śānti śānta L1 B1 B2
          ^183. śūnyam| śūnya|] L1 B1, śūnyaṁ śūnya B2 L
          ^184. śūnyātiśūnyam] em., śūnyātiśūnya L1 B1 B2
          ^185. svaccham| malilaṅ] em., svastham| malilaṅ L1, svaccam| malilaṁ B2 L, svasthaṁ malilaṅ B1
          ^186. brahmapadam] conj., brāhmādi L1 B1, brāhmāni B2
          ^187. sa eṣa devaḥ] em., sa eṣaḥ devaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^188. śreṣṭhaḥ] norm., sreṣṭhaḥ L1 B1, sṛṣṭhaḥ B2
          ^189. vigatendriyaḥ| tan hanendriye sira] conj., vigatar atīndriyaḥ| tan hanar atīndriye sira L1 B1 B2
          ^190. brahmāntam] norm., brāhmāntaṁ B1 B2, brāhmānaṁ L1
          ^191. brahmāntapada] conj., brāhmānta tapa L1 B1 B2
          ^192. aniruddham] em., śraddham L1 B1 B2
          ^193. kalīṅanira| amaryādam| param] conj., kalīṅanira| paraṁ L1 B1, kalīṅanira| param B2
          ^194. paraṁ padam] conj., padaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^195. eṣa eva mahādevaḥ] em., eṣaḥ evam mahādeva L1 B1, eṣaḥ eva mahādevaḥ B2
          ^196. varīyam|], om. L1 B1 B2
          ^197. sa eva mātā] em., sa evam matā L1 B1 B2
          ^198. sa eva pitā] em., sā evaṁ pitā L1 B1, sa evaṁ pita B2
          ^199. tathā jñātvā] conj., tathā| pi| tva L1 B1, tathā| pitva B2
          ^200. sarvaśarīriṣu] em., sarvvagarīrisu L1 B1 B2
          ^201. vrajen] em., vrajan L1 B1 B2
          ^202. maṅkanāsimpәn] em., maṅkana simpәn L1 B1 B2
          ^203. ekasthāne] em., etat sthāne L1 B1 B2
          ^204. soma] em., somya L1 B1 B2
          ^205. caturjanma] L1 B1, catujanma B2
          ^206. tiryak] norm., tīryyak B1 B2, tīyyak L1
          ^207. viśeṣa umuṅgv] B1 B2, viśeṣa| umuṅgv L1
          ^208. sarvagatas sūkṣmaḥ] em., sarvvagata| ssūkṣmaḥ L1 B1, sarvvagata| sūkṣmaḥ B2
          ^209. manasāgrāhyam] conj., mahāgṛhyante L1 B1 B2 • (cf. 2.9a)
          ^210. sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate] em., sūkṣmatvam upalābhyate L1 B1 B2
          ^211. sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyate] conj., sūkṣmagno upalābhyate L1 B1 B2
          ^212. araṇimanthanopāye] em., haraṇimanmanopāye L1 B1 B2
          ^213. eko] em., eke L1 B1 B2
          ^214. jñāna sira] L1 B1, jñānanira B2
          ^215. devañ] em., devaś L1 B1 B2
          ^216. gatim] conj., gataṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^217. pva bhaṭāra] L1 B1, om. B2
          ^218. brahmarahasyan] norm., brāhmārahasyan L1 B1, brāhmārahasya B2
          ^219. jīvo ’tiniṣkalaḥ] em., jīvātiniṣkalaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^220. bhārūpo sakalaprabhuḥ] conj., bhārūpedaṁ kalaprabhuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^221. sātmaka] em., sātmyaka L1 B1 B2
          ^222. jñeyaḥ] em., jñeya L1 B1 B2
          ^223. saṅke saṅ puruṣa] L1 B1, saṅkeṅ puruṣa B2
          ^224. tamobhūta sira|] L1 B1, om. B1
          ^225. gaurī] em., gori L1 B1 B2
          ^226. sāttvam] em., sattvam L1 B1 B2
          ^227. tejas] em., tejam L1 B1 B2
          ^228. saṅka riṅ] L1 B1, saṅkaniṅ B1
          ^229. buddhi| mijil] L1 B2, buddhi mijil B1
          ^230. taijasā] conj., tejas sa L1 B1 B2
          ^231. saṅkalpātmana] em., saṅkalpātmanā L1 B1 B2
          ^232. manaṅkalpa] conj., manah kalpa L1 B1 B2
          ^233. tata] conj., tathā L1 B1 B2
          ^234. śābdam] em., śabdam L1 B1 B2
          ^235. tato] em., tathā L1 B1 B2
          ^236. spārśam] em., sparśam L1 B1 B2
          ^237. bāyor agnis samudbhūtaḥ] conj., bāyvāgnis sambhūtam manaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^238. rasarūpaśabdasparśaḥ] em., rasarūpaśabdasparśśa L1 B1 B2
          ^239. tato vā] conj., śabdavāk L1 B1 B2
          ^240. salilātmakaḥ] L1 B2, salilātmaka B1
          ^241. śabda sparśa rūpa] em., śabda rūpa L1 B1 B2
          ^242. abhiyogatve] conj., abhiyogatvaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^243. tatra tatrāsīn abhūtaḥ] conj., tatrāsin ābhūtaḥ L1 B1 B2 • ra-vipulā
          ^244. pṛthivyāṁ śarva eko ’yam] conj., pṛthivyā sarvva ekāyam L1 B1 B2
          ^245. bhava-saṁsmṛtaḥ] L1 B2, bhava saṃsmṛta B1
          ^246. paśupatir] em., paśupati L1 B1 B2
          ^247. bāyau] em., bāyvo L1 B1 B2
          ^248. muṅgv irikaṅ] L1 B2, muṅgva rīkaṁ B1
          ^249. tattva] norm., tatva B2, tata L1 B1
          ^250. śarva] em., sarvvajña L1, sarvvajñā B1 B2
          ^251. umandәl] B1, andәl L1 B2
          ^252. dhātāvyakto mahīṣṭhitaḥ] em., dhatavyakto mahīsthitaḥ L1, dhatāvyakto mahīsthītaḥ B1, dhatravyakto mahīṣṭhitaḥ B2 • ← dhātāvyakte pratiṣṭhitaḥ (?)
          ^253. kāraṇastho] em., kāraṇesthā L1 B1 B2
          ^254. pādi| tan] B2, pādi tan L1 B1
          ^255. śarīra| apah] B2, śarīra apah L1 B1
          ^256. manaṅkalpa] conj., manah saṅkalpa L1 B1 B2
          ^257. tattvaniṅ śarīraniṅ] B1, tatvaśarīraniṅ L1 B2
          ^258. tejasthānābhimānataḥ] em., tejasthānābhimānyataḥ L1 B1, tejasthānābhimanyataḥ B2
          ^259. adhyavasānatvam] em., ādyāvaśānatvaṁ L1 B2, adyāvaśānatvaṁ B1
          ^260. gauṇikā] em., goṇikaṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^261. lvirnya] conj., {\XeTeXglyph1561\relax}vih ya L1 B1 B2
          ^262. mādhyavasāya] conj., mādva viṣaya L1 B1 B2
          ^263. riṅ udāristhāna] em., udāristhāna L1 B1 B2
          ^264. upanyāstaṁ] conj., upanyāntaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^265. bhārūpam] em., bhārūpām L1 B1 B2
          ^266. iti vikhyātam] conj., itavākyānāṁ L1 B1, itavākyānaṁ B2
          ^267. pauruṣa vījanya|] conj., om. L1 B1 B2
          ^268. jīvasya kāraṇaṁ] em., vījasya karaṇam L1 B1 B2
          ^269. brahmādiparameśāntam] em., brāhmādiparameśānam L1 B1 B2
          ^270. sūkṣmam anāśravam] em., sūkṣmāsanāśravaṁ L1 B1, sūkṣmāsanaśravaṁ B2
          ^271. kāraṇeṅ] em., ṅkāneṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^272. nihan] conj., nāhan L1 B1 B2
          ^273. bhedanyāyan tu vaikṛte] conj., bhedanyāyāntavaidhṛte L1 B1 B2
          ^274. tat tu vāhyeta saṅkīrṇam] L1 B1 B2, tatvavāhāya L1, tatvavātāya B1 B2 • (.) odd in lieu of even pada
          ^275. tat tu vāhyeta] conj., tatvavāhāya L1, tatvavātāya B1 B2
          ^276. viśvavījāṅkuraṁ] conj., vītavījākṣaraṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^277. rohate viṭapāṅkuraṁ] conj., rohan tat vītapaṅkuraṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^278. vәkasan pva] norm., vkasan pva L1 B1, vkasan| pva B2
          ^279. +saptadvīpaṁ … saptaparvatāḥ|+], • Half-line conjecturally inserted from 4.16cd
          ^280. śanaiścara] em., śaniścara L1 B1 B2
          ^281. tārāñ] em., tārāṁś L1 B1 B2
          ^282. antarikṣaṁ vidur vudhāḥ] em., antarīkṣa vidhur vvidhā L1, antarīkṣa vidhūr vidhā B1, antarikṣa vidhur vvidhā B2
          ^283. daśopendraḥ] L1 B2, dagopendraḥ B1
          ^284. trividhaṁ śakramaṇḍalam], • even in lieu of odd pada
          ^285. trayoktaṁ manīṣiṇā] conj., trayan taṁ maṇīṣinā L1 B1 B2
          ^286. saṅ hyaṅ daśopendra|], om. B1
          ^287. bhṛgusattama] em., bhṛgusattamaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^288. eva] L1 B2, aiva B1
          ^289. kūṭāmita| ṅa|] B1, kūṭāmita| L1 B2
          ^290. śakramaṇḍalakaṁ] conj., saṅkramavacanaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^291. evamādyo] em., eva māddhye L1 B1 B2
          ^292. nānābhogasamāśritāḥ] conj., navabhogasamaśritāḥ L1, navabhogasamaśrītaḥ B1, navabhogasamaśritaḥ B2
          ^293. sahasrākṣamahārdhikaḥ] em., sahasraś ca mahārddhikaḥ L1 B1, sahaśraś ca mahārddhikaḥ B2
          ^294. tu ’bhidhīyate] em., tu vidhiyate L1, vidhīyate B1, vīdhīyate B2
          ^295. ante sāraṁ] em., antasāram L1 B1 B2
          ^296. prājāpatyaṅ] em., prajāpatiṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^297. corddhvam] em., corddhaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^298. sthānaṁ svādhāraṇañ] conj., kṣaṇaṁ sadhāraṇañ L1 B1 B2
          ^299. indraloka] conj., ikā L1 B1 B2
          ^300. nirālambana] em., nirālamba L1 B1 B2
          ^301. me ’dhidevataḥ] em., me didevataḥ L1 B1 B2 • even in lieu of odd pada
          ^302. prati prati] L1 B1, prati pati B2
          ^303. manaṅkalpa gavenya| mahyuṅ mvaṅ elik] conj., manah saṅkalpa hayunya| mvaṅ elik L1 B1 B2
          ^304. dhīśāstroktaṁ] em., dhīśāstroktam| L1 B1 B2
          ^305. sa tvaksukham] em., sātvakmukam L1 B1, sātvakmukham B2
          ^306. spṛṣṭavyam] em., sṛṣṭavyam L1 B1 B2
          ^307. adhibhūtañ] em., abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2
          ^308. sukhaniṅ] conj., mukha L1 B1 B2
          ^309. cakṣuḥsukham] conj., cakṣuḥkarmmā L1 B1 B2
          ^310. tatra] em., vaktre L1 B1 B2
          ^311. sukha] conj., mukha L1 B1 B2
          ^312. jihvāsukham ajījanat] em., jīvamukaṁ ajījanāt L1 B1 B2
          ^313. rāsavya] conj., ātsaryya L1 B1, ārtsaryya B2
          ^314. ilat] em., ilik L1 B1 B2
          ^315. sukha] conj., mukha L1 B1 B2
          ^316. ghrāṇasukham utpādayet] em., ghrāṇamukham upādayet L1 B1 B2
          ^317. ghrātavyam adhibhūtakam] conj., pṛthivyām abhibhūtakam L1 B1 B2
          ^318. sukha] conj., mukha L1 B1 B2
          ^319. anupūrvaśaḥ] em., anupūrvvakaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^320. śrota] em., śrote L1 B1 B2
          ^321. varahaknaṅkv i] L1 B2, varahaknaṅkvai B1
          ^322. sāttvikānte] em., sattvikāntav L1 B1 B2
          ^323. vijāyate], • < vijanyante m.c.?
          ^324. tamorajaḥmayo] conj., tamorajaḥmano L1 B1 B2
          ^325. sattva] norm., satva L1 B2, satya B1
          ^326. adhibhūtañ] em., abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2
          ^327. devadevasya] em., devo devasya L1 B1 B2
          ^328. pāṇir indro ’dhidevataḥ] conj., pāṇīndriyādidevataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^329. gṛhyamāno ’dhibhūtaś] em., grahyamānābhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2
          ^330. adhikramam] em., adikramam L1 B1 B2
          ^331. adhibhūtañ] em., abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2
          ^332. gavenya] em., ya L1 B1 B2
          ^333. vīra] em., ciri L1 B1 B2
          ^334. athocyate] em., atocyate L1 B1 B2
          ^335. ānandātmā tathopasthaḥ] conj., anandātmyātathopastāt L1 B1 B2
          ^336. gavenya] em., ya L1 B1 B2
          ^337. maṅkana ta vuvusaṅkv iri] L1 B2, maṅkana vuvusaṅkv ī B1
          ^338. tathobhāye] conj., tato bāyuḥ L1 B1 B2 • ubhāye for ubhaye, m.c.
          ^339. pratipadyate] conj., nātipādyate L1 B1 B2 • for pratipadyete, m.c.
          ^340. gavenya] em., ya L1 B1 B2
          ^341. mahābhūtasukhaṁ] em., mahābhūtaṁ sukam L1 B2, mahābhūtaṁ sukham B1
          ^342. śarīrākhyam] em., carīrākyam L1 B1 B2
          ^343. bhautikaṁ tv abhidhīyate] em., bhoktatatvābhidhīyate L1 B1 B2
          ^344. ikaṅ buddhīndriya] conj., ikaṅ karmma buddhīndriya L1 B1 B2
          ^345. pinakasukhanira] conj., pinakamukha L1 B1 B2
          ^346. vikāras te] em., vikārastho L1 B1 B2
          ^347. māṁsā°] em., majjhāsthīsnāyupittañ L1 B2, majjhāsthīsnāyupīttañ B1
          ^348. nihan] em., nāhan L1 B1 B2
          ^349. āsyāsavaḥ] em., yathāśravaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^350. drava] conj., śrava L1 B1 B2
          ^351. mukhe mahād api yo ’gniḥ], • ← cāhavanīyo ’gniḥ; sa-vipulā
          ^352. sambartaḥ pittake] em., sambartta pitake L1, sambartta pittake B1 B2
          ^353. ri] L1 B2, riṅ B1
          ^354. ri] L1 B2, riṅ B1
          ^355. cākṣuṣāgnir] L1 B2, cakṣugniṣāgnir B1
          ^356. śucyagni] em., aśucyagni L1 B1 B2
          ^357. pañcās] em., pañcas L1 B1 B2
          ^358. jñeyāḥ] em., jñeyaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^359. ’pānaḥ samānaś], pāna samānañ L1 B1 B2
          ^360. bāyuḥ] em., bāyvoḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^361. samāno] em., samāne L1 B1 B2
          ^362. muṅgv i] L1 B2, muṅgv iṅ B1
          ^363. riṅ] B1, ri L1 B2
          ^364. ikaṅ apāna] B1, ikaṅ apāna| L1 B2
          ^365. udāno] em., udāne L1 B1 B2
          ^366. jñeyaḥ] em., jñeyā L1 B1 B2
          ^367. jaṭhare] em., aiṭare L1 B1 B2
          ^368. ākāśaḥ] em., ākāśe L1 B1 B2
          ^369. smṛtaḥ] em., smṛtaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^370. kabeh| ākāśa] B2, kabeh ākāśa L1 B1
          ^371. saṅjñakāḥ] conj., saṅjñaś ca L1 B1 B2
          ^372. sādhibhūtādhidaivatam] conj., sandhibhūtan na vedita L1 B1 B2
          ^373. adhibhautikaduhkha] em., atibhotikaduḥka L1 B1 B2
          ^374. adhidaivikaduhka] em., atidevikaduhka L1 B1 B2
          ^375. vibhāgāni] em., vibhāgānā L1 B1 B2
          ^376. kathayiṣyāmi tattvataḥ] em., ṅkathayisyāpitatvatāḥ L1 B1, ṅkathayisyāpitatvataḥ B2
          ^377. yatra yatra] conj., yamo tathā L1 B1 B2
          ^378. pṛthvī] em., pṛthviṁ B1, pṛthvaṁ L1, pṛthvi B2
          ^379. jihvā] em., jihvāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^380. riṅ] B1, ri L1 B2
          ^381. ca] em., sa L1 B1 B2
          ^382. tvac ca] em., tvaci L1 B1 B2
          ^383. sparśe] em., sparśaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^384. daśadeśa] conj., deśa L1 B1 B2
          ^385. maṅher] L1 B1, aṅher B2
          ^386. ādi] L1 B2, ārda B1
          ^387. vākye] L1 B1, vātye B2
          ^388. taṅan tṛpti] L1 B1, taṅan| tṛpti B2
          ^389. mano tṛptyaṅ kathayāmi], • sa-vipulā
          ^390. nahan] em., nihan L1 B1 B2
          ^391. nihan] em., nāhan L1 B1 B2
          ^392. ri kitaṅ] L1 B2, i kitaṅ B1
          ^393. manaṅkalpa] em., manah saṅkalpa L1 B1 B2
          ^394. vibhāgatveva], • for vibhāgatva eva
          ^395. tanmātram] em., tanmātra L1 B1 B2
          ^396. ’bhitṛptyate] em., ditṛptyate L1 B1 B2
          ^397. abhimāne] em., abhimāno L1 B1 B2
          ^398. ugra] em., rudra L1 B1 B2
          ^399. adhyavasāyatve] conj., ādiḥ viṣayate L1 B1 B2
          ^400. tadupādāne] em., tādupadhāno L1 B1 B2
          ^401. viṣṇuḥ] em., viṣṇoḥ L1 B2, viṣṇo B1
          ^402. mādhyavasāya] conj., ādhyātmaviṣaya L1 B1 B2
          ^403. upādāna] em., upadhāna L1 B2, upadhana B1
          ^404. adhidevo] em., adidevo L1 B1 B2
          ^405. ’bhitṛptyate] em., ditṛptyate L1 B1 B2
          ^406. svadevatāḥ] em., svadevataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^407. sarveṣu] em., sarvvesaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^408. sәḍәṅnya gәsәṅ] norm., sdhәṁnya gsәṅ L1 B1, sdhәṁnyāṁgsәṅ B2
          ^409. uktas] conj., vāktas L1 B1 B2
          ^410. sarvatattve svaviṣayam] em., sarvvatatveṣu viṣayaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^411. śivadevo ’dhigacchati] norm., śivadevo digacchati B2, śivadevādigacchati L1 B1
          ^412. sukha] L1 B2, sakha B1
          ^413. mahārṇavāḥ] norm., mahārṇnavāḥ L1 B1, mahārṇnavaḥ B2
          ^414. sanadī snāyavaḥ] norm., sānadī snāyavaḥ B2, sānadīsnāyavāḥ L1 B1
          ^415. vṛkkādya-] em., vṛtādya L1 B1 B2
          ^416. saptadvīpaśca] em., saptadvīpañ ca L1 B1 B2
          ^417. sattveṣu] norm., satveṣu L1 B2, sateṣu B1
          ^418. ’bhitṛptyate] em., ditṛptyate L1 B1 B2
          ^419. śarīrīṇām] L1 B1, śarīriṇāṁ B2 • for śarīriṇām, m.c.
          ^420. vāhyanti], • for uhyante?
          ^421. yāvad utpatti-bhagavān], • na-vipulā
          ^422. sarvatattva] norm., sarvatatva L1 B1, sarvasatva B2
          ^423. salilād] em., salilān L1 B1 B2
          ^424. tiṣṭhanti] em., tiṣṭhati L1 B1 B2
          ^425. līyati], • for līyante, m.c.
          ^426. aṣṭaguṇaiḥ] L1 B2, aṣṭaguṇai B1
          ^427. sarvagato] norm., sarvvagato L1 B2, parvvagato B1
          ^428. yāvad] em., tāvād L1 B1 B2
          ^429. svasthamūrtiḥ] norm., svasthamūrttiḥ L1, svasthamūrtti B1, svastamūrttiḥ B2
          ^430. rudraḥ] L1 B2, rudra B1
          ^431. dṛṣṭo ’pīndrajalaṁ mayam], • for °īndrajālā māyā or indrajālamayam, m.c.
          ^432. hinyasakәn] em., inyāsakәn L1 B1 B2
          ^433. kinahanan iṅ] conj., haneṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^434. katiga] L1 B1, ta tiga B2
          ^435. eva] em., evañ L1 B1 B2
          ^436. pat vibhāganya] em., pavibhāganya L1 B1 B2
          ^437. ndan] em., ndah L1 B1 B2
          ^438. antarātmā] L1 B2, ātmārātmā B1
          ^439. pālako] em., pālakā L1 B1 B2
          ^440. rudrarūpa sirān amralayakәn] em., rudrarūpanirāmralayakәn L1 B1, rudrarūpa sirāmralayakәn B2
          ^441. paramātmastho] em., paramātmasthā L1, paramātmāsthā B1 B2
          ^442. paraṁstho] em., paraṁsthā L1 B1 B2
          ^443. śivatattve pralīyate] conj., śivatatvavvalīyate L1 B1 B2
          ^444. yathotthaṁ mad iti sarvam] conj., yathottamam iti sarvve L1 B1 B2
          ^445. jagat tathā pralīyate] conj., jagat tatva vvalīyate L1, jagatatva vvalīyate B1
          ^446. tathā] em., tatra L1 B1 B2
          ^447. saḥ bahnir vāyau līyate] L1 B1 B2, vvāyur L1 B1 B2, layate L1 B1 B2 • ta-vipulā
          ^448. vāyau] em., vvāyur L1 B1 B2
          ^449. līyate] em., layate L1 B1 B2
          ^450. apah līna] B2, apaḥ| līna L1 B1
          ^451. bhautivījābhidhānakam] conj., bhotivījav vidhānakam L1 B1 B2
          ^452. śarīraniṣṭha-r-ucyate] norm., śarīrāniṣṭhar ucyate L1 B1, śarīraniṣṭhār ucyate B2 • for śarīraniṣṭhā-r-ucyate, m.c.
          ^453. tanmātram] conj., tvam mātram L1 B1 B2
          ^454. devaśarīrānām] em., devaśarīrinaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^455. sadasadātmalakṣaṇam] conj., sadāsadāthalakṣaṇam L1 B1 B2
          ^456. puruṣa-paramaṅ gatvā] conj., puruṣa paramaṅ gatvaṁ L1 B2, puruṣa paramāṅgatvaṁ B1
          ^457. brahmeśānī] em., brāhmeśāna L1 B1 B2
          ^458. mayā vījam] conj., mahāvījaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^459. jagatpralayakāraṇam] conj., jagatpālakakāraṇaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^460. prayāti] conj., tvayīti L1 B1, tvayiti B2
          ^461. iti khyātam] L1 B2, ikyātam B1
          ^462. ta pañcaśuddha] conj., ta pada śuddha L1 B1, hapada śuddha B2
          ^463. avidyā| svabhāva] em., avidyā svabhāvanya L1 B1 B2
          ^464. vaiṣṇavī] norm., veṣṇavī L1, veṣṇava B1, veṣnavi B2
          ^465. saṁjñaṁ] em., sajñaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^466. sthānam] em., kṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^467. vakṣam] em., dhakṣam L1 B1 B2
          ^468. baṁ] em., taṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^469. oṁkāram atyantapadam], • bha-vipulā
          ^470. ūrdhvātyūrdhvākṣaram] em., urddhvatyurddhvākṣatam L1 B1 B2
          ^471. sarvaṁ viśeṣataḥ] em., sarvva viśeṣataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^472. bhuvaḥlokāntarīkṣakam] L1 B1, bhuvaḥlokāntarikṣatam B2
          ^473. prājāpatyaṁ] em., prajāpatyām L1 B1 B2
          ^474. vaiṣṇavam] em., veṣṇavi L1 B1 B2
          ^475. tu] L1 B2, ta B1
          ^476. ikaṅ] L1 B2, i B1
          ^477. ekatattvam] em., eke tatvam L1 B1 B2
          ^478. ācalam], • for acalam, m.c.
          ^479. kāraṇacyutam] B1, kāraṇācyutaṁ L1 B2
          ^480. byaktinya] em., byaktanya L1 B1 B2
          ^481. dhārayitvāpi] B1 B2, dhārayītvāpi L1
          ^482. manaḥ] L1 B2, namaḥ B1
          ^483. varahaknaṅkva … manah||] L1 B2, om. B1, patuṅgalanira B2, om. B1
          ^484. patuṅgaltuṅgalanira] L1, om. B1, patuṅgalanira B2, om. B1 (larger gap)
          ^485. evaikaprāṇaḥ] em., ivekaprāṇaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^486. samudbhavaḥ] em., samudbhuvaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^487. bhūmyapo bhūr iti] conj., bhūr apo brahmīti L1 B1 B2
          ^488. ākāśaṁ manas evedam] conj., ākāśa mānaso veda L1 B1 B2
          ^489. svarlokam] B1 B2, sarlokam L1
          ^490. saptaparvatāḥ] em., saptaparvvataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^491. svarloka] B1 B2, sarvvaloka L1
          ^492. tato bhūtam] em., tatvabhūtam L1 B1 B2
          ^493. candrakānto] conj., candrakāntād L1, candrakantād B1 B2
          ^494. candrajyotsnā ’bhisaṅgamet] conj., candrajyot∙snān nisaṅgamet L1 B1 B2
          ^495. tato ’ntaḥnisṛtaḥ] em., tatvāntaḥnisṛtaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^496. kasaṅgamanya] L1 B2, kasaṅkamanya B1
          ^497. buddhyādipṛthvyantam] em., devīti tatvāntam L1 B1 B2
          ^498. tadvat] conj., tat L1 B1 B2
          ^499. traiguṇyam] em., te gauṇyam L1 B1 B2
          ^500. saṅjñakam] L1 B1, saṁjñikaṁ B2
          ^501. viparītaniṅ guṇa] norm., viparītaniṃ guṇa B1, viparīta nirguṇa L1 B2
          ^502. jagat an] em., jagat tan L1 B1 B2
          ^503. aṣṭāviṅśatiśaktayaḥ] norm., aṣṭaviṅśātiśaktayaḥ B2, aṣṭaviṅśātiśaktayāḥ L1 B1
          ^504. aṣṭadhā] L1 B2, aṣṭidhā B1
          ^505. hana navatuṣṭi| ṅa|] L1 B2, om. B1
          ^506. mahārṣiṇaḥ] em., mahārṣiṇā L1 B1 B2
          ^507. utpannam] L1 B1, utpanaṁ B2
          ^508. tatrādhidevataḥ] conj., tatvādidevataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^509. abhibhūtañ] em., abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2
          ^510. sattvaṁ] em., saṅkyam L1 B2, ṣaṅkyam B1
          ^511. yāmintonakәn] L1 B1, ya pintonakәn B2
          ^512. ahaṅkārotpannaṁ buddheḥ], • unmetrical
          ^513. ’dhibhūtaś] em., bhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2
          ^514. mātrāni] em., tantrāni L1 B1 B2
          ^515. adhibhūtañ] em., abhibhūtañ L1 B1 B2
          ^516. śivatvan te prakīrtitaḥ] conj., śivatvānta pratikṛtaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^517. evamādyāḥ] L1 B2, evamādyaḥ B1
          ^518. prabhāḥ] L1 B2, prabhaḥ B1
          ^519. patbәlas] em., padblas L1 B1 B2
          ^520. anantakoṭisahasraḥ] em., anantakoṭis sahasraḥ L1 B2, anāntakoṭis sahasraḥ B2 • sa-vipulā
          ^521. traiguṇyasamuparjitaḥ] em., traigaṇasyāmuparjjitaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^522. traiguṇya] em., trigaṇa L1 B1 B2
          ^523. traiguṇyañ] em., trigaṇañ L1 B1 B2
          ^524. vaiṣṇavaṁ] em., veṣṇavī L1 B1 B2
          ^525. kramanyān] L1 B2, kramanyar B1
          ^526. svabhāvaś ca] em., svabhāva ca L1 B1 B2
          ^527. avidyā| svabhāva] em., avidyā svabhāvanya L1 B1 B2
          ^528. pradhāna| prakṛti] B1, pradhāna prakṛti L1 B2
          ^529. vaiṣṇavī] em., veṣṇava L1 B1 B2
          ^530. na kiñcid api niṣkalam] L1 B1 B2, niṣkaścalaṁ B1ac, niścalaṁ B1pc, niścalaṁ B2 • even in lieu of odd pada
          ^531. niṣkalam] L1, niṣkaścalaṁ B1ac, niścalaṁ B1pc, niścalaṁ B2
          ^532. viṣṇulokan nigadyate] L1 B1, viṣṇuloka nigadyate B2
          ^533. caturvaktraś] em., caturvaktrañ L1 B2, catūrvaktrañ B1
          ^534. caturyugavidhāraṇaḥ] norm., caturyugavvidhāraṇaḥ L1 B1, caturyugavvidhāraṇāḥ B2
          ^535. saṅkeṅ sakaleriya] conj., saṅkeriya L1 B1 B2
          ^536. nānāyudhadharaḥ] em., nānāyudhavaraṁ L1, nanāyudhavaraṁ B1 B2
          ^537. paḍāṅagәm khaḍga| cakra|] em., padhāṅagәm cakra| L1 B1 B2
          ^538. anādimadhyanidhanaḥ], • na-vipulā
          ^539. tataḥ] conj., tattvaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^540. tapolokam] L1 B1, tālolokam B2
          ^541. vaiṣṇavī] conj., veṣṇava L1 B1 B2
          ^542. bhārūpaṁ] em., bhārūpa L1 B1 B2
          ^543. niścalaṁ] em., niṣkalaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^544. puruṣa] em., tatpuruṣa L1 B1 B2
          ^545. nissaktam] em., niśśaktam L1 B1 B2
          ^546. garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ] em., garbbhajanmajvarahinaḥ L1, garbbhajanmajvarahīnaḥ B1 B2
          ^547. janmakleśavivarjitaḥ] conj., janaḥkleśavivarjjitaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^548. jarā] em., jvara L1 B1 B2
          ^549. aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ] norm., aṣṭaiśvaryyaguṇopetaḥ L1 B2, aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇometaḥ B1
          ^550. caturvedaḥ] L1, caturveda B1 B2
          ^551. kṣamarūpa sira], kṣamārūpa sira L1 B2, kṣamārūpanira B1
          ^552. śūnyāc chūnyataraṁ] em., śūnyaṁ śūnyatara L1 B1 B2
          ^553. sarvasaṅgatavarjitam] norm., sarvvasaṅgatavarjjitaṁ L1 B2, °saṅgatāvarjjitaṁ B1
          ^554. vedinaḥ] em., veditaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^555. tapolokasthito] L1 B1, tapoloke sthito B2
          ^556. sireṅ] L1 B2, sira riṅ B1
          ^557. parama-sūkṣmatvāt] em., paramasūkṣmārtvaṁ L1 B2, paramasūkṣmārtthaṁ B1
          ^558. viśeṣāl] em., viśeṣal L1 B1 B2
          ^559. anāśrayam anaupamyam] conj., anāśrayaparopādhyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^560. tatra] em., tathā L1 B1 B2
          ^561. nirutsukaḥ] em., nirutsakaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^562. nirgātro] em., nirgotra L1 B1 B2
          ^563. nirbāṇan] B2, nirbbāṇa L1 B1
          ^564. pagātra] em., pagotra L1 B1 B2
          ^565. triguṇasthaś ca] conj., triguṇasthārtham L1 B2, triguṇarsthatham B1
          ^566. triguṇottamasaṅgataḥ] conj., triguṇottamasaṅganaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^567. vṛṣadhvajā] em., vṛṣadhvaja L1 B1 B2 • na-vipulā
          ^568. candrārdhāṅkajaṭā-] em., candrārddhāṅgījaṭā L1 B1 B2
          ^569. kulavuk] em., kulavu L1 B1 B2
          ^570. janmamṛtyujarāhīnaḥ] em., janmāmṛtyuḥjvarahīnaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^571. jarā] em., L1 B1 B2
          ^572. tuhānvam mvaṅ], jvara L1 B2, tuhānvam| mvaṅ B1
          ^573. viditvā] em., vidhitvā L1 B1 B2
          ^574. pramāṇatvam] conj., pramāṇasya L1 B1 B2
          ^575. jñānapāragaiḥ] em., jñānapārage L1 B1 B2
          ^576. paramaṁ] L1 B1, maramaṁ B2
          ^577. oṅkāra] L1 B1, oṁkāra B2
          ^578. etad] em., etod L1, etād B1 B2
          ^579. mokṣapadam viduḥ] em., mokṣaparav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^580. vindyāt] em., vindhyat L1 B2, vindhyāt B1
          ^581. amāso na saṁbatsāram] em., amāse ca sambatsāram L1 B1 B2 • ta-vipulā; °sambatsāram in lieu of °sambatsaram, m.c.
          ^582. vidur vudhāḥ] em., vidhur vudhaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^583. tan hanārka|] norm., tan hanārkka L1 B1pc, om. B1ac, tan hanāditya B2
          ^584. bhūmeḥ guṇañ] em., bhūmiḥ guṇyañ L1 B1 B2
          ^585. viyatguṇaṁ] em., viyatguṇyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^586. tu] em., ti L1 B1 B2
          ^587. tu] em., ti L1 B1 B2
          ^588. vaiṣṇavī] em., veṣṇava L1 B1 B2
          ^589. idam viduḥ] em., idav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^590. īśapuram viduḥ] em., īśāpurav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^591. ya uṅgvan] em., uṅgvan L1 B1 B2
          ^592. sadbhāvaṁ sadasadbhāvam] conj., sambhavaṁ śabdasambhavaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^593. asadbhavaṁ] conj., asambhavaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^594. sadbhāvam] conj., sambhavam L1 B1 B2
          ^595. na sadbhāvam] conj., na sambhavam L1, nāsambhavaṁ B1 B2
          ^596. anādhikam], • for anadhikam, m.c.
          ^597. sadbhāva] conj., sambhava L1 B1 B2
          ^598. hananya| aṁ| vījanya|| ikaṅ] em., hananya| ikaṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^599. sadasadbhāva] conj., śabdasambhava L1 B1 B2
          ^600. asadbhāva] conj., asambhava L1 B1 B2
          ^601. naiva sadbhāva] conj., naiva sambhava L1, naivāsambhava B1 B2
          ^602. na sadbhāva] conj., kasambhava L1 B1 B2
          ^603. iṁ| vījanyaw] em., oṁ| vījanya L1 B1, oṁ vījanya B2
          ^604. ūrdhvatarañ] em., urddhvāntarañ L1 B1 B2
          ^605. surāsvādu-tathā saptaḥ] em., surasvādu tadā sapta L1, surasvadu tadā sapta B1 B2
          ^606. samudraḥ] em., ssamudraḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^607. ta] L1 B1, taṁ B2
          ^608. tato] em., tatvan L1 B1 B2
          ^609. tato] em., tatvan L1 B1 B2
          ^610. kṣīrodan taddaśaṁ] conj., kṣīrodān taṁ śatan L1 B1 B2
          ^611. tato daśaguṇam vindyāt] em., tatvan daśaguṇav vindyāt L1 B2, tatvan daśaguṇa vindyāt B1
          ^612. tato] em., tatvan L1 B1 B2
          ^613. caivam] conj., sarvvaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^614. tato] em., tatva L1 B1 B2
          ^615. ghṛtodadhyāgatas] norm., ghṛtodadhyagatas L1 B2, ghṛtādadhyaśatas B1
          ^616. tato] em., tatvan L1 B1 B2
          ^617. tato daśaguṇaṁ vindyāt] em., tatva daśaguṇa vindyāt L1 B2, tatva daśaguṇav vindyāt B1
          ^618. tathā] em., tatva L1 B1 B2
          ^619. sāgaraḥ] conj., sarpiyaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^620. tataḥ] em., tatvaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^621. gomedhaṁ] norm., gomedaṁ B1 B2, gomeda L1
          ^622. guṇan tadvad daśam viduḥ] conj., ślokān tat dvidaśav vidhuḥ L1 B2, ślokān tat dvidaśa vidhuḥ B1
          ^623. tato] em., tatvaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^624. caivam] conj., sarvvam L1 B1 B2
          ^625. cakravāḍaparivṛtaiḥ] norm., cakravādaparivṛtaiḥ L1, cakravādaparidvṛtaiḥ B1, cakravādaparivṛteḥ B2
          ^626. tato] em., tatva L1 B1 B2
          ^627. mahāgireḥ] em., mahāgiriḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^628. pūrve hemakuṭa-m-indro], • sa-vipulā with irregular preamble; hemakuṭam for hemakūṭam, m.c.
          ^629. indra muṅgv i] L1 B2, indra muṅgv iṅ B1
          ^630. nirṛti] em., nainṛti L1 B1 B2
          ^631. bāyabyaṁ] em., bāyabyāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^632. soma-saṁnyaste] norm., somasaṁnyasthe L1 B1 B2
          ^633. aiśānyāṁ] L1 B1, aiśānaṁ B2
          ^634. bāruṇaś] em., baruṇaś L1 B1 B2
          ^635. vaiṣṇavaṁ] em., veṣṇavī L1 B1, veṣnavi B2
          ^636. pauruṣamantra riṅ] B2, °mantra| riṅ L1 B1
          ^637. triguṇam viduḥ] em., triguṇav vidhuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^638. kunaṅ pintiga i madhya| pintiga i sor| pintiga i ruhur|] conj., kunaṁ pintiga i sor| pintiga i ruhur| L1 B1 B2
          ^639. tanmātrāhaṅkaro], • for °āhaṅkāro, m.c.
          ^640. bhaṭāra] conj., bhāra L1 B1 B2
          ^641. bhuvanakośan nāma śāstram] em., bhuvanakośanāmaśāstraṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^642. bhagavan devadeveśa] em., bhagavān devadeveśā L1 B1 B2
          ^643. parityaktam] em., parityaktā L1 B1 B2
          ^644. bhagavan] norm., bhagavān L1 B1 B2
          ^645. kita kinahanan] L1, kita| kita kinahanan B1 B2
          ^646. devadeveśa] em., devadeveśā L1 B1 B2
          ^647. an maṅkana| aparan ta gavayakna rānak bhaṭāra||] L1 B1, om. B2
          ^648. deveśa] em., deveśā L1 B1 B2
          ^649. mayam], • for māyām, m.c.
          ^650. tattvāṅgaṁ tvaya me ’dhunā] L1 B1 B2, • ← tattvaṁ kathaya me ’dhunā (?)
          ^651. tvaya], • for tvayā, m.c.
          ^652. deveśa] em., deveśā L1 B1 B2
          ^653. tumona] B1 B2, humona L1
          ^654. mayam], • (pratīka) for māyām, m.c.
          ^655. aparan] L1 B1, saparan∙ B2
          ^656. katon māvak karikā sira|] B1 B2, om. L1
          ^657. tava śabdeṣu] conj., tāmasādiśam L1, tāmasanīśam B1, tāmasaniśaṁ B2
          ^658. dhūmrabhā] conj., dhūmrayā L1 B1, dhūmraya B2
          ^659. kathayasva me] conj., kathayam ase L1, kathayam aset B1, kathāyam ase B2
          ^660. kathayasva me] conj., kathayam ase L1 B1 B2
          ^661. munivara śreṣṭha] conj., munivaras sreṣṭhaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^662. pṛthivī] B1 B2, pṛthivi L1
          ^663. rasa| rūpa| sparśa|] B2, rasa rūpa sparśśa L1 B1
          ^664. tataś caturguṇan] conj., tatra paścat guṇan L1 B1 B2
          ^665. gandhasparśaś ca] em., gandhasparśasya L1 B1 B2
          ^666. rūparasaś ca mūtrādyaḥ] em., rūparasañ ca mutrādyaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^667. jīvamūrtiṁ paraṁ] em., jīvamūrttiparaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^668. mūtra| hariṅәt] norm., mutra| hariṅәt B1, mutra hariṅәt L1 B2
          ^669. suvarṇalakṣaṇam] em., svavarṇnalakṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^670. tṛṣṇakrodhādipūrvañ] em., tṛṣṇakrodhānipūrvvañ L1 B1 B2
          ^671. śarīrajyotir] L1 B2, śarīrajotir B1
          ^672. rūpa| sparśa| śabda|] conj., rūpa| L1 B1 B2
          ^673. evoktam] conj., evāntaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^674. sparśaśabdaś ca] em., sparśśaśabdasya L1 B1 B2
          ^675. cetas sarvaśarīriṇām] norm., cetas sarvaśarīriṇaṁ L1 B1, cetasarvaśarīriṇaṁ B2
          ^676. śrotayoḥ ’bhayor randhrañ ca] L1 B1 B2, śotayoḥ L1 B1 B2, vāyo rodhyañ L1 B1 B2 • ma-vipulā (with irregular preamble)
          ^677. śrotayoḥ] em., śotayoḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^678. ’bhayor randhrañ] conj., vāyo rodhyañ L1 B1 B2
          ^679. ubhayātma] conj., ubhayātmyā L1 B2, ubhāyātmyā B1
          ^680. saṅkalpan] L1 B1, saṅkalpa B2
          ^681. sandhyate], • = saṁdhīyate (m.c.?)
          ^682. śūnyam vinaśyati] em., śūnyav vināśyati L1 B1 B2
          ^683. niṣkala inaṅәnya] conj., nirmmala amṅanya L1 B1 B2
          ^684. kabeh] B1 B2, tabeh L1
          ^685. sinaṅguh sandhīndriya] conj., sinaṅguh indriya L1 B1 B2
          ^686. manasā sakalaṁ] conj., manaḥ ākāśānāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^687. nairātmyānte] em., nairātmyānti L1 B1 B2
          ^688. aṅәnaṅәnәn] em., aṅәnaṅәn L1 B1 B2
          ^689. sinakalakәn] L1 B2, sinalahakәn B1
          ^690. kvādhicittaṁ praśāntaṁ] em., kodicittaṁ prasanta L1 B1 B2
          ^691. naivam] em., naiva L1 B1 B2
          ^692. pratyakṣaṁ śūnyaṁ saṅsmaret] conj., pratyakṣaḥ śūnya saṅsmaret L1 B1 B2
          ^693. sakapisan] em., saṅka pisan L1 B1 B2
          ^694. makanimittākvehniṅ] norm., makanimittākvehniṃ B1, makanimita kvehniṃ L1, makanimittākveniṃ B2
          ^695. bhūyiṣṭham] conj., bhūyiṣṭhaḥ L1 B2, bhūyiṣṭha B1
          ^696. dṛṣṭvā yatne sudhārayet] em., dṛṣṭā yānteṣu dhārayet L1 B1 B2
          ^697. rayasthāli] L1 B2, rayasthālī B1
          ^698. dhāraṇәnira] em., dhāraṇanira L1 B1 B2
          ^699. aṇuś ca paramāṇuś ca] em., manuś ca paramanuś ca L1 B1 B2
          ^700. niṣṭaptakaṇakaprabham] L1, °prabhāṁ B1 B2
          ^701. koṭisūryasamaprabham] em., jyotiḥ sūryyasamaprabhaṁ L1, jyotiḥ sūryyasamaprabhāṁ B1 B2
          ^702. svadehe tu] em., anandeṣu L1 B1 B2
          ^703. līna ta ya] L1 B2, līna ya B1
          ^704. śūnye tu nairātmyam] conj., śūnyeṣu nairātmya L1 B1 B2
          ^705. paśyet] conj., paśyād L1 B1 B2
          ^706. sadāniṣkalam acyutam] norm., sadāniṣkalam ācyutaṁ B1 B2, sadāniṣkalantācyutaṁ L1
          ^707. chivenāṣṭabhis] em., chivenāṣṭanis L1 B1 B2
          ^708. iriya] L1 B1pc B2, irikā B1ac
          ^709. avak kabeh] em., avakta kabeh L1 B2, avaktābeḥ B1
          ^710. pṛthivyāptejabāyavaḥ] em., pṛthivyāntejabāyavāḥ L1 B2, pṛthivyāntejabāyavaḥ B1
          ^711. ūrdhvam adhasthāñ] em., ūrddhvaṁ madhasthāñ L1 B1 B2
          ^712. upāgamya] em., upagamyaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^713. kabeh denira] L1 B2, kabeh| denira B1
          ^714. samādheḥ … jāyate], bhāvādhikāraḥ L1 B1 B2 • unmetrical
          ^715. bhāvādikāraḥ] norm., bhāvādhikāraḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^716. nirantaram vijaṁ nyaset] em., nirānantav vilambhiset L1 B1 B2
          ^717. vijaṁ], , L1 B1 B2 (larger gap) • (ex em) for vījaṁ, m.c.
          ^718. tato] em., tatva L1 B1 B2
          ^719. ādhikyam] L1 B2, acikyām B1
          ^720. manovikalpanirbāṇam] em., manonipāpanirbāṇam L1 B1 B2
          ^721. daśendriyan tathākhyatam], • for tathākhyātaṁ, m.c.
          ^722. mantuka sira] em., mantukanira L1 B1, antukanira B2
          ^723. sarvaiśvaryaśūnyam idam], • unmetrical
          ^724. sarvabhāva-m-avākāśam], • for °avakāśam, m.c.
          ^725. pṛthivyāṁ vā salila-vai] L1 B1 B2, pṛthivīṁ L1 B1 B2 • na-vipulā (salila-vai for salile vai, m.c.)
          ^726. pṛthivyāṁ] em., pṛthivīṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^727. sarvaṁ jānāti sarvataḥ] conj., sarvvajñāḥ yāti sarvvatāḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^728. udīkṣya] norm., udīkṣyā L1 B1, udikṣya B2
          ^729. pada denira] L1 B2, pada| denira B1
          ^730. jñāno nirjñāno ’jñāno ’pi] em., jñāna nirjano jano pi L1 B1 B2
          ^731. riṅ śūnya] L1 B2, ri śūnya B1
          ^732. praviśya] em., praviśyā L1 B1 B2
          ^733. śivam oṅkāram] em., śivaśaṅkaram L1 B1 B2
          ^734. taṅ] L1 B2, ta B1
          ^735. tadāriṣṭamayādṛṣṭiḥ] em., tadāriṣṭamayadṛṣṭiḥ L1 B1 B2 • for tadāriṣṭamāyādṛṣṭiḥ, m.c.
          ^736. śūnyaṁ prāṇo niveśayet] em., śūnyaprāṇa viśeṣayet L1 B1 B2
          ^737. yatnān] em., yatnan L1 B1 B2
          ^738. śūnyasamarpitaḥ] em., śūnyas samārpitaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^739. svayaṁ yathā] em., svayayyathā L1 B2, svayaryyāthā B1
          ^740. svayam] L1 B2, svayap B1
          ^741. tapas satyas] em., tapa satyan L1 B1 B2
          ^742. tyaktaṁ] conj., bhoktaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^743. vәtu riṅ] norm., vtu riṅ L1 B2, vtuniṅ B1
          ^744. vaṅkava ya|] B1, vaṅkava| ya L1 B2
          ^745. ṣoḍaśair vikṛtair] em., ṣodhaśetikṛtair L1 B1 B2
          ^746. dagdhaṁ] em., dhakṣaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^747. maṅkana] em., maṅkana ha L1 B1 B2
          ^748. pāpam] em., padaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^749. pṛthivyādikhatattvāntaḥ] em., pṛthivyādhikatatvantaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^750. bhuvanan nirbāṇam mahat], • unmetrical
          ^751. aśeṣeṇa] L1 B2, aśeṣaṇa B1
          ^752. śūnyapadaṁ] norm., śūnyapadam B1 B2, śūnyapada L1
          ^753. śūnyatve manasi] em., śūnyatva manasi L1 B1 B2
          ^754. sadbuddhiḥ sadasadbuddhiḥ] conj., svabuddhi sad va sadbuddhiḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^755. tataḥ] em., tathā L1 B1 B2
          ^756. na sadbuddhiḥ] conj., naisadbuddhiḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^757. naivāsadbuddhy-anāśravam] conj., naiva sadbuddhir āśravam L1 B1 B2
          ^758. sadasadbuddhi] conj., vasadbuddhi L1 B1 B2
          ^759. hana taya] L1 B2, hana ya B1
          ^760. asadbuddhi] conj., avasadbuddhi L1 B1 B2
          ^761. vaiṣṇavī] em., veṣṇava L1 B1 B2
          ^762. na sadbuddhi] conj., naisadbuddhi L1 B1 B2
          ^763. adhikyan tam] em., adhikyāntaṁ L1 B1 B2 • for ādhikyan, m.c.
          ^764. tathā] em., tadā L1 B1 B2
          ^765. chuciḥ] L1 B2, chuci B1
          ^766. sadasat] B1, sadāsat L1 B2
          ^767. asatbuddhiḥ] em., asatbuddhi L1 B1 B2
          ^768. sadbuddhi] L1 B1, satbuddhi B2
          ^769. ya jāgrapada|] B2, om. L1 B1
          ^770. ayogya] norm., hayvāgya L1 B1 B2
          ^771. naiva sadbuddhi] em., naisadbuddhi L1 B1 B2
          ^772. naivāsaddhī] em., neva saddhī L1 B2, naiva saddhī B1
          ^773. naivāsatbuddhi] em., naivasatbuddhi L1 B1 B2
          ^774. vedanacetasaḥ] em., vede na cetasaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^775. vilambāśrupāte ’kṣiṇāṁ], vilambhāśrupate L1 B2, vilambhāśrumate B1 • for ’kṣīṇāṁ, m.c.
          ^776. vilambāśrupāte] em., vilambhāśrupate L1 B2, vilambhāśrumate B1
          ^777. mahosyan] em., mahosan L1 B1 B2
          ^778. kumuluṭak] em., kumuluṭuk L1 B1 B2
          ^779. sarvaduḥkena] norm., sarvvaduḥkenā L1 B1 B2
          ^780. vulatananirekaṅ] em., vulatananirekā L1 B1 B2
          ^781. yadi taptaḥ] L1 B2, tapnaḥ B1
          ^782. kleśe] em., kleśo L1 B1 B2
          ^783. vedya] conj., vede L1 B1 B2
          ^784. dehamūrtīśa-vidyate] em., dehimūrtti sa vidyate L1 B1 B2
          ^785. pada śūnya] L1 B1, śūnyapada B2
          ^786. deniṅ kahidhәpnikaṅ atiśaya] conj., denikā| hidhәp ikaṅ atiśaya|| L1 B1 B2
          ^787. meghajālanigañ] conj., meghajālaniśañ L1 B1 B2
          ^788. evan] L1 B1, eva B2
          ^789. atyanta lilaṅnya] B1 B2, atyalilaṅnya L1
          ^790. tathā] conj., yathā L1 B1 B2
          ^791. śūnyasāṁnidhyam] norm., śūnyasāniddhyam L1 B1 B2
          ^792. āpan ikaṅ] L1 B2, ānikaṁ B1
          ^793. sarvaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ] norm., sarvvaiśvaryyaguṇopetaḥ L1 B2, °metaḥ B1
          ^794. ayutādityatejasaḥ] em., āyutādityatejasā L1 B1 B2
          ^795. nāśyate] em., nāśyati L1 B1 B2
          ^796. pāpam] conj., līye L1 B1 B2
          ^797. śarīraṁ taptaṁ] em., śarīrataptaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^798. sattvārthe] L1 B1, sartvātthe B2
          ^799. sarvalokā vaśīkṛtāḥ] conj., sarvvaloke vaśīkṛtaḥ L1 B2, sarvvaloke vaśīkṛttaḥ B1
          ^800. vicare loke], • for vicarel loke
          ^801. lokavaśīkṛta] L1 B2, lokavāśīkṛtta B1
          ^802. anekaśataṁ sahasram], • unmetrical
          ^803. gīyate] L1 B2, śīyate B1
          ^804. ātus] L1 B2, āvutus B1
          ^805. jagatpatiṁ] B1 B2, jagatpataṁ L1
          ^806. icchanti], • for icchati, m.c.
          ^807. param] em., puraṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^808. deya] em., deha L1 B1 B2
          ^809. yena] norm., yenā L1 B1 B2
          ^810. bahuṁ] em., bāyuḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^811. bhūtapiṇḍanam] conj., bhūtapiṇḍadā L1 B1 B2 • (cf. JñS 21.2c ms. D K: bhutapindadaḥ; TK: pindanaḥ)
          ^812. lvirnya] conj., vighna L1 B1 B2
          ^813. sulabhaṁ] em., sulabhā L1 B1 B2 • (cf. JñS 19.2b: sulabhaṁ emn.; sulabhaś mss.; GPT 41b sulabhaṁ norm; sulabham ms.)
          ^814. janmarahasyam] em., brāhmārahasyaṁ L1 B1 B2 • (cf. JñS 19.2c and GPT 41c: janmarahasyaṁ)
          ^815. mahātmane] conj., mahātmanā L1 B1 B2
          ^816. śraddadhāno] em., śuddhadhāna L1 B1 B2 • ( cf. JñS 19.4b: śraddadhāno emn.; śṛddhadhane mss.; GPT 42b: śraddhādhano emn.; śṛddhadhane ms.)
          ^817. dharmātmāklāntamānasaḥ] em., dharmmātmākyāntamānasaḥ L1 B1 B2 • even in lieu of odd pada
          ^818. śraddhā] em., śuddhā L1 B1 B2
          ^819. deyaṁ vedaśāstrājñe] em., dehaṁ vedaśāstrajñāḥ L1 B2, dehaṁ vedaśāstrajñaḥ B1
          ^820. nāhaṅkārāyamādhire] norm., ādire L1 B1 B2 • for °ādhīre, m.c.
          ^821. nābrate] em., na brate L1 B1 B2
          ^822. nīce] L1 B2, nīcce B1
          ^823. vruh iṅ] L1 B2, vruh riṅ B2
          ^824. ahaṅkārāvamāna] B1, ahaṅkāra māna L1 B2
          ^825. nīca] L1 B2, nīccā B1
          ^826. śiṣya] L1 B2, śiṣya| B1
          ^827. girīśvarāya] em., giraiśvaryyāya L1 B1, giraiśvaryyaya B2
          ^828. dhanadāna] em., dānadhana L1, dādhana B1, dhanadhana B2
          ^829. dīrghaiḥ śmaśrubhiḥ keśaiḥ] em., dīrggha nāśubhiḥ keśo L1 B1 B2
          ^830. śvetarūpajātibhiḥ] em., śvetaḥ rūpajātibhiḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^831. saprayatnā] L1 B2, saṅ prayatnā B1
          ^832. tan ikaṅ vvaṅ] B1, tan ika vvaṅ L1 B2
          ^833. ikaṅ sinaṅguh matuhā] L1 B1, ikaṅ matuha B2
          ^834. adhīyeta] em., adhiyita L1 B1 B2
          ^835. tyajanti], • for tyajati
          ^836. jñānam vāpi] em., jñānav vāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^837. jñānaṁ vāpi] em., jñānav vāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^838. vindeta] L1 B1, cindeta B2
          ^839. riṅ jñānaṅku] L1 B2, ri jñānaṅku B1
          ^840. sarvaśāstrasya yat param], • unmetrical (← sarvaśāstreṣu yat sāraṁ)
          ^841. adhītya] em., aditya L1 B1 B2
          ^842. mānavo] L1 B1, mānavā B2
          ^843. huripnyān haneṅ loka| liṅ] conj., huripnya| haneṅ loka liṅ L1, huripnya haneṅ loka liṅ B1 B2
          ^844. mahādevi] L1 B1, mahādevī B2
          ^845. suputraka] em., suputrakaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^846. maṅkana ta] L1, maṅkanāta B1 B2
          ^847. rahasyan neryatāṁ] conj., rahasyan nirataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^848. pañcapaṇadhanaṁ] conj., pañcapadadhanaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^849. utpattiś] B2, utpatiś L1 B1
          ^850. saṅ hyaṅ viṣṇu] B2, hyaṅ viṣṇu L1 B1
          ^851. buddhir ahaṅkāro manaḥ], • ta-vipulā
          ^852. emahaṅkāro], ahaṅkāra L1 B2, ahaṅkara B1
          ^853. akāro līnam makāre], • unmetrical
          ^854. ukāra| līna] L1 B1, ukāra līna B2
          ^855. svāhāpati-] conj., svāhāpatni L1 B1, sāhāpatnī B2
          ^856. mānavaḥ] em., mānavāḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^857. oṅkāra| gavenikā] L1 B2, oṅkārāgavenikā B1
          ^858. apa] L1 B1 B2, hapa F
          ^859. apuy] L1 B1 B2, hapuy F
          ^860. sira kaharan] L1 B1 F, sira ta kaharan B2
          ^861. vījam … dine] L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^862. brahmamantra sira kaharan] L1 B1 B2, brahmamantra kaharan F
          ^863. pamūjānira ri saṅ] B1 F, pamūjānira saṅ L1 B2
          ^864. apuya] L1 B1 B2, hapuya F
          ^865. sira pinūjā saṅ] L1 B1 B2, sira ta pinūjā de saṅ F
          ^866. bhasmaśeṣa … paṇḍita] L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^867. oṅkāra- … saṅśayaḥ] L1 B1 B2, bhasmakav vindyāt L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^868. bhasmakam vindyāt] em., bhasmakav vindyāt L1 B1 B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^869. brahmā … āpnuyāt] L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^870. sarvāṅguli] em., pūrvvāṅguli L1 B1 B2, pūrvvaṅguli F
          ^871. sādhaka] L1 B1 B2, paṇḍita B2
          ^872. śiva- … eva ca] L1 B1 B2, samvidhaṁ L1 B1 B2, loka L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^873. samidhaṁ] em., samvidhaṁ L1 B1 B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^874. rekhā] conj., loka L1 B1 B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^875. irikaṅ] L1 B1 B2, ikaṅ F
          ^876. ya samīt] L1 B1 B2, samit F
          ^877. ya padmamaṇḍala] L1 B1 B2, padmamaṇḍala F
          ^878. pañcabhāgāñ … vudhaḥ] L1 B1 B2, pūrvva L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^879. pūrve] em., pūrvva L1 B1 B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^880. pañcadeśaknanira] L1 B1 B2, pañcadeśanira F
          ^881. sa| … pa||], om. F
          ^882. uttaryāghorakaṁ … nihan||] L1 B1 B2, mūrddhni L1 B1, mūrddhi B2, ri liṅga L1 B2, yad dīkṣaṁ L1 B1, sthāpaye naraḥ B2, om. F
          ^883. mūrdhni] norm., mūrddhni L1 B1, mūrddhi B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^884. riṅ liṅga] B1, ri liṅga L1 B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^885. yad īkṣaṁ] B2, yad dīkṣaṁ L1 B1, om. F (larger gap)
          ^886. sthāpayen naraḥ] L1 B1, sthāpaye naraḥ B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^887. pūrvāsyam … mukham] L1 B1 B2, pūrvva syād īśvarav vindyāt L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^888. pūrvāsyam īśvaram vindyāt] conj., pūrvva syād īśvarav vindyāt L1 B1 B2, om. F (larger gap)
          ^889. kulvan] L1 B1 F, tulvan B2
          ^890. vidik ikā| samaṅkana] L1 B1 B2, vidik| ikā samaṅkana F
          ^891. nihan vaneh||] L1 B1 B2, om. F
          ^892. stanodare] conj., stuvodare L1 B1 B2
          ^893. yojayet] em., yośayet B1, yoyet L1 B2
          ^894. rahi|] L1 B2, om. B1
          ^895. vәtәṅ] norm., vtәṅ B1, vhaṅ L1 B2
          ^896. bhasmanā] em., bhasmanāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^897. sarvam] norm., sarvvaṁ B1, savvaṁ L1 B2
          ^898. sthāvaram vai] em., sthāvarav vai L1 B1 B2
          ^899. śubhāṅgatām] em., śubhaṅgataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^900. sadaityāsuramānuṣaḥ] norm., sādaityāsuramānuṣaḥ L1 B2, sādaityāsuramānuṣeḥ B1
          ^901. sasiddhacāraṇagaṇāḥ] conj., sāsiddhacāranaṅ gatvā L1 B2, sāsiddhacareṇaṅ gatvā B1 • na-vipulā
          ^902. manūt] conj., manuk L1 B1 B2
          ^903. bhasmopajīvantaḥ] em., bhasmopajīvanti B1, bhasmopajīvantiṁ L1, bhasmopajīvantaṁ B2
          ^904. jaṭāvvalkalakaiḥ] conj., jaṭāvvalkalake L1 B2, jaṭavvalkalake B1
          ^905. dhārayante ca] em., dhārayan teja L1 B1 B2
          ^906. nityopajīvitam] L1 B2, nityovajīvitam B1
          ^907. kalpate] em., śālyate L1 B1 B2 • (cf. RauSS 8.10d, 8.13ab)
          ^908. sayojya] L1 B2, saṅyojya B1
          ^909. pakopajīvana] L1 B1, makopajīvana B2
          ^910. nihan] em., nāhan L1 B1 B2
          ^911. rakṣate] em., rakṣito L1 B1 B2
          ^912. pṛthak] L1 B2, mṛtak B1
          ^913. sirotpatti] B1 B2, sirotpati L1
          ^914. pinakaśaraṇaniṅ] norm., pinakaśāraṇaniṅ L1 B1, pinakaśaraṇa riṅ B2
          ^915. rudras saṅhārako] conj., rudras saṅhārake L1 B1, rudra saṅhārake B2
          ^916. sirāmralayakәn] L1 B2, sirāmralayekәn B1
          ^917. mantroddharan], • for mantroddhāran, m.c.
          ^918. devi] em., devī L1 B1 B2
          ^919. paramādikam] em., paramādhikaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^920. ūrdhvam vā vaṣaḍ ātmanā], • even in lieu of odd pada
          ^921. muktaḥ koṭiś ca janmanām] conj., bhasma koṭiś ca rambhatāḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^922. pariśuddhәn ya] em., pariśuddhanya L1 B1 B2
          ^923. pumān napuṅsakaś] L1 B1, pumān apuṅsakaś B2
          ^924. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^925. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^926. pṛthvīśaucam vā salakṣam] L1 B1 B2, sahasraṁ L1 B1 B2 • ra-vipulā
          ^927. salakṣam] conj., sahasraṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^928. pattraśaucānam] em., patraśaucāṇāṁ L1 B1 B2 • for pattraśaucanam, m.c.
          ^929. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^930. madhyā ya … sakeṅ rvan] L1 B2, māddhyā ya| ikaṅ vvai pinakaśoca| lәvih sakeṅ lәmaḥ| B1pc, māddhyā ya| lәvih sakeṅ rvan B1ac
          ^931. pinakaśoca| lәvih] norm., pinakaśoca lvih L1 B2, pinakaśoca| lvih B1 • (an undiscernible akṣara before lvih was deleted);
          ^932. guhyād guhyatamaṁ smṛtam] em., guhyatāmā samasmṛtaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^933. vidyāt viśokamanasaḥ] conj., divyāt vigatamānasaḥ L1 B2, divyātvaṁ gatamānasaḥ B1
          ^934. sarvaprayatnā] conj., sarvvaprayatna L1 B1 B2
          ^935. vījaṁ yadā|] conj., vīja yathā L1 B1 B2
          ^936. kiṁ mantranirmantrasamānyam] B1, kim mantranirsamānyam L1 B2
          ^937. apa samantra] conj., aparan mantra L1 B1 B2
          ^938. sakāra| rūpa] B2, sakāra| rūpa L1 B1
          ^939. kavruhananta] L1 B1, kavruhanta B1
          ^940. śarīrānte niyujyatām] conj., sarvvan te muniyojitam L1 B1 B2
          ^941. sakalaniṣkalam] B1, sakalan niṣkalam L1 B1
          ^942. vidyate] em., viddhyate L1 B1 B2
          ^943. caiva] em., naiva L1 B1 B2
          ^944. makanimittaṅ] L1 B2, makanimitta B1
          ^945. mahādevi] em., mahādevī L1 B1 B2
          ^946. sarvatattvaviśeṣitam] norm., sarvvatatvaviśeṣitam B2, sarvvatatvaviśeṣitām L1 B1
          ^947. pañcapadaṁ prati deyam] conj., pañcanavā vanin deham L1 B1 B2
          ^948. śiṣyāya tv asevake] conj., somyāyā dvavācakam L1 B1 B2
          ^949. kātiśayan] B1, kātiśayam L1 B2
          ^950. vidhānec ca] em., vidhānecchā L1 B1 B2
          ^951. guṇalakṣaṇam] em., guṇo lakṣaṇam L1 B1 B2
          ^952. punarjanmaḥ] em., punarjanmā L1 B1 B2
          ^953. taṁ] conj., tvaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^954. taṁ] conj., tvaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^955. yāti] conj., yadi L1 B1, yādi B2
          ^956. ātmā bhavet tathā] conj., ātma basan tataṁ L1 B1, ātma ṇasan tathā B2
          ^957. antarātmā] B2, antarātma L1 B1
          ^958. ante sūkṣmaḥ] conj., antasūkṣma L1 B1, antasūkṣmā B2
          ^959. śivaś śivatamo jñeyaḥ], • ← śivāc chivataro jñeyaḥ
          ^960. śivatama] L1 B2, śivatamā B1
          ^961. devi] L1, devī B1 B2
          ^962. paramo nāde] em., paramanāde L1 B1, parapanāde B2
          ^963. sadāśivasya] em., nāda śīvasya L1 B1 B2
          ^964. vindau] em., vinduḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^965. skanda] em., skandhaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^966. jāto ’rdhacandramāḥ] em., jātārddhacandramaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^967. candro vindau] em., candra vindoḥ L1 B2, candraḥ vindoḥ B1
          ^968. vinduḥ nāde pralīyate], • even in lieu of odd pāda
          ^969. vindu līna] L1 B2, vindu| līna B1
          ^970. eva] em., evaṁ L1 B2, evam B1
          ^971. śivaṁ śivatamaṁ smṛtam], • ← śivāc chivataraṁ smṛtam
          ^972. niṣkalaḥ niṣkalo devaḥ] L1 B2, niṣkala B1 • ← niṣkalān niṣkalo devaḥ
          ^973. yo viditvā mama deham] conj., yav vidhitvā karomy āhaṁ L1 B1, yav vidhitvā karomy ahaṁ B2 • sa-vipulā
          ^974. śivatattvaṁ samākhyāntam] em., śivatatvasamākyantaṁ L1 B1, śivatatvasamakyāntaṁ B2
          ^975. prakāśati] L1 B1, prakāśāti B2
          ^976. vidhikrama| deva| daitya|] em., vidhikrama| daitya| L1 B1 B2
          ^977. śaivasiddhāntajñāna] em., śivasiddhāntajñāna L1 B1 B2
          ^978. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^979. taṅ] L1 B1, ta B2
          ^980. vidhikrama] em., vidhikarmmā L1 B1, vidhikarmma B2
          ^981. argaḍa] norm., arghaḍa L1 B1 B2
          ^982. vaṅkәlan] em., vaṁklaṁ L1 B1, vvaṃ klaṃ B2
          ^983. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^984. yāvajjanma] L1 B1, yāvā janma B2
          ^985. tuvi] L1 B2, tovī B1
          ^986. māyāvimohitaḥ] norm., māyavimohitaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^987. māyāvimohitaḥ] norm., māyavimohitaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^988. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^989. yāvajjīvan] norm., yāvājjīvān L1 B1 B2
          ^990. salavasniṅ] norm., salavasniṃ L1 B2, alavasniṃ B1
          ^991. sarvayajñam] em., sarvvayajñav L1 B1 B2
          ^992. na vidyate iti sarvam], • sa-vipulā
          ^993. bandhanaṁ mokṣakaṅkṣiṇaḥ] norm., bandhanam mokṣakaṅkṣiṇaḥ L1, bandhanamokṣakaṅkṣiṇaḥ B1, bandhanam mokṣasaṃkṣiṇaḥ B2
          ^994. tyaktvā] em., tyakta L1, tyaktam B1 B2
          ^995. mokṣārthi], • i for ī or iḥ, m.c.
          ^996. sarvathā] conj., sarvadā L1 B1 B2
          ^997. bhasmāyogyan tu] em., bhasmāyogyānta L1 B1 B2
          ^998. saktahṛdaye] em., śaktaṁ hṛdaye L1 B1 B2
          ^999. sādhako] L1 B2 B1pc, phā(?)cako B1ac
          ^1000. sakta] em., śakta L1 B1 B2
          ^1001. evaṁ noccārayed] em., devatoccārayed L1 B1 B2
          ^1002. bhāgāḥ] em., bhāgaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1003. maṅkana liṅta|] B1, om. L1 B2
          ^1004. anekāni] conj., anekan te L1 B1 B2
          ^1005. jyotimayāni divyāni] em., jyotimāyāni divyāni L1 B2, jyotimāyāni divyānī B1
          ^1006. nitya ya] L1 B2, nitya B1
          ^1007. śivaṁ tattve] conj., śivatattve L1 B1 B2
          ^1008. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1009. āveśituṁ] conj., avisātav L1 B2, avisāta B1 • (for āveṣṭum?)
          ^1010. śaivasiddhānta] em., śivasiddhānta L1 B1 B2
          ^1011. mūrkhāt] conj., muktaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1012. dehī] em., dehi L1 B1 B2
          ^1013. maṅabhyāsa] norm., maṅabhyāṣa B1, paṅabhyāṣa L1 B2
          ^1014. mahādevi] em., mahādevī L1 B1 B2
          ^1015. eva] em., evaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1016. niṣkaleva mahātmāni] em., niṣkalevam mahātmāṇi L1 B1 B2
          ^1017. tāvaj] norm., tāvāj L1 B1, tāvā B2
          ^1018. kaivalyam] norm., kevalyam L1 B2, kevalam B1
          ^1019. niṣkalaliṅgāvaknira] em., niścalaliṅgāvaknira L1 B1 B2
          ^1020. tataḥ] conj., tathā L1 B1 B2
          ^1021. kagavayanira] L1 B2, gavayanira B1
          ^1022. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1023. etattantre] em., ekatantre L1 B1 B2
          ^1024. sadā] B1 B2, yadā L1
          ^1025. kagavayanira] em., kagavayanirān L1 B2, gavayanirān B1
          ^1026. śivaproktaviśeṣitam] em., śīvam proktavviśeṣitaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1027. śuddhajñānaṁ] em., śuddhajñāni L1 B1 B2
          ^1028. mam uktāni] em., mamoktāni L1 B1 B2 • for mām uktāni, m.c.
          ^1029. purānyeṣām] em., purānyeṣā L1 B1 B2
          ^1030. pavarah ri] conj., pavarahani L1 B1 B2
          ^1031. kiṁ mithyā] conj., kim advā L1 B1 B2
          ^1032. kathaya me] em., tathayāmi L1 B2, kathayāmi B1
          ^1033. tvayā] conj., tvayi L1 B1 B2
          ^1034. makāvak prajña] conj., māknāthava L1 B1 B2
          ^1035. śaivatantreṣu] em., śivatantreṣu L1 B1 B2
          ^1036. śivena] conj., śiṣyena L1 B1 B2
          ^1037. eva] em., evaṅ L1 B1 B2
          ^1038. nahan] em., nihan L1 B1 B2
          ^1039. tathāmṛṣyam] conj., tadāmṛṣyaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1040. sureśvari] L1 B2, sureśvarī B1
          ^1041. kita tan makāvak] em., kita makāvak L1 B1 B2
          ^1042. devamanuṣyatiryañ] em., devamanuṣyatīryyaś L1 B2, devamanuṣyatīryyarś B1
          ^1043. satyam varānane] em., satyav varānane L1 B1 B2
          ^1044. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1045. satatan narāḥ] conj., sakalan naraḥ L1 B1, sakalanaraḥ B2
          ^1046. mahādevi] L1, mahādevī B1 B2
          ^1047. saktamānasaḥ] em., śaktamānasaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1048. sakta] em., śakta L1 B1 B2
          ^1049. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1050. śaivatantreṣu ca sadā] conj., śaivatantreṇa cetasā L1 B1 B2
          ^1051. parityajya] em., parityajyā L1 B1 B2
          ^1052. mudrādīni] em., mudrādīnām L1 B1 B2
          ^1053. asitādīni ṣaṇmukha] em., hāsītādini sanmukhaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1054. tānakku] conj., ta kitānaku L1 B1 B2
          ^1055. asitādi] em., hāsitādi L1 B1 B2
          ^1056. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1057. devi] L1, devī B1 B2
          ^1058. tathā] conj., tava L1 B1 B2
          ^1059. pvaṅ] L1 B2, mvaṅ B1
          ^1060. śṛṇu śroteva tat pūrvam] L1 B1 B2, śrotāya L1 B1 B2 • odd in lieu of even pāda
          ^1061. śroteva] conj., śrotāya L1 B1 B2
          ^1062. paśubandhavāḥ||] L1 B2, paśubandhavāḥ B1
          ^1063. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1064. jñānānanta| ya ta kavruhana] L1 B2, jñānānanta ya ta kavruhan B1
          ^1065. tiryañ] em., tīryyaś L1 B2, tīryarś B1
          ^1066. mvaṅ sakahyunira tәkā|] L1 B1, om. B2
          ^1067. sūkṣmatvāt paramaś] conj., sūkṣmātiparamaś L1 B1 B2
          ^1068. niṣkalan] em., niṣkalān L1 B1 B2
          ^1069. bhagavan devadeveśa] em., bhagavān devadeveśā L1 B1 B2
          ^1070. katha vṛṣadhvaja] em., kathav vṛṣadhvaja L1 B2, kathas vṛṣadhvaja B1
          ^1071. samastalokeśa] conj., samayalokeśa L1 B1 B2
          ^1072. ratuniṅ] norm., ratuniṃ L1 B1, turuniṃ B2
          ^1073. humūr] B1, hūr L1 B2
          ^1074. kiṁ jñānaṅ] L1, kijñānaṃ B1 B2
          ^1075. brūhi] em., brāhmī L1 B1 B2
          ^1076. bhagavan] norm., bhagavān L1 B1 B2
          ^1077. dāsībhūtātma kevalam] L1 B2, dasībhūtātmā kevalyaṁ B1
          ^1078. brūhi brūhi] em., bruvi bruvi L1 B1 B2
          ^1079. mudrāṇāṁ mantram] norm., mudrāṇām mantram B1, mudrānām mantram B2, mudrānāmantram L1
          ^1080. śarīran niṣkalaṁ] L1 B1, śarīraniṣkalaṁ B2
          ^1081. devi] L1, devī B1 B2
          ^1082. hrasvan dīrghaṁ plutan] em., hrasvadīrgghaplutan L1 B1 B2
          ^1083. smṛtam] L1 B1, sthṛtaṁ B2
          ^1084. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1085. pralīnakaḥ] em., pralīnake L1 B1 B2
          ^1086. prakṛtir] em., prakṛti L1 B1 B2
          ^1087. viṣṇūtpattir] em., viṣṇūtpatti L1 B2, viṣnutpati B1 • (the cluster tn appears to have been added below a crossed-out ti, probably secunda manu)
          ^1088. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1089. saṁviddhi] conj., samvidhaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1090. svargamokṣadam] conj., svarggalakṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1091. nahan] em., nihan L1 B1 B2
          ^1092. brahmaṇotpattiḥ] em., brāhmāṇotpatti L1 B1 B2
          ^1093. svargamokṣadam] em., svarggalakṣaṇaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1094. svarlokan] em., svarlokyan L1 B1 B2
          ^1095. mūle] conj., mūlan L1 B1 B2
          ^1096. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1097. bhineda] em., bheda L1 B1 B2
          ^1098. eka dviḥ] L1 B2, eta dvi B1
          ^1099. kitānaku] L1 B2, tikānaku B1
          ^1100. trayaṁ trayaṁ vā ṣadvinduḥ] conj., hāsavinduḥ L1 B1 B2 • ma-vipulā
          ^1101. vā ṣadvinduḥ], hāsavinduḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1102. mvaṅ] L1 B2, om. B1
          ^1103. brahmā viṣṇuḥ maheśvaraḥ], • even in lieu of odd pāda
          ^1104. sakalan niṣkalan] B1, sakalaniṣkalan L1 B2
          ^1105. sakalaniṣkala] em., niṣkala L1 B2, niskala B1
          ^1106. ikaṅ kriyāśakti … kapva līna ya|] B1, ikaṅ śakti| jñānaśakti| kapālī ya L1 B2
          ^1107. sakalan niṣkale līnam] L1, ikā taṅ sakala| ya ta līna riṅ niṣkala| sakalan niṣkale līnaṁ B1, sakalaniṣkale līnam B2
          ^1108. viddhi] em., viddhiṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1109. kumāra||] em., kumāra| L1 B1 B2
          ^1110. ūrdhvan] em., ūrddhvān L1 B1 B2
          ^1111. devi] L1, devī B1 B2
          ^1112. makāvak] B2, pakāvak L1 B1
          ^1113. saṅkṣepatas] conj., saṅkṣepakās L1 B1 B2
          ^1114. devi] L1, devī B1 B2
          ^1115. tattvataḥ] em., tatvatāḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1116. paramaśiva sira] L1 B2, paramaśiva| sira B1
          ^1117. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1118. nādāt … samudbhutaḥ] L1 B2, samudbhūtaḥ B1
          ^1119. samudbhutaḥ], , B1 (larger gap) • for samudbhūtaḥ, m.c.
          ^1120. vindoḥ candrasamudbhavaḥ] L1 B1, vindo candrasamudbhavaḥ B2
          ^1121. samudbhutaḥ], • for samudbhūtaḥ, m.c.
          ^1122. | saṅkeṅ] L1 B2, | ca| saṅke B1ac, | saṅke B1pc
          ^1123. candre], candraḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1124. vindau] em., vindoḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1125. vinduḥ] L1 B2, vindu B1
          ^1126. nādaḥ] L1 B1, nāda B2
          ^1127. jñeyaḥ] B1, jñeya L1 B2
          ^1128. śivan niṣkalam ucyate] L1 B1, śivaniṣkalam ucyate B2
          ^1129. ya ta mataṅyan] L1 B2, ya mataṅyan B1
          ^1130. idaṅ guhyaṁ mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1131. kenopāyena bhagavan] em., meyopāyena bhagavān L1 B1 B2 • ma-vipulā
          ^1132. sukhayogasya] L1 B2, sukharyogasya B1
          ^1133. upāyanikā] em., opāyanikā L1 B1, eyopāyanikā B2
          ^1134. jarāvyādhiḥ] em., jvaravyādhiḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1135. duḥkham vāpi] em., duḥkav vāpi L1 B1 B2
          ^1136. sarve] norm., sarvve B1, sarvva L1 B2
          ^1137. sukhārthevan tadā] conj., sukhayyevan tathā L1 B2, sukhāryyevan tathā B1
          ^1138. pārameśānam] em., parameśānaṁ L1 B2, parameśānam B1
          ^1139. pamaṅguha] L1 B1, paṅguha B2
          ^1140. sthāpya] em., prapyā L1 B1, prapya B2
          ^1141. mahādevaḥ] L1 B2, mahādeva B1
          ^1142. hyaṅ mahādeva] norm., hyaṃ mahādeva L1 B1, saṃ hyaṃ mahādeva B2
          ^1143. devi] em., devo L1 B1 B2
          ^1144. yogena] em., yogenā L1 B1 B2
          ^1145. yogātah] conj., ikā ataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1146. ūrdhvaṁ] em., ūrddhvā L1 B1 B2
          ^1147. pārvati] B2, pārvatī L1 B1
          ^1148. praṇavajñānaśastreṇa] em., praṇavajñānasāstreṇa L1 B1 B2
          ^1149. vruh riṅ] L1 B2, vruh iṅ B1
          ^1150. tālusaṅśliṣṭalocanam] em., tulyasaṅśliṣṭalocanam L1 B1 B2 • cf. PraJñ, StSt 90.4d
          ^1151. mvaṅ] norm., mvaṃ L1 B2, om. B1
          ^1152. śivadvāravinirgataḥ] em., śivadvāravvinirgatāḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1153. umapa] em., omapa L1 B1 B2
          ^1154. maheśvari] L1 B2, maheśvarī B1
          ^1155. tәkāniṅ] norm., tkāniṃ L1, tkāni B1 B2
          ^1156. śṛṇuṣva] em., śṛṇuś ca L1 B1 B2
          ^1157. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1158. vṛkṣamūle śilātale], • even in lieu of odd pāda
          ^1159. ri tīranikaṅ] B1, tīranikaṅ L1 B2
          ^1160. mvaṅ riṅ] norm., mvaṃ riṃ B1, mvaṃ ri L1 B2
          ^1161. tapovane] L1 B1, tapodhane B2
          ^1162. tyajati] em., tyajanti L1 B1 B2
          ^1163. yatra yatra] em., yatrā yatre L1 B1 B2
          ^1164. jyotiḥrūpeṇa dṛśyate], • even in lieu of odd pāda
          ^1165. gajarūpakaḥ] L1 B2, gajarūpaka B1
          ^1166. vidvān] norm., vidhvan L1 B2, vidhva B1
          ^1167. jyotirūpeṇa] norm., jyotirūpena L1 B2, jyotiḥrūpena B1
          ^1168. svamṛtyur jyotirūpakaḥ] L1 B2, svamṛtyu jyotirūpakaḥ B1
          ^1169. jyotirūpanirār] L1 B2, jyotirūpanirā B1
          ^1170. ri bhaṭāra] L1 B2, riṅ bhaṭāra B1
          ^1171. ri] L1 B1, riṃ B2
          ^1172. yogī vruh] B1, yogī| vruh L1 B2
          ^1173. pinakajñānanira] B2, pinakajñāna sira L1 B1
          ^1174. svakālaḥ] em., saḥ kālaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1175. svakālas] em., sakālas L1 B1 B2
          ^1176. mamaiko viśate] em., mām ekav viśāte L1, mām ekav visāte B1 B2
          ^1177. vruh] em., vru L1 B1 B2
          ^1178. maheśvari] B1 B2, maheśvarī L1
          ^1179. siddhānte] em., siddhāntan L1 B1 B2
          ^1180. tantrākhya-m-eva] em., tatrākhyam eva L1 B1 B2
          ^1181. durlabhaḥ] norm., durllabhaḥ L1 B2, durllābhaḥ B1
          ^1182. adhītaṁ mama sanmatam] em., amita mama sanmataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1183. paramaśiva] L1 B2, parameśiva B1
          ^1184. siddhānte] em., siddhānta L1 B2, siddhāntan B1
          ^1185. tantre paramadurlabhe] em., tatre paramadurllabhaḥ L1 B1, tatre paramadurllabham B2
          ^1186. ’dhyāpitātmā] em., vyāpitātmā L1 B1 B2
          ^1187. jyotiṣan nāsti] L1 B1, jyotiṣa nāsti B2
          ^1188. yogī| hayva] B1 B2, yogī hayva L1
          ^1189. taj] L1, kaj B1, ta B2
          ^1190. vinaśyanti] norm., vināśyanti L1 B1, vinaśyantī B2 • for vinaśyati, m.c.
          ^1191. vahniś ca vimṛto] em., vahiś ca vimṛto L1 B2, mahiś capi mṛto B1
          ^1192. kumārakā] em., kumārikā L1 B1 B2
          ^1193. taddvāram] norm., taddvāraṁ L1 B2, tan dvāraṁ B1
          ^1194. dṛśyādṛśyo] em., dṛśyādṛśya L1 B1 B2
          ^1195. svakālaḥ byomasannibhaḥ] em., saḥ kālaḥ bhyomasannibhā L1, aḥ kālaḥ bhyomasannibhaḥ B1, saḥ kālaḥ bhyomasannibhāḥ B2
          ^1196. jyotirūpeṇa dṛśyate] em., jyotiḥrūpena dṛśyante L1 B1 B2
          ^1197. jyotirūpeṇa] norm., jyotirūpena L1 B2, jyotirūpana B1
          ^1198. dṛśyate] em., dṛśyante L1 B1 B2
          ^1199. raṇabhūmau] conj., raṇerūpe L1 B1 B2
          ^1200. dṛṣṭo syāt] conj., dṛṣṭasya L1 B2, dṛṣṭaśya B1pc, dṛśya B1ac
          ^1201. jyotirūpa sira] L1, jyotirūpanira B1, jyotirūpanira B2ac, jyotirūpa sira B2pc
          ^1202. riṅ pada] norm., riṃ pada L1, ri pada B1, riṃ B2
          ^1203. riṅ] L1 B2, ri B1
          ^1204. krodharūpaḥ syāt] em., krodharūpasya L1 B1 B2
          ^1205. dṛṣṭo syāt] conj., dṛṣṭasya L1 B1 B2
          ^1206. svakālam] em., saḥ kālam L1 B1 B2
          ^1207. saṅ yogī] L1 B2, sa yogī B1
          ^1208. api gīyate] L1 B2, ami tīyate B1
          ^1209. sadārudra] L1 B1, rudra B2
          ^1210. pratijñāṁ] em., prattijñā L1 B1, pratijñā B2
          ^1211. ātma] norm., atma L1 B1 B2
          ^1212. yate], • for īyate?
          ^1213. viśate] norm., visate B1, vasate B2
          ^1214. pūrva-vṛṣṭi-himani ca] L1 B1 B2, himāni L1 B2, hivāni B1 • na-vipulā
          ^1215. himani] em., himāni L1 B2, hivāni B1
          ^1216. samaṅkana] L1 B2, maṅkana B1
          ^1217. umapa] B1, omapa L1 B2
          ^1218. nadīsamudrasaṅyogāt] em., nadīsamudrasaṅyogat L1 B2, nādīsamudrasaṅyogat B1
          ^1219. paścād ekatva-māṁ] norm., paścad ekatva māṁ L1 B2, paścad deśatva maṁ B1
          ^1220. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1221. lakṣaṇanikā] em., lakṣaṇa ikā L1 B1 B2
          ^1222. devena] em., devenā L1 B1 B2
          ^1223. ujar rinahasya] L1 B2, ujarinahasya B1
          ^1224. samāt] conj., samān L1 B1 B2
          ^1225. bhaṭārī| devī uvāca||] conj., bhaṭārī|| L1 B1 B2
          ^1226. sakalaniṣkalajñānam] norm., sakalaniṣkalajñānaṁ B2, sakalan niṣkalajñānaṁ L1 B1
          ^1227. tava] L1 B2, tatha B1
          ^1228. sādhakanihitaṁ saukhyam] conj., sādhakan nihitaṁ tubhyaṁ L1 B2, sādhakann iti taṁ tubhyaṁ B1
          ^1229. pṛcchyam] em., pṛsnam L1 B1 B2
          ^1230. niṣkalañ ca] L1 B1, niṣkalaṁ ñca B2
          ^1231. puraṁ] L1 B2, muraṁ B1
          ^1232. nirguṇaṁ] B2, nirguṇyam L1 B1
          ^1233. pratichedañ] norm., praticedañ B2, pratisedañ L1 B1 • for praticchedañ, m.c.
          ^1234. ukārañ] L1 B2, ukāraṇ B1
          ^1235. chedam] B1, chodam L1, cedam B2
          ^1236. pratichedañ] em., pratisedañ L1 B1 B2 • for praticchedañ, m.c.
          ^1237. utpattiḥ] L1 B2, utpatiḥ B1
          ^1238. ekabhāvaḥ trayībhavet] em., ekabhava tvami bhavet L1 B1 B2
          ^1239. sukhakāryārthī] norm., sukakāryyārtthi B1, sukakāryyātthī L1, sukakāryyatthi B2pc, kāsukakāryyatthi B2ac
          ^1240. prayujya] conj., prayoga L1 B1 B2
          ^1241. śaṅkara] em., śaṅkaraḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1242. pavaraha ri] conj., pavarahani L1 B1 B2
          ^1243. sādhaka] L1 B2, sāhdaka| B1
          ^1244. huripnya] B1, hurihuripnya L1 B2
          ^1245. sarvadeveśam] em., sarvvadeveṣāṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1246. rahayu] B1, hayu L1 B2
          ^1247. kāraṇam viduḥ] em., kāraṇav vinduḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1248. vindyāt] em., vindhyāt L1 B1 B2
          ^1249. akārañ] em., akāraś L1 B1 B2
          ^1250. vindyāt] em., vindhyāt L1 B1, vindhyat B2
          ^1251. bhaṭāra ri kivā] em., bhaṭāra kivā L1 B1 B2
          ^1252. ya] B1, ya ta L1 B2
          ^1253. ri tәṅәn] B1, tṅәn L1 B2
          ^1254. ri kivā] B1, kivā L1 B2
          ^1255. lvirnikaṅ] L1, lvir ikaṅ B1 B2
          ^1256. pūrvasvarañ] norm., pūrvvasvarañ B1 B2, pūrvvasvasañ L1
          ^1257. akāro līnaṁ makāre] L1 B1 B2, akāral līṇam L1, akāral līṇa B1 B2 • unmetrical
          ^1258. akāro līnaṁ] em., akāral līṇam L1, akāral līṇa B1 B2
          ^1259. vindau] norm., vindo B1, vindoḥ L1 B2
          ^1260. samudbhuto], • for samudbhūto, m.c.
          ^1261. candrasamudbhavaḥ] em., candraḥ samudbhavaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1262. jagatsamudbhavaḥ] em., jagatsamudbhuvaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1263. jagatsamudbhutaṁ] em., candraḥ samudbhuvaḥ B1, candraḥ samudbhavaḥ L1 B2 • for jagatsamudbhūtaṁ, m.c.
          ^1264. vindau] norm., vindo B2, vindoḥ L1 B1
          ^1265. līnālīnam] em., līnal līnav L1 B1 B2
          ^1266. vindudvayam] L1 B1, vindudāyaṁ B2
          ^1267. nahan avaknikaṅ] conj., nādāvaknikaṁ L1 B2, nādāvāknikaṁ B1
          ^1268. vindū] em., vindu L1 B1 B2
          ^1269. prayogān vividhān devi] em., prayogav vividhan devi L1 B2, prayogav vividhan devī B1
          ^1270. śṛṇu] em., śṛṇa L1 B1 B2
          ^1271. ṣaṇmukha] em., sanmataḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1272. ya] em., yo L1 B1 B2
          ^1273. aṅguṣṭhamadhyatarjinyā] em., aṅguṣṭhamāddhyatajjirnyāṁ L1, aṅguṣṭhamāddhyatārjjinyāṁ B1 B2
          ^1274. samanvitam] L1 B2, samanvitan B1
          ^1275. naśyet] em., nāśyāt L1 B2, nāśyat B1
          ^1276. hṛtśālāc ca vinirgatya] conj., hṛtśalyañ ca vinirgatyaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1277. taṅ] L1 B2, kaṅ B1
          ^1278. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1279. viśate] em., pivate L1 B2, mivate B1
          ^1280. saptapātālalokeśaḥ] conj., saptapātalalokeśā L1 B1 B2
          ^1281. apy aśeṣataḥ] em., apy aśeṣatāḥ L1 B2, amy aśeṣataḥ B1
          ^1282. vāno vā nāgaro vāpi] conj., vānam vā nāgaram vāpi L1 B2, vanam vā nāgaram vāpi B1
          ^1283. dāsīṁ dāsañ ca gṛhañ ca] conj., dāsī dāsaś ca gṛhaś ca L1 B2pc, dāsī dāgaś ca gṛhaś ca B2ac, dāsi dasaś ca gṛhaś ca B1
          ^1284. viśate] em., vaśate L1 B1 B2
          ^1285. ta] L1 B2, taṅ B1
          ^1286. strīyo] em., śriyam L1 B2, śrīyam B1
          ^1287. pāpī] L1 B2, māpī B1
          ^1288. nahan taṅ] em., nihan taṅ L1 B1, nihan ta B2
          ^1289. byaktaniṅ] L1 B2, byantaniṅ B1
          ^1290. yo vijñānati] em., yogī jñānati L1 B1 B2
          ^1291. sadāśivaḥ] L1 B2, sadāśiva B1
          ^1292. supiṇḍitam] conj., supaṇḍitaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1293. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1294. nāśuśrūṣau] conj., na suśrūsa L1 B1, na suśrūṣa B2
          ^1295. mvaṅ] L1 B2, pvaṁ B1
          ^1296. varaśiṣyāya bhaktāya] em., paraśiṣyāya bhaktyāya L1 B1 B2
          ^1297. pañcapade dhane prati] em., pañcapade vane śiti L1 B1 B2
          ^1298. jñātvā devi] norm., jñātva devi L1 B2, jñātva devī B1
          ^1299. pradātavyam] norm., pradātavyaṁ L1 B2, pradākavyaṃ B1
          ^1300. parastenoktam asatyam], • sa-vipulā
          ^1301. atyanta] B2, atyantam L1 B1
          ^1302. praśnapūrvaś] norm., pṛsnapūrvvaś L1 B2, pṛsnapūrvvañ B1
          ^1303. kalahavaśane] em., kalahaḥ vaśane L1 B1 B2
          ^1304. ’pi] L1 B2, mi B1
          ^1305. pṛcchānta-m-āturo] L1 B2, mṛcchāntam āturo B1
          ^1306. devatantraś ca] conj., devatantrasya L1 B1 B2
          ^1307. śaivasiddhānta] em., śivasiddhānta L1 B1 B2
          ^1308. parāśoca] conj., paraśoca L1 B1 B2
          ^1309. mama guhyan tu durlabham], • even in lieu of odd pada
          ^1310. śaivasiddhāntasaṁjñakam] em., śaivasiddhāntasajñakaṁ L1 B2, śaivasiddhāntasajñākaṁ B1
          ^1311. punarjanmaḥ] em., punarjanmā L1 B1, punarjanma B2
          ^1312. guhyan tu cintayet] em., guhyam acintayet L1 B1pc B2, guhyan tu macintayet B1ac
          ^1313. rakṣasva parameśāni] conj., kṣamasvā parameśānam L1 B1, kṣamāsvā parameśānam B1
          ^1314. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1315. siddhāntan nāma] L1 B2, siddhāntaman nāma B1
          ^1316. rahase], • = rahasi m.c., or a-thematicization of rahas
          ^1317. kṣamā svīkriyate] conj., kṣamasvā kriyate L1 B1 B2
          ^1318. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1319. śrīmahādevī] B1, śrīmahādevi L1 B2
          ^1320. prakṛtisaṁjña tattvavit] em., prakṛtisajña tatvavīt L1 B1 B2
          ^1321. prakṛtisaṁjña], , L1 B1 B2 (larger gap) • for prakṛtisaṁjñā, m.c.
          ^1322. kṛtāntamokṣasaṅjñakaḥ] em., kṛtan tat mokṣasaṁjñakaḥ L1 B2, kṛttan tat mokṣasaṁjña\mbox{kaḥ} B1
          ^1323. evaṁ] em., eva L1 B1 B2
          ^1324. mahādevi] L1 B2, mahādevī B1
          ^1325. sakalan niṣkalan] B1, sakalaniṣkalan L1 B2
          ^1326. apeya] em., apeyita L1 B1 B2
          ^1327. tena mokṣaiva saṁprāpya] conj., tena mokṣeṇa saṁvāpya L1 B1, nena mokṣeṇa saṁvāpya B2
          ^1328. ulahulah] em., vlahvlah L1 B1 B2
          ^1329. pīḍāya] conj., miṇḍāya L1 B1 B2
          ^1330. sarvakilviṣanāśanam] em., sarvvakilviṣasambhavaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1331. pīḍam] conj., piṇḍaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1332. varṇabhedā] em., varṇnabheda L1 B1 B2
          ^1333. catvaraiḥ] L1 B2, catvareḥ B1
          ^1334. ya] B1, yañ L1 B2
          ^1335. āpan savikalpa] em., āpan svavikalpa L1, āpan svavikālpa B1, om. B2
          ^1336. jyotirūpāṇi sarvāni] em., jyotir mmaṇi ca L1 B1 B2
          ^1337. jyotirūpāṇi], jyotir mmaṇi ca L1 B1 B2
          ^1338. vidyutādyotāḥ] em., vidyutādyutaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1339. rūpāṇi] conj., puṣpāṇi L1 B1, ṣuṣpāni B2
          ^1340. viddhi] conj., devi L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1341. ṣaṇmukha] em., sanmukham L1 B1 B2
          ^1342. rudraḥ] conj., manaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1343. evambhūtam] conj., etaṁ bhūtam L1 B1 B2
          ^1344. śaivasiddhāntam] em., śivasiddhāntaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1345. vinicāra] L1 B2, vijicāra B1
          ^1346. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1347. prayogavividhāni] L1 B1, prayogavidhidhāni B2
          ^1348. siddhāntaṁ] em., siddhānte L1 B1 B2
          ^1349. patako devi] em., paṭake devi L1 B2, paṭate devī B1
          ^1350. mokta ika] em., moktika L1 B1 B2
          ^1351. śūdra-mleccho tathāpi tu] L1 B1 B2, śuddha L1 B2, tathāpitva L1 B1 B2 • unmetrical (after emendation)
          ^1352. śūdra] B1, śuddha L1 B2
          ^1353. tathāpi tu] em., tathāpitva L1 B1 B2
          ^1354. ca] em., caḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1355. apasmāras] em., apasmara L1 B1 B2
          ^1356. saṅkṣiptasiddhāntam] em., saṃsiptasiddhāntam L1 B1 B2
          ^1357. śivo] em., śive L1 B1 B2
          ^1358. nāstike mata-ṣaṇmukha] conj., nāsike mama sanmukham L1 B1 B2
          ^1359. siddhānte nāsti sandehaḥ] em., siddhāntan nāpi sandeho L1 B1 B2
          ^1360. brahmādisakalam] em., brāhmādisakalav L1 B1 B2
          ^1361. viśvam] B1, viśva L1 B2
          ^1362. paśya-], • for dṛśyaṁ
          ^1363. viśvato] L1 B2, viśvaho B1
          ^1364. viṣṇujñānaṁ] L1 B2, viṣṇujñāna B1
          ^1365. vame], • for vāme, m.c.
          ^1366. saṅyogaḥ] em., saṃ yogī L1 B1 B2
          ^1367. sahātmeśvarasaṅjñakaḥ] em., saḥ atmeśvarasaṅjñakaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1368. naras] B1, nara L1 B2
          ^1369. sūtreṇa] em., sūtreṇā L1 B1 B2
          ^1370. buddhir] L1 B2, buddhi B1
          ^1371. paramaśivatattva sira] em., paramaśivatattvanira L1 B1 B2
          ^1372. viṣṇau] norm., viṣṇo L1 B1 B2
          ^1373. śive paramasaṅjñake] conj., vāgī paramasaṅjñakaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1374. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1375. ācāraś ca] em., acarañ ca L1 B1 B2
          ^1376. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1377. bhūrlokam] B1, bhūḥlokam L1 B2
          ^1378. svarlokañ] em., svarlokyañ L1 B1 B2
          ^1379. mahālokavyavasthitaḥ] em., mahālokaṁ vyavastitaḥ L1 B1 B2
          ^1380. kadibyaniṅ] L1 B2, kadibyani B1
          ^1381. ikārakaḥ] em., ikāraka L1 B1 B2
          ^1382. takārākhyam] norm., takārākyaṁ L1 B2, tasārākyaṁ B1
          ^1383. ekatva] L1 B2, esatva B1
          ^1384. śivaṁ] em., śiva L1 B1 B2
          ^1385. ṣaṇmukha] em., sanmukam L1, sanmukham B1 B2
          ^1386. devi] L1 B2, devī B1
          ^1387. aṣṭāni ca guṇāni ca] conj., asthānañ ca sukhāni ca L1 B1 B2
          ^1388. mokṣakaṁkṣī] norm., mokṣakaṁkṣi B1 B2, mākṣakaṁkṣi L1
          ^1389. saputrapautravandhavaḥ] em., sāputraputravandhavāḥ L1, saputraputravandhavāḥ B1, sāputraputravandhavaḥ B2
          ^1390. eva] B2, evā L1 B1
          ^1391. yathecchayā] conj., yate calaṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1392. devi] L1 B1, devī B1
          ^1393. dharmādharmañ] em., dharmādharmaś L1 B1 B2
          ^1394. bhuktvā] em., bhukto L1 B2, bhūkto B1
          ^1395. śrī jaṭādhāra-śikhaṇḍin] L1 B1 B2, dvijātadhāraś L1 B1 B2, śikaṇḍī L1, śikāṇḍī B1, śikaṇḍi B2 • sa-vipulā
          ^1396. śrī jaṭādhāra] conj., dvijātadhāraś L1 B1 B2
          ^1397. śikhaṇḍin] em., śikaṇḍī L1, śikāṇḍī B1, śikaṇḍi B2
          ^1398. kriyājñānavibhusmṛtaḥ] L1 B1, kriyājñānavibhusmṛtam B2
          ^1399. jaṭā tattva saṅ hyaṅ viṣṇu] em., viṣṇu tattva saṅ hyaṅ jaṭa L1 B1 B2
          ^1400. sira ta jñānaśakti| kriyāśakti| vibhuśakti||] conj., sira ta kriyāśakti| vibhuśakti|| L1 B1 B2
          ^1401. ācāraṁ byaktakam idam] em., acāra byaktatām ītaṁ L1 B2, acāra byaktatām itaṁ B1
          ^1402. ācārañ] em., acāraś L1 B1 B2
          ^1403. tattvanira] norm., tatvanira L1 B2, tatthanira B1
          ^1404. siddha saṅ hyaṅ sadāśiva sira| anta saṅ hyaṅ paramaśiva sira] em., saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta sadāśiva sira L1 B1 B2
          ^1405. ceśvaraṁ] norm., caiśvaraṁ L1 B1 B2
          ^1406. ddhakāro] L1 B2, ddhakārā B1
          ^1407. trinayanam] B1, trinayanav L1 B2
          ^1408. locane] L1 B1, locana B2
          ^1409. taliṅe] em., taliṅa L1 B1 B2
          ^1410. sira ri] L1 B2, sira riṅ B1
          ^1411. The […] were:] If this incipit referred to the whole stanza, it would be incoherent, since the direct speech of the sage starts in the second line, as is also apparent from the exegesis.
          ^1412. […] Śaṅkara!’ ] I have emended vākya (t) o vakti (). Compare the colophon of the NīSāSam: praṇāmya śirasā devam| ... vakti.
          ^1413. The […] Śaṅkara!’] The verse actually reads Parameśvara.
          ^1414. ‘The […] scripture. ] I translate ’vatiṣṭhata (ex em., for ’vātiṣṭḥata, m.c.) in the sense of ‘to reach down, go down into’ rather than ‘to exist, be present’, assuming that the idea is that Śiva ‘becomes present’ or ‘manifests’ Himself to the sage, and reveals to him the scripture.
          ^1415. […] skull. ] Or: ‘the sight that has become the same as [that reality]’.
          ^1416. […] motion’. ] MW glosses samīraṇa as ‘setting in motion, causing activity, stimulating, promoting’, etc. In 3.13 and 4.53, samīratva and samīraṇa are glossed as vāyu ‘wind’; cf. Abhi\-dhar\-ma\-ko\-śa 1.12 (p. 8): īraṇā vāyudhātuḥ| īryate ’nayā bhūtasroto..., ‘The element Wind is impulse; through that, the flow of elements is set in motion’.
          ^1417. […] it. ] I emend kāladehināṁ to kaladehinām, where kala- may be an elision for sakala: cf. the gloss °niṅ sarva māvak. Alternatively, one could understand kala (= kalā) as ‘discrete’ or ‘gross’.
          ^1418. […] ] I take bhinnā| nīlāñjanasamaprabhā to be a split compound—compare the parallels in Sanskrit (Tantric) texts, e.g. RāNi 13.98b (bhin\-na\-nī\-lāñ\-ja\-na\-pra\-bham), ĪŚGDP 39.106c (bhin\-na\-nī\-lāñ\-ja\-na°), SvT 10.446a, 14.23c (bhin\-nā\-ñja\-na\-ni\-bhā/°aḥ), VT 32a, 106c (bhin\-nāñ\-ja\-na°), etc.
          ^1419. The […] heart.] The commentator probably understood °anta° in the sense of ‘extremity’ (i.e., head) instead of ‘inside’.
          ^1420. […] beings. ] Thus MWLex s.v. nirindriya, implying that Śiva has no body. cf. vigatendriyaḥ in 2.14.
          ^1421. There […] exists.] Here nirindriya seems to be a pratīka quoting from pada b, but the gloss kinatayan ta sira deniṅ ṣoḍaśavikāra is likely to respond to nirvikāro in pada c (which, however, I understand in its general sense of ‘without modifications’, i.e. ‘unchangeable’). One may assume that the gloss of nirindriya was omitted because of corruption, but the Sixteen Evolutes include \manas\ and the Ten Organs; thus, the exegesis may reflect a conflation of both words into a single gloss
          ^1422. The […] beings.] The Old Javanese gloss passes over in silence the causative cālayet in the verse, characterizing the Lord as unmoving mover of the universe
          ^1423. The […] sun.] The commentary interprets sarve as agreeing with jagati rather than śarīre.
          ^1424. […] gloss. ] I take maheśvaraḥ to be a nom. for acc. (maheśvaraṁ), as required by the logic of the passage and the Old Javanese gloss.
          ^1425. There […] Parameśvara.] I have emended tamar (‘not’) suka (→ sukha?, ‘happiness’) to ta mahasukha (cf. OJED s.v. amahasukha, mahasukha, ‘to make happy, give pleasure to’), which apparently glosses tuṣṭiṁ dattvā maheśvaraṁ in the verse (where maheśvaraṁ is my emendation of maheśvaraḥ).
          ^1426. The […] head.] For this translation of hima, cf. Introduction, p. hima.
          ^1427. First […] twice-borns.] This stanza seems to be misplaced, for the topic changes in the following stanza. The exegesis, apparently grasping this inconsistency, introduces a new topic, passing over in silence the tubes.
          ^1428. There […] twice-borns.] The meaning of yukti here seems to be akin to that of its Sanskrit counterpart, i.e. ‘application, practice, usage, means’ (note that the word derives from yuj, from which yoga also derives). None of these meanings are found in OJED. Could it have been intended as a gloss of vidhānaka, understood in the sense of vidhāna, ‘disposing, arranging’, ‘acting, performing’, ‘method, manner’ (MW)?
          ^1429. […] crystal.] MW s.v. dīpta gives, among other meanings, ‘blazing, flaming, hot, shining, bright, brilliant, splendid’, as well as ‘red arsenic’ (L.) and ‘gold’ (L.). In this context, the meaning of ‘golden’, i.e., ‘bright yellow’, seems the most appropriate.
          ^1430. Spotless, […] imperishable.] Or: ‘the remains, i.e. a feeble reflex of’ (MW).
          ^1431. Not […] supreme.] cf. OJED s.v. macala (cala III). Alternatively: ‘unmoving/unquivering’ (cala I).
          ^1432. […] forehead. ] On ūta-prota in Sanskrit and Old Javanese texts, cf. Acri 2017: 399–402, 424.
          ^1433. There, […] Hero.] I have emended uṅguh to uṅgul: cf. OJED s.v. uṅgul*, aṅuṅgul, paṅuṅgul ‘(avs) to tower, soar, rise on high’, and Indonesian unggul, ‘superior, distinguished, supreme’. This word is likely to be the Old Javanese counterpart of the Sanskrit mūrdhan: ‘head in general, skull, (fig.) the highest or first part of anything, top, point, summit, front’ (MW).
          ^1434. There […] mind.] Glossing the first antare in antare manaso ’ntare as ākāśa, the commentator seemingly understands it as ‘intermediate space’ (MW), a synonym of antarikṣa.
          ^1435. […] suns.] I have emended viṣṇuvāktaram to viṣṇu-v-avyakta-m in the light of the logic of the passage as well as the exegesis (cf. also dyads 24 and 27–28, which keep a symmetry between the verses and the exegesis by homologizing deities or aspects of Sadāśiva with ontic levels). This corruption could have been caused by the fact that vāktaram could have been used as an irregular form (either nom. or acc., as if derived from the stem vakt{\rdit}) of vaktram, ‘face’, so as to associate Viṣṇu with the northern face of Bāmadeva.
          ^1436. […] disease.] That is, the Brahmamantras. I translate samārabdham (‘to take in hand, undertake, begin, commence’, ‘to try to get near to or propitiate’, MW s.v. samārabh) as if it were ārabdham (‘to make, produce’, ‘to form, compose’, MW s.v. ārabh).
          ^1437. Mahādeva […] liberation. ] I.e., with and without syllables: cf. the preceding dyad.
          ^1438. The […] achieve.] I connect ādhykyam to avaśaṅkaraṁ (and not to aiśvaryav{\rdit}ddhim) on the basis of the Old Javanese exegesis.
          ^1439. Above […] namaḥ.] Dakṣa is the name of one of the Prajāpatis.
          ^1440. […] nyaset. ] I translate h{\rdit}disthaṁ saṁnyaset as if it were h{\rdit}disthāne nyaset.
          ^1441. Above […] namaḥ.] I conjecturally emend aśuddhavidyā to avidyā: cf. exegesis to verse 4.8, as well as dyad 4.30, containing the same series of five items, all of which are synonyms of prak{\rdit}ti.
          ^1442. It […] 3.16d). ] Here I translate pauruṣo as if it were puruṣo (contrast 3.16d).
          ^1443. Above […] namaḥ.] Or: ‘it does not cause, it is not caused’.
          ^1444. Above […] namaḥ.] Rather than emending ’vyaktaṁ in the verse to vyāptaṁ (in the sense of vyāpakaṁ), I deem vyāpaka to be an idiosyncratic gloss of ’vyaktaṁ (which still expresses the idea that the supreme reality exists latently in all the beings, by pervasion).
          ^1445. […] palate. ] NirānandaIssue in the code (lit. ‘non-joy’) is encountered in Śaiva texts (more often so in non-dualistic texts of the Trika, like the Tantrāloka and the Tantrasāra, often in association with śūnya) either as the second member of a series of six, following nijānanda (which could also provide a possible clue for emending this verse) and translated variously as ‘intense bliss’, ‘non-bliss’, or ‘bliss of stillness’: cf. TĀK III, s.v. Compare my translation of Nirātman as ‘Supra-Soul’ in the preceding dyad.
          ^1446. Śiva […] forehead. ] I take ante to be equivalent to the locative case rather than carry the meaning of ‘on the limit’, for the commentary has rahi ‘forehead’, and the next verse is about the region above the forehead.
          ^1447. Śiva […] commentary. ] I have emended this verse, containing a seemingly pleonastic śiva where one would expect sūkṣma (pada a), and sūkṣma where one would expect an- (pada c), on the basis of the commentary.
          ^1448. He […] [there]. ] I.e., the fontanel. The term śivadvāra used in this sense is uncommon in Sanskrit texts from the Indian subcontinent, but is frequently found in both the Old Javanese and Sanskrit portions of \tutur s: cf. BhS 99–100; GPT 5, 10, 16, 55; DhPāt 230.15; V{\rd}h 37–38; JñS 12.16; VŚ 9, etc.
          ^1449. […] Mahādeva!] anāśravaṁIssue in the code derivesIssue in the code from āśrava, a Buddhist term—probably a Sanskritization, found in Mahāyāna and Abhidharmic literature, of the Pāli āsava, whose synonym is ogha or ‘floods’—literally meaning ‘outflow’, and denoting ‘a group of basic impurities or defilements which are the cause of repeated rebirth’ (Keown 2003).
          ^1450. na […] name!] The OldIssue in the code Javanese gloss of anāśrava follows the literal meaning of āśrava, based on the stem āsru ‘flow’ (cf. fn. anaśravamfn, p. anaśravamfn).
          ^1451. The […] The Leader among Yogins knows that the Lord Mahādeva pervades all the embodied beings like the space pervades all the embodied beings. In the same way, the multiple pots are the places where the single moon resides. Thus is how non-manifestation,Here I translate nora as ‘non-manifestation’ instead of ‘non-existence’: cf. Acri 2017: 588–590. the final destination of everything, is compressed in a limited space.Or: ‘hidden’? cf. OJED 1772 s.v. *simpәn: ‘brought together in a limited space, grouped together, compressed, in a limited number, containing the basic essentials; put away, hidden’. [Being] the epitome of superiority over the group of six [inner stains], he reaches the stage of release. His release is without boundaries.] Or: ‘hidden’? cf. OJED 1772 s.v. *simpәn: ‘brought together in a limited space, grouped together, compressed, in a limited number, containing the basic essentials; put away, hidden’.
          ^1452. In […] ] I interpret this pada as an inversed split compound, as if it were aṣṭasthānadeveṣu tathā. I take this to be a reference to the eight manifestations of Śiva.
          ^1453. […] everything. ] Or: ‘beyond the immaterial’.
          ^1454. The […] insentient. ] I interpret k{\rdit}ṣṇakevā° as k{\rdit}ṣṇakā (= k{\rdit}ṣṇikā) + iva, i.e. a reference to the well-known analogy of Unevolved Matter as the seed of everything that exists (cf. infra, 3.19). Alternatively, k{\rdit}ṣṇaka here could simply mean ‘black’ (in which case, k{\rdit}ṣṇakevā° would be an instance of double sandhi: k{\rdit}ṣṇakaḥ + eva). Neither of the two meanings are reflected in the exegesis.
          ^1455. From […] Its function is ideation, that is to say, to ideate (manaṅkalpa).I have emended manah kalpa to manaṅkalpa. cf. fn. manangkalpafn2 on dyad 3.13, as well as dyads 3.30 and 3.60. Its nature is to considerMamilaṅ, glossed by OJED (s.v. amilaṅ, umilaṅ, winilaṅ, kawilaṅ) as ‘to count, enumerate, calculate, consider one by one, take into account, consider’. This word may actually be a gloss of gaṇa in gaṇasambhava, interpreted by the commentator in the sense of ‘to count, to calculate’, as if it were gaṇita (whereas I have taken it to refer to either the series of the Five Gross Elements (cf. the next dyad), or perhaps the Sixteen Evolutes (cf. supra, pp. ganasambhava1, ganasambhava2). and to imagine. Such is its outcome: ideation and deliberating.] Mamilaṅ, glossed by OJED (s.v. amilaṅ, umilaṅ, winilaṅ, kawilaṅ) as ‘to count, enumerate, calculate, consider one by one, take into account, consider’. This word may actually be a gloss of gaṇa in gaṇasambhava, interpreted by the commentator in the sense of ‘to count, to calculate’, as if it were gaṇita (whereas I have taken it to refer to either the series of the Five Gross Elements (cf. the next dyad), or perhaps the Sixteen Evolutes (cf. supra, pp. ganasambhava1, ganasambhava2).
          ^1456. From […] salilaṁ. ] I take rasarūpaśabdasparśaḥ ... salilātmakaḥ to be an irregular ‘split compound’ understood in the sense of rasarūpaśabdasparśātmakaṁ salilaṁ.
          ^1457. […] exegesis. ] Having emended tatra tatrāsin ābhūtaḥ to tatra tatrāsīn abhūtaḥ (resulting in a ra-vipulā); alternatively, one could emend to tatra tatrāsīn nābhūtaḥ, ‘everything that ever existed and is not unreal’, or tatra tatrāpi ca bhūtaḥ, ‘existing in every one of those [ontic levels]’, which involves a more complex chain of mistakes, but has the merit of responding to the siromuṅguh riṅ tattva kabeh in the exegesis.
          ^1458. He […] itself.] Or: ‘being the Self-Identity itself’.
          ^1459. […] Cause. ] For the reconstruction of this pāda, cf. the following fn.
          ^1460. One […] name.] Here the commentator, seemingly on the basis of the corrupt transmitted text, took avyakto (a synonym of Prak{\rd}ti) as an attribute of Dhāt{\rd}, and glossed mahī (‘the great one’, i.e. ‘earth’) as p{\rdit}thivī (the same equation is found in the Old Javanese Bhīṣmaparva, p. 30: p{\rdit}thivī atah pradhāna ṅaranya); however, the original pāda might have read dhātāvyakte pratiṣṭhitaḥ, ‘Dhāt{\rd} is established in the Unevolved’. Be this as it may, one would expect an association of Prak{\rd}ti with Viṣṇu rather than Brahmā (\cf, e.g., 2.3, 3.2, etc.).
          ^1461. […] metre. ] Nābhir is used instead of the loc. nabhyām/nabhau to avoid \sandhi\ and fulfill the metre.
          ^1462. The […] namaḥ.] I haveIssue in the code emended ikaṅ manah saṅkalpa riṅ śarīra to ikaṅ manaṅkalpa riṅ śarīra. This construction mirrors the structure of the previous dyads (for instance, ikaṅ apanas riṅ śarīra| agni ikā). Compare my emendation of manah kalpa and manah saṅkalpa to manaṅkalpa in dyads 3.30 and 4.4 and, for an instance of manaṅkalpa, cf. V{\rd}h 33.99–100.
          ^1463. […] belly. ] I have corrected ābhyāvaśānatvaṁ to adhyavasānatvaṁ in the verse, and mādva viśaya to mādhyavasāya in the Old Javanese—adhyavasāya (or adhyavasāna), ‘determination, resolution, mental effort or apprehension’ (PSED s.v.) being the standard functions attributed to Intellect in both Sanskrit and Old Javanese sources (e.g. DhPāt 218.2; SK 23; ParT 4.90, 4.92; for a discussion of buddhi in early Sanskrit sources, see Fitzgerald 2017). cf. dyad 3.62.
          ^1464. The […] namaḥ.] ThusIssue in the code my translation of pratisāra (Skt sāra = ‘stretching out, extension’; √s{\rdit} = ‘to run, flow, to make visible, manifest’); contrast Ed s.v., ‘prob.: fighting in front, leader in combat, eminent warrior, champion, vanguard’. Sanskrit dictionaries gloss pratisara as ‘Hintertreffen, Nachhut’ (‘rearguard’) (PSW), ‘a follower, servant’ (\mwl).
          ^1465. Then […] exegesis. ] The second half-verse appears to be about the Spirit, and should have gone together with the following verse 16 (compare dyads 10–11); indeed, it is not reflected in the exegesis.
          ^1466. The […] namaḥ.] I have supplied pauruṣa vījanya, which was probably lost in transmission by way of saut du même au même with the preceding tejanya (cf. dyads 13–15 and 4.1).
          ^1467. The […] namaḥ.] It is possible that here the commentator by identifying the throat (gulū) as the locus of this principle understood the Sanskrit sū\-kṣmā\-sa\-nā\-śra\-vaṁ (before emendation to sūkṣmam anāśravam) as sūkṣmāsanyāśrayaṁ, meaning ‘dwelling’ (āśraya) in the mouth (āsanya). However, this could be regarded as an addition by the commentator, also in the light of the fact that malilaṅ (‘clear, pure, free from disturbance or passion; finished, completely disappeared, swept away’) in the commentary seems to respond to anāśravam in the verse (on which, cf. fns. anaśravamfn and anasravafn2).
          ^1468. This […] reality. ] Namely, ‘the souls’.
          ^1469. The […] Śiva.] Here and in the following clause I accept the reading prāṇa, although it is tempting to emend it to pramāṇa, so as to respond to the corresponding form in padas b and c. Prāṇa, in the sense of ‘the life of, the soul of, heart, soul’ (OJED s.v.), could be a legitimate gloss of pramāṇa, in the sense of ‘controlling power, life-giving power (both the supreme deity, governing and giving life to everything—saṅ hyaṅ Pramāṇa wiśeṣa—and its individual manifestation or emanation in all living beings; pramāṇa, saṅ pramāṇa); being in authority, having authority or power over, ruling, governing, commanding’ (OJED s.v. pramāṇa 3). The point here seems to be the unity between the universal life-principle and the individual life-principle.
          ^1470. The […] disorderly. ] cf. MWIssue in the code s.v. bījāṅkuranyāya: ‘the rule of seed and sprout (where two things stand to each other in the relation of cause and effect)’.
          ^1471. +The […] bhuvanalakṣaṇam. ] The verse that originally belonged to this dyad was either left out by mistake or expunged, as suggested by the abrupt shift of topic of the exegesis after the double punctuation mark in dyad 19. I have inserted here pada s cd of 3.16, which do not fit the context of that dyad and are not reflected in the exegesis either, and may thus be the result of a copying mistake. cf. BhS 78: lokāś ca saptadvīpāś ca parvatāḥ sāgarās tathā| aṇḍasyānte tathā loke etad bhuvanalakṣaṇam.
          ^1472. Varavācya, […] gods. ] Or: of the divine food, i.e. the am{\rdit}ta, hence they are gods.
          ^1473. All […] namaḥ.] I take the word nuṅgvī in the expression ginave nuṅgvī ya to be derived from anuṅgvi, s(um)uṅgvi, ‘to carry on the shoulder (on the head?)’ (OJED s.v.).
          ^1474. Finally, […] self-supported.] Having conjecturally emended kṣaṇaṁ sadhāraṇañ in 3.29d to sthānaṁ svādhāraṇañ, which responds to nirālamba in the gloss.
          ^1475. […] perception. ] On account of both the context and the exegesis, I take mānaso to be the equivalent of manas (with a masculine instead of neutre ending; cf. MW, s.v.), and pañcatanmātra to be a prātipadika (m.c.) for pañcatanmātrāt.
          ^1476. I […] heard. ] While in the series of dyads up to 3.44 no clear differentiation is made between the Faculties (abstract) and the Organs (concrete), i.e. buddhīndriyas and karmendriyas, the exegesis seems to consider them concrete, although the clause gumave kulit mvaṅ sukhaniṅ sparśa in 3.32 suggests that the commentator may have been aware of the difference (compare 3.44, where they are defined, along with the Five Gross Elements, as ‘external’ [vāhyāni], forming the Sixteen Evolutes). This ambiguity reflects a relatively early stage of Sāṅkhya: cf. supra, p. golakasenses.
          ^1477. The […] hear.] cf. the gloss of d{\rdit}ṣṭavya° in 3.33 (mulatanaṅ yukti, ‘to see what is proper’) and of vaktavyam in 3.38 (muvusaknaṅ yukti, ‘to speak what is proper’); and the similar glosses, having a ‘moral’ nuance, in the Old Sundanese-Old Javanese SMG (310.2–3/DHEd 23), e.g. ‘Sotra means ears. What is the sphere of the ears? Woe to those who abuse them, the goodness is what you should hear’, and so on (compare ŚG 180.4–182.17/DHEd 2.2–3): cf. Commentary, p. moralnuancesglosses.
          ^1478. […] Space. ] I emend abhibhūta (whose meanings ‘surpassed, defeated, subdued, humbled, overcome, aggrieved, injured’ do not fit the present context) to adhibhūta (denoting the material object/physical level in which the faculties operate) here and in the following dyads on account of the numerous parallels in Sanskrit Epic and Śaiva sources. cf. dyad 3.31, which has viṣaya (also meaning ‘object of the senses’) in both the verse and the exegesis.
          ^1479. […] seen. ] The forms haret and abhiharam seem pleonastic, as both derive from the root √h{\rdit}, ‘to offer, present; seize; to take to one’s self, appropriate (in a legitimate way), come into possession of (acc.), receive (ātmanepada); to master, overpower, subdue, conquer, win’; abhih{\rdit}, ‘to bring, offer; to assail, attack’; perhaps one could emend haret to caret. The meaning of ‘seizing’ is to be understood in the context of the Indian theory of perception.
          ^1480. […] tastes. ] The sequence bhogamā(r)tsaryya seems corrupt (mātsarya reflects a confusion or contamination by the homonymous word, meaning ‘envy, jealousy’, which is obviously not appropriate in the present context), and my diagnostic emendation to bhogam rāsavya- (an irregular gerundive, in lieu of rasayitavyaḥ/rasanīyaḥ) is very tentative.
          ^1481. The […] smell.] It seems that here (and in 3.38–40) the commentator reproduced the same construction as in previous dyads, consisting in the substantive + pronoun viṣayanya plus an active verbal form, where viṣaya seems to have the meaning of ‘field of action’ rather than ‘object’—for the action of smelling indicates the process, not the final object, namely odour. This is a departure from the adhibhūta in the verse, which indicates the object.
          ^1482. The […] order. ] My interpretation follows the exegesis. Alternatively, one may understand pañcamyāṁ as ‘in the pentad [of verses above]’, with reference to the five verses possibly quoted from the Ṣaṣṭitantra by the sage Kapila (whom the Sāṅkhya tradition often calls paramarṣi), which is referred to in dyad 4.22 (as ṣaṣṭī ... tantre) and in 3.31 (as Dhīśāstra): cf. supra, p. dhisastra.
          ^1483. The […] rajas. ] I take sāttvikāntav to be an āiśa form corresponding to sāttvikānte, and vijāyate to be the equivalent of vijanyante, m.c.; however, by glossing it as kavruhananta, the exegesis seems to understand vijñāyante. One would expect the sāttvika to be the Intellect (cf. 3.3); however, here it may refer to the sattvic aspect of Self-Identity from which the Faculties of Perception arise.
          ^1484. […] Gods. ] I take śabdatanmātram to be an Aiśa form for śabdatanmātrāt (cf. p. multipurpose), even though the exegesis here follows the copular construction of the Sanskrit.
          ^1485. The […] Vāyu. ] I emend pāṇīndriyādidevataḥ to pāṇir indro ’dhidevataḥ, in the light of the context, the Sanskrit parallels, and the exegesis, where Indra is the deity associated with the hands. The mistake was probably caused by confusion between indra and indriya (‘sense’ or ‘organ’); cf. 3.59b, pāṇīndrāpy ābhit{\rdit}ptyate, which I have tentatively emended to pāṇir indro ’bhit{\rdit}ptyate.
          ^1486. The […] Vāyu.] The mention of two deities in this dyad is odd, but may be explained by the fact that, while the presiding deity of the hand (a karmendriya) is Indra indeed (cf., e.g., MBh 12.301.4; TSam 7, etc.), Vāyu is associated with touch (a buddhīndriya) and skin: cf. MBh 12.29c.98 and 12.29c.158 (contrast 12.29c.162, where Vāyu is associated with smell, ghrāṇa). Thus, the commentator seems to have associated hand and touch.
          ^1487. […] Agni. ] I have emended adikramam to adhikramam, which however I deem to have been used not in the sense reported in Sanskrit dictionaries (cf. e.g. {\mwl} ‘invasion, attack’) as well as in OJED (‘right (proper) behaviour?), but in the sense of adhik{\rdit}taḥ, ‘placed at the head of, appointed; a superintendent’.
          ^1488. The […] Agni.] I emend the expression ikaṅ ... ya in the opening clauses of the glosses in dyads 3.40–42 to ikaṅ ... gavenya, so as to reflect the same structure of the exegesis in 3.39 (without the punctuation mark), as well as the expected sense, as required by the context and conveyed by the verses, whereby the Organs are not their respective Subtle Elements but rather their products.
          ^1489. […] both. ] In order to obtain this meaning, I have emended nātipādyate in the last pada to pra\-ti\-pad\-ya\-te, which I take to be an Aiśa form for pratipadante or pratipadete, used in the passive instead of active (m.c.), and understood dhāraṇe as an Aiśa locative of dhāraṇī.
          ^1490. The […] master.] The commentator’s understanding of dhāraṇe in the Sanskrit seems to be idiosyncratic.
          ^1491. The […] idiosyncrasy. ] I have emended pāda d from bhoktatatvābhidhīyate to bhautikaṁ tv abhidhīyate on the basis of the exegesis, glossing it as inajarakәn aghora vījanya, and of dyad 3.28, whose pāda d reads bhautikān tu vidhiyate (em. bhautikān tv abhidhīyate); cf. dyad 2.1, where the bhautika syllable is homologized with Aghora. Even though bhoktatattvaṁ (for bhokt{\rdit}tattvaṁ), ‘the reality of the experiencer’, would not be inappropriate in the context of the verse, it is hard to explain the commentator’s interpretation as a mere idiosyncrasy.
          ^1492. […] them. ] InIssue in the code this dyad and those following thereupon, the series of bodily elements yield more than five items, thus giving rise to an inconsistency with pañcadhā (contrast the similar passage in the ŚKJ, where pañcadhā reflects a list of five bodily constituents: cf. my Commentary infra). This inconsistency appears to have been resolved by the exegesis by glossing pañcadhā as ‘the outcome of the Five Gross Elements’. Alternatively, it may convey the idea that the parts of the human body are made up by the Five Gross Elements, yet one in particular is prevalent in each one of them.
          ^1493. Further, […] Elements.] Thus OJED s.v. limpa; DBE s.v. gives both ‘liver’ and ‘pancreas’.
          ^1494. […] exegesis. ] cf. fn. pancadha and pancadha3 forIssue in the code the inconsistency between the series of seven elements and the expression pañcadhā, as well as the interpretation in the exegesis.
          ^1495. […] gall. ] ThisIssue in the code is the usual spelling of this word in Old Javanese tuturs, as opposed to the standard Sanskrit Gārhapatya. According to Haryati Soebadio (1971: 240), it is a ‘contamination of gṛhapati (head of the family), gārhapatyâgni (house­ offering ­fire) and Vṛhaspati, which is a divine priest’s name and so could easily be of confusing influence within this context’.
          ^1496. The […] body.] I take śucir to be an Aiśa (nom. for loc.) adjective referring to pāyūpasthe, whereas the commentator took it to be a type of fire. This results in an inconsistency between the verses in dyads 3.47–48 and the exegesis: the former mention five fires, whereas the latter lists six fires (yet declaring that the fires are associated with the Five Gross Elements).
          ^1497. The […] heart. ] My interpretation of sarvaśarīre differs from that of the commentator.
          ^1498. Ears, […] Elements.] TheIssue in the code exegesis is idiosyncratic here, stating that the Space is the parts of the body, and not that it exists in them, as mentioned in the verse. Also note the gloss of jaṭhare ‘in the belly’ as tahulan ‘bones’. The definition of Space as fivefold does not seem to be correlated to the items enumerated in the verse and exegesis, whose sum total is seven (cf. supra, fn. pancadha and pancadha2).
          ^1499. [Thus […] parallels. ] This verse presents a general lack of gender and number agreement; my tentative reconstruction of the fourth pāda relies on the exegesis and the Sanskrit parallels.
          ^1500. Such […] beings.] In his gloss of adhibhūtādhidaivikam (ex em. sandhibhūtan na vedita mss.), the commentator reveals familiarity with the Sāṅkhya-derived categories of pain afflicting the incarnated beings found in tuturs (cf., e.g., V{\rd}h 33.10–13 and DhPāt 258–260), although the point of the verse seems to have been more general.
          ^1501. […] required. ] In this stanza and in 55–56, 58c, 59d, and 60d, we find t{\rdit}ptyanti instead of t{\rdit}pyati (that is, 3rd person plural instead of singular, and verbal stem t{\rdit}pt in lieu of t{\rdit}p), which I have translated as if it were a 3rd person singular; contrast t{\rdit}ptyate/abhit{\rdit}ptyate/abhit{\rdit}ptyati 54d, 55d, 56d, 57d, 58b, 60b, and 62d, where a metrically short penultimate syllable is required.
          ^1502. […] satisfied. ] Pāda c originally read tvaci t{\rdit}ptyanti vai sparśaḥ, ‘the touch satisfies itself with the skin’, which I have emended to tvac ca t{\rdit}ptyanti vai sparśe in the light of logic, symmetry with previous and following dyads, as well as the Old Javanese gloss (ikaṅ kulit| t{\rdit}pti ya riṅ sparśa).
          ^1503. […] satisfied’. ] In interpreting the second half-line, I follow the exegesis, which links t{\rdit}ptyate in pada d to pādaḥ in pada b, and renders icchānti (for icchati) as if it had a meaning akin to that of the Old Javanese icchā, ‘at ease, pleased, in sovereign freedom, under no compulsion whatsoever’ (OJED, s.v. icchā 2). Alternatively, one could take pādaḥ as the subject of icchānti and gamanāgamane as its ‘object’, and translate ‘The foot desires to go and come. Viṣṇu is satisfied’.
          ^1504. The […] manner.] Like in the exegesis on 3.42, the gamanāgamana has been interpreted not in the sense of ‘coming and going’ (gamana + āgamana), but of ‘going and not-going’ (gamana + agamana).
          ^1505. The […] manner.] Issue in the code reads ārda, probably a spelling variant of ardha: ‘completely, entirely, in every respect, very, very much, strong(ly), heavy, violent(ly)’ (OJED s.v. ardha 2).
          ^1506. […] manner]. ] Since the previous dyads refer to the Organs rather than the Faculties, here vāc is likely to have been understood in the sense of ‘the organ that articulates speech’, i.e. ‘mouth’, as attested in various early Upaniṣads (e.g. BĀUp 2.2.3–4 and ChUp 1.7.1): cf. MW s.v. prāṇa and Tamil vākku, meaning both ‘word, speech’ and ‘mouth’ (FTED, s.v.). However, the exegesis glosses it as śabda, meaning ‘sound, noise, voice, tone, note; word, speech, language’ (Ed s.v.), suggesting that the commentator may not have been aware of the rarer meaning of vāc.
          ^1507. […] perpetually. ] Note the non sequitur in pādas a and b, and the repetition of mano in pada s b and c.
          ^1508. The […] Constituents.] The 3rd person pronominal suffix -nira, used instead of -nya, seems odd, suggesting that the commentator might have understood it as referring to Rudra rather than to the Self-Identity.
          ^1509. The […] manner.] The addition of gumave is odd here, and does not mirror the structure of the preceding dyads.
          ^1510. When […] Self. ] Even though the exegesis glosses tāpayanti as gәsәṅana (‘should be burnt’), it is not impossible that the pada actually read tarpayanti, being the causative of t{\rdit}p, meaning ‘to satiate’, but also ‘to become satisfied’ (in the ātmanepada) and ‘to kindle’. The last meaning seems to be compatible with the gloss, although the former would be more apposite in the light of the construction with t{\rdit}p + loc. in the preceding verses (‘they satisfy themselves with all the objects’).
          ^1511. O […] 8.10b. ] I have emended sarvvatatveṣu viṣayaṁ to sarvatattve svaviṣayaṁ in the light of the context and the exegesis, which has svaviṣayanya, and the fact that in this text all instances of the compound sarvatattva are in the singular: cf. 3.74d, 5.32a, 8.10b.
          ^1512. Thus […] beings.] Here the commentator seems to understand deva to be the object of adhigacchati, which he glosses as vyāpaka.
          ^1513. The […] river.] Unless part of the text has gone missing, the commentator seems to conflate the glosses of meat and nerves, omitting earth from the list of corresponding ‘deities’ (hyaṅnya). For similar lists of bodily elements, cf. 3.45 and 5.5.
          ^1514. The […] Sage.] The word mahāmuni here could refer to Kapila: cf. 3.36 and 4.22.
          ^1515. He […] [all]. ] Or, emending to adhi: ‘the foremost’.
          ^1516. Just […] svasthamurti. ] A rationale for my translation of this verse is given supra, p. svasthamurti.
          ^1517. The […] Rudra.] The commentator follows the verse in interpreting the sequence indrajalaṁ mayam (m.c. for indrajālā māyā?) as consisting of the two separate words indrajāla + māyā (consistently spelled maya or māya in this text; compare OJED s.v. māyā, maya), but it is possible that the expression formed in origin the compound indrajālamayam, numerous attestations of which exist in Sanskrit literature.
          ^1518. The […] master.] Something seems to have dropped in the course of transmission after the article ikaṅ.
          ^1519. This […] Śiva. ] Or: ‘productive (magical) power’.
          ^1520. Space […] body. ] Śarīraniṣṭha- may be the equivalent of śarīraniṣṭhā-, m.c., where niṣṭhā means ‘state, con\-di\-tion’—cf. the gloss makasthānaṅ śarīra, ‘to use the body as a residence’ (sthāna: ‘place; abode, residence, home; state, condition’, OJED s.v.). However, it is also possible that śarīraniṣṭhā was intended to mean ‘the end of the body’ (MW s.v. niṣṭhā: ‘conclusion, end, termination, death’), for the context here is that of the dissolution of the elements making up the body.
          ^1521. This […] senses. ] For my translation of sadasad° as ‘manifest and unmanifest’ instead of ‘existence and non-existence’, cf. fn. asad supra, and Acri 2017: 588–590. This could be a reference to the category of supernatural beings known as videha (‘without body’) and prak{\rdit}tilīna (‘dissolved into Unevolved Matter’); cf. DhPāt 294.16–22 and Acri 2017: 460, 492.
          ^1522. Such […] subtle.] That is, the nature of the Unevolved (otherwise: the nature of Intellect becomes darkness).
          ^1523. […] Lord. ] I understand the word brahma (declined in the neutre, as its attributes in pada a) in pāda b to denote the impersonal supreme principle, in contrast to the commentator, which understands it to denote the personal deity Brahmā. Contrast dyad 3.62, where Brahman was correlated with Īśvara and the Intellect.
          ^1524. The […] universe. ] Having emended jagatpālakakāraṇaṁ (‘the cause of the preserver of the universe’) to jagatpralayakāraṇaṁ on the basis of the exegesis (ya ta kāraṇaniṅ pralayaniṅ jagat), and because of the association of verses 4.5 and 4.6 with Viṣṇu and Brahmā, respectively, which makes one expect here a reference to Śiva/Rudra in His activity as destroyer of the universe.
          ^1525. As […] namaḥ.] I emend avidyā svabhāvanya to avidyā| svabhāva (also below, 4.30) in order to restore the list of five synonyms of Nature that we expect here (svabhāva being one of them, as attested in early Sāṅkhya sources). The word avidyā is often used in the sense of Māyā in Advaita Vedānta texts (cf. my Commentary to this dyad, infra).
          ^1526. The […] nirmalaṁ. ] I take nirmitaṁ to be an Archipelago Sanskrit ‘neologism’ equivalent to amitaṁ, although one could also emend it to nirmalaṁ.
          ^1527. There […] namaḥ.] I have emended taṁ to baṁ, the former being probably the result of confusion between pauruṣa and tatpuruṣa (compare 4.35).
          ^1528. The […] 4.11–12. ] The referent of teṣām seems to be the worlds mentioned in 4.8 as well as in 4.11–12.
          ^1529. The […] anasravafn2). ] anāśravam is unlikely to be a corruption of anāśrayam (‘supportless, self-dependent’), for it is one of the attributes of Śiva as Supreme Principle in 2.14 and 3.17 (cf. fns. anaśravamfn, anasravafn2).
          ^1530. There […] follows.] The expression tar pakasurudan glosses acyutam (‘imperishable’) in the verse; cf. 2.14, and fn. kasurudan1fn, p. \edpageref{kasurudan1}. However, I follow Issue in the code in reading vā kāraṇacyutaṁ, i.e. ‘devoid of cause’, instead of vākaraṇācyutam (Issue in the codeIssue in the code), ‘without cause (akaraṇa-), imperishable (acyutam)’, in pāda c, in order to keep the numerical correspondence between the attributes and the eight forms of Śiva.
          ^1531. Having […] manas. ] I deem manaḥ to be a corruption, although the commentator seems to have intentionally glossed both manasi and manaḥ as ‘in the mind’.
          ^1532. The […] missing. ] The half-line cd appears to be contextually out of place here, and may be the result of an interpolation or copying mistake. It is not only passed over in silence in the Old Javanese commentary, but it does also fit the context of dyad 3.20, where the Sanskrit verse glossed in the Old Javanese exegesis is missing.
          ^1533. Thus […] that. ] Or, alternatively (against the exegesis), one could read pada b as yathācintyan na vidyate, ‘unfathomable, it is as if it does not exist’.
          ^1534. \sqbrl […] earth.] While upodghātakna is not found in Ed, it surely derives from Sanskrit upodghāta, the meaning of which in this context is ‘an example, opposite argument or illustration’.
          ^1535. In […] Earth. ] In the light of the exegesis, I take sūkṣmam not as the object of bhavet, but rather as an attribute of avyaktam (cf. 4.30), and emend pada c māyādevīti tattvāntam to māyā buddhyādip{\rdit}thvyantam. This is in harmony with the doctrinal context, the ontic levels produced by Prak{\rd}ti (= Māyā) being those from Intellect down to Earth.
          ^1536. […] Unevolved.] Here saṅgama could also imply sexual union (between the Unevolved/Māyā and the Spirit metaphorically imagined as female and male): cf. Ed s.v. (m)asaṅgama, ‘to have sexual intercourse; to have social intercourse, meet, be friends with’; saṅgama, ‘coming together, meeting [...] union, intercourse [...] sexual union’. The latter meaning, for which MW notes lex., is very common in OJ’. In this light, here I translate the pronoun ya as ‘she’.
          ^1537. \Sat, […] universe. ] Here viparīta appears to refer not to the ‘inverted’ order of devolution/absorption of the ontic levels, but rather to the ‘mixing’ (and consequent imbalance) of the Three Constituents, which causes the Unevolved to manifest the universe.
          ^1538. […] order.%] The last two clauses of the exegesis do not quite reflect the idea expressed in the verse and the first half of the commentary. This opens to the possibility that a different concept might have been conveyed by both, namely that of manifestation rather than non-manifestation. In order to achieve this meaning, one could suppose that viparīta was understood in the sense of ‘going asunder or in different directions’ or ‘wrong’ (compare the Old Javanese meanings of ‘wrong, perverse; unthinkable, impossible, clouded, obscured, confused, blinded’), i.e. somehow out of balance; that abyaktako in the verse was intended as a hybrid Sanskrit-Old Javanese form with adjectival a- prefix meaning ‘manifested’; and that the sequence -t t- in [hetuniṅ] jagat tan [vәtu] reflects a (mistaken) gemination, which could be emended to jagat an, resulting in the meaning of ‘the cause for the world to be born from the Unmanifest’.
          ^1539. […] eightfold. ] Here the doctrinal context would require °aśaktayaḥ (disabilities) instead of °śaktayaḥ (abilities); cf. the next fn. (asaktifntrans).
          ^1540. There […] perfections.] TheIssue in the code expression aṣṭāviṅśatiśaktayaḥ in pada b and its gloss as hana aṣṭāviṅśatiśakti| ṅa are doctrinally problematic, for the context requires the opposite of the śaktis, i.e. the aśaktis or disabilites. However, I have refrained from emending to aṣṭāviṅśatyaśaktayaḥ since this might reflect an authorial (or commentarial) idiosyncrasy, or be derived from a Sanskrit source. cf. my Commentary on this dyad infra.
          ^1541. […] Ṣaṣṭitantra. ] I take ṣaṣṭī ... tantre to be a split compound, referring to the lost Sāṅkhya work Ṣaṣṭitantra.
          ^1542. There […] spoken.] The expression ukta sāra seems odd. OJED glosses ukta as ‘(Skt) what is said, words, statement’.
          ^1543. […] exegesis. ] Here I understand samprakāśyate to be the shortening by elision (m.c.?) of the causative samprakāśayate; cf. amintonakәn in the exegesis.
          ^1544. From […] rajas.] The commentator understood abhimāna in the verse in the sense of ‘pride’, ‘high opinion of oneself’ (cf. Ed s.v.), although in a philosophical context, the word can be translated in the more neutral sense of ‘self-awareness’; this meaning seems to be reflected in the expression maṅaku viṣayanya further on in the exegesis.
          ^1545. From […] desire.] Could this elliptic clause refer to the fact that the Subtle Elements can produce the Gross Elements according to their own wish?
          ^1546. Mārīci, […] Jamadagni. ] The form cāṅgirasas is likely to be an a-thematicization of aṅgiras rather than denote the descendants of Aṅgiras in the plural (or Aṅgirasa, the enemy of Viṣṇu as Paraśurāma: cf. MW s.v.), for Aṅgiras is one among the ‘progenitors’ (Prajāpati), which we expect to find here. The exegesis reads aṅgirasa.
          ^1547. Thus […] Jamadagni.] These are the names of the seven Seers (some among those found in various lists), yet are regarded by the commentator as the seven among the fourteen foremost sons of Prajāpati (cf. the next dyad). On the same confusion found in some Sanskrit sources, cf. Hopkins 1915: 190: ‘As seven the sons are confused with the Seven Seers [...]. Thus [...] the seven are patayaḥ prājānam or Prajāpatis’). According to Indian mythology, Dakṣa-Prajāpati initially had one thousand sons, then another two thousands.
          ^1548. A […] Constituents. ] This is at odds with the fact that in the previous dyad they are said to be fourteen. Perhaps this verse originally belonged to another source, or a different context.
          ^1549. They […] .] The referent of paḍa (usually an indication of the plural, i.e. ‘all’) here may not be the children of Prajāpati-Dakṣa, like in the previous clause, but the ontic level called traiguṇya, which is here understood what produces the Three Constituents individually; therefore, I have translated it in its other sense, i.e. ‘equally’.
          ^1550. What […] namaḥ.] This pentad is called pañcaśuddha in dyads 2.3 and 4.8 (emended from pada śuddha).
          ^1551. […] MJñ. ] Here and in dyads 4.32–47 (compare dyads 4.27–28 above) there is a general lack of agreement between the number of different words in the stanzas, as well as a mismatch between the singular of the stanza and the plural in the commentary. It seems to me that the commentator might have forcefully interpreted words declined in the singular in the verses, originally referred to a single deity (for instance, Viṣṇu, Rudra, etc.), as plurals referring to a group of deities. I have, therefore, refrained from emending the Sanskrit in most of those instances, unless when they feature some clearly plural forms (such as sarve in verse 33; caturyugavidhāraṇāḥ in 31d, read by Issue in the code against °vidhāraṇaḥ in Issue in the code and Issue in the code, seems to be a secondary ‘improvement’). A similar case of ‘pluralization’ of the deities (Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Rudra) mentioned in the singular in the verses is reflected in the exegesis of dyads 49–51 of the MJñ.
          ^1552. [They […] vehicles. ] Here kāraṇah might have been intended in the sense of kārakaḥ (for kārakāḥ?) ‘creator(s)’.
          ^1553. Made […] disease. ] My translation assumes an irregular use of the nom. sing. neutre ending -a\ṁm referred to janalokanivāsinaḥ; contrast the exegesis, where the commentator interpreted vaiṣṇavākhya\ṁm in the Sanskrit as referring to the seed-syllable associated with the Janaloka rather than its inhabitants.
          ^1554. Their […] pain.] I have emended vaiṣṇava to vaiṣṇavī (cf. dyads 1.25, 5.33, and 5.35).
          ^1555. Its […] namaḥ}-. ] Having emended tatpuruṣa to puruṣa (= pauruṣam), as one would expect from the context and the seed-syllable oṁ baṁ namaḥ (which is given again in 4.37, but does not reflect a mistake since we are still in the Tapoloka); the former may be a secondary ‘correction’ introduced by a copyist led astray by the expression tatvījaṁ puruṣo in pada c. Compare 4.9.
          ^1556. Without […] defilements.] Maraṇa is not found in the compound garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ (emended from garbbhajanmajvarahinaḥ). Here the commentator seems to have added maraṇa to make the list complete. Alternatively, one might emend jvara in the exegesis to janma rather than jarā, and garbbhajanmajvarahinaḥ to garbhajanmamarahīnaḥ in the verse. Compare agarbhajanmamaraṇaṁ in dyads 2.10 and 2.14, jarām{\rdit}tyuvivarjanaḥ in 4.40, and garbhajanmajarāhīnaḥ in 4.41. For similar compounds, cf. ajarāmaraṇa in SHKM 6 (Old Javanese exegesis), garbhajanmajarāduḥkhaṁ in NKār 20.44a, garbhajanmajarāyutān in PBh 1.9:305, and garbhajanmajarā in SuBhe YP 1.107c. While janmamaraṇa is a cliché in Sanskrit texts, I have not been able to find any parallels for the sequence garbhajanmamara(ṇa).
          ^1557. [Its […] material. ] I refrain from emending the word-endings -aḥ to -āḥ in the first three padas, assuming that those words were either ‘influenced’ by the regular plural -aḥ endings of {\rdit}ṣi and brahmacāriṇ in the final pada, or that the verse has been unintelligently stitched together on the basis of different material.
          ^1558. The […] namaḥ.] This explanation seems to refer to verses 4.34cd–36, which, strictly speaking, describe the station of Tapoloka (and its deity, Brahmā), using terms often applied to Śiva. The lack of the word paḍa, as opposed to the next line and the previous dyads 4.32–34, suggests that the deity may have been intended in the singular, as distinct from the sages mentioned in the following clause. Compare verse 4.41, which seems to shift back to the singular using similar epithets (e.g., aṣṭaiśvaryaguṇopetaḥ and °āmitasuprabhaḥ), and whose exegesis mentions devata without giving such plural indicators as paḍa.
          ^1559. They […] -aṁ. ] Dyads 4.38–41 are marred by several grammatical problems involving gender, number, and their mutual agreement—most notably the use of the singular instead of the plural, and the ‘multipurpose’ ending -aṁ.
          ^1560. Not […] senses.] TheIssue in the code gloss of nirānandaḥ nirāhāraḥ seems to be quite idiosyncratic. I take ānanda in the former word to mean ‘sexual bliss’, with reference to the celibate state of the sages.
          ^1561. Without […] death. ] Vivarjanaḥ here seems to be used in the sense of vivarjitaḥ.
          ^1562. […] ākāra-amita-suprabhaḥ. ] I hesitantly interpret cākārāmitasuprabhaḥ as a clumsy expression consisting in ca plus the ‘inverted compound’ ākāra-amita-suprabhaḥ.
          ^1563. He […] Tapoloka.] Both the verse and the exegesis seems to revert to the singular and describe the single deity/station mentioned in verses 4.34cd–37abc.
          ^1564. […] degree. ] This must be the Satyaloka, normally placed on the top of the list of the Seven Worlds, above the Tapoloka. In the light of the exegesis, I take parama- to be a prātipadika (m.c.) for paramaṁ (referring to lokam, and construed with ataḥ), and take sūkṣmatvāt (ex em.) to refer to viśeṣāl in pada b.
          ^1565. […] desire. ] The commentary glosses the tautological anāśrayam (cf. nirālamba in pāda d) as tar pakahilaṅan, but that expression usually glosses the Sanskrit acyutam (cf. 1.18, 5.25). Could this be a corruption for the Aiśa form anākṣayam, being the equivalent of akṣayam? cf. 2.14, where the Aiśa form anācyutam (= acyutam?) is glossed as akṣayam.
          ^1566. Without […] Without ceasing, without equal, without movement,My translation of tar pagati (alternatively: ‘without action’ or ‘without destination’), which is likely to be the gloss of the corrupted word virahakam. In the exegesis to 2.14, tan pagati glosses the anigataṁ (as pratīka; anihata in the Sanskrit portion), which I have emended to nirgataṁ. not grasped by the senses. There is the abode of the Lord Rudra. His fiery energy is exceptional, without support, not affected by desire. ] My translation of tar pagati (alternatively: ‘without action’ or ‘without destination’), which is likely to be the gloss of the corrupted word virahakam. In the exegesis to 2.14, tan pagati glosses the anigataṁ (as pratīka; anihata in the Sanskrit portion), which I have emended to nirgataṁ.
          ^1567. He […] clear.] The commentator seem to have read niṣkalaprabhaḥ, ‘whose splendour is immaterial’, instead of niṣkalaṁ prabhuḥ.
          ^1568. […] hair’. ] I interpret jaṭādhāraṇanidhiyaḥ as a bahuvrīhi compound, where nidhiyaḥ is an a-thematicization (in the singular) of nidhiḥ, meaning either ‘ocean’ or ‘hoard’. This interpretation is based on the exegesis; compare the description of the innumerable ones dwelling in the Mahāloka, stored in the Three Constituents, in 4.28. However, the compound may be the result of a redaction of the expression jaṭādhāriṇa-nidhayaḥ (m.c.), or represent the aluk-samāsa jaṭādhāriṇanidhayaḥ, meaning ‘protectors of those wearing twisted hair’.
          ^1569. Their […] hair.] Both the root nidhi and the adjectival/verbal form manidhi are unattested in OJED, and in the Old Javanese literature accessible to me.
          ^1570. […] multitude. ] I emend candrārdhāṅgījaṭāḥ to candrārdhāṅkajaṭāḥ: (ardha)candrāṅkitajaṭā° is a cliché in Tantric texts, usually in descriptions of the iconography of Rudra (cf. e.g. ĪŚGDP 40.5c, 40.10c; ŚT 19.124d; etc.). Alternatively, °aṅgī° could refer to the fact that Rudra is embodied in the ardhacandra (perhaps adumbrating a comparison between the shape of the Balinese candrabindu and that of the chignon of an ascetic): cf. JñS 10.14a/d, bhrūmadhye bhagavān rudraḥ [...]\ candrārdhākṣaro mūrtimān, ‘The Lord Rudra is in the middle of the eyebrows, [...]\ embodied in the symbol of the half-moon’ (therefore, aṅgī = mūrtimān?). But pada c has sarve, and the exegesis refers to either a multitude of Rudras or to the Gaṇas in the plural.
          ^1571. Having […] Supreme. ] cf. MW s.v. pramāṇa, and fn. pramana3dot18 on dyad 3.18. I have emended -sya to -tvam, used as -tvāt: cf. 3.18c (alternatively, one could interpret the sequence tadaṇḍasya pramāṇasya| dehasya as some sort of ‘genitive absolute’ construction ≈ locative absolute). Or, is pramāṇa here to be understood in the sense of ‘authority’ (over the World-Egg)?
          ^1572. When […] body.] Alternatively, one could translate makalakṣaṇa as ‘having as means’ (other meanings of lakṣaṇa include ‘cause, occasion, opportunity’, ‘action, doing, performing’, or ‘ instrument, cause’).
          ^1573. The […] station. ] Or: the gnosis relating to the seed-syllable Bhautikā.
          ^1574. The […] .] I conjecturally emend all the readings based on the word sambhava in this dyad to sad\-bhā\-va, on the basis of context, as well as comparison with dyad 5.33. cf. also V{\rd}h 48: sad\-bhā\-ve\-na pa\-ri\-tyak\-tam asadbhāva vivarjitam| sadasadbhāvarahitaṁ niṣkalāntam alakṣaṇam.
          ^1575. Higher […] bull-footprints’). ] My translation of ukṣoviḥ is tentative. I interpret ukṣo as the compounded form of ukṣan, among whose meanings are ‘an ox or bull’, ‘N. of the Soma (as sprinkling or scattering small drops)’, and ‘large’ (\mwl), and viḥ as the compounded form of aviḥ, ‘favourable, kindly disposed’, ‘the woollen Soma strainer’, ‘a protector, lord’ (\mwl). Such expression to define Śiva as ‘Lord of the Bull’ (a synonym of gopati = Śiva) seems appropriate in this context, where the supreme reality in the form of the Eightfold Śiva is described. The exegesis glosses ukṣoviḥ as ukṣapada, which I have translated as ‘the abode of the bull’ (contrast v{\rdit}ṣapada in 4.46, referring to the Rudra(s) having a bull as their vehicle, i.e. ‘having bull-footprints’).
          ^1576. The […] Puṣkara. ] Spelled thus in all Old Javanese texts, vis-à-vis the original Sanskrit form Śāka (listed only as such in OJED; the only locus provided, BndP (OJ) 68.14, is in fact an emendation of śaṅka).
          ^1577. The […] lists. ] The list contains eight instead of seven mountains. The exegesis removed this inconsistency by expunging from the list Mount Meru which, as the central mountain, should apparently not be counted. The series of mountains corresponds to that found in M{\rd}g VP 13.64, minus Vindhya, which appears in other lists.
          ^1578. The […] master.] OJED glosses vuduk as ‘fat; also: sweet flavour (Skt swādu)?’, but here it probably means ‘molasses’.
          ^1579. One […] that. ] Throughout dyads 4.64–70, the word tatvan is likely to be a corruption of tato (i.e., tataḥ), to be connected with daśaguṇa (‘ten times larger ... than that’). The repetition of this corruption is striking, but not difficult to justify palaeographically due to the phonetic similarity and interchangeability of the sequences o and va, which basically constitute orthographic variants of the same sound (compare another instance of the same emendation in 4.18, as well as tatvaṁ → tataḥ in 3.68). The addition of -n could be the result of an attempt by a scribe to systematically ‘correct’ the text (contrast 4.66a, 4.67ab, and 4.70a, which read tatva).
          ^1580. One […] that. ] The word mayaṁ may be a corruption, for which I am unable to propose a suitable emendation.
          ^1581. […] splendid. ] I take veda to be an irregular imperative, equivalent to viddhi; cf. 3.37c and 4.76e.
          ^1582. […] southwest. ] Here saṅsthīraṁ could be an irregular optative for third person plural (ātmanepada) saṁsthīyeran.
          ^1583. The […] master.] I have supplied pintiga i madhya, following the Sanskrit sarveṣāṁ triguṇa-viduḥ, and assuming that the mantra should be repeated three times for each direction. However, this scheme yields the result of nine whereas we need ten.
          ^1584. Earth, […] times. ] Here daśaguṇaṁ (‘tenfold’) might convey the idea that, as in the preceding dyad, these ontic levels have to be known as being tenfold (in spite of the fact that they are actually twelve); alternatively, one could translate it as ‘ten times’, meaning that they should be mentally repeated ten times.
          ^1585. Earth, […] ] I conjecturally emend bhāra (cf. OJED s.v. bhāra 2 ‘weight’) to bhaṭāra, even if the resulting meaning does not seem to be entirely satisfactory.
          ^1586. O […] cases?] surud (OJED s.v.: ‘to diminish, decrease, draw to a close; to retreat, fall back, recede, withdraw, ebb, vanish; to be dismissed, removed’) glosses niv{\rdit}ttaḥ, which I have translated as ‘passes away’.
          ^1587. O […] now! ] I tentatively take tvayā (emended from tvaya), occurring both in the verse and in the pratīka quoted in the exegesis, to be the instrumental case of the second person pronoun, and assume that the verb (vācyam?) is understood: cf. the exegesis, an maṅkana ta pavaraha bhaṭāra maṅke riṅ hulun (compare the gloss of Sanskrit verbs with such Old Javanese forms as varahakna in 1.15–1.16, [m]avarah in 3.25 and 5.48, varahaknaṅ in 3.29 and 3.36, pavarah° in 5.52 and 8.32, varahakna in 5.3 and 11.2, pavarah in 9.7, pavarahan in 9.2, etc.). Alternatively, pada d (also quoted, in identical form, in the exegesis) may be a corruption (or conscious redaction) of tattvaṁ kathaya me ’dhunā, which I have not emended since the gloss aparan tattvaniṅ avakta responds to tattvāṅgaṁ (rendered by the commentator as an ‘inverted compound’).
          ^1588. O […] now!] Or: ‘how could I see the Lord?’ (cf. OJED s.v. ndi 2); however, as the ndi here renders the Sanskrit kvacit, the translation of ‘where’ seems more appropriate.
          ^1589. Because […] extinction! ] I emend dhūmrayā to dhūmrabhā, ‘the one having the appearance of smoke’ (dhūmra = ‘smoke-coloured, smoky, dark coloured, grey’); cf. the exegesis.
          ^1590. […] etc. ] OJED tentatively glosses aṅgapradhāna as ‘‘chief part of the body’’, head?’, but in the present context the compound is likely to refer to the chief constituents or essential parts (pradhāna) of the human body. The TJñ (42) describes it as the combination of mind and body (ambәk pva ṅaraniṅ pradhānatattva| ikaṅ ambәk lavan śarīra| yeka sinaṅguh aṅgapradhāna ṅaranya maṅke riṅ mānuṣa); cf. also 45, 46, 50.
          ^1591. The […] state.] The commentator understood the Sanskrit sthira in the sense of ‘permanent’, ‘lasting’ rather than ‘compact, solid, strong’, which I think was the original meaning in this context.
          ^1592. […] auspicious. ] I have conjecturally emended the sequence tatra paścat guṇan to tataś caturguṇan. While tataḥ paścāt is a correct expression, meaning ‘thereupon’/‘after that’, the presence of a numeral in each verse from 5.5 to 5.9 (i.e., pañcama, triguṇa, dvimātra, ekaguṇa), as well as the words guṇa and toya in the same pāda, makes me confident to propose this emendation.
          ^1593. The […] eminent.] I interpret panas tis (‘heat and cold; all that may befall one; fever’, OJED s.v.) as ‘fever’, although panas ‘heat’ seems to aptly respond to uṣṇa in the verse.
          ^1594. […] etc. ] My emendation of vāyorodhyañ to ’bhayor randhrañ (both unmetrical; °añ for °e) is conjectural, and presupposes that randhrañ was understood as a locative, just like nāsikādyaḥ in pada d seems to have been). The exegesis mentions ‘all the orifices of your body’, passing over in silence the ears.
          ^1595. […] empty. ] Here I take sandhyate to be equivalent to saṁdhīyate (√saṁdhyai), m.c.
          ^1596. The […] of the Organs, that is the reason why they are called Subtle Organs. Further, the manas is without conflicting thoughts towards all the objects when it is empty.] Or: ‘instruments, means’.
          ^1597. The […] bodilessness. ] I have emended manaḥ ākāśānāṁ bhūtam to manasā sakalaṁ bhūtaṁ on account of the exegesis (sinakalakәn deniṅ manah ya vәkasan; compare the identical gloss of teṣān tu sakalaṁ bhūtaṁ in 5.14c). Further, ākāsa being invisible, it seems at odds with the form sinakalakәn (sakala = ‘in visible or material form, in person, embodied, pertaining to the world perceptible by the senses’ in the exegesis. Finally, deniṅ manaḥ renders the Sanskrit instrumental manasā.
          ^1598. The […] visible.] Being positioned after malilaṅ (= praśāntam in the verse), tovi seems to have a concessive meaning here; thus, the clause would refer to the yogin’s mind (cittam).
          ^1599. Having […] it]. ] Bhūyiṣṭha means ‘most numerous or abundant or great or important, chief principal’; provided it is not a corruption for jyotiś ca, I take it to refer to the light within the heart (cf. the exegesis, and the next dyad). For a similar context, cf. dyads 1.23–24.
          ^1600. If […] attention.] The corrupted sequence rayasthāli could be a pratīka reflecting bhūyiṣṭhaḥ in pada a.
          ^1601. […] suns. ] I emend manuś to aṇuś, which has the disadvantage of resulting in the somewhat pleonastic expression maṇuś ca paramāṇuś ca (both aṇu and paramāṇu can mean either ‘atom’ and ‘soul’). An alternative could be manuś → bhānuś ‘light’, which one would expect to find in the verse in the light of both context and the gloss kunaṅ ikaṅ jyoti. However, the Bhīmasvarga not only attests two occurrences of aṇu and paramāṇu, but also a similar corruption: hananiṅ manuh| pramanuh (ms. B; manuh A; lac. C) → hananiṅ aṇuh paramāṇuh (120.5/DHEd 281). For a discussion of the context of dyads 5.13–14, cf. the Commentary.
          ^1602. […] head. ] In the light of the gloss iṅ avak found in the exegesis, I tentatively emend anandeṣu to svadehe tu; cf. the emendation śūnyeṣu to śūnye tu in the following verse.
          ^1603. The […] head.] Here hana seems to render bhū in the verse.
          ^1604. In […] [forms]. ] Following the exegesis, I construe lakṣaṇaṁ with śūnye tu (emended from śūnyeṣu), as if it were a ‘split compound’.
          ^1605. The […] space.] The commentator understood this verse to be about the supreme station rather than the elements, having rendered p{\rdit}thivyāptejabāyavaḥ as a locative agreeing with sarveṣu bhūteṣu in the sense of ‘all the elements’ rather than ‘all the beings’.
          ^1606. If […] desire.] ṅkāna kabeh, literally ‘there, all [of them]’, here renders the Sanskrit construction yatra yatra ... tatra tatra.
          ^1607. I […] body].] It seems that the commentator linked nirantara (ex em.) to samādheḥ in the first pāda to construe the compound nirantarasamādhi in the exegesis.
          ^1608. This […] station. ] I have emended p{\rdit}thivīm vā salila vai to p{\rdit}thivyām vā salile vai on the basis of the exegesis and the following dyad. But I wonder whether the verse actually intended to refer to the existence of all the elements within the ākāśa, homologized to the supreme station.
          ^1609. He […] times. ] Here the locative plural divyeṣu would seem to agree with the locative dual of bahnibāyvoḥ in the aluk-samāsa bahnibāyvoḥsthā; alternatively, it could have been used as a nominative (the pronoun ya in the exegesis could refer to either the beings [bhāva] or the two elements).
          ^1610. It […] times.] The commentator glosses nityakarmāṇi, a well-attested compound meaning ‘daily necessary rites’, as nityakāla, and interprets dhārayet in the sense of ‘to meditate’ (i.e., fix the attention on something). Could the original pada d have been nityaṁ manasi dhārayet?
          ^1611. When […] into.] That is to say, it is between the visible and invisible, as dimly perceivable as empty space.
          ^1612. […] spontaneously. ] I am not clear about whether the image of the leaf scattered by the wind here has the same import as in dyad 3.19, where it occurs as part of the wider metaphor of the ficus producing sprouts and leaves from seeds.
          ^1613. In […] spontaneously.] I wonder whether the word svayam in this and the following dyads reflects a ‘misunderstanding’ derived from dyad 1.32, where I have emended the corrupted sequence svadehe svayam to (the Aiśa form) svadehaiśvaryam (‘the state of sovereignty in his own body’), as proposed by Sanderson, on account of its gloss in the exegesis as kaiśvaryan, and the occurrence of aiśvaryav{\rdit}ddhim in dyad 1.33. The context of both passages strikes me as being quite similar, i.e. the obtainment of a state of supernatural prowess by the yogin in his own body just before stepping into final liberation. Alternatively, svayam may be understood as a local development of the concept of sahaja (‘congenital, innate, hereditary, original, natural, natural state or disposition’, etc.), which is used in some Tantric traditions, such as that of the Bauls from Bengal and the Nātha Yogins, in the sense of ‘spontaneous enlightenment’.
          ^1614. […] extinction. ] Following the exegesis, which homologizes it to a rainbow, I interpret svayam in the sense of ‘spontaneous state of enlightenment’. Alternatively, one could translate ‘a pure rainbow spontaneously [arises]’.
          ^1615. […] empty. ] I emend dhakṣaṁ to dagdhaṁ, also on account of the exegesis (although a root √dhakṣ, meaning ‘to consume, destroy completely’, ‘to torment, torture, pain, distress, disturb, grieve’, ‘to be burnt, burn, be in flames’, ‘to be consumed by fire or destroyed’, is attested in Vedic texts); cf. the next fn., kavidagdhan.
          ^1616. The […] void.] kavidagdhan,Issue in the code as a gloss of dhakṣaṁ (which I have emended into dagdhaṁ), may reflect a specific range of related meanings of the Sanskrit vidagdha, viz. ‘burnt up, consumed’, ‘inflamed’, ‘cooked by internal heat as by the fire of digestion, digested’, ‘decomposed, corrupted, spoiled, turned sour’, ‘mature (as a tumour)’, ‘tawny or reddish brown (like impure blood)’, rather than ‘clever, shrewd, knowing, sharp, crafty, sly, artful, intriguing’ (cf. OJED, s.v. kawidagdhan: ‘cleverness, skill’). But one cannot exclude the possibility that the commentator understood the Sanskrit dhakṣa as dakṣa, in the sense of ‘able, fit, adroit, expert, clever, dexterous, industrious, intelligent’, which would neatly correspond to the usual meaning of the Old Javanese vidagdha/kavidagdhan. However, this meaning would be at odds with the context of the verse.
          ^1617. Whatever […] extinction. ] My translation reflects the emendation of p{\rdit}thivyādhikatatvantaḥ to p{\rdit}thi\-vyā\-di\-ka\-tat\-tvān\-taḥ, which I understand to be a ‘muddled compound’ (m.c.) used in the sense of p{\rdit}thi\-vyā\-di\-khān\-ta\-tat\-tvaḥ. The commentator interprets differently, seemingly reading p{\rdit}thivyādikatattvāntaḥ and taking °antaḥ in the meaning of ‘the whole amount’ (MW), referring to all the ontic levels with Earth as the first (ādika); compare the following dyad, which mentions sarvatattvam.
          ^1618. There […] anāśravaṁ. ] I have emended naiva sadbuddhir āśravam to naivāsadbuddhy-anāśravam in the light of the exegesis, which glosses it as tan hilī (‘not flowing’); cf. 2.14, anāśrava\ṁm| tar ili, where it qualifies the supreme reality (supra, fn. anaśravamfn, p. \edpageref{anaśravam}), and 5.36, naivāsaddhī (= naivāsadbuddhi), qualifying the Supreme Brahman. The reading āśravaṁ in the sense of ‘flowing’ or ‘polluted’ is, therefore, unlikely, although one cannot exclude that it represents an elision for anāśravaṁ.
          ^1619. Having […] nominative. ] I interpret vedanacetasaḥ (emended from vede na cetasaḥ) as either a bahuvrīhi or karmadhāraya compound (vedanā + cetas) in the ablative; however, °cetasaḥ could also be an a-thematicization of °cetas in the nominative.
          ^1620. Further, […] suffering.] While katutupana reflects the niruddha in the verse, vigraha, meaning ‘disfavour, discord, strife, war; division, distribution, separation, separate (individual) form; also: in discord, quarreling, fighting’ in Old Javanese, reflects a further elaboration by the commentator.
          ^1621. All […] reconstruction. ] This verse seems to be corrupted beyond reconstruction.
          ^1622. The […] horse.] The expression kadi sulapit iṅ kuda glosses samb{\rdit}tāśvo ... tulyaḥ, where kadi = tulyaḥ and aśvo = kuda. The word sulapit, glossing samb{\rdit}ta in the verse, is unattested in Old Javanese (compare sulavit, glossed by OJED as: ‘? KorĀś 16.21: ana kadi ambĕ niṅ masulawit (of the corpses of the Kauravas)’), and does not occur in Modern Javanese and Balinese dictionaries either.
          ^1623. The […] void. ] This apparently corrupted word—and the whole pāda indeed—is not glossed in the exegesis.
          ^1624. For […] end.] Umuṅguh glosses sāṁnidhyam: cf. √saṁnidhā, ‘to put or place down near together, put down near or into, deposit in [...], place or put upon, to be present in, be found with [...]’ (MW).
          ^1625. As […] 344. ] This could be a hint to the idea that Śiva is the ultimate perceiver, existing as the individual Soul within every human beings: cf. Acri 2017: 344.
          ^1626. The […] three.] The form lokavaśīk{\rdit}ta, glossing sarvalokā vaśīk{\rdit}tāḥ (ex conj., sarvaloke vaśīk{\rdit}taḥ mss.) in the verse, seems to have been intended as an ‘inverted’ bahuvrīhi meaning ‘one by whom all the human beings are overpowered’.
          ^1627. When […] Brahmamantras.] I deem this station to be different than the Brahmaloka mentioned in 4.12, and the same as the Brahmāntapada mentioned in 2.14.
          ^1628. [He […] s.v. ] Here nirānanda (cf. supra, fn. niranandafn, p. \edpageref{nirananda}; fn. nirananda2, p. \edpageref{nirananda2page}) reflects a meaning akin to that attested in such Tantric scriptures as the NT (21.32d) and the MBT (Kubjikākhaṇḍa 2.6a), where it denotes a state of intense joy linked to the state of Supreme Śiva and its union with the Soul: cf. TĀK III, s.v.
          ^1629. Having […] oṁ. ] Pāda c is missing from all manuscripts.
          ^1630. […] 293–295. ] ‘Conglomeration of the elements’ renders bhūtapiṇḍanaṁ, being my emendation of bhūtapiṇḍadā. It would have been tempting to emend the latter form to bhūtapiṇḍataḥ—just as Haryati Soebadio did for bhutapindadah and butapindanah attested in the manuscripts of the JñS—, resulting in the translation of ‘extinction from the conglomerate of the elements [is obtained]’. However, that solution has not only the disadvantage of going against the exegetical portion of both texts, which seem to equate extinction with the process of conglomeration of the elements, but is also less appropriate in this context. For a discussion of the process that seems to be alluded to here in the context of both Old Javanese Śaiva scriptures and Modern Javanese mystical texts, cf. Acri 2019: 293–295.
          ^1631. The […] themselves.] More literally, ‘when there will be the coming of their many forms’ (yan tәkāniṅ lvirnya makveh). The word lvirnya is my emendation of vighna: it not only reflects bahuṁ in pāda c, but also has a parallel in JñS 21.2, which reads akveh lvirnya (cf. Appendix A, p. appendixa). If one retains yan tәkāniṅ vighna makveh, the ensuing translation ‘when many impediments come’ would amount to an exegetical elaboration on the verse, reflecting the idea that the obstacles come to the practitioner as he is about to reach release (cf. Acri 2017: 542–544).
          ^1632. As […] one. ] I have emended brāhmārahasyaṁ to janmarahasyaṁ on the account of the exegesis, which glosses it as karahasyaniṅ janma ikā, as well as the parallels in JñS 19.2c and GPT 41.c.
          ^1633. For […] Hero.] On meman (glossing sulabhaṁ) meaning ‘easy’, cf. Acri 2017: 303, fn. 184, and OJED s.v., gloss on SāSam 436.2: ‘‘without much significance > easy’’, a shift from the common meaning ‘‘achieving nothing, without success, in vain, not worth the effort, of little value, without much force’’,’).
          ^1634. [The […] slander. ] apakramaIssue in the code seems to be used here in the Old Javanese meaning ‘deviating from holy tradition, immoral, contrary to nature, ignoring the rules’ (probably related to Sanskrit apakarma: cf. OJED s.v.) rather than the Sanskrit meaning ‘going away, flight, retreat, not being in the regular order (a fault in poetry)’ (MW). That this is not a corruption is suggested by the fact that it also occurs in 11.39. cf. my discussion supra, p. apakramadiscussion, and the next fn., apakrama2.
          ^1635. If […] it.] IIssue in the code regard niṣkrama (unattested in OJED) as a legitimate Old Javanese form approaching in meaning the Old Javanese apakrama, which has a meaning akin to, or maybe even derived from, the Sanskrit apakarma. cf. supra, p. apakramadiscussion.
          ^1636. [The […] truthful. ] Here pādāya is in the singular m.c.
          ^1637. To […] duty.] Here (and in the Sanskrit verse as well), guruśuśrūṣa seems to be understood as an adjective referring to the pupil (i.e., equivalent to the Sanskrit guruśuśrūṣu) rather than a substantive meaning ‘obedience to one’s guru’ (cf. OJED s.v., and MW s.v. guruśuśrūṣā).
          ^1638. The […] sinful.] While no verse is found in the manuscripts, the exegesis apparently reflects the first three pādas of the opening verse of JñS 27 (also captioned jñānasiddhāntaṃ, prathamaḥ paṭalaḥ): «adhītya jñānasiddhāntaṁ taruṇo ’pi varānane| tena jñānena v{\rdit}ddhaḥ syāt na śīlo na vayastapaḥ||» rasiki saṅ maṅaji saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta, matuha sira, yadyapi rare kunәn, apan tan vayah, tan śīla, tan tapa matuha|| ‘Having studied the Siddhānta-Gnosis, although young, o fair-faced one, one will be mature on account of that gnosis, (not of) good conduct, age, or asceticism. He who studies the Holy Siddhānta, he is mature, even if he is only a child, for he is mature irrespective of age, good conduct or asceticism’. The fourth pāda of this verse is found in the next dyad, 6.2. It seems, therefore, likely that a verse (or part thereof) similar to JñS 27.1 dropped in the course of transmission.
          ^1639. How […] commentator. ] An odd-numbered pāda before na śīlo na vayastapaḥ would have made the verse complete and metrical. It is difficult to establish whether the portion hayva rakva tan panәmvaṅ pāpa reflects the missing pāda or is an elucidation of the verse added by the commentator.
          ^1640. By […] (tamas-dominated). ] This refers to a high social status, presumably brahmanic: brahmins were regarded as sattva-dominated, as opposed to kṣatriyas (rajas-dominated) and śūdras (tamas-dominated).
          ^1641. There […] beguilement. ] The concessive meaning of api, which is likely to have been present in the verse, where two types of gnosis are mentioned (i.e., jñānam uttamam vs. jñānam), is not reflected in the gloss of this pada.
          ^1642. What […] Lord. ] In the verse, the words jñāna and śāstra seem to play on the polysemy of their meanings as both ‘doctrine’ and ‘scripture’, while the exegesis makes clear that the superiority of the present scripture is that it contains the Siddhānta-Gnosis.
          ^1643. The […] master.] Note the shift between siddhāntajñāna and jñānasiddhānta in this dyad (compare siddhāntajñāna in 6.5). I wonder whether the commentator here is referring to the scripture only (i.e., without any accompanying esoteric oral teachings), so as to imply that only the bare text can be taught for a fee, but not the whole esoteric teaching.
          ^1644. The […] either. ] The sequence of a and u seems to be purposefully switched—cf. the exegesis and the parallels in GPT and JñS. This suggests that the fourth pāda of the verse, where the series would be completed by the dissolution of the dot into the resonance, might have dropped or was intentionally left out, since it is not reflected in the Old Javanese commentary either.
          ^1645. […] dampatifn. ] I emend svāhāpatni (Issue in the codeIssue in the code)/sāhāpatnī (Issue in the code) into svāhāpati, i.e. ‘‘lord or lover of Svāhā’’, N. of Agni’ (MW); Agni being mentioned in 7.8–9 (cf. exegesis to 9, stating that the oṁ together with the \ttl{svāhā} stand for the fire), the verse seems to refer to the muttering of a mantra to Agni encapsulated by or likened to oṁ and svāhā. cf. the next fn., dampatifn.
          ^1646. The […] masters.] DampatīIssue in the code (norm.; daṁpati mss.) responds to svāhāpatī in the verse. cf. OJED s.v.: ‘(Skt dampati, Wed., lord of the house; dampatī, “the two masters”, husband and wife) man and wife; a couple, pair; forming a pair, with his wife’. The commentator interpreted svāhāpati (or the corrupt svāhāpatni) in the verse as a dvandva meaning ‘svāhā and [her] husband’.
          ^1647. At […] Śiva.] Or: vruḥ pva sira riṅ ādideva, ‘He knows the Supreme God that is the syllable oṁ’ (however, this construction would not reflect the pūrvaṁ in the verse, which seems to be glossed by ādi, as well as the rumuhun in the following clause).
          ^1648. All […] day. ] I take the gerund āhutvā to be governed by vidyāt in verse 7.10a.
          ^1649. Brahmā […] liberation’. ] I understand muktāntaṁ as being used in the sense of ‘final liberation’.
          ^1650. Here […] indeed.] I have emended pūrvvāṅguli to sarvāṅguli, so as to reflect the Sanskrit. In this context, pūrva is likely to refer to a part of the hand (the fore part?) rather than the first finger (pūrvāṅguli); further, it is appropriate for Śiva—conceived of as having a fivefold manifestation as Sadāśiva—to be identified with the five fingers of the hand.
          ^1651. Śiva […] maṇḍala. ] I emend loka to rekhā in the light of the exegesis.
          ^1652. The […] lotus-maṇḍala.] It appears that here the commentator took the sequence śiva-bhasma in the verse, where śiva may reflect a prātipadika for śivo bhasma, as a compound (compare the expression saṅ hyaṅ śivabhasma in dyads 11 and 13 and throguhout this chapter), whereas two separate words were probably intended; my translation reflects this original meaning. Alternatively, one may read saṅ hyaṅ śiva bhasma kavruhana saṅ sādhaka, and translate it as ‘The reverend Śiva should be be known by the practitioner as the ashes’, which however does not mirror the structure of the remainder of the gloss, which is more idyomatic to express this type of comparisons.
          ^1653. The […] the top.The gloss of this pada seems highly idiosyncratic. The man should erect those which have been seen [in this manner].I retain the reading yad īkṣam () against yad dīkṣam (), because the present context seems to be meditation rather than initiation. Those are the six limbs of the Lord Śiva. They should be erected at the top [of the head]. It is there that the deities of the main and intermediate directions of the compass should be erected by the practitioner. How do they look like? As follows: ] I retain the reading yad īkṣam (Issue in the code) against yad dīkṣam (Issue in the codeIssue in the code), because the present context seems to be meditation rather than initiation.
          ^1654. The […] ashes]:] Here bhasmakәna seems to have a different meaning than in dyad 7.9, where it was used in the sense of ‘should be reduced to ashes’. Both meanings are supported by OJED: cf. bhasma ‘ashes’ and ‘reduced to ash, destroyed’; abhasma ‘with (applying) bhasma (as a sect mark)’; bhinasma ‘to reduce to ashes, pulverize, crush, destroy completely’; bhinasman ‘to smear with bhasma’.
          ^1655. [He] […] feet. ] The appropriate meanings of kakud here could be either ‘a peak or summit, chief, head’, or ‘the hump’. The former (perhaps in the sense of ‘the top of the head’) seems preferable as it respects the descending order of the bodily emplacements; however, the exegesis glosses it as punuk, ‘hump, back’. Compare the half-verse 20.304ab kakudantaṁ lalāṭādi nyased dehe yathākramam in the Viṣvaksenasaṁhitā.
          ^1656. Having […] ashes. ] I have emended sasiddhacāraṇaṅ gatvā to sasiddhacāraṇagaṇāḥ in the light of context and the gloss. First, gatvā lacks and object; although it could be translated intransitively as ‘having passed away’, this seems to be at odds with the divine and semi-divine beings mentioned in the verse. Second, the word gaṇa appears to be glossed by the expression samūhaniṅ manūt (ex em.; samūhaniṅ manuk mss.) in the exegesis (cf. the next fn.). Third, the compound siddhacāraṇagaṇa is attested in BndPur (OJ) 16.10.
          ^1657. Further, […] Śiva.] I have emended [samūhaniṅ] manuk to [samūhaniṅ] manūt (responding to the gaṇāḥ [ex em.; gatvā mss.]\ in the verse), for manuk ‘birds’ does not seem to be contextually appropriate here, and a shift from ū to u and t to k is easy to justify on palaeographic grounds.
          ^1658. If […] ocean.] The gloss of sarit (‘river’) in the verse as kilat (‘lightning’) is idiosyncratic, and may reflect a confusion with the word taḍit, meaning ‘stroke, lightning’ (MW), combined with the commentator’s lack of familiarity with the stock image of the confluence of the river into the ocean (cf. the parallels in RauSS 8.10d, 13ab); note that the word kilat (probably glossing tatkṣaṇam śūnyam ācaret) occurs in 5.47, where it conveys the image of the yogin’s attainment of extinction like a lightening that disappears instantly.
          ^1659. Such […] one.] The Sanskrit cvi-form trayī-bhavet (trayi mss.) is analyzed by the commentator as two separate words, trayī (subj., as if it were trayaḥ, ‘triad’) and ekatattvaṁ (obj.), resulting in an inverted sequence—i.e. three becoming one rather than one reality becoming threefold, as in the Sanskrit). Alternatively, trayi could be a corruption of trayaṁ (but the occurrence in 3.76d of the analogous construction eko eva trayībhavet makes this possibility less likely).
          ^1660. The […] distinct. ] In the light of the context as well as the commentary, I take loke in padas a and b as an Aiśa use of the locative in lieu of the accusative. Compare the nominative prajāḥ instead of the accusative prajāṇ in pada b.
          ^1661. What […] exegesis. ] The last pāda seems to be only loosely connected to the contents of the remainder of the verse. Further, one might emend astu to asti, on the basis of the exegesis.
          ^1662. What […] world.] I have translated makaśaraṇa as ‘to resort to’; cf. OJED (s.v. śaraṇa, makaśaraṇa), ‘to have as (or: to be) refuge or protection; to use as a means, resorting to, by means of’ (śaraṇa: ‘refuge, protection; also (cf. Mod[ern ]J[avanese]): help, aid, means’), but one could also more closely adhere to the Sanskrit meaning and translate ‘it has as abode the three’.
          ^1663. Brahmā […] beings. ] The locative loke may have been used in lieu of the genitive.
          ^1664. As […] exegesis. ] I have conjecturally emended pada d on the basis of the exegesis.
          ^1665. Human […] Śiva.newline \ \\] This seems to be the meaning of the expression adyapi sāvakanya, in which adyapi = ‘although, even though, even if, even’, and sāvakanya = ‘whatever kind of’ (cf. OJED s.v. avak).
          ^1666. […] cleansing.] Although there is no difference in the manuscripts, I normalize śoca to śauca in the verses, and retain śoca (attested as such in OJED) in the exegesis.
          ^1667. The […] Goddess. ] I emend pattraśaucānāṁ to pattraśaucāna\ṁm, which I take to be the equivalent of pattraśaucana\ṁm, m.c. Alternatively, one could read (as it was perhaps originally intended) pattra-śaucānāṁ (in lieu of pattraṁ śaucana\ṁm, m.c.), meaning ‘Among the cleansings, the one with leaves’—cf. such similar expressions as sarveṣām eva śaucānām| annaśaucaṁ paraṁ sm{\rdit}tam in ViSm 22.89), etc.
          ^1668. Gnosis […] carefully. ] I emend the sequence divyāt vigatamānasaḥ in Issue in the codeIssue in the code and divyātvaṁ gatamānasaḥ in Issue in the code to vidyāt viśokamanasaḥ (ś and t are easily confused in Balinese script).
          ^1669. The […] Goddess.] This clause reflects neither vidyāt viśokamanasaḥ (ex conj.) nor the original readings in the manuscripts, although one should keep in mind the possibility of emending vigatamānasaḥ to vigatasaṁsāre (‘for the sake of the destruction of the cycle of existence’), which would however result in an unmetrical pada.
          ^1670. […] half-verse. ] This half-śloka is marred by metrical problems, and the extra syllables or words in both pādas suggest that it may be a corrupted fragment of a complete śloka. While I am not confident enough to restore it, I can note that the clause aparan ... sāmānya vīja rikā in the exegesis reflects padas a and b (kim bhasmanaḥ vījaṁ yadā| sāmānya\ṁm), while āparan mantra ... tan pamantra kunәṅ reflects mantranirmantra° in the second half-verse.
          ^1671. The […] Goddess. The God spoke, his words were [as follows]:] I have emended āparan mantra kari ya to apa samantra kari ya, for here the intention of the author was apparently to introduce the question as to whether the seed-syllable has a mantra or not (tan pamantra kunәṅ)—thus, the apa responds to the kiṁ in the Sanskrit; āparan, glossed in OJED as ‘what/which/what sort of?’, would be pleonastic here: cf. line 2.
          ^1672. The […] Goddess.] Here the praṇava is not mentioned, but hinted at through the equivalence between its three constituents and the Lord.
          ^1673. Where […] .] I take mokti (unattested in OJED) to be an orthographic variant of mukti ‘released, liberated’; compare the form kamoktin in Bhuvana Pitu 5b and bhokta mokti vimukta in Rā\-ma\-pa\-rā\-śu\-vi\-ja\-ya 20.2.
          ^1674. The […] multipurpose. ] I take nirākāram| jñānekatvam to be an Aiśa multipurpose ending for nirākārāt| jñānaikatvāt: cf. supra, p. multipurpose.
          ^1675. As […] gnosis.] In the first line, the commentator construes bhasma with sakalam and atiniṣkalam, as if pada b read jñāna-bhasmātiniṣkalam.
          ^1676. […] them.] I take denira to refer to the actions (either, implicitly, the good ones, or both good and bad?) rather than meaning ‘by him’, for the point of the verse is that the yogin may actually obtain release through gnosis and not actions. Of course, it is also possible that the commentator misunderstood the verse.
          ^1677. He […] rule. ] cf. supra, fn. pancapana on dyad 6.8.
          ^1678. The […] indeed. ] Here vidhānet could be an Aiśa optative constructed out of the noun vidhāna, which thereby functions as a verbal root.
          ^1679. How […] resonance.] The commentator interpreted the verse, i.e. an enumeration of the three ontic levels from Nature to the Lord as homologues of the three constituents of the oṁ, in order to make it fit within the fivefold mantric framework of the pañcabrahmamantras and the audible/visible and inaudible/invisible components of the oṁ, forming the body of the Lord. This was done by taking puruṣa for Tatpuruṣa and trigaṇa (which could have possibly be triguṇa in origin; but for trigaṇa = triguṇa, cf. 2.2 and 4.28) for Sadyojāta, Bāmadeva, and Aghora, while passing over in silence guṇalakṣaṇam.
          ^1680. The […] śūnya)’. ] cf. OJED s.v. nirakṣara: ‘the state of having transcended the sacred syllables, end of a progressive simplification (daśākṣara, pañcākṣara, tri tinuṅgalakĕn rwa bhineda) in obtaining union with the deity (cf. adwaya, śūnya)’.
          ^1681. The […] together. ] HereIssue in the code the commentator’s interpretation seems to deviate from the original meaning of the last pāda, referring to the androgynous aspect of Vāmadeva, insofar that it glosses strīpuṅso yugapat as pradhānapuruṣāvaknya, thus homologising ‘male’ and ‘female’ with Spirit and Nature, respectively. This dyad is virtually the same as 9.45, with the variant bāmasadyas tu he devi in pāda c.
          ^1682. Having […] meaning. ] Here the exegesis deviates from the natural meaning of the pāda it glosses, in terms of reinterpreting it as an intimation not to reveal the secret gnosis.
          ^1683. He […] ] I translate niṣkalaḥ niṣkalo as if it were niṣkalān niṣkalo.
          ^1684. He […] others. ] Having emended the apparently corrupted sequence karomy (a/ā)haṁ to mama deha\ṁm (resulting in a sa-vipulā), which reflects the avak bhaṭāra śiva in the verse.
          ^1685. The […] state. ] The commentator seemingly grasped the meaning of the pada, in which mūrkha refers to the revealer (vvaṅ mapuṅguṅ), and yet he also added a gloss attributing the same quality to the recipient of the teaching (janmamūrkha).
          ^1686. […] deliverance. ] I take vaṅklaṅ (mss.) to be a corruption of vaṅkәlan, deriving from the reconstructed root vaṅkәl* [related to k{\schwal}l?], being the basis of amaṅkәl 1, ‘to get stuck (in the throat, etc.)’; 2, ‘unwilling, recalcitrant, savage (elephant)’ (OJED s.v.). Alternatively, it could be a variant form of it: cf. OJED s.v. kәlaṅ, reporting a single instance in AgPar 363.17 (associated with mokṣa: ikaṅ karuṇā pāvakniṅ hәṅkāra mvaṅ kәlaṅniṅ kamokṣan, with the variant reading kәlan) and glossing: ‘r. [i.e., read] kәlan, see k{\schwal}l?’ (k{\schwal}l, kәl* = aṅ{\schwal}l, kin{\schwal}l ‘to suppress, try to forget, fight off, keep back, check, bear’. These meanings are compatible with that of the Sanskrit argaḍa.
          ^1687. Similarly,▷ […] ] The term namaskāra here seems to used as a technical term drawn from the Pāśupata repertoire, where it denotes the muttering the Brahmamantras as part of the pāśupatavrata, after the muttering of huḍukkāra: hasitagītan{\rdit}ttahuḍukkāranamaskārajapyopahāreṇopatiṣṭhet (PS 1.8), ‘One must serve with offering of laughter, song, dance, bellowing, inner worship and prayer’. Compare RṬ on GK 1.7 (pp. 17.27–28, 18.29–30, 19.4–7).
          ^1688. He▷ […] likeness:] The exegesis here forcedly reinterprets yāvajjīvan tamoloke as an internalized practice to abandon the darkness in the heart.
          ^1689. As […] ] Literally, ‘all of these are not found [in our practice]’ (but cf. the meaning of vid [3] in MW as ‘to contrive, accomplish, perform, effect, produce’, attested in the {\rdc}V and the ŚPBr).
          ^1690. All▷ […] good]. The Goddess spoke: ] Compare 8.25f, where the locative sakale is followed by niṣkalam.
          ^1691. TheLord […] ] Or: ‘The souls are consisting of Śiva’.
          ^1692. O […] [them]. ] Here I translate kṣamate as ‘suffers’, and take māyena as an Aiśa instrumental masculine of māyā (compare the use of māyāvimohitaḥ in 8.4, 8.24, and 8.26, to denote such an ignorant man who engages in external practices). However, I wonder whether the original form of this pada might have been mayā na kṣamyate mūrkhāt, ‘he is not forgiven by me because of his ignorance’. The exegesis does not seem to render either of those forms, except mūrkhāt (my emendation of muktaṁ in all manuscripts; compare the use of the root puṅguṅ (mapuṅguṅ, puṅguṅnira) to gloss mūrkhaḥ (8.24), mohāt (8.25, 9.49), mohita (9.1), and mūrkhena (9.49).
          ^1693. The […] Paramaśiva. ] Or: ‘it is [actually] the immaterial liṅga itself’.
          ^1694. The▷ […] ] The commentator’s interpretation of the Sanskrit lakṣaṇa in durlabhalakṣaṇa\ṁm (lit. ‘characterized by being difficult to obtain’) reflects the semantic shift of that the same word underwent in Old Javanese, where kalakṣaṇan (or, possibly, irrealis kalakṣaṇā?) means ‘to distinguish clearly, describe accurately, define’, ‘to act on, carry out’ (OJED s.v. linakṣaṇan).
          ^1695. […] ] The word nirsthityaṁ, which I have translated as ‘completion’, seems to be related to niḥṣṭhita ‘grown forth, finished, accomplished, ready’. However, the Old Javanese gloss (tan sthitya°) understands it differently, as if it were the Old Javanese sthiti (‘continuance in being’, ‘fixed order, stability’, ‘constant, firm, steadfast, steady, stable, motionless, unchanging, lasting’) or sthityana (‘to stabilize? take a firm stand on?’), referring to the non-lasting (i.e., fickle) nature of the knowledge about the prescribed regimen that has been critiqued throughout the chapter.
          ^1696. The […] him]. ] I emend purānyeṣā to purānyeṣām, interpreting it as purā+anyeṣām. Alternatively, one could divide purāni + eṣām, whereby purāni means ‘cities’ or ‘residences’; but while this usage is attested in Sanskrit Tantric scriptures as a synonym of either bhuvana (‘world’) or maṇḍala (cf. TĀK III, s.v.), it does not seem to be attested in other Old Javanese texts. If this was the intended meaning here, it may refer to the lokas/maṇḍalas (e.g., śakramaṇḍalam) described in Chapter 3. The exegesis seems to either pass purā° over in silence, or understand it in the sense of ‘body’ (avakniṅ maṇḍala, where °niṅ maṇḍala glosses eṣā\ṁm)—a meaning recorded in MW.
          ^1697. Thus […] again.] Having emended mamoktāni to mam (m.c. for mām) uktāni in pada a of the verse, I emend pavarahani ṅhulun to pavarah ri ṅhulun, as demanded by the context: the Goddess is referring to the Lord’s speech. Compare pavarah bhaṭāra ri ṅhulun in the preceding dyad.
          ^1698. [Those […] Śiva. ] I take prāpyante to be an Aiśa use of passive for the active prāpṇuvanti.
          ^1699. Another […] Tantras. ] This statement is difficult to reconcile with the context of this as well as the preceding chapter, which either criticize ritual practice or prescribe it together with gnosis to obtain release. Perhaps this inconsistency is intended, as in the next dyad the Goddess hints at some contradictions found in the Tantras.
          ^1700. All […] ] Notably, the commentator glossed the two Sanskrit interrogative pronouns kiṁ, meaning ‘what, why, how’, etc., or being used, like here, to mark a question, as the Old Javanese syapa, meaning ‘who’.
          ^1701. The […] text.\\ The speech of the Goddess being such, God spoke: ] I have edited this paragraph as a single one, although all manuscripts have a double punctuation mark between the third and fourth pāda (ri saṅ hyaṅ dharma siddhāntajñāna||), which suggests that the latter may have been copied from another source and redacted into the text.
          ^1702. […] before. ] Here Śiva is seemingly reporting the Goddess’ speech, as also suggested by the final clause of dyad 8.5, introducing the Lord’s speech.
          ^1703. Yourself […] truth.%] My translation of this elliptic dyad is tentative.
          ^1704. Human […] Goddess. ] I translate vijñāna(ka) as ‘devoid of gnosis’ (vi = ‘without’), as opposed to jñāna: cf. the exegesis, and compare dyads 9.19 and 9.21.
          ^1705. The […] beings. ] Here guṇa, which I have translated as ‘intelligent’, responds to jñāna in the verse. While OJED s.v. guṇa and maguṇa does not list any compatible meanings (except the marginally pertinent ‘talented, expert, capable’), in the Buddhist prose text SHP f. 21r we find an instance of kaguṇan occurring next to, and apparently as a near-synonym of, kavidagdha, kaprajña, and kajñāna. In any case, the attribution of guṇa, as well as the locution māri vruḥ in the next clause, to the rituals etc. rather than their human performers seems odd to me.
          ^1706. He […] etc. ] I take the ri in ri ṅhulun to mean ‘about’; however, here it could also be translated as ‘by way of’. Both translations could reflect the meaning of the personal pronoun mama (gen.) in pada d, indicating either the agent of, or the object associated with, the participle vimohitaḥ.
          ^1707. Having […] now]. ] The gen./abl. paśupater may be a corruption for paśupatir, but may also be authorial, especially if it forms a decontextualized quotation: cf. the occurrence of paśupateḥ in PS 1: athātaḥ paśupateḥ pāśupataṁ yogavidhiṁ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ.
          ^1708. The […] ] I take yogiṇaḥ to be an -a thematicization, in the nominative, of yogin.
          ^1709. The […] void. ] Note the inconsistency between the last pada and its exegesis, whose logical subject is the yogin, and the preceding clause, addressing the Goddess. In general, this dyad (and several others in Chapter 9) give the impression of having been crafted out of Sanskrit materials extrapolated, in a decontextualized fashion, from different sources.
          ^1710. […] Paramaśiva. ] OJED s.v. inalivatan (along with maṅalivati, aṅlivati, linivatan, kahalivatan, kalivatan) also records the tentative meaning of ‘to overcome’, which could refer to the fact that the directions/portions of the space are ‘overcome’ by the yogin; for the ‘conquering’ of the elements (bhūtajaya) by the yogin in Old Javanese sources, cf. Acri 2017: 533–534.
          ^1711. […] ‘super-gnosis’. ] For the (counter-intuitive) translation of vijñāna as ‘ignorance’ (as opposed to jñāna), cf. above, 9.8, and compare 9.21. Alternatively, supposing that here the two terms are used in a different context, one could translate jñāna as ‘gnosis’ and vijñāna as ‘super-gnosis’.
          ^1712. O […] ignorance!] The word bapa (in the expression bapani ṅhulun) does not mean ‘father’, but is rather to be taken as a honorific vocative form used to address male persons (compare bapaṅku) (OJED s.v.; KBNW 394 ). Since it is used as a free-standing expression forming a complete clause, I have translated it as ‘my master’; indeed, in the exegesis on verse 9.22, the expression bhaṭāra bapani ṅhulun responds to the Sanskrit bhagavan nātha, and in the DBE s.v., bapa is glossed as a synonym of haji, which means not only ‘father’ but also ‘Lord’.
          ^1713. For, […] Lord. God spoke:] Here līṅәnku seems to be used in the sense of līṅәn ry aku, for the logical subject of the passive clause is bhaṭāra bapani ṅhulun.
          ^1714. The […] ] As suk (OJED s.v., 3: ‘morning’, = isuk’; cf. 2, ‘marking out, foundation’) seems to be used pleonastically, next to sakatambe ‘in the morning’, I have not translated it.
          ^1715. The […] Knowledge.] The six dots appear to be explained as two series of three items, viz. Brahmā, Viṣṇu, Maheśvara and nāda, nādānta, and īśvaravindu/jñānaśakti.
          ^1716. The […] transmission. ] I provide sakala in order to make the exegesis correspond to pāda d of the verse, assuming it was omitted by mistake in the course of transmission.
          ^1717. The […] position. ] The vocative feminine varānane (‘o fair-faced one’), usually referred to the Goddess, is inconsistently glossed as anaku saṅ kumāra in the exegesis. Also note that, before emendation, the last pada belonged to the following paragraph, resulting in a metrically inconsistent sequence of five padas preceded by a paragraph with three padas. cf. 7.28, where an identical pada appears in final position.
          ^1718. Sadārudra […] Paramaśiva. ] A pada has been dropped here in the course of transmission, which could be tentatively reconstructed as sadāśivam idam plutam or sadāśivaṁ tathā plutam on the basis of the exegesis.
          ^1719. The […] practitioner. ] cf. dyad 8.18, fn. vamadevafn on p. \edpageref{vamadevatext}.
          ^1720. The […] 9.41ff. ] cf. dyads 9.41ff.
          ^1721. O […] aspect. ] Literally, ‘the reason why’. cf. the following dyad.
          ^1722. […] pārameśānam.\\ {\curlybl}Īśvara should be placed in the east.{\curlybr} Such were the words of the Goddess. God spoke: ] The exegesis renders sukhan duḥkhakṣayan as if it were a compound (sukhaduḥ\-kha\-kṣa\-yan, ‘that is the destruction of pleasure and pain’) qualifying padaṁ pārameśānam.
          ^1723. […] subject. ] The commentator understood gatvā as a causative, having the yogin instead of the vital breath as its subject.
          ^1724. He, […] gullet. ] The gloss of jihvāgra as tuṅtuṅniṅ jihvāgra instead of °niṅ jihvā is either an idiosyncrasy or a corruption.
          ^1725. Having […] ] Pāda d has been restored on the basis of the parallels in the PraJñ and StSt 90, as well as the Old Javanese exegesis—compare the gloss of vinirgataḥ as mahavan in pada b.
          ^1726. The […] He equally occupies the entire universe, in view of the fact that he is one with the Lord Paramaśiva. On account of [his] subtleness, he is the Supreme Śiva. Because of being present as the essence of the Lord Paramaśiva.Here I interpret mvaṅ as an emphatic particle (cf. s.v.), and sūkṣma as ‘(being present) as the essence of’ ( s.v.). An emendation of sūkṣma mvaṅ to sūkṣmatvaṁ (which would lead to the translation ‘because of the subtleness of the Lord Paramaśiva’) seems unlikely; this form is unattested in Old Javanese, where we find kasūkṣman instead. ] Here I interpret mvaṅ as an emphatic particle (cf. Ed s.v.), and sūkṣma as ‘(being present) as the essence of’ (Ed s.v.). An emendation of sūkṣma mvaṅ to sūkṣmatvaṁ (which would lead to the translation ‘because of the subtleness of the Lord Paramaśiva’) seems unlikely; this form is unattested in Old Javanese, where we find kasūkṣman instead.
          ^1727. If […] Paramaśiva. ] I take laṅgalomukhaḥ to be an irregular compound (i.e. an ‘artificial’ aluk-samāsa) corresponding to laṅgalamukhaḥ, m.c.
          ^1728. Having […] The yogin should know it. When he has known it, He is absorbed into Me, like fire. He [becomes] one [with] Me, like fire, as he is released from sin. Having known his own Time in this manner. When he knows the body of Time [as] Sadāśiva, He enters my body, [becoming] one and the same. I [become] one with you. ] Since avak in Old Javanese often means ‘self, own self, own’, I wonder whether here (and in pāda c as well) it renders the Sanskrit sva; thus, āvak saṅ hyaṅ kāla could be translated as ‘his own Time’ (= svakālaḥ). Compare the expression viśeṣāvaknya bhaṭāra paramaśiva in 10.20, meaning ‘Lord Paramaśiva Himself’.
          ^1729. Having→ […] There is no doubt about the Siddhānta. It should not be doubted. That is why you should not doubt about your sacred scripture, o my son reverend Kumāra. What is called ‘Tantra’ is difficult indeed. For this sacred scripture of the Siddhānta is difficult. \indentTheKumāra true doctrine has been learned by me. The holy scripture, o Goddess, has been taught to me by the Lord Paramaśiva.The context suggests that the speaker addressing the Goddess in pada g of dyad 19 and dyad 20 is Kumāra. I tentatively emend amita mama sanmataḥ to adhītaṁ mama sanmatam, where mama = mayā. The Old Javanese clause partly reflects the śivena paramena vai at the end of dyad 20, the gloss of which is similar indeed. The alternative emendation of sanmataḥ to saṁmatam (‘approved’, ‘celebrated’ + mama, ‘by me’) does not lead to a better sense. ] The context suggests that the speaker addressing the Goddess in pada g of dyad 19 and dyad 20 is Kumāra. I tentatively emend amita mama sanmataḥ to adhītaṁ mama sanmatam, where mama = mayā. The Old Javanese clause partly reflects the śivena paramena vai at the end of dyad 20, the gloss of which is similar indeed. The alternative emendation of sanmataḥ to saṁmatam (‘approved’, ‘celebrated’ + mama, ‘by me’) does not lead to a better sense.
          ^1730. There […] Goddess’. ] The expression avaknya, which I have translated as ‘Himself’, seems to respond to vai (‘indeed’, ‘truly’, ‘certainly’, ‘verily’, ‘just’, etc.) in pada c rather than to ātmā in pada d, which I take to be an āiśa form used in lieu of the personal pronoun ahaṁ—as if the sequence ’dhyā\-pi\-tā\-tmā (ex em. vyāpitātmā mss.) was ’dhyāpito ’haṁ. Alternatively, one could translate avaknya more literally as ‘body’: ‘For this esoteric scripture, which is the body of the Lord Paramaśiva, has been taught to me, o Goddess’.
          ^1731. ThereLord […] jñā\-na\-ra\-has\-yaṁ. ] Here aji siddhāntajñāna would seem to allude to this very chapter, captioned sid\-dhān\-ta\-śās\-tra\ṁm| jñā\-na\-ra\-has\-yaṁ.
          ^1732. If […] ] On the basis of the context, and of the meaning of jyotir as ‘eye’, I translate jyotini as ‘in the eye’ (assuming it is an Aiśa locative in lieu of jyotiṣi). The Old Javanese exegesis passes this word over in silence.
          ^1733. This […] universe. ] The commentator glossed d{\rdit}śyād{\rdit}śya not as an adjectival dvandva meaning ‘visible and invisible’ (compare the Old Javanese meaning of ‘now visible, now invisible’, Ed s.v.), but as if it were draṣṭād{\rdit}śyo; this lays emphasis on the quality of superior subject/agent of the life principle, homologised to the soul, as opposed to embodied beings. For a similar qualification of Śiva as the supreme principle and ultimate perceiver, who is not perceived by anybody, cf. \dpat\ (Acri 2017: 196, 344).
          ^1734. Look, […] Paramaśiva. Such were the words of the Lord. The Goddess replied: ] The commentator may not have grasped the meaning of this half-verse, taking caturdaśau as if referring to the number of the Rudras (which is actually said to be ten), whereas it is more likely to refer to the lunar fortnight. I take caturdaśau (spelled caturdaśav in the mss.) to be an irregular locative of caturdaśī (as if it were the masc. caturdaśi); alternatively, it could be a corruption of caturdaśe.
          ^1735. And […] strike. ] This expression might be a reference to a crossed sight, i.e. strabismus.
          ^1736. The […] suffering. ] Or: ‘is perceived’ (taking yate to be an Aiśa form for īyate, m.c.); either meanings are not quite reflected by the form maṅalivati (‘to pass by, pass over, omit, overcome’; OJED s.v.) in the gloss. Perhaps one should rather translate it as ‘excellent’ (as a predicate of śūnyaniṅ śarīra), in the light of the form amalivat ‘to a high degree’ (OJED s.v.) and Modern Balinese ngaliwat, ‘pass, draw past, excel, surpass’.
          ^1737. The […] practice’. ] The use of the enclitic personal pronoun -nira after kṣaṇa seems odd, although it may render the tat in the Sanskrit tatkṣaṇāt, which is my emendation of lakṣaṇaṁ. Alternatively, instead of ri kāla kṣaṇanira, one could read ri kalakṣaṇanira, ‘with his practice’.
          ^1738. Likewise […] Me. ] In elaborating on the difference/separation (mapalenan) between the body of the yogin and that of the Lord before liberation, the exegesis echoes RauSS 8.10cd (cf. apparatus), which in its turn echoes the first half-line of this dyad. Verse 8.13 of the same text also contain a (con)textual parallel with pāda d, and the entire dyad indeed (cf. supra, dyad 7.20). I wonder whether a version of the text containing the word bhinna (not in the sense of ‘after death’, like in bhinne dehe, but of ‘distinct, different from’) was used by the commentator to gloss this passage.
          ^1739. O […] scripture.] I emend samān to samāt, which I take as an indeclinable adverbial form of sama, ‘full, complete, whole, entire’ (\mwl). Another option would be the indeclinable saman (= samam), ‘in like manner, alike, equally, similarly’.
          ^1740. Thus […] 10.1. ] Since the Goddess, who addresses the Lord in the next five dyads, is not introduced, I have supplied devī uvāca (sic); compare the similar clause introducing dyad 10.1.
          ^1741. I […] ] I have reconstructed this seemingly corrupt pāda in the light of the exegesis. Note that °nihitaṁ here might perhaps be understood in the sense of °hitaṁ ‘beneficial, advantageous’.
          ^1742. One […] it. ] Śarīre ’smin could also be translated as ‘to this body [of mine]’, thus indicating the Goddess, as the exegesis would seem to suggest by glossing it as ri ṅhulun.
          ^1743. The […] their activities are one.Gavenira (from gave, ‘to cause’, ‘to make, do, perform, carry out’), glosses kāryam; both words in this context could mean either ‘activity/function’ or ‘cause, origin’. The latter translation could convey the idea that the cause of the three syllables is one and the same, i.e. the Lord. cf. kāryam in pāda a of the next dyad and its exegesis (ndya ta mataṅyan tuṅgal| apan dudū kāryanya). Also note that the glyph ‘3’ (᭓)is only slightly different from the o (ᬒ); thus, here the text may be referring to the three components of the o in the syllable oṁ, each of which is homologized with a divine embodiment of the Lord. With your permission, o Lord, this being so, [will there be] success? ] Gavenira (from gave, ‘to cause’, ‘to make, do, perform, carry out’), glosses kāryam; both words in this context could mean either ‘activity/function’ or ‘cause, origin’. The latter translation could convey the idea that the cause of the three syllables is one and the same, i.e. the Lord. cf. kāryam in pāda a of the next dyad and its exegesis (ndya ta mataṅyan tuṅgal| apan dudū kāryanya). Also note that the glyph ‘3’ ()is only slightly different from the o (); thus, here the text may be referring to the three components of the o in the syllable oṁ, each of which is homologized with a divine embodiment of the Lord.
          ^1744. TheLord […] Goddess. ] I assume that the expression avakniṅ here responds to sva- in the Sanskrit; however, one could equally translate it as ‘the embodiment of’ (cf. below, gloss on pada c).
          ^1745. The […] ] Here the double punctuation mark at the end of the clause made by a Sanskrit pāda and its Old Javanese gloss indicates the start of a new series of pādas, which forms a complete metrical śloka.
          ^1746. By […] %nāsikārandhra\-rud\-dha\-yoḥ Both nostrils should be covered.OJED glosses iruṅ as ‘nose’, but since it is qualified by kālih ‘both’, and it glosses nāsikāruddharandhrayoḥ, it is likely to mean ‘nostril’. Further, I emend the active irrealis tumukupana to its passive counterpart tukupana, which is more appropriate in the construction ya ta tukupanaṅ iruṅ kālih ... saṅ sādhaka spanning the entire remaining portion of the dyad. As well as the tip of the nose, the eyes. The tip of the nose, the eyes. The ears [and] the head by the practitioners. The ears and the head by the practitioners. ] OJED glosses iruṅ as ‘nose’, but since it is qualified by kālih ‘both’, and it glosses nāsikāruddharandhrayoḥ, it is likely to mean ‘nostril’. Further, I emend the active irrealis tumukupana to its passive counterpart tukupana, which is more appropriate in the construction ya ta tukupanaṅ iruṅ kālih ... saṅ sādhaka spanning the entire remaining portion of the dyad.
          ^1747. The […] destroyed.] This could be a reference to the suṣumnā vessel of yogic physiology, although it is not to be excluded that the commentator here was led astray by the mahā° in mahātmanā.
          ^1748. In […] anger.] The exegesis is idiosyncratic insofar that it considers both sukha and duḥkha as the products of the locus of the heart (cf. 11.32d, sasukhaduḥkhalakṣaṇa\ṁm, linked to Sadāśiva, which in 11.26 is said to reach the tip of the nose from the heart), and passes over in silence the last pāda, attributing sukhalakṣaṇa to the locus of the mind alongside krodha.
          ^1749. The […] Sadāśiva.] The commentator understood the first line differently, as if pāda a read h{\rdit}tśalye ca, and was connected to the main verb avatiṣṭhati, with vindubhyām as subject. It seems unlikely that this was the intended meaning of the line.
          ^1750. [Sadāśiva-breath […] world. ] I analyze the expression sukaduḥkadvayor vinduḥ as an irregular split bahuvrīhi compound, as if it were sukhaduḥkhadvaye vindū or sukhaduhkhavindudvaye, referred to Sadāśiva-breath. Cf\ infra, dyad 11.32. The exegesis construe the sentence as having saṅ hyaṅ bāyu as subject, but does not mention the bindu(s).
          ^1751. The […] remainder. ] The pervasion of the Seven Worlds, the Underworlds, and entire universe by the Supreme Śiva is described in TJñ 3: ibәk taṅ rāt kabeh denira| kakasut kahma kavyāpaka kabeh kaṅ saptabhuvana denira| saptapātāla suṇḍul vuntu| sasәk pәnuh lyab kaṅ jagat denira.
          ^1752. What […] him.] The exegesis has considerably drifted away from what appears to be the intended meaning of the Sanskrit verse.
          ^1753. […] perfection). ] This stanza seems to have been compiled out of decontextualised fragments. I have emended the third quarter on the basis of the exegesis, transforming the nominatives dāsī, dāsaś, and g{\rdit}haś into accusatives, even though these might have been used in origin to indicate the condition of the agent—i.e., whether a female or male slave or an householder (g{\rdit}ha), the practitioner may obtain siddhi; cf. the construction strīyo vā puruṣo vāpi in the next verse. The form viśate in the last quarter, which here should apparently be understood in the meaning of ‘to obtain’ (compare MW’s ‘to fall or get into any state or condition’), is the result of my emendation of vaśate, which does not make good sense (the causative vaśayati ‘to get in one’s power, subject’ would be apposite for the slaves and the house, but not for the condition of perfection).
          ^1754. […] pain. ] The word parimāṇaṁ (seemingly associated with Sadāsiva, as if were sadāśivasya parimāṇaṁ) here could be used in the sense of ‘limit’ rather than ‘measure, size’, probably by way of ‘contamination’ with its Old Javanese counterpart. While this meaning is not attested in OJED, which besides ‘measure; size, weight, number’ glosses parimāṇa (along with the expression saparimāṇanya) as ‘going so far as to ..., even to the point of ... (± tĕkan?)’, in Modern Javanese (literary register) parimana means ‘boundary, border’; compare the Sanskrit parimā, ‘measure, periphery’. This usage may either suggest a late stage of the language, or simply be an instance of a secondary meaning not registered in OJED.
          ^1755. The […] [reality].] For this translation of parimāṇa, cf. the previous fn.
          ^1756. O […] wealth]. ] I take tasya as a genitive used in lieu of dative, indicating an unworthy disciple. Alternatively, could dehi tasya be a corruption of dehitavyaṁ, representing a gerundive formed from the stem dehi (instead of dātavyaṁ)?
          ^1757. Give […] wealth. ] cf. supra, fn. pancapana, and dyad 8.11.
          ^1758. Not […] Goddess. ] On the basis of the commentary, I translate the four attributes of the clever one as bahuvrīhis referred to vicakṣaṇah, in spite of the gender (or case) disagreement of the first two.
          ^1759. One […] devoted’. ] I take arakṣitaḥ to be an a-thematicization of arakṣit{\rdit} ‘one who does not guard’, which the exegesis glosses as vvaṅ taṅ bhakti, ‘one who is not devoted’.
          ^1760. One […] apakramadiscussion. ] On apakrama, cf. fns. apakrama and apakrama2 on dyad 5.51; Introduction, p. apakramadiscussion.
          ^1761. Further, […] Siddhānta-Gnosis.] This is my tentative translation of manirakәn (manīrakәn in Issue in the code), which OJED glosses as ‘to set at naught, put aside, discard?’ cf. the next dyad.
          ^1762. [If] […] pure’. ] In order to obtain a translation that is consistent with the contextual logic of the passage as reflected by the exegesis and the surrounding dyads, I interpret ’śaucaparyāyaḥ as if it were a dative (cf. the two nominatives in t11.42ab), and as being the elided form aśaucaparyāyaḥ, wherein the alpha privans has dropped to avoid hiatus; further, taking into account the kiṁ punaḥ in the next verse, I emend the final ca to na. Without applying such emendation, one could understand the parasmai as the resolution of the compound paraśauca occurring in the gloss, which would result in the following alternative translations: ‘Give the secret doctrine to another, [according to] the method of purification’; or, ‘give the secret doctrine to another, whose behaviour is pure’.
          ^1763. For […] proper.] In order to arrive at this translation, I have emended paraśoca (literally meaning ‘purification for/from another’?) to parāśauca (i.e., para + aśauca). The commentary drifts away from what would seem to be the natural meaning of the Sanskrit half-line, construing parasmai with śaucaparyāyaḥ (as if parasmai was an ablative).
          ^1764. The […] internalized.] Thus my translation of abhyantarakna; no verbal forms of abhyantara ‘(Skt interior, being inside; inner part; interval) inner part, inside; internal [...]’ are recorded in OJED.
          ^1765. This […] kriyate. ] I have conjecturally emended kṣamasvā kriyate to kṣamā svīkriyate in order to produce a tentative, albeit viable and contextually appropriate, translation of the verse. The exegesis, however, does not quite reflect the verse (except for riṅ tribhuvana, reflecting jagat, as if it were the loc. jagati, or perhaps even kṣamā), but rather introduces the following dyad 46. The form pamenira, ‘her means to amuse [herself]’ suggests that the commentator might have read krīḍate instead of kriyate.
          ^1766. Who […] Lord:] I translate this clause, where the position of bhaṭāra seems clumsy, as if it were bhaṭāra ta pamenira riṅ tribhuvana.
          ^1767. The […] Kumāra.] This exegetical portion bears hardly any connection (except, perhaps, the gloss of jagatsthāvarajaṅgamaḥ with tribhuvana) with the half-verse it is supposed to gloss. It is not to be excluded that the passage is corrupt.
          ^1768. Thus […] ] OJED lists simpәn*, but the word occurs also in BhK 2.15 and other Old Javanese texts (e.g. SHH 22, 35, 41). I have translated simpәnira as ‘essentials’ on the basis of asimpәn, ‘brought together in a limited space, grouped together, compressed, in a limited number, containing the basic essentials; put away, hidden’. Alternatively, one could emend it into simpәnәnira, and translate the clause as ‘Thus the holy Siddhānta should be hidden by him’.
          ^1769. Having▷ […] drunk.] I have emended the word apeyita, attested neither in Old Javanese nor in Sanskrit, to apeya. The copyist might have been led astray by the expression apeyaṁpeyite in the verse, copying apeyita instead of apeya. Compare dyad 11.83 infra, where madyañ pitvā is glossed as sakvehniṅ apeyapeya, as well as VŚ 4.2, 8.4, and ĀdiP 76.17.
          ^1770. The […] pīḍa\ṁm. ] My translation of the verse is highly tentative, and based on three conjectural emendations: miṇḍāya to pīḍāya (used as if it were pīḍanāya, or f. pīḍā declined as m. pīḍa?); sarvvakilvi\-ṣa\-sam\-bha\-vaḥ to sarvakilviṣanāśanam on the basis of several identical verse-quarters in Tantric literature as well as the verb maṅhilaṅakәn ‘to destroy, annihilate’ in the Old Javanese commentary (which, however, could rather reflect sarvadoṣāya pīḍāya in pada a); and piṇḍaṁ to pīḍa\ṁm.
          ^1771. Therefore, […] deeds.] I take karma pāpa to be the Old Javanese rendering of the Sanskrit pāpakarma, ‘evil (wicked) deed; evil-doer’ (Ed s.v.).
          ^1772. Therefore, […] him.] The construction hilaṅ ... denira seems clumsy, as one would expect a regular passive construction like hinilaṅ (or hinilaṅakәn) ... denira. One could translate ‘are vanished by way of it’ (with reference to the method or knowledge derived from the gnostic Śaivasiddhānta scripture/the Siddhānta-Gnosis), but then, one would expect denya rather than denira.
          ^1773. […] one. ] While one may wonder whether saṅśayāni is a corruption of saṅsārāni (‘subject to rebirth’, or perhaps ‘worldly illusions’: cf. MW), the fact that the exegesis features both kasaṅśaya° and saṅsāra speaks against that possibility. Even though the verse-quarter saṅsārāni p{\rdit}thak p{\rdit}thak occurs in the next dyad, as well as in 8.32, the Old Javanese portion of this dyad seems to lay emphasis on the fact that the divisions are the result of vikalpa (occurring twice) and saṅśaya, which links back to the discourse of dyads 11.48–49 about the unhesitant/doubt-free conduct of the practitioner of the Siddhānta with respect to actions, food, etc. Here the author or redactor might have deliberately modified the verse-quarter to expand upon this theme, yet retaining in the exegesis the item saṅsāra derived from the half-verse reproduced in 11.53.
          ^1774. Then […] notions.] Or: ‘they are hesitant/have concerns [about class-related rules of purity, etc.]’.
          ^1775. The […] epileptic.] Curiously, by using the expression mlecchādi, the commentator omitted the first five examples, from strīyo to śūdro.
          ^1776. According […] apparatus). ] My translation of this stanza is tentative. My interpretation revolves around the term avakṣepa (not attested in OJED), occurring both in the stanza and in the exegesis. Because the context is that of the reviling of the scripture, already mentioned in the preceding dyads, I have diagnostically emended nāsike to nāstike, which I take to be a reference to the atheistic or materialistic doctrine. This reference may not have resonated to the cultural milieu from which the composer (and/or redactor) of the text was operating. Indeed the very short and elliptical exegesis suggests that the commentator was also at a loss here; his construing of paramadurlabha with avakṣepa does not seem to be apt, for the term in this text is often employed to characterize the scripture (tantra, or tattva: cf. the parallels given in the apparatus).
          ^1777. Summing […] grasp.] Unlike in the previous dyad, where the expression saṅsiptanikā saṅ hyaṅ haji siddhānta responds to the Sanskrit saṅkṣiptasiddhāntam, here I translate saṅsipta as ‘the contents in brief, summing up’; cf. saṅsiptā, saṅsiptan, saṅsiptanya ‘to cut it short, in short; prob. also: shortly after that, without delay’ (OJED s.v.).
          ^1778. The […] unconstrained.] OJED glosses sarvecchā as ‘according to all one’s desires, completely at ease, wholly unconstrained, at will’. On the basis of the context of the next dyads (cf. also 11.82–86), the word may refer to the perfect yogin’s freedom to act at will rather than the obtainment of the supernatural power to fulfil his desires.
          ^1779. At […] observances.] The commentator gives sarvecchā as a lemma of yathecchā (pada d); the former word occurs in the Old Javanese portion of the previous dyad.
          ^1780. Sometimes▷ […] passages. ] I have been unable to restore these corrupt stanzas and produce a coherent translation. I see in them references to Pāśupata observances (cf. my commentary to dyads 11.67–69 infra), the context being that of somebody being unconstrained with respect to observances, i.e. practicing them at will. As in the case of the few dyads immediately preceding and following them, the Old Javanese exegesis is short and elliptical, suggesting that the commentator was probably unable to fully grasp the meaning of the Sanskrit passages.
          ^1781. The▷ […] half-line. ] I am not able to produce a coherent translation of this stanza either, although I see a reference to the observance of ashes (to be carried out at the three junctures of the day?) in the first half-line.
          ^1782. The […] Sadāśiva.] The correlations of Sense-Mind with Brahmā and Intellect with Viṣṇu are passed over in silence in the exegesis, perhaps because of textual corruption.
          ^1783. The […] bile. ] Pāda c seems corrupt, and a half-verse might be missing. While not glossing the first half-line, the exegesis provides us with a key to reconstruct the possibly missing portions by way of the gloss buddhi līna riṅ manah (thus, vijñāna = buddhi), and of the statements that buddhi is one with ahaṅkāra (i.e., it merges into it) and that the Sense-Mind dissolves into the heart.
          ^1784. The […] 26.5–10. ] Here saptadhā seems to be used in the sense of ‘seventh’ instead of ‘sevenfold’. cf. supra, p. irregnumbers. On the correlation between the seven syllables, the Seven Worlds, and bodily parts, cf. JñS 26.5–10.
          ^1785. The […] Siddhānta-Gnosis.] The exegesis fancifully interprets the Sanskrit verse in the context of an exposition of seven topics heard by the practitioner, who thereby obtains lordship on the respective worlds.
          ^1786. The […] Disease.] The commentator construed nityañ with ānandaṃ instead of taking both as self-standing adjectives qualifying pittasthānam.
          ^1787. He […] ca. ] I have diagnostically emended asthānañ ca sukhāni ca to aṣṭāni ca guṇāni ca.
          ^1788. […] wrong. ] In a legal context, as it can be evinced from the several attestations in Sanskrit literature, the bahuvrīhi compound k{\rdit}tadaṇḍa (compare dh{\rdit}tadaṇḍa) could be translated as ‘one who has received punishment’; however, it is likely that in this context the word was intended to means something like ‘acts for which punishment has been/may be carried out’.
          ^1789. The […] Pervasion.] I have supplied jñānaśakti in order to reflect the list of three items mentioned in the verse.
          ^1790. The […] Paramaśiva.] I have emended saṅ hyaṅ siddhānta sadāśiva sira to siddha saṅ hyaṅ sadāśiva sira| anta saṅ hyaṅ paramaśiva sira in order to restore the structure of the exegesis, making it symmetrical with that of dyads 11.88–90, and to more accurately reflect the contents of the verse.
          ^1791. […] name. ] As suggested by the context as well as the Old Javanese gloss, trinayanam here is intended as having the meaning of ‘third eye’ (i.e., the invisible one placed in the forefront) instead of ‘three-eyed’.

          Translation Notes

          Commentary

          Bibliography